Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    edited by David Biron, Gal Haspel.
    Contents:
    Library construction for mutation identification by whole-genome sequencing / Harold E. Smith
    Fundamentals of comparative genome analysis in caenorhabditis nematodes / Eric S. Haag and Cristel G. Thomas
    Genetic methods for cellular manipulations in C. elegans / Menachem Katz
    Fusion PCR method for expressing genetic tools in C. elegans / Yifat Eliezer and Alon Zaslaver
    Transposon-assisted genetic engineering with Mos1- mediated single-copy insertion (MosSCI) / Christian Frøkjær-Jensen
    Creating genome modifications in C. elegans using the CRISPR/Cas9 system / John A. Calarco and Ari E. Friedland
    Observing and quantifying fluorescent reporters / Michael Hendricks
    Microbial rhodopsin optogenetic tools : application for analyses of synaptic transmission and of neuronal network activity in behavior / Caspar Glock, Jatin Nagpal, and Alexander Gottschalk
    Simultaneous optogenetic stimulation of individual pharyngeal neurons and monitoring of feeding behavior in intact C. elegans / Nicholas F. Trojanowski and Christopher Fang-Yen
    High-pressure freeze and freeze substitution electron microscopy in C. elegans / Laura Manning and Janet Richmond
    Electron tomography methods for C. elegans / David H. Hall and William J. Rice
    Microfluidic devices for behavioral analysis, microscopy, and neuronal imaging in Caenorhabditis elegans / Ross C. Lagoy and Dirk R. Albrecht
    Tracking single C. elegans using a USB microscope on a motorized stage / Eviatar I. Yemini and André E. X. Brown
    Imaging system for C. elegans behavior / Matthew A. Churgin and Christopher Fang-Yen
    Method for obtaining large populations of synchronized Caenorhabditis elegans dauer larvae / Maria C. Ow and Sarah E. Hall
    Sampling and isolation of C. elegans from the natural habitat / Nausicaa Poullet and Christian Braendle
    Primer on prototyping / Dylan Lynch and David Biron
    Primer on quantitative modeling / Iulia Neagu and Erel Levine.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Sho Yamasaki, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on C-type lectin receptors, a newly emerging family of pattern-recognition receptors (PRRs) and a crucial part of the human innate immune system. Above all, the authors highlight these receptors' role in the recognition of pathogen-associated molecular patterns (PAMPs) and damage-associated molecular patterns (DAMPs) - one of the first steps in responding to foreign and potentially dangerous structures in the human body. The respective chapters chiefly examine various C-type lectin receptors, their corresponding ligands, and signalling. In addition to offering immunologists and clinicians important insights from the latest research, they may also provide novel points of departure for future drug development.

    Contents:
    C-type lectin receptors in phagocytosis
    C-type lectins in immunity to lung pathogens
    Signalling C-type lectins in antifungal immunity
    Dendritic cell immunoactivating receptor: an activating receptor for mycobacteria
    myeloid C-type lectin receptors sensing tissue damage
    3D structure and ligand recognition of C-type lectins
    Mechanisms and Functions of CARD9 Signaling in the Innate Immune System.
  • Digital
    J.C. McKeown.
    Summary: "There are few disciplines as exciting and forward-looking as medicine. Unfortunately, however, many modern practitioners have lost sight of the origins of their discipline. A Cabinet of Ancient Medical Curiosities aspires to cure this lapse by taking readers back to the early days of Western medicine in ancient Greece and Rome. Quoting the actual words of ancient authors, often from texts which have never before been translated into English, J. C. McKeown offers a fascinating glimpse at the origins of surgery, gynecology, pediatrics, pharmacology, diet and nutrition, and many other fields of medicine. This book features hundreds of passages from Greek and Roman authors, with gentle guidance from McKeown, giving a vividly direct picture of the ancient medical world, a world in which, for example, a surgeon had to be strong-minded enough to ignore the screams of his patient, diseases were assumed to be sent by the gods, medicine and magic were often indistinguishable, and no qualifications were required before setting oneself up as a doctor." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Medicine, religion, and magic
    The doctor in society
    Attitudes to doctors
    Some famous doctors
    Anatomy
    Sex matters
    Women and children
    Preventative medicine
    Prognosis and diagnosis
    Particular ailments and conditions
    Treatment and cures I
    Treatment and cures II
    General medicine
    Respice finem.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Frank Thévenod, David Petering, Douglas M. Templeton, Wing-Kee Lee, Andrea Hartwig, editors.
    Summary: This book outlines the interaction of cadmium with the proteome and signalling molecules of mammalian cells. Chapters from expert contributors cover topics such as cadmium chemical biology, membrane receptors and transporters for cadmium and cadmium complexes, and targets of cadmium toxicity. Students and researchers working in bioinorganic chemistry will find this book an important account.

    Contents:
    Membrane transport proteins and receptors for cadmium and cadmium complexes
    The chemical biology of cadmium
    Interactions of cadmium with signaling molecules
    Cell organelles as targets of cadmium toxicity
    Cadmium and its impact on genomic stability.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Seiichiro Himeno, Keiko Aoshima, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on cadmium (Cd) exposure, its effects on human health, the mechanism of Cd accumulation and the development of mitigation technologies. Further, it discusses clinical, epidemiological, agricultural, toxicological, and biochemical aspects of Cd pollution and presents recent biochemical studies on molecular mechanisms of Cd cytotoxicity and cellular transport as well as the mechanism of Cd-induced disturbances in phosphorus (P) metabolism. It also provides insights into the pathophysiology of itai-itai disease, a serious condition caused by Cd pollution. Cadmium -New Aspects in Human Disease, Rice Contamination, and Cytotoxicity- is a valuable resource for scientists involved in heavy metal toxicology, botanical sciences, and regulatory sciences. Addressing the features of Cd pollution in the past and in the present, as well as future perspectives, this is a must-have book for students, researchers and practitioners interested in global and local metal pollution.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Brian D. Coley.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Radiation effects and safety. Radiation bioeffects, risks, and radiation protection in medical imaging in children
    Media. Magnetic resonance safety
    Complications of contrast
    Section 2: Head and neck. Part 1: Orbit. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Prenatal, congenital, and neonatal abnormalities
    Orbit infection and inflammation
    Orbital neoplasia
    Part 2: Nose and sinuses. Nose and sinonasal cavities
    Part 3: Ear and temporal bone. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Infection and inflammation
    Neoplasia
    Part 4: Neck. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Prenatal, congenital, and neonatal abnormalities
    Infection and inflammation
    Neoplasia
    Part 5: Thyroid and parathyroid. Thyroid and parathyroid
    Section 3: Neuroradiology. Part 1: Cranium and face. Embryology, anatomy, normal findings, and imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging
    Craniosynostosis, selected craniofacial syndromes, and other abnormalities of the skull
    Neoplasms, neoplasm-like lesions, and infections of the skull
    Part 2: Mandible. The mandible
    Part 3: Skull and facial trauma. Traumatic lesions of the skull and face
    Part 4: Brain. Embryology and brain development
    Magnetic resonance spectroscopy and positron emission tomography
    Diffusion-weighted magnetic resonance imaging: principles and implementation in clinical and research settings
    Functional magnetic resonance imaging
    Perfusion imaging and magnetoencephalography
    Prenatal imaging
    Neonatal brain injury
    Congenital brain malformations
    Hydrocephalus
    Inherited metabolic and neurodegenerative disorders
    Infection and inflammation
    Pediatric brain neoplasms
    Cerebrovascular disorders
    Stroke
    Neuroimaging in pediatric epilepsy
    Trauma
    Part 5: Vertebral column and spinal cord. Embryology, anatomy, and normal findings
    Spinal cord imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging
    Congenital abnormalities of the spine
    Infections of the spine and spinal cord
    Spinal tumor and tumorlike conditions
    Vascular lesions
    Trauma
    Section 4: Respiratory system. Part 1. Overview. Embryology, anatomy and neonatal lung pathophysiology
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging and intervention
    Part 2: Airway. Upper airway disease
    Lower large airway disease
    Part 3: Lungs. Congenital lung anomalies
    Pulmonary infection
    Neoplasia
    Diffuse lung disease
    Pulmonary manifestations of systemic disease
    Part 4: Mediastinum. The mediastinum
    Part 5: Chest wall, pleura, and diaphragm. The chest wall
    The pleura
    The diaphragm
    Section 5: Heart and great vessels. Part 1: Overview. Introductory embryology
    Cardiovascular anatomy and segmental approach to imaging of congenital heart disease
    Part 2: Imaging techniques. Pediatric echocardiography
    Chest radiography in pediatric cardiovascular disease
    Pediatric cardiothoracic computed tomographic angiography
    Magnetic resonance imaging for congenital heart disease
    Pediatric cardiac catheterization and electrophysiology
    Surgical considerations for congenital heart disease
    Prenatal imaging and therapy of congenital heart disease
    Part 3: Congenital and cardiovascular abnormalities. Abnormal pulmonary and systemic venous connections
    Systemic to pulmonary arterial shunts
    Left heart lesions
    Right heart lesions
    Conotruncal anomalies
    Congenital anomalies of the thoracic great arteries
    Coronary artery disease in children
    Syndromes and chromosomal anomalies
    Part 4: Acquired cardiovascular abnormalities. Myocardial, endocardial and pericardial diseases
    Cardiac and pericardial tumors
    Cardiovascular involvement by systemic diseases
    Acquired diseases of the thoracic great vessels
    Section 6: Gastrointestinal system. Part 1: Overview. Embryology, anatomy, and normal findings
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary imaging
    The abdominal wall and peritoneal cavity
    Part 2: Hepatobiliary system. Congenital hepatobiliary abnormalities
    Acquired biliary tract disease
    Parenchymal liver disease
    Infectious causes of liver disease
    Neoplasia
    Vascular abnormalities of the liver
    Liver transplantation in children
    Part 3: Spleen. The spleen
    Part 4: Pancreas. The pancreas
    Part 5: Esophagus. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Disorders of swallowing
    Acquired esophageal disorders
    Part 6: Stomach. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Hypertrophic pyloric stenosis
    Acquired disorders
    Part 7: Duodenum and small intestine. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Acquired abnormalities
    Acquired lesions of the small intestines
    Part 8: Colon. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Inflammatory and infectious diseases
    Intussusception
    Tumors and tumorlike conditions
    Abdominal trauma
    Section 7: Genitourinary system. Part 1: Overview
    Embryology, anatomy, and variants of the genitourinary tract
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal imaging and intervention
    Part 2: Prenatal imaging and intervention. Congenital and neonatal abnormalities
    Acquired abnormalities (Stone disease and infection)
    Renal neoplasms
    Vascular conditions
    Renal failure and transplantation
    Part 3: Lower urinary tract. The ureter
    Vesicoureteral reflux
    Bladder and urethra
    Part 4: Adrenal and retroperitoneum. Congenital and neonatal conditions
    Acquired conditions
    Part 5: Trauma. Genitourinary trauma
    Part 6: Reproductive organs. Disorders of sex differentiation
    Abnormalities of the male genital tract
    Abnormalities of the female genital tract
    Amenorrhea and abnormalities of puberty
    Section 8: Musculoskeletal system. Part 1: Overview. Embryology, anatomy, and normal findings
    Imaging techniques
    Prenatal musculoskeletal imaging
    Part 2: Congenital malformations. Congenital anomalies of bone
    Skeletal dysplasias and selected chromosomal disorders
    Part 3: Disorders in alignment. Alignment disorders
    Scoliosis
    Developmental dysplasia of the hip
    Part 4: Arthritides and other inflammatory disorders. Arthritis and differential inflammatory joint disorders
    Part 5: Infections. Musculoskeletal infections
    Part 6: Tumors and tumor-like conditions. Soft tissue and bone tumors
    Part 7: Metabolic and endocrine disorders. Metabolic bone disease
    Endocrine disorders
    Part 8: Systemic disease. Skeletal manifestations of systemic disease
    Part 9: Trauma. Skeletal trauma
    Child abuse
    Sports medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Javier DeFelipe.
    Summary: This collection contains hundreds of beautiful rarely-seen-before figures produced throughout the nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth century by famed father-of-modern-neuroscience Santiago Ramón y Cajal (1852-1934) and his contemporaries. Cajal was captivated by the beautiful shapes of the cells of the nervous system. He and his fellow scientists saw neurons as trees and glial cells as bushes. Given their high density and arrangement, neurons and glial resembled a thick forest, a seemingly impenetrable terrain of interacting cells mediating cognition and behavior.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Susan D. Brain, Pierangelo Geppetti, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to focus on the role of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide (CGRP) in health and disease. This peptide, originally discovered in the 1980s as a sensory neuropeptide with cardiovascular effects, is now known to play a distinct role in the pain processing of migraine. The various chapters address the origin, localization and function of CGRP and its receptor in the peripheral nervous system, in the cardiovascular system, and in other tissues and organs. Further attention is paid to the drug discovery pathway where recent findings show the beneficial effect of small molecule antagonists of the CGRP receptors for the relief of the migraine attack and of monoclonal antibodies against CGRP or the CGRP receptor for migraine prevention.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; CGRP Discovery and Timeline; 1 Discovery of the Sensory Neuropeptide Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide; 2 Family and Structure; 3 Receptors; 4 Migraine; 5 Antagonists; 6 Antibodies; 7 Other Indications for Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Antagonists and Antibodies; 8 Role of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide in the Cardiovascular System; 9 The Therapeutic Potential of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Agonists; 10 Conclusion; References; CGRP Receptor Biology: Is There More Than One Receptor?; 1 Introduction; 2 Proteins with Affinity for Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide 2 Excitatory Receptors in Primary Sensory Neurons2.1 Receptors for ATP; 2.2 PAR Receptors; 2.3 Serotonin Receptors; 2.4 Bradykinin and Prostaglandin Receptors; 3 Excitatory Channels in Trigeminal Primary Sensory Neurons; 3.1 Sodium Channels; 3.2 TRP Channels; 4 Inhibitory Receptors and Channels in Trigeminal Primary Sensory Neurons; 4.1 Adenosine Receptors; 4.2 Serotonin 5-HT1D Receptors; 4.3 Potassium Channels; 5 Agents that Provoke Migraine Attacks and Release CGRP; 5.1 Nitric Oxide Donors; 5.2 Ethanol and TRPV1; 5.3 TRPA1 Agonists 3 Pharmacology of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide-Responsive Receptors4 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptors in Migraine; References; The Structure of the CGRP and Related Receptors; 1 Introduction to the CGRP Receptors; 2 The Extracellular Domain of Calcitonin Receptor-Like Receptor/Receptor Activity-Modifying Protein 1; Peptide Binding; 3 The Extracellular Domain of Calcitonin Receptor-Like Receptor/Receptor Activity-Modifying Protein 1; Non-peptide Antagonist ... ; 4 The TM Domains of Calcitonin Receptor and Calcitonin Receptor-Like Receptor; 5 The C-Terminus 5.2 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Activation of Endosomal Signalling Pathways6 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide-Mediated Signalling in Primary Cells; 6.1 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Signalling in Neuronal Cells; 6.2 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Signalling in Glial Cells; 6.3 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Signalling in Vascular Smooth Muscle Cells; 7 Conclusions; References; Pathways of CGRP Release from Primary Sensory Neurons; 1 Sources of CGRP Release; 1.1 Primary Sensory Neurons; 1.2 Intrinsic Gut Neurons; 1.3 Central Neurons; 1.4 Non-neuronal Cells 6 Receptor Component Protein7 Conclusion; References; CGRP Receptor Signalling Pathways; 1 The Discovery of the Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor; 2 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptors Mediate G Protein-Dependent Signalling; 3 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Component Protein; 4 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Internalization and Trafficking; 5 Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptor Signalling Pathways in Model Cell Lines; 5.1 Activation of Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide Receptors Promotes Activation of Protein Kinases
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Jeremy Allgrove, Nick J. Shaw.
    Contents:
    Voyages of discovery / Allgrove, J.
    Physiology of calcium, phosphate, magnesium and vitamin D / Allgrove, J.
    Physiology of bone / Grabowski, P.
    Radiology of osteogenesis imperfecta, rickets and other bony fragility states / Calder, A.D.
    Bone densitometry : current status and future perspective / Crabtree, N.; Ward K.
    A practical approach to hypocalcaemia in children / Shaw, N.J.
    Approach to the child with hypercalcaemia / Davies, J.H.
    A practical approach to vitamin D deficiency and rickets / Allgrove, J.; Shaw, N.J.
    A practical clinical approach to pediatric phosphate disorders / Imel, E.A. ; Carpenter, T.O.
    Primary osteoporosis / Arundel, P. ; Bishop, N.
    Osteoporosis in children with chronic disease / Hgler, W. ; Ward, L.
    Genetics of osteoporosis in children / van Dijk, F.S.
    A practical approach to children with recurrent fractures / Korula, S.; Titmuss, A.T.; Biggin A.; Munns, C.F.
    Miscellaneous bone disorders / Mughal, M.Z.; Padidela, R.
    Skeletal aspects of non-accidental injury / Johnson, K.; Bradshaw, K.
    Skeletal dysplasias: an overview / Offiah, A.C
    Drugs used in paediatric bone and calcium disorders / Cheung, M.S.
    Classification of disorders of bone and calcium metabolism / Allgrove J.
    Case histories / Katugampola, H. ; Saraff, V.; Kumaran, A. ; Allgrove, J.; Shaw, N.J.
    Digital Access Karger 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Juan A. Rosado, editor.
    Contents:
    Historical overview of store-operated Ca2+ entry
    The STIM1- Orai interaction
    The TRPCs, Orais and STIMs in ER/PM junctions
    The TRP-Na-Ca2+ exchanger coupling
    Role of TRPC channels in store-operated calcium entry
    Phospholipase A2 as a molecular determinant of store-operated calcium entry
    Extracellular calcium has multiple targets to control cell proliferation
    Regulation of platelet function by Orai, STIM and TRP
    On the roles of the Transient Receptor Potential Canonical 3 (TRPC3) channel in endothelium and macrophages: implications in atherosclerosis
    Second messenger-operated calcium entry through TRPC6
    Transient Receptor Potential Canonical 7 (TRPC7), a Calcium (Ca2+) Permeable Nonselective Cation Channel
    Calcium entry through thermosensory channels
    Calcium signalling through ligand-gated ion channels such as P2X1 receptors in the platelet and other non-excitable cells
    The calcium entry-calcium refilling coupling
    Microdomains associated to lipid rafts
    Role of scaffolding proteins in the regulation of TRPC-dependent calcium entry
    Modulation of calcium entry by mitochondria
    Modulation of calcium entry by the endo-lysosomal system
    Remodeling of calcium entry pathways in cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Md. Shahidul Islam, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface Calcium signaling: from basics to bedside Md. Shahidul Islam Measuring Ca2+ in living cells Joseph Bruton, Arthur J Cheng & Håkan Westerblad High-throughput fluorescence assays for Ion Channels and GPCRs Irina Vetter, David Carter, John Bassett, Jennifer R. Deuis, Bryan Tay, Sina Jami, Samuel D. Robinson. Imaging Native Calcium Currents in Brain Slices Karima Ait Ouares, Nadia Jaafari, Nicola Kuczewski and Marco Canepari Molecular diversity of plasma membrane Ca2+ transporting ATPases: their function under normal and pathological conditions. Luca Hegedűs, Boglárka Zámbó, Katalin Pászty, Rita Padányi, Karolina Varga, John T. Penniston, Ágnes Enyedi A role for SERCA pumps in the neurobiology of neuropsychiatric and neurodegenerative disorders Aikaterini Britzolaki, Joseph Saurine, Benjamin Klocke, Pothitos M. Pitychoutis Cytoplasmic Calcium Buffering: An Integrative Crosstalk Juan A. Gilabert An update on calcium binding proteins Jacobo Elíes, Matilde Yáñez, Thiago M.C. Pereira, José Gil-Longo, David A. MacDougall & Manuel Campos-Toimil Phospholipase C Colin A. Bill and Charlotte M. Vines New insights in the IP3 receptor and its regulation Jan B. PARYS & Tim VERVLIET Expression of the inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate receptor and the ryanodine receptor Ca2+-release channels in the beta-cells and alpha- cells of the human islets of Langerhans Fabian Nordenskjöld, Björn Andersson, Md. Shahidul Islam. Evolution of Excitation-Contraction Coupling John J. Mackrill and Holly A. Shiels Molecular Insights into Calcium Dependent Regulation of Ryanodine Receptor Calcium Release Channels Naohiro Yamaguchi Sarco-endoplasmic reticulum calcium release model based on changes in the luminal calcium content visualized from the luminal side Agustín Guerrero-Hernández, Víctor Hugo Sánchez-Vázquez, Ericka Martínez-Martínez, Lizeth Sandoval-Vázquez, Norma C. Perez-Rosas, Rodrigo Lopez-Farias, Adan Dagnino-Acosta Pyridine Nucleotide Metabolites and Calcium Release from Intracellular Stores Antony Galione and Kai-Ting Chuang Calcium Signaling in the Heart Derek A. Terrar Molecular basis and regulation of store-operated calcium entry Jose J Lopez, Isaac Jardin, Letizia Albarrán, Jose Sanchez-Collado, Carlos Cantonero, Gines M Salido, Tarik Smani and Juan A. Rosado Structure and activation mechanisms of CRAC channels Carmen Butorac, Adéla Krizova, Isabella Derler Canonical Transient Potential Receptor-3 Channels in Normal and Diseased Airway Smooth Muscle Cells Yong-Xiao Wang, Lan Wang, and Yun-Min Zheng Pathophysiological significance of store-operated calcium entry in cardiovascular and skeletal muscle disorders and angiogenesis Javier Avila-Medina, Isabel Mayoral-Sanchez, Isabel Galeano-Otero, Pedro C. Redondo, Juan A. Rosado, Tarik Smani Calcium signalling and the regulation of chemosensitivity in cancer cells: role of the Transient Receptor Potential channels. Giorgio Santoni, Maria Beatrice Morelli, Oliviero Marinelli, Massimo Nabissi, Matteo Santoni, Consuelo Amantini. Targeting Transient Receptor Potential Channels by microRNAs drives tumor development and progression. Giorgio Santoni, Maria Beatrice Morelli, Matteo Santoni, Massimo Nabissi, Oliviero Marinelli and Consuelo Amantini Calcium channels and Calcium-regulated channels in human red blood cells Lars Kaestner, Anna Bogdanova, Stephane Egee Regulation of multifunctional calcium/calmodulin stimulated protein kinases by molecular targeting Kathryn Anne Skelding and John A. P. Rostas Widespread roles of CaMK-II in Developmental Pathways Sarah C. Rothschild and Robert M. Tombes Readily releasable stores of calcium in neuronal endolysosomes: Physiological and pathophysiological relevance Koffi L. Lakpa, Peter Halcrow, Xuesong Chen and Jonathan D. Geiger At the crossing of ER stress and MAMs: A key role of Sigma-1 receptor? Benjamin Delprat, Lucie Crouzier, Tsung-Ping Su, and Tangui Maurice ER-mitochondria calcium transfer, organelle contacts and neurodegenerative diseases. Francesca Vallese, Lucia Barazzuol, Lorenzo Maso, Marisa Brini and Tito Calì The Role of Mitochondrial Calcium Signaling in the Pathophysiology of Cancer Cells Andra M Sterea and Yassine El Hiani Calcium Signaling and Gene Expression Basant K. Puri Simulation Strategies for Calcium Microdomains and Calcium Noise Nicolas Wieder, Rainer H. A. Fink, Frederic von Wegner A statistical view on calcium oscillations Jake Powell, Martin Falcke, Alexander Skupin, Tomas C Bellamy, Theodore Kypraios and Rüdiger Thul Calcium Regulation of Bacterial Virulence M. King, B. Kayastha, M. J. Franklin, M.A. Patrauchan Ca2+ Signaling in Drosophila Photoreceptor Cells Olaf Voolstra and Armin Huber Calcium imaging in Drosophila melanogaster. Nicola Vajente, Rosa Norante, Paola Pizzo and Diana Pendin. Calcium imaging in the zebrafish Petronella Kettunen Stimulation-secretion coupling in the beta cells: from basic to bedside Md. Shahidul Islam Calcium dynamics and synaptic plasticity Pedro Mateos-Aparicio and Antonio Rodríguez-Moreno Calcium signaling during brain aging and its influence on the hippocampal synaptic plasticity Ashok Kumar Calcium Signaling in Endothelial Colony Forming Cells in Health and Disease Francesco Moccia Sensing Extracellular Calcium
    An Insight into the Structure and Function of the Calcium-Sensing Receptor (CaSR) Sergei Chavez-Abiega, Iris Mos, Patricia P. Centeno, Taha Elajnaf, Wolfgang Schlattl, Donald T. Ward, Joachim Goedhart, Enikö Kallay Extracellular Ca2+ in bone marrow Ryota Hashimoto Calcium in Cell-Extracellular Matrix Interactions Sandeep Gopal, Hinke A. B. Multhaupt, John R. Couchman Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yong-Xiao Wang, editor.
    Contents:
    Ryanodine and Inositol Trisphosphate Receptors/Ca2+ Release Channels in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Lin Mei, Yun-Min Zheng, and Yong-Xiao Wang
    Kv7 (KCNQ) Potassium Channels and L-type Calcium Channels in the Regulation of Airway Diameter / Kenneth L. Byron, Lioubov I. Brueggemann, Priyanka P. Kakad, and Jennifer M. Haick
    Transient Receptor Potential and Orai Channels in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Jun-Hua Xiao, Yong-Xiao Wang, and Yun-Min Zheng
    Large-conductance calcium-activated potassium channels / Hiroaki Kume
    Calcium-activated Chloride Channels / George Gallos and Charles W. Emala Sr.
    Local Calcium Signaling in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Quing-Hua Liu, Carlo Savoia, Yong-Xiao Wang
    Regulation of Airway Smooth Muscle Contraction by Ca2+ Signaling: Physiology Revealed by Microscopy Studies of Lung Slices / Michael J. Sanderson
    Temporal Aspects of Ca2+ Signaling in Airway Myocytes / Etienne Roux
    Mechanisms Underlying Ca2+ Store Refilling in Airway Smooth Muscle / Charlotte K. Billington, Ian P. Hall, and Carl P. Nelson
    Novel Mechanisms in Ca2+-homeostasis and Internal Store Refilling of Airway Smooth Muscle / Luke J. Janssen
    The Role of Mitochondria in Calcium Regulation in Airway Smooth Muscle / Philippe Delmotte, Li Jia, and Gary C. Sieck
    Role of Caveolae in the Airway / Christina M. Pabelick, Brij B. Singh, and Y.S. Prakash
    CD38 : Cyclic ADP-ribose-mediated Calcium Signaling in Airway Myocytes /Deepak A. Deshpande, Alonso Guedes, Mythili Dileepan, Timothy F. Walseth, and Mathur S. Kannan
    The Pathways and Signaling Cross-talk with Oxidant in Calcium Influx in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Lei Cai and Quinghua Hu
    Role of RhoA/Rho-kinase and Calcium Sensitivity in Airway Smooth Muscle Functions / Satoru Ito
    Role of Integrins in the Regulation of Calcium Signaling / Thai Tran and Chun Ming Teoh
    Sex Steroid Signaling in the Airway / Y.S. Prakash, Venkatachalem Sathish, and Elizabeth A. Townsend
    Regulation of Contractility in Immature Airway Smooth Muscle / Y.S. Prakash, Christina M. Pabelick, and Richard J. Martin
    Mathematical Modeling of Calcium Dynamics in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / James Sneyd, Pengxing Cao, Xiahui Tan, and Michael J. Sanderson
    Effects of Inflammatory Cytokines on Ca2+ Homeostasis in Airway Smooth Muscle Cells / Hisako Matsumoto
    Ca2+ Signaling and P2 Receptors in Airway Smooth Muscle / Luis M. Montaño, Edgar Flores-Soto, and Carlos Barajas-López
    Calcium Signaling in Airway Smooth Muscle Remodeling / Tengyao Song, Yun-min Zheng, and Yong-Xiao Wang
    Regulation of Intracellular Calcium by Bitter Taste Receptors on Airway Smooth Muscle / Deepak A. Deshpande and Stephen B. Liggett
    Modulation of Airway Smooth Muscle Contractile Function by TNFa and IL-13 and Airway Hyper-responsiveness in Asthma / Yassine Amrani
    Airway Smooth Muscle Malfunction in COPD / Yunchao Su.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    State of California, Department of Health ; prepared by the staff of the Crippled Children Services Section and Center for Health Statistics.
    Digital Access Google Books 1976-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    HV905.C2 C35
    1
  • Digital/Print
    State of California, Dept. of Rehabilitation
    Contents:
    Part 1. Reference and planning information
    Part 2. Facilities inventory.
    Digital Access
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RD795 .C153
    5
  • Digital
    [editors] Stefano A. Bini, Stephen M. Howell, G. Daxton Steele.
    Contents:
    Mechanical Alignment Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Thoughtful Beginning With Unanticipated Limitations
    Phenotypes of the Knee and Limb: Rationale for Transitioning Toward Personalized Alignment in Total Knee Arthroplasty
    It Is Time to Consider a Philosophical Change From Mechanical to Kinematic Alignment
    Preoperative Evaluation of the Patient for Treatment With a Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Calipered Kinematic Alignment Total Knee Arthroplasty Performed With Specific Manual Instrumentation, Verification Checks, and a Decision Tree
    Calipered Kinematic Alignment Using Patient-Specific Instrumentation
    Calipered Kinematic Alignment With Navigation Instrumentation
    Kinematic Alignment With Image-Based Robotic Instrumentation
    Strategies for Improving Implant Design Based on Differences in Tibiofemoral Kinematics of a Low-Conforming Total Knee Arthroplasty Implanted With Calipered Kinematic Alignment and the Native Knee
    Strategies for Improving the Prosthetic Trochlea Design Based on Differences in Trochlea Morphology Between Femoral Components Set in Kinematic and Mechanical Alignment and the Native Knee Advantages of Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty: A Biomechanical Perspective
    Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty Closely Restores the Tibial Compartment Forces of the Native Knee
    Clinical Outcome, Postoperative Alignment, and Implant Survivorship After Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Managing Severe Deformities With Calipered Kinematic Alignment
    Kinematic Alignment Technique for Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
    Postoperative Management
    Reducing the Risk and Methods of Managing Stiffness After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Reducing the Risk and Management of Early and Late Tibial Component Failure After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Reducing the Risk and Management of Patellofemoral Instability After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Retaining the Posterior Cruciate Ligament and Restoring the Prearthritic Tibial Joint Line Reduces the Risk of Early-Onset Tibiofemoral Instability After Calipered Kinematically Aligned Total Knee Arthroplasty
    Revision Total Knee Arthroplasty Using Kinematic Alignment Principles.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mary E. Norton, MD, Leslie Scoutt, Vickie A. Feldstein.
    Contents:
    Obstetric ultrasound examination
    Genetics and prenatal genetic testing
    Ultrasound evaluation of fetal aneuploidy in the first and second trimesters
    Ultrasound of the early first trimester
    Evaluation of fetal anatomy in the first trimester
    Fetal biometry and growth
    Ultrasound evaluation in multiple gestations
    Ultrasound evaluation of normal fetal anatomy
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal central nervous system
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal face and neck
    Fetal musculoskeletal system
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal thorax
    Sonographic evaluation of the fetal heart
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fetal gastrointestinal tract and abdominal wall
    Fetal genitourinary tract
    Ultrasound features of fetal syndromes
    Evaluation of hydrops fetalis
    Ultrasound evaluation of the gravid cervix
    Ultrasound evaluation of the placenta, membranes, and umbilical cord
    Amniotic fluid volume in fetal health and disease
    Antepartum fetal surveillance and the role of ultrasound
    Role of Doppler sonography in obstetrics
    Role of magnetic resonance imaging in obstetrics
    Role of sonography in fetal procedures
    Obstetric ultrasound imaging and the obese patient
    Normal anatomy of the female pelvis and transvaginal sonography
    Abnormal uterine bleeding : the role of ultrasound
    Ultrasound evaluation of the uterus
    Evaluation of pelvic pain in the reproductive age patient
    Ultrasound evaluation of the ovaries
    Ultrasound evaluation of the fallopian tube
    Sonographic imaging in infertility and assisted reproduction
    Ectopic pregnancy
    Gynecologic sonography in the pediatric and adolescent patient
    Ultrasound and magnetic resonance imaging in urogynecology
    Role of magnetic resonance imaging in the evaluation of gynecologic disorders
    Role of sonography in gynecologic interventions
    Artifacts, pitfalls, and normal variants
    Appendices. Measurements frequently used to estimate gestational age and fetal biometry
    Measurements used in assessing fetal weight, growth, and body proportions
    Measurements for amniotic fluid assessment
    Fetal Doppler assessment (noncardiac)
    Doppler of the middle cerebral artery to assess fetal anemia
    Fetal cardiac measurements and Doppler assessment
    Sonographic detection of chromosomal abnormalities
    Medications and reported associated malformations
    Estimated radiation exposure to the fetus during radiographic examinations
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the female pelvis: representative protocols.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Carl T. Bergstrom & Jevin D. West.
    Summary: "The world is awash in bullshit, and we're drowning in it. Politicians are unconstrained by facts. Science is conducted by press release. Startup culture elevates bullshit to high art. These days, calling bullshit is a noble act. Based on Carl Bergstrom and Jevin West's popular course at the University of Washington, Calling Bullshit is a modern handbook to the art of skepticism. Bergstrom, a computational biologist, and West, an information scientist, catalogue bullshit in its many forms, explaining and offering readers the tools to see through the obfuscations, deliberate and careless, that dominate every realm of our lives. They instruct readers to ask: Who is saying it? How do they know? What do they have to gain by persuading me? Are the numbers or results too good or too dramatic to be true? Is the claim comparing like with like or apples and oranges? Is it confirming your personal bias? In this lively guide to everything from misleading statistics to "fake news," Bergstrom and West help you recognize bullshit whenever and wherever you encounter it--in data, in conversation, even within yourself--and explain it to your crystal-loving aunt or casually racist uncle. Now more than ever, calling bullshit is crucial to a properly functioning community, whether it be a circle of friends, a network of academics, or the citizenry of a nation"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Bullshit everywhere
    Medium, message, and misinformation
    The nature of bullshit
    Causality
    Numbers and nonsense
    Selection bias
    Data visualization
    Calling bullshit on Big Data
    The susceptibility of science
    Spotting bullshit
    Refuting bullshit.
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Patti Ideran and Mark Fishbein.
    Contents:
    Front Cover
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Authors and Contributors
    Dedication
    Contents
    Foreword Andrea Childers, RN, BSN, CPN
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. What Is Colic?
    Chapter 2. Is It Colic or Something Else?
    Chapter 3. Why Do Babies Cry?
    Chapter 4. Reading Cues: What Is Your Baby Saying?
    Chapter 5. Your Baby's Sensory World
    Chapter 6. Your Baby's Arousal Levels
    Chapter 7. Attachment and the Parent-Baby Relationship
    Chapter 8. A Calming Touch: Baby Massage
    Chapter 9. The Secret of Sleep --Chapter 10. Feeding Challenges and the Fussy Baby
    Chapter 11. Infantile Colic: Can Diet Help?
    Chapter 12. Understanding Your Baby's Postural Control
    Chapter 13. The Postpartum Family
    Chapter 14. Beyond Colic: Disorders in Babies Older Than 6 Months
    A CALMing Last Word
    Resources
    Index
    Back Cover.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Print
    Pamela G. Garn-Nunn.
    Summary: "This book is designed primarily as a text for students beginning the study of phonetics. The exercises are intended to help the student understand and learn the information. Concept questions have been added at the end of each chapter to help students master the text information"--Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    Mike Slade, University of Nottingham, Graham Thornicroft, Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience, King's College London.
    Summary: "The Camberwell Assessment of Need (CAN) is a standardised measure for assessing the needs of people experiencing severe and/or enduring mental health problems. It covers a wide range of health and social needs, and incorporates staff, service user and informal carer perspectives. The CAN was developed for use by three groups: a) mental health workers involved in planning care for people with severe mental health problems b) mental health service users in rating their own needs c) people wanting to evaluate mental health services. The first edition of the CAN was published in 1995 by the Section of Community Psychiatry (PRiSM) at what is now called the Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience in London, England. The accompanying book was published in 1999 by Gaskell, the imprint of the Royal College of Psychiatrists"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Kiriakos Xenitidis, Mike Slade, Graham Thornicroft, Nick Bouras.
    Summary: "The Camberwell Assessment of Need for adults with Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities (CANDID) is a needs assessment scale specifically designed for people with intellectual disabilities (previously known as learning disabilities, mental retardation, mental handicap or mental impairment) and mental health problems. The CANDID was developed at what was then known as the Institute of Psychiatry, London (now the Institute of Psychiatry, Psychology and Neuroscience). It was developed by modification of the Camberwell Assessment of Need (CAN), an established needs assessment scale for people with severe and enduring mental illness (Slade 1999). The validity and reliability of the CAN and CANDID have been investigated by Phelan et al (1995) and Xenitidis et al (2000) respectively, and were found to be acceptable. The 1st edition of the CANDID book was published in 2003 by Gaskell, the imprint of the Royal College of Psychiatrists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Needs assessment in intellectual disabilities mental health services
    Development and use of the CANDID
    Using the CANDID-S
    Using the CANDID-R
    Training for the CANDID
    Guidance on rating.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Steve Sussman, University of Southern California.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Fanny M. Cheung, Diane F. Halpern.
    Summary: "Scientific research on the psychology of women reveals the intersectionality of women's experiences relative to those of men. There is a growing knowledge base in understanding the differences and similarities between women and men, as well as the diversities among women and sexualities. Although genetic and biological characteristics define human beings conventionally as women and men, their experiences are contextualized in multiple dimensions in terms of gender, sexuality, class, age, ethnicity and other social dimensions. Beyond the biological and genetic basis of gender differences, gender intersects with culture and other social locations which affect the socialization and development of women across their life span"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cambridge studies in population, economy, and society in past time to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Bernard Faye, Mohammed Bengoumi.
    Summary: "This work brings together a wealth of data regarding the reference values and factors of variation in biochemical parameters used by camel veterinarians and scientists to determine these animals' nutritional and clinical status. It also explores several technical aspects involved in determining these parameters, sampling procedures, and essential elements in the interpretation of the results. Though many texts are available on small and large ruminants, much less is known about species confined to the marginal zones of tropical and Mediterranean countries, such as camels. This book addresses precisely this research gap, on the one hand by presenting an extensive review of the literature, and on the other by synthesizing the outcomes of the authors' numerous previous works. In veterinary medicine, blood tests to help diagnose diseases in cattle were first proposed nearly a century ago, but were mainly developed in the 1960s, initially at specialized research or veterinary services laboratories, and eventually, with the advent of new equipment and the miniaturization of the analyzers, finding their way into veterinarians' cabinets. Beyond their diagnostic value, veterinary surgeons and zootechnicians also speculated on the potential use of blood tests to evaluate animals' nutritional status. Thus, a whole range of analyses are now proposed to the stakeholders responsible for animal health. Such analyses could help to define a metabolic profile, which would offer a valuable decision-making tool for experts and researchers alike."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Hematology
    Energetic parameters
    Nitrogen and protein parameters
    Clinical enzymology
    Macro-minerals and electrolytes
    Trace elements.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Cameron, Andrew M.; Cameron, John L.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
    (14th ed.)
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD49 .C976
    14
  • Digital
    edited by Manuela Zaccolo.
    Contents:
    Simultaneous assessment of cAMP signaling events in different cellular compartments using FRET-based reporters / Alex Burdyga and Konstantinos Lefkimmiatis
    Recording intracellular cAMP levels with EPAC-based FRET sensors by fluorescence lifetime imaging / Marcel Raspe, Jeffrey Klarenbeek, and Kees Jalink
    Novel approach combining real-time imaging and the patch-clamp technique to calibrate FRET-based reporters for cAMP in their cellular microenvironment / Andreas Koschinski and Manuela Zaccolo
    Structure-based, in silico approaches for the development of novel cAMP FRET reporters / Matías Machado and Sergio Pantano
    Automated image analysis of FRET signals for subcellular cAMP quantification / Silas J. Leavesley [and others]
    Channel-based reporters for cAMP detection / Thomas C. Rich [and others]
    Imaging sub-plasma membrane cAMP dynamics with fluorescent translocation reporters / Anders Tengholm and Olof Idevall-Hagren
    Adenoviral transduction of FRET-based biosensors for cAMP in primary adult mouse cardiomyocytes / Oliver Lomas [and others]
    Generation of transgenic mice expressing FRET biosensors / Daniela Hübscher and Viacheslav O. Nikolaev
    Photoactivatable adenylyl cyclases (PACs) as a tool to study cAMP signaling in vivo : an overview / Marina Efetova and Martin Schwärzel
    Selective disruption of the AKAP signaling complexes / Eileen J. Kennedy and John D. Scott
    Screening for small molecule disruptors of AKAP-PKA interactions / Carolin Schächterle [and others]
    Structure-based bacteriophage screening for AKAP- selective PKA regulatory subunit variants / Ryan Walker-Gray and Matthew G. Gold
    Yeast-based high-throughput screen for modulators of phosphodiesterase activity / Ana Santos de Medeiros and Charles S. Hoffman
    Separation of PKA and PKG signaling nodes by chemical proteomics / Eleonora Corradini, Albert J.R. Heck, and Arjen Scholten
    Development of computational models of cAMP signaling / Susana R. Neves-Zaph and Roy S. Song.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    S. Terry Canale, James H. Beaty, Frederick M. Azar.
    Summary: Ideal for orthopaedic surgeons who need a practical resource covering the top procedures in the field, Campbell's Core Orthopaedic Procedures utilizes a succinct format that focuses solely on the surgical techniques critical in helping achieve optimal patient outcomes. Featuring step-by-step procedures used at the Campbell Clinic, this new resource offers practical, concise solutions for every patient scenario.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Frederick M. Azar, S. Terry Canale, James H. Beaty.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Alan W. Partin ; editors, Roger R. Dmochowski, Louis R. Kavoussi, Craig A. Peters.
    Summary: "Continuing in a great tradition of publishers, editors, and authors, we proudly present to you, our readers, the twelfth edition of the "Bible of Urology"-- Campbell-Walsh-Wein Urology . Started in 1954 as Campbell's Urology and retitled Campbell-Walsh Urology in 2012, the present editors felt it was appropriate to honor Alan J. Wein, MD, PhD (Hon) for his many years of dedication to this text by adding his name to the previous chief editors. During his time as chief editor, Dr. Wein was responsible for keeping the textbook in pace with a rapidly growing field in medicine--for this diligence and dedication we are grateful. As with previous editions, the twelfth edition presents many exciting advances in our use and understanding of technology, physiology, pharmacology, epidemiology, and pathophysiology while maintaining our basic classical urological knowledge"--Preface.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Mikel San-Julian.
    Contents:
    History of surgery for limb bone tumors
    Non-Surgical Treatment Of Pediatric Bone Sarcomas
    Molecular Biology of Pediatric Bone Sarcomas
    Limb Salvage in Skeletally Immature Patients with Extremity Sarcoma
    Location of Sarcomas Within Bone: The Growth Plate
    A Histological Study of the Barrier Effect of the Physis Against Metaphyseal Osteosarcoma
    Growth Plate Involvement in Malignant Bone Tumours: Relationship Between Imaging Methods and Histological Findings
    Consequences of Delayed Diagnosis
    Imaging-Based Indications for Resection with Epiphyseal Preservation
    Conservation of the Epiphysis While Removing Metaphyseal Bone Tumors: Epiphysiolysis Before Excision
    Complications of the technique and solutions
    Clinical Results
    Other Techniques for Epiphyseal Preservation
    Worldwide Experience with the Cañadell Technique
    Questions and Answers.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Frederick F. Becker, editor.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Etiology : chemical and physical carcinogenesis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC261 .C264
    1
  • Digital
    Carolyn Compton.
    Summary: This comprehensive, ground-breaking title presents, in simplifying style, the driving and organizing principles of cancer, making this multidimensional, highly complex disease easily understandable for readers. Developed out of the renowned author's many years of teaching a widely popular, several-hundred-student college course, this 12-chapter book begins with an account of the history of cancer as a medical and public health problem, as well as the major milestones and setbacks in the ongoing quest to understand the wide variety of cancers that continue to impact the world. Subsequent chapters then address pathogenesis, incidence and mortality statistics, risk factors, causal factors, screening challenges and victories, treatment strategies, and disease prevention approaches. This wealth of clinical information is further supplemented with socioeconomic discussions on the financial, social, ethical, technological, regulatory, political, and logistical challenges that limit progress in cancer research. A soon to be gold-standard text that thoroughly and expertly describes cancer as a composite, adaptive system, Cancer: The Enemy from Within equips and empowers all undergraduate students and graduate students to better understand this continually perplexing disease. Clinicians across all disciplines may also find this work of great interest.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The Nature and Origins of Cancer
    Chapter 2. Cancer Initiation, Promotion and Progression and the Acquisition of Key Behavioral Traits
    Chapter 3. Understanding the Hallmark Characteristics of Cancer
    Chapter 4. A Short History of Cancer
    How Did We Get Here?
    Chapter 5. Who Gets Cancer and Why? What Are the Consequences for Human Life and .-Longevity? How Can We Intervene? How Can We Track Progress?
    Chapter 6. Screening for Cancer: Find It Early; Treat It Early; Save Lives
    Chapter 7. Fundamentals of Cancer Diagnosis and Assessment
    Chapter 8. Local Therapy for Cancer
    Chapter 9. Systemic Therapy for Cancer
    Chapter 10. Palliative Care, Hospice, and End of Life
    Chapter 11. Development of New Cancer Therapies
    Chapter 12. Cancer and Society.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Yacov Reisman, Woet L. Gianotten, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Awareness and paying attention
    3. The value of paying attention
    4. Relevant aspects of sexuality
    5. The various levels of impact
    6. A comprehensive guideline on sexual care in case of cancer
    7. Training in oncosexology
    8. Sexual consequences of the various process phases
    9. Psychosexual consequences of cancer diagnosis
    10. Sexual consequences of pelvic radiotherapy
    11. Sexual consequences of chemotherapy
    12. The sexual consequences of cancer surgery
    13. Sexual consequences of cancer medication and cancer-related medication
    14. Sexual aspects of specific cancers
    15. Breast cancer and sexuality
    16. Sexual function after gynaecological cancer
    17. Prostate cancer
    18. Sexual problems related to bladder cancer
    19. Sexual consequences to testicular cancer
    20. Penile cancer and sexuality
    21 Colorectal and anal cancer
    22. Blood and lymph node cancer
    23. Sexual consequences of head and neck cancer
    24. "Dealing with"
    25. Couple sexual rehabilitation
    26. Male sexual rehabilitation after pelvic cancer
    27. Sexual rehabilitation after gyneacological cancers
    28. Sexual tools and toys in oncosexology
    29. Special groups
    30. The partner
    31. The impact of cancer treatment on sexuality and relationships for the teenage and young adult cancer survivors
    32. Sexuality and cancer in the aged/aging population
    33. Homosexual men and women, cancer, and the health care system
    34. Sexuality and intimacy at the end of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Syed Wamique Yusuf, Jose Banchs, editors.
    Summary: The atlas provides a clear, concise, yet comprehensive review of common cardiovascular diseases occurring in patients with cancer. Cancer and cardiovascular disease are the two most common conditions worldwide. In clinical practice we frequently encounter patients who have established cardiovascular disease and subsequently develop cancer or are survivors of cancer with subsequent cardiovascular complications related to chemotherapy and or radiation. Most of the chapters are case based, followed by images and a discussion on current (evidence based, wherever available) investigations and treatment outline.

    Contents:
    Chemotherapy induced Cardiomyopathy
    Hypertension associated with chemotherapeutic agents
    Pericardial disease
    Radiation and Heart
    Management of Coronary Artery disease in patients with Cancer
    Management of Valvular heart disease in patients with Cancer
    Peripheral arterial disease in patients with Cancer
    Cardiac tumors
    Common Cardiac arrhythmias in patients with cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bogda Koczwara, editor.
    Contents:
    1. What is comorbidity?
    2. How do we measure comorbidity?
    3. Cancer, chronic conditions and social disadvantage--the perfect storm
    4. Impact of comorbidity on cancer screening and diagnosis
    5. Impact of comorbidity on treatment decision making and outcomes
    6. The impact of cancer and chronic conditions on caregivers and family members
    7. Prevention of chronic conditions and cancer
    8. Chronic condition management models for cancer care and survivorship
    9. The mamangement of polypharmacy in people with cancer and chronic conditions
    10. Breaking the silos: integrated care for cancer and chronic conditions
    11. Advocacy in cancer and chronic conditions--challenges and opportunities
    12. Research considerations in patients with cancer and comorbidity
    13. The cost of cure: chronic conditions in survivors of child, adolescent, and young adult cancers
    14. Chronic conditions and cancer in older adults
    15. Chronic conditions and cancer at the end of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Edmund S. Sabanegh, Jr., editor.
    Contents:
    1. Demographics of cancer in the reproductive age male
    2. Demographics of cancer in the reproductive age female
    3. Physiology of spermatogenesis: opportunities for disruption
    4. Fertility assessment in the male
    5. Fertility assessment in the female
    6. Fertility conditions associated with cancer development
    7. Chemotherapy and fertility
    8. Radiation therapy and fertility
    9. Sperm banking for cancer patients --10.Fertility preservation strategies in the male cancer patient
    11. Fertility preservation in the female cancer patient
    12. Cancer treatment in pregnancy
    13. Surgical approaches for sperm harvest in the azoospermic cancer patient
    14. Stem cells and fertility
    15. The role of assisted reproduction in the cancer patient
    16. Third party reproduction
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Dr. Yusuke Hiraku, Dr. Shosuke Kawanishi, Dr. Hiroshi Ohshima.
    Contents:
    Infection, inflammation, and cancer: overview / Hiroshi Ohshima, Noriyuki Miyoshi, and Susumu Tomono
    Stem cell theory and inflammation-related cancer / Toshihiko Tanno and William Matsui
    Epithelial-mesenchymal transition: a link between cancer and inflammation / Jonas Fuxe and Mikael C.I. Karlsson
    Role of nitrative DNA damage in inflammation-related carcinogenesis / Yusuke Hiraku and Shosuke Kawanishi
    Lipid peroxidation-derived DNA adducts and the role in inflammation-related carcinogenesis / Helmut Bartsch and Urmila Jagadeesan Nair
    Level of inflammation-related DNA adducts in human tissues / Tomonari Matsuda, Pei-Hsin Chou, and Haruhiko Sugimura
    Toll-like receptors: role in inflammation and cancer / Sarang Tartey and Osamu Takeuchi
    Inflammasomes and inflammation / Kaiwen W. Chen, Ayanthi A. Richards, Alina Zamoshnikova, and Kate Schroder
    Activation-induced cytidine deaminase: an intrinsic genome modulator in inflammation-associated cancer development / Hiroyuki Marusawa and Tsutomu Chiba
    MicroRNA and inflammation-related cancer / Zhaojian Gong, Zhaoyang Zeng, Pranab Behari Mazumder, Jian Ma, Ming Zhou, Xiayu Li, Xiaoling Li, Wei Xiong, Yong Li, and Guiyuan Li
    Inflammation as a niche for tumor progression / Futoshi Okada
    Human papillomavirus and cervical cancer / Kurt J. Sales
    Hepatitis viruses and hepatocellular carcinoma / Wai-Kay Seto, Ching-Lung Lai, and Man-Fung Yuen
    Epstein-Barr virus and nasopharyngeal carcinoma / Xiaoying Zhou, Xue Xiao, Fu Chen, Tingting Huang, and Zhe Zhang
    Barrett's esophagus and esophageal cancer / Albert Roessner and Angela Poehlmann
    Asbestos-induced chronic inflammation and cancer / Andrea Napolitano, Sandro Jube, Giovanni Gaudino, Harvey I. Pass, Michele Carbone, and Haining Yang
    Nanomaterials / Yiqun Mo, Rong Wan, David J. Tollerud, and Qunwei Zhang
    Inflammatory pathways of radiation-induced tissue injury / Danae A. Laskaratouu, Ifigeneia V. Mavragani, and Alexandros G. Georgakilas
    Photocarcinogenesis and inflammation / Chikako Nishigori
    Chemoprevention of colorectal cancer by anti-inflammatory agents / Michihiro Mutoh, Mami Takahasi, and Keiji Wakabayashi
    Nutraceuticals and colon cancer prevention / Deepak Poudyal and Lorne J. Hofseth
    Cancer chemoprevention by targeting cox-2 using dietary phytochemicals / Kyung-Soo Chun and Young-Joon Surh
    Regulation of inflammation-associated intestinal diseases with phytochemicals / Akira Murakami.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Eric H. Bernicker, editor.
    Summary: While a number of books have looked at the intersection between human health in general and other topics, such as climate change or diet, this book focuses specifically on cancer as it impacts and is impacted by social justice issues. The massive explosion of research knowledge of cancer immunology and genomics is holding out great promise of therapeutic advances, yet other human actions—climate change, pollution, business decisions, advertising – are fostering health inequalities as well as increasing risks. Those involved in cancer care and research are in a unique position to let their experiences and knowledge inform the public, yet very often have not taken strong public roles when it comes to discussing issues surrounding tobacco, climate change and health risks, financial toxicity of treatments, and diet choices. Written by a multidisciplinary team of authors and for medical oncologists, cancer researchers, occupational health workers, and related medical students, residents, and fellows, this book encourages oncologists to address public health care and the societal issues associated with cancer risk. This volume discusses the overarching theme of environmental justice and oncology, focuses on business and cancer (such as clinical trials, drug development and profits, and global disparities), as well as animals and cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    David M. Langenau, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Powers of the zebrafish model. Uncharted waters: zebrafish cancer models navigate a course for oncogene discovery / Craig J. Ceol and Yariv Houvras
    The toolbox for conditional zebrafish cancer models / Marie Mayrhofer and Marina Mione
    Approaches to inactivate genes in zebrafish / John M. Parant and Jing-Ruey Joanna Yeh
    Tumor suppressors in zebrafish: from TP53 to PTEN and beyond / Jeroen den Hertog
    Identifying novel cancer therapies using chemical genetics and zebrafish / Michelle Dang, Rachel Fogley, and Leonard I. Zon
    Genomic approaches to zebrafish cancer / Richard M. White
    Transcriptomic analyses in zebrafish cancer models for global gene expression and pathway discovery / Xiaoqian Huang, Ira Agrawal, Zhen Li, Weiling Zheng, Qingsong Lin, and Zhiyuan Gong
    zebrafish discoveries in cancer epigenetics / Yelena Chernyavskaya, Brandon Kent, and Kirsten C. Sadler
    Lymphatics, cancer and zebrafish / Jonathan W. Astin and Philip S. Crosier
    In vivo imaging of cancer in zebrafish / Myron S. Ignatius, Madeline Hayes, and David M. Langenau
    Imaging cancer angiogenesis and metastasis in a zebrafish embryo model / C. Tulotta, S. He, W. van der Ent, L. Chen, A. Groenewoud, H. P. Spaink, and B. E. Snaar-Jagalska
    Allograft cancer cell transplantation in zebrafish / John C. Moore and David M. Langenau
    The zebrafish xenograft platform: evolution of a novel cancer model and preclinical screening tool / Jaime Wertman, Chansey J. Veinotte, Graham Dellaire, and Jason N. Berman
    Automation of technology for cancer research / Wietske van der Ent, Wouter J. Veneman, Arwin Groenewoud, Lanpeng Chen, Claudia Tulotta, Pancras C.W. Hogendoorn, Herman. P. Spaink, and B. Ewa Snaar-Jagalska
    part 2. Cancer models in fish. zebrafish models of human leukemia: technological advances and mechanistic insights / Nicholas R. Harrison, Fabrice J.F. Laroche, Alejandro Gutierrez, and Hui Feng
    Zebrafish Rhabdomyosarcoma / Michael Phelps and Eleanor Chen
    Baiting for cancer: using the zebrafish as a model in liver and pancreatic cancer / Katie L. Hwang and Wolfram Goessling
    Focusing the spotlight on the zebrafish intestine to illuminate mechanisms of colorectal cancer / Viola H. Lobert, Dmitri Mouradov, and Joan K. Heath
    zebrafish Melanoma / Charles K. Kaufman
    Neuroblastoma and its zebrafish model / Shizhen Zhu and A. Thomas Look
    zebrafish germ cell tumors / Angelica Sanchez and James F. Amatruda
    Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors / Adam D. Durbin, Dong Hyuk Ki, Shuning He, and A. Thomas Look
    Xiphophorus and medaka cancer models / Manfred Schartl and Ronald B. Walter.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Phuc Van Pham, editor.
    Summary: This new series, based on a bi-annual conference and its topics, represents a major contribution to the emerging science of cancer research and regenerative medicine. Each volume brings together some of the most pre-eminent scientists working on cancer biology, cancer treatment, cancer diagnosis, cancer prevention and regenerative medicine to share information on currently ongoing work which will help shape future therapies. These volumes are invaluable resources not only for already active researchers or clinicians but also for those entering these fields, plus those in industry. Cancer Biology and Advances in Treatment is a proceedings volume which reflects papers presented at the 3rd bi-annual Innovations in Regenerative Medicine and Cancer Research conference; taken with its companion volume Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine and Stem Cells: Biology and Engineering it provides a complete overview of the papers from that meeting of international experts.

    Contents:
    1. The BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes in early onset breast cancer patients
    2. Anti-cancer effect of Xao tam phan Paramignya trimera methanol root extract on human breast cancer cell line MCF-7 in 3D model
    3. A novel nonsense mutation c.374C>G in CYP21A2 gene of a Vietnamese patient with congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    4. Variation of Mitochondrial DNA HV1 AND HV2 of the Vietnamese Population
    5. Synthesis and Characterization of PLGA-PEG Thymoquinone Nanoparticles and its Cytotoxicity Effects in Tamoxifen-resistant Breast Cancer Cells
    6. Adipose-derived mesenchymal stem cells promote growth and migration of lung adenocarcinoma cancer cells
    7. Predictive potential of PD-L1, TYMS and DCC expressions in treatment outcome of colorectal carcinoma
    8. Clinical trials with cytokine-induced killer cells and CAR-T cell transplantation for non-small cell lung cancer treatment
    9. Isopanduratin A isolated from Boesenbergia pandurata reduces HepG2 hepatocellular carcinoma cell proliferation in both monolayer and three-dimensional cultures
    10. Hopea Odorata extract can efficiently kill breast cancer cells and cancer stem like cells in three-dimensional culture more than in monolayer cell culture
    11. Selective cytotoxicity of some plant extracts against hepatocellular carcinoma cells but not mesenchymal stem cells: A pilot screening.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Eric C. Schirmer, Jose I. de las Heras.
    Summary: Nuclear envelope (NE) defects have been linked to cancer biology since the mid-1800s, but it was not until the last few years that we have begun to understand these historical links and to realize that there are myriad ways that the NE impacts on tumorigenesis. The NE is a complex double membrane system that encloses the genome while providing structural support through the intermediate filament lamin polymer and regulating protein/ mRNA trafficking and signaling between the nucleus and cytoplasm via the nuclear pore complexes (NPCs). These functions already provide some mechanisms for NE influences on cancer biology, but work in the past few years has elucidated many others. Lamins and many recently identified NE transmembrane proteins (NETs) have been now shown to function in DNA repair, regulation of cell cycle and signaling, apoptosis, cell migration in metastasis, and nuclear architecture and morphology. This volume presents a comprehensive overview of the wide range of functions recently identified for NE proteins and their relevance in cancer biology, providing molecular mechanisms and evidence of their value as prognostic and diagnostic markers, and suggesting new avenues for the treatment of cancer. Indeed some of these recent links are already yielding promising therapies, such as the current clinical trial of selective inhibitors of the nuclear export factor exportin in certain types of leukemia, melanoma and kidney cancer.

    Contents:
    Part I. History and use of the nuclear envelope in cancer prognosis
    Part II. The nuclear envelope in cell cycle regulation and signaling
    Part III. Nuclear envelope regulation of the genome
    Part IV. Functions of the NPC in cancer
    Part V. The nuclear envelope in DNA damage and stress responses
    Part VI. Towards a molecular explanation of prognostic links to the nuclear envelope
    Erratum to
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gabriel D. Dakubo.
    Summary: The ability to measure and monitor cancer biomarkers in "body fluid biopsy" should greatly impact oncologic practice. "Biomarkers in Proximal Fluids", the third of the "Cancer Biomarkers in Body Fluids" series details cancer signatures in none or minimally circulating body fluids including saliva, sputum, bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, exhaled breath condensate, nipple aspirate fluid, gastric and pancreatic juice, stool, urine, and prostatic, peritoneal and cerebrospinal fluid. These fluids are enriched with biomarkers, especially those emanating from cells of the proximal tissue. Chapter 1 examines the global burden of cancer and the need for regional efforts at primary prevention, early detection and patient care. Chapters 2-12 address tissue-specific biomarkers in associated body fluids. The tumor interstitial fluid as a microenvironment rich in cancer biomarkers is detailed in chapter 13, while chapter 14 looks at the human body fluid microbiome and its evolving role in cancer. Commercially available assays using proximal fluids are examined at the end of the respective chapters. This book complements its predecessors and is equally useful to oncologists, cancer researchers, clinicians, medical students, nurses, diagnostic laboratory and pharmaceutical industry personnel.

    Contents:
    1. Melanoma Biomarkers in Exfoliated Cells
    2. Head and Neck Cancer Biomarkers in Saliva
    3. Lung Cancer Biomarkers in Lung Fluids
    4. Breast Cancer Biomarkers in Breast Fluids
    5. Gastric Cancer Biomarkers in Gastric Fluid
    6. Colorectal Cancer Biomarkers in Stool
    7. Hepatobiliary Cancer Biomarkers in Bile
    8. Pancreatic Cancer Biomarkers in Pancreatic Juice
    9. Renal Cancer Biomarkers in Urine
    10. Bladder Cancer Biomarkers in Urine
    11. Prostate Cancer Biomarkers in Prostatic Fluid
    12. Testicular Cancer Biomarkers in Seminal Fluid
    13. Ovarian Cancer Biomarkers in Peritoneal Fluid
    14. Endometrial Cancer Biomarkers in Menstrual Fluid
    15. Cervical and Vulvar Cancer Biomarkers in Exfoliated Cells
    16. Brain Cancer Biomarkers in Cerebrospinal Fluid
    17. Hematologic Cancer Biomarkers in Blood
    18. The Body Fluid Microbiome and Cancer
    19. Biomarkers in Interstitial Fluids of Cancer Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael Silbermann, editor.
    Contents:
    Medical Care in Countries in Transition
    How to Prioritize Cancer Care for Countries in Transition
    Cancer Trends and Risk Factors in Morocco
    The Magic of Dreams: Conflicts and Quandaries Within Multicultural Societies in Transition
    Modeling Integrative Oncology for the Arab Population in Northern Israel
    Cancer Care in Palestine
    Influx of Foreign Refugees to Jordan and its Overall Burden on Cancer Care
    Caring For Children With Cancer In A Country Conflicted With Massive Refugee Migration: Jordan as an Example
    Challenges and Future Trends for Cancer Care in Egypt
    Cancer Care in Lebanon, New Trends and Challenges
    Cancer Care in an economically torn country: Cyprus
    Cancer Care in a Country Undergoing Transition: Turkey. Current Challenges and Trends for the Future
    Cancer Care in Sudan: Current Situation and Challenges
    Cancer care in Countries in Transition in Africa; the case of Uganda
    Cancer Care in Pakistan
    Cancer Care in India
    Cancer Care in Afghanistan
    Kazakhstan
    An overview of cancer care in societies in transition- Global perspectives: UAE Experience
    Cancer care in countries in transition: The Islamic Republic of Iran
    Cancer Care in Regions/Societies in Transition in the Gulf States: Sultanate of Oman
    Challenges and prospects in cancer care in Georgia
    Romania: Attempting to Catch up the European standards of care for cancer patients
    Recent challenges and achievements in cancer care in Latin American societies
    Caring for Refugees with Cancer: A Case for Training of US Oncology Professionals
    University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Experience caring for patients from countries undergoing political-social conflict
    Forty Years Fast Forward: Vietnamese Refugees in the United States with Comments on their Cancer Care
    The current state of cancer care in North America
    Application of genetic testing for childhood cancers in emerging countries
    Cancer Care among Immigrants to North America
    Promoting Cancer Nursing Education, Training and Research in Countries in Transition.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by John R.W. Masters and Bernhard Palsson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC267 .C3
    3
  • Digital
    Dhruv Kumar, editor.
    Summary: This book illustrates various aspects of cancer cell metabolism, including metabolic regulation in solid tumours vs. non-solid tumours, the molecular pathways involved in its metabolism, and the role of the tumour microenvironment in the regulation of cancer cell metabolism. It summarizes the complexity of cancer cell metabolism in terms of the switch from anaerobic to aerobic glycolysis and how mitochondrial damage promotes aerobic glycolysis in cancer cells. The respective chapters provide the latest information on the metabolic remodelling of cancer cells and elucidate the important role of the signalling pathways in reprogramming of cancer cell metabolism. In addition, the book highlights the role of autophagy in cancer cell metabolism, and how metabolic crosstalk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts promotes cancer cell progression. In closing, it summarizes recent advancements in drug development through targeting cancer metabolism.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Cancer cell metabolism: Solid tumor vs non-solid tumor
    Chapter 2: Reprogramming of cancer cell metabolism: Warburg and Reverse Warburg hypothesis
    Chapter 3: Molecular aspects of cancer cell metabolism: Altered glycolysis and lipid metabolism
    Chapter 4: Understanding the metabolic cross-talk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts
    Chapter 5: Metabolic cross-talk between cancer cells and tumor microenvironment
    Chapter 6: Role of autophagy in cancer cell metabolism
    Chapter 7: Role of c-Met/HGF axis in altered cancer metabolism
    Chapter 8: Recent advances in drug development targeting cancer metabolism
    Chapter 9: Clinical relevance of "Diagnostic markers" in cancer metabolism
    Chapter 10: Alterations in Metabolite-driven Gene Regulation in Cancer Metabolism
    Chapter 11: Role of Phytochemicals in Cancer Cell Metabolism Regulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Martha Robles-Flores, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, México D.F., México.
    Contents:
    Use of Biguanides to Improve Response to Chemotherapy
    Evaluating Response to Metformin/Cisplatin Combination in Cancer Cells Via Metabolic Measurement and Clonogenic Survival
    Quantifying the Autophagy-Triggering Effects of Drugs in Cell Spheroids with Live Fluorescence Microscopy
    Interdependency Between Genetic and Epigenetic Regulatory Defects in Cancer
    Experimental Strategies to Manipulate the Cellular Levels of the Multifunctional Factor CTCF
    Use of Serum-Circulating miRNA Profiling for the Identification of Breast Cancer Biomarkers
    Prostate Cancer Detection Using a Non-Invasive Method for Quantifying mi RNAs
    DNA Methylation Analysis of Steroid Hormone Receptor Genes
    Control of Oncogenic mi RNA Function by Light-Activated mi RNA Antagomirs
    Methods for the Study of Long Non-Coding RNA in Cancer Cell Signaling
    Microvesicles as Mediators of Intercellular Communication in Cancer
    In Vivo Rat Model to Study Horizontal Tumor Progression
    An In Vivo Model to Study the Effects of Tumoral Soluble Factors on the Vascular Permeability in Mice
    Use of the Tumor Repressor DEDD as a Prognostic Marker of Cancer Metastasis
    Zebrafish-Based Systems Pharmacology of Cancer Metastasis
    A Flow Cytometry-Based Assay for the Evaluation of Antibody-Dependent Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity (ADCC) in Cancer Cells
    Gene Disruption Using Zinc Finger Nuclease Technology.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bruce A. Chabner, Dan L. Longo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Syed A. Abutalib, MD, Assistant Director, Hematology and Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation, Midwestern Regional Medical Center, Cancer Treatment Centers of America, Zion, IL, USA, USA, Maurie Markman, MD, Senior Vice President of Clinical Affairs, National Director of Medical Oncology, Center, Cancer Treatment Centers of America, Clinical Professor of Medicine, Drexel University College of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, USA.
    Contents:
    Section 1 Malignant hematology and hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Part 1 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia in adults
    Part 2 Acute myeloid leukemia in adults
    Part 3 Myelodysplastic syndromes and related disorders
    Part 4 Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Part 5 Chronic lymphocytic and other leukemias
    Part 6 Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Part 7 Non-Hodgkin's lymphomas
    Part 8 Plasma cell neoplasms and related disorders
    Part 9 Special issues in hematology
    Part 10 Special issues in hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Section 2 Oncology
    Part 1 Central nervous system tumors
    Part 2 Head and neck cancers and thoracic malignancies
    Part 3 Breast cancer
    Part 4 Gastrointestinal oncology
    Part 5 Genitourinary oncology
    Part 6 Skin malignancies
    Part 7 Gynecological malignancies
    Part 8 Sarcomas
    Part 9 Multidisciplinary approach: consultation with surgical oncology team
    Part 10 Multidisciplinary approach: consultation with radiation oncology team
    Part 11 Hereditary cancer syndromes and genetic testing in oncology
    Part 12 Special issues in hematology and oncology.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Marvella E. Ford and Dennis K. Watson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Yasuhiro Matsumura, David Tarin.
    Summary: This book proposes the importance of new systems of drug design and delivery based on cancer pathophysiology in addition to cancer molecular and cellular biology. The current studies based on molecular and cellular biology while ignoring pathophysiology and pharmacology may be leading the development of antitumor drugs in the wrong direction and wasting a lot of money. Although there have been numerous reports of genetic and phenotypic changes in tumors, a large body of pathological and clinical evidence supports the conclusion that there are no pivotal changes in tumor cells that distinguish them consistently and reliably from normal dividing cells. Unlike using antibiotics against bacterial infection, therefore, anticancer agents (ACAs) need to be delivered selectively to tumor tissues and should be kept there long enough to reproduce the concentrations they reach in the Petri dish, which is a closed space where the cytocidal effects of any anticancer agents (ACAs) including molecular targeting agents are very strong. In the body, however, administered ACAs are cleared with the passage of time. Furthermore, most human cancers possess abundant stroma that hinders the penetration of drugs into the tumor microenvironment. Therefore, to overcome these difficulties, novel drug delivery systems have been designed, such as nanoparticles and ACA conjugated antibodies to stromal components and to cancer cell surface antigens. These advances are described in this book after the first section, which describes core features of the pathophysiology of the cancer microenvironment, on which these new developments are based.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I Cancer pathophysiology
    1. The Cancer Stroma and its relevance to tumor survival
    2. Cancer and blood coagulation
    3. Tumor Blood Vessels as targets for cancer therapy
    4. Stromal barriers within the tumor microenvironment and obstacles to nanomedicine
    Part II Antibody drug conjugates (ADC)
    1. Recent progress in linker technology for antibody-drug conjugates: Methods for connection and release
    2. Preclinical studies of ADC therapy for solid tumors
    3. ADCs on the market and in clinical development
    Part III Hybrid techniques of active and passive targeting
    1. Micelles conjugated with a pilot molecule
    2. Liposomes conjugated with a pilot molecule
    3. Multifunctional Envelope-type Nano Devices (MEND) for cancer therapy
    Part IV Cancer stromal targeting (CAST) therapy and diagnosis
    1. Principle of CAST
    2. CAST therapy
    3. CAST diagnosis
    Part V The Current Status of Cancer Drug Delivery Systems and Future Directions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles Bennett, Courtney Lubaczewski, Bartlett Witherspoon, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a wide-ranging description and analysis of recent developments and current trends in health policy with regard to cancer drug safety. The book opens with an overview of pharmacovigilance for cancer blockbuster drugs, covering both general considerations and efforts to develop a structured framework for the identification and reporting of adverse drug reactions (ADRs). A number of important examples of serious ADRs to hematology and oncology drugs are then reviewed, with evaluation of the lessons learned and the policy implications of the ensuing legal cases and their settlements. Further, the difficulty of reporting such blockbuster side effects in the medical literature is explored in an empirical study. Significant advances have been achieved in analytic methods for the identification of ADRs, and here there is a particular focus on the value of optimal discriminant analysis. Finally, the impacts on pharmacovigilance and drug safety of the huge fines paid under the U.S. False Claims Act relating to the defrauding of governmental programs also receive careful attention these fines are playing an important role in changing the landscape for pharmaceutical safety.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    1 Fluoroquinolone-Associated Disability and Other Fluoroquinolone-Associated Serious Adverse Events: Unexpected Toxicities Have Emerged in Recent Years
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 FQ Adverse Event Drug Label Warnings
    1.1.2 FQ Drug Label Changes (See Table 1.1 for Levofloxacin Label Changes)
    1.1.3 FDA Reports of FQ Adverse Events
    1.1.4 November 5, 2015, FDA Advisory Committee Meeting Identifies FQAD
    1.1.5 November 5, 2015, FDA Advisory Committee Votes
    1.1.6 Boxwell FDA FQ Data Compared with Social Media FQ Reports 1.1.7 Gender
    1.1.8 Specific FQs
    1.1.9 Duration of FQAD
    1.1.10 FQAD: Reasons for Which FQ was Prescribed
    1.1.11 FQAD Specific Events
    1.1.12 Possible Mechanism of FQ Toxicities
    1.1.13 Another Possible Pathophysiologic Mechanism: Matrix Metalloproteinase Toxicity
    1.1.14 FQ-Associated Peripheral Neuropathy
    1.1.15 Levaquin Clinical Trials Completed Prior to FDA Approval in 1997
    1.1.16 2001 FDA FQ Review
    1.1.17 2003 FDA FQ Review
    1.1.18 2008 FDA Pediatric Levofloxacin Review
    1.1.19 2010 Pfizer Report
    1.1.20 2011 Levaquin Postmarketing Review 1.1.21 2013 FDA Review
    1.1.22 2014-Present Media Reports Regarding FQs
    1.1.23 2014 FDA Advisory Committee Comments
    1.1.24 2014 FDA Dear Healthcare Professional Letters
    1.1.25 2014 Citizen Petition
    1.1.26 2014 Meeting with U.S. Senate Health Committee
    1.1.27 2015 Meeting with FDA
    1.1.28 2015 FQ Case Studies
    1.1.29 2015 FDA Advisory Committee Meeting
    1.1.30 2015 FDA Listening Session
    1.1.31 2016 FQ Neuropsychiatric Study
    1.1.32 2016 FQ Label Updates
    1.1.33 2016 FDA Response to Citizen Petition
    1.1.34 2018 FQ Nature Article
    1.1.35 2019 Citizen Petition 1.1.36 2019 FQ Neuropsychiatric Toxicity Study
    1.2 Discussion
    1.3 Conclusions
    1.3.1 Recommendations
    1.3.2 Significance of This FQ Study
    1.4 REMS Request
    References
    2 Biosimilar Epoetin in the United States: A View from the Southern Network on Adverse Reactions
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Regulatory Approval for Epoetin Biosimilar in the United States
    2.1.2 Chemistry, Manufacturing, and Controls
    2.1.3 Biological Activity
    2.1.4 Pharmacology/Toxicology
    2.1.5 Immunogenicity
    2.1.6 Clinical Pharmacology
    2.1.7 Clinical Efficacy and Safety 2.1.8 Risk Evaluation and Mitigations Strategy (REMS)
    2.1.9 Extrapolation
    2.1.10 Findings of the Oncology Drug Advisory Committee (ODAC) of the FDA
    2.1.11 Patents and Litigation
    2.1.12 Naming and Labeling
    2.1.13 Interchangeability
    2.1.14 Substitution
    2.1.15 Pharmacovigilance and Immunogenicity
    2.1.16 Lessons from the European Union (EU) Countries
    2.1.17 Lessons from Japan
    2.2 Conclusions
    References
    3 Policing of Drug Safety Information Dissemination Under the False Claims Act
    3.1 Introduction
    3.1.1 The Settlement
    Radiotherapy
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mukesh Verma.
    Contents:
    Cancer epigenetics : an introduction / Rajnee Kanwal, Karishma Gupta, and Sanjay Gupta
    Community resources and technologies developed through the NIH roadmap epigenomics program / John S. Satterlee ... [et al.]
    Epigenome-wide association studies (EWAS) : past, present, and future / James M. Flanagan
    Epigenetic biomarkers in liver cancer / Krishna K. Banaudha and Mukesh Verma
    Cancer type-specific epigenetic changes : gastric cancer / Danielle Queiroz Calcagno, Marília de Arruda Cardoso Smith, and Rommel Rodriguez Burbano
    Beyond the island : epigenetic biomarkers of colorectal and prostate cancer / Andrea J. Savio and Bharati Bapat
    Prostate cancer epigenome / Swathi Chinaranagari ... [et al.]
    CpG island hypermethylation as a biomarker for the early detection of lung cancer / Yujin Kim and Duk-Hwan Kim
    Analysis of DNA methylation in pancreatic cancer : an update / Christian Pilarsky and Robert Grützmann
    Epigenetics of urothelial carcinoma / Wolfgang A. Schulz ... [et al.]
    Epigenetics of prostate cancer / Tawnya C. McKee and James V. Tricoli
    Methylation profile landscape in mesothelioma : possible implications in early detection, disease progression, and therapeutic options / Xinbo Zhang ... [et al.]
    Techniques to access histone modifications and variants in cancer / Monica Tyagi ... [et al]
    Single base resolution analysis of 5-methylcytosine and 5-hydroxymethylcytosine by RRBS and TAB-RRBS / Maria A. Hahn ... [et al.]
    Quantitative DNA methylation analysis for epigenotyping of colorectal cancer / Atsushi Kaneda and Koichi Yagi
    Histone modifications associated with cancer cell migration and invasion / Miki Hieda, Nariaki Matsuura , and Hiroshi Kimura
    Aberrant epigenetic modifications in radiation-resistant head and neck cancers / Hon-Yi Lin, Tim Hui-Ming Huang, and Michael Wing-Yan Chan
    Cancer-associated infectious agents and epigenetic regulation / Vidya Vedham and Mukesh Verma
    Toxicoepigenomics and cancer : implications for screening / Mukesh Verma
    Human papilloma virus (HPV) modulation of the HNSCC epigenome / Josena K. Stephen and Maria J. Worsham
    Epigenetic regulation of HIV, AIDS, and AIDS-related malignancies / Mukesh Verma
    Epigenetics of colorectal cancer / Wenji Yan and Mingzhou Guo
    Epigenetics in breast and prostate cancer / Yanyuan Wu, Marianna Sarkissyan, and Jaydutt V. Vadgama
    Epigenetic inhibitors / Mukesh Verma and Hirendra Nath Banerjee
    Use of epigenetic modulators as a powerful adjuvant for breast cancer therapies / Aurore Claude-Taupin ... [et al.]
    Epigenetic approaches in glioblastoma multiforme and their implication in screening and diagnosis / Gwyneth Hyman ... [et al.]
    Detection of circulatory microRNAs in prostate cancer/ Anvesha Srivastava ... [et al.]
    Identification and characterization of small-molecule inhibitors of lysine acetyltransferases / Daiqing Liao
    Epigenetic regulation in biopsychosocial pathways / Kristin Litzelman and Mukesh Verma
    Viral epigenetics / Barry I. Milavetz and Lata Balakrishnan
    P53 tumor suppression network in cancer epigenetics / Alok Mishra, Daniel J. Brat, and Mukesh Verma
    Promoter hypermethylation as a biomarker in prostate adenocarcinoma / Jong Y. Park
    Sequencing the cancer methylome / Austin Y. Shull ... [et al.]
    Global DNA methylation profiling technologies and the ovarian cancer methylome / Jessica Tang ... [et al.]
    Recent progress in the discovery of epigenetic inhibitors for the treatment of cancer / Sharad K. Verma
    At the crossroad between obesity and gastric cancer / Jone Garai ... [et al.]
    Detection of epigenetic aberrations in the development of hepatocellular carcinoma / Yujing Zhang
    Specific type epigenetic changes in cervical cancers / Shuping Zhao
    Epigenetics in head and neck cancer / Syeda Marriam Bakhtiar, Amjad Ali, and Debmalya Barh
    Epigenetic therapy for colorectal cancer / Vivek Vaish ... [et al.]
    Epigenetics of gastric cancer / Mingzhou Guo and Wenji Yan.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Xavier Llor, Erin Wysing Hofstatter.
    Summary: "A guide and comprehensive reference for the care of patients with hereditary cancer syndromes. This book is intended to provide the essential tools needed to understand clinical cancer genetics"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Critical Cancer Genetics
    Risk Assessment In The Primary Care Office : Identification Of Patients For Referral
    Principals Of Cancer Risk Assessment And Genetic Counseling
    Laboratory Methods In Cancer Genetics Testing
    Breast Cancer
    Gastrointestinal Polyposis Syndromes
    Hereditary Non-Polyposis Colorectal Cancers
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Uterine Cancer
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Ovarian Cancer
    Pancreatic Cancer Genetics
    Risk Assessment and Clinical Management-- Genito-Urinary Tract Cancer
    Genetic Predisposition To Gastric Cancer
    Endocrine Cancers
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Skin Cancer
    Risk Assessment And Clinical Management-- Pediatric And Other Cancers
    Ethical, Legal And Psychosocial Issues In Cancer Genetic Assessment And Genetic Test
    Talking To Children And Family About Hereditary Cancer Risk And Genetic Test Results
    Future Challenges And Opportunities In Clinical Cancer Genomics.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2022
  • Digital
    Madhumita Roy, Amitava Datta.
    Summary: The book discusses cancer and the potential use of phytochemicals as cancer therapeutics. It begins with the basics of cancer, including the definition, types, etiology and molecular mechanisms involved, before discussing the fundamentals of diagnosis, treatment and associated problems as well as remedial measures. Since cancer is not a single disease, and the mechanisms of carcinogenesis are different for different cancers, it examines the genes and proteins involved in carcinogenesis, and signal transduction pathways for each individual cancer type. Further, the book reviews the latest research on phytochemicals for cancer treatment, highlighting their anti-cancer properties, sources, structure, active biomolecules and probable mechanisms of action, and describing their biochemical properties in the context of cancer prevention and treatment.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; 1 Cancer: Types and Hallmarks; 1.1 What Is Cancer?; 1.1.1 Types of Cancer; 1.1.1.1 Carcinoma; 1.1.1.2 Sarcoma; 1.1.1.3 Leukemia; 1.1.1.4 Lymphoma; 1.1.1.5 Myeloma; 1.1.1.6 Melanoma; 1.1.1.7 Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors; 1.2 Hallmarks of Cancer; 1.2.1 Sustaining Proliferative Signaling; 1.2.2 Evading Growth Suppressors; 1.2.2.1 Disruption of Contact Inhibition; 1.2.3 Resisting Cell Death; 1.2.4 Enabling Replicative Immortality; 1.2.5 Inducing Angiogenesis; 1.2.6 Activating Invasion and Metastasis; 1.2.7 Reprogramming Energy Metabolism 1.2.8 Evading Immune Destruction1.2.9 Genetic Instability and Mutation; 1.2.10 Tumor-Promoting Inflammation; 1.3 Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment; 1.3.1 Risk Factors and Causes of Cancer; 1.3.2 Symptoms; 1.3.3 Diagnosis; 1.3.3.1 Biopsy; 1.3.3.2 Imaging; 1.3.4 Treatment; 1.4 Conclusion; References; 2 Cancer: Genetics and Important Pathways; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Degree of Gene Mutations in Tumorigenesis; 2.3 Driver and Passenger Mutations; 2.4 Cancer-Specific Genomic Landscapes; 2.4.1 Genomic Landscape of Breast Cancer; 2.4.1.1 Summary; 2.5 Genomic Landscape of Other Cancers 3.5 Classification of Phytochemicals3.5.1 Phenolics; 3.5.1.1 Phenolic Acids; 3.5.1.2 Tannins; 3.5.1.3 Stilbenes; 3.5.1.4 Coumarins; 3.5.2 Flavonoids; 3.5.3 Carotenoid; 3.5.4 Alkaloid; 3.5.5 Nitrogen-Containing Compounds; 3.5.6 Organosulfur Compounds; 3.5.7 Benefits of Dietary Phytochemicals; 3.6 Conclusion; References; 4 Drugs and Phytochemicals; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Classification of Chemotherapy Drugs; 4.2.1 Alkylating Agents; 4.2.2 Antimetabolites; 4.2.3 Antitumor Antibiotics; 4.2.4 Topoisomerase Inhibitors; 4.2.5 Mitotic Inhibitors; 4.2.6 Corticosteroids 4.3 Mode of Action of Chemotherapeutic Drugs4.4 Benefits of Plant-Derived Medicines; 4.5 Plant-Derived Anticancer Drugs; 4.6 Other Phytochemicals as Anticancer Agents; 4.7 Conclusion; References; 5 Molecular Mechanisms of Phytochemical Actions in Cancer; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Epigenetic Control; 5.2.1 Histone Modification; 5.2.2 DNA Methylation; 5.2.3 miRNAs; 5.3 Keap1-Nrf2 Pathway; 5.4 Oxidative Stress; 5.5 Inflammation; 5.6 Roles of Dietary Phytochemicals in Oxidative Stress; 5.6.1 Phytochemicals and Oxidative Stress; 5.6.1.1 Phenolic Phytochemicals and Oxidative Stress
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Graham Dellaire, Jason N. Berman, Robert J. Arceci.
    Summary: Cancer Genomics addresses how recent technological advances in genomics are shaping how we diagnose and treat cancer. Built on the historical context of cancer genetics over the past 30 years, the book provides a snapshot of the current issues and state-of-the-art technologies used in cancer genomics. Subsequent chapters highlight how these approaches have informed our understanding of hereditary cancer syndromes and the diagnosis, treatment and outcome in a variety of adult and pediatric solid tumors and hematologic malignancies. The dramatic increase in cancer genomics research and ever-increasing availability of genomic testing are not without significant ethical issues, which are addressed in the context of the return of research results and the legal considerations underlying the commercialization of genomic discoveries. Finally, the book concludes with "Future Directions", examining the next great challenges to face the field of cancer genomics, namely the contribution of non-coding RNAs to disease pathogenesis and the interaction of the human genome with the environment. Tools such as sidebars, key concept summaries, a glossary, and acronym and abbreviation definitions make this book highly accessible to researchers from several fields associated with cancer genomics.Contributions from thought leaders provide valuable historical perspective to relate the advances in the field to current technologies and literature.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Narendra Wajapeyee.
    Contents:
    Genome-Wide Mapping Of RNA Pol-II Promoter Usage In Mouse Tissues By Chip-Seq
    Using Native Chromatin Immunoprecipitation To Interrogate Histone Variant Protein Deposition In Embryonic Stem Cells
    Reduced Representation Bisulfite Sequencing To Identify Global Alteration In The DNA Methylation
    A High-Throughput Microrna Expression Profiling System
    Using Pooled Mir30-Shrna Library For Cancer Lethal And Synthetic Lethal Screens
    Genome-Wide RNA Interference Screening To Identify Regulators Of Epigenetic Silencing Of A Tumor Suppressor Gene
    A Diphtheria Toxin Negative Selection In RNA Interference Screening
    Cancer Metabolism: Crosstalk Between Signaling And O-Glcnacylation
    Targeted Genome Modification Via Triple Helix Formation
    Synthesis Of Stabilized Alpha-Helical Peptides
    Arginine-Grafted Biodegradable Polymer: A Versatile Transfection Reagent For Both DNA And Sirna
    Using Laco Arrays To Monitor DNA Double-Strand Break Dynamics In Live Schizosaccharomyces Pombe Cells
    Zebrafish As A Platform To Study Tumor Progression
    Clonal Screens To Find Modifiers Of Partially Penetrant Phenotypes In C. Elegans
    Serum Profiling Using Protein Microarrays To Identify Disease Related Antigens
    Interrogation Of In Vivo Protein-Protein Interactions Using Transgenic Mouse Models And Stable Isotope Labeling
    New Biophysical Methods To Study The Membrane Activity Of Bcl-2 Proteins
    Purification Of Recombinant 2XMBP Tagged Human Proteins From Human Cells
    Computational Analysis In Cancer Exome Sequencing
    Matrix Factorization Methods For Integrative Cancer Genomics
    Computational Methods For DNA Copy-Number Analysis Of Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cancer growth and progression to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Marvella E. Ford, Nestor F. Esnaola, Judith D. Salley.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: Cancer Immunology is intended as an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. The rapid flow of studies in the field of cancer immunology during the last decade has increased our understanding of the interactions between the immune system and cancerous cells. In particular, it is now well known that such interactions result in the induction of epigenetic changes in cancerous cells and the selection of less immunogenic clones as well as alterations in immune responses. Understanding the cross-talk between nascent transformed cells and cells of the immune system has led to the development of combinatorial immunotherapeutic strategies to combat cancer. This volume is focused on interactions between cancerous cells and various components of the innate and adaptive immune system are fully described. Notably, the principal focus is very much on clinical aspects, the aim being to educate clinicians on the clinical implications of the most recent findings and novel developments in the field. This is to be hoped that this translational book will be comprehensible, cogent and of special value for researchers and clinicians who wish to extend their knowledge on cancer immunology.

    Contents:
    Introduction on cancer immunology and immunotherapy
    Inflammatory and innate immune cells in cancer microenvironment and progression
    Role of innate immunity in cancers and antitumor response
    Role of B cells in anti tumor response
    The role of exhaustion in tumor-induced T cell dysfunction in patients with cancer
    Regulatory T cells and Th17 cells in the immunosuppressive tumor network
    Role of cytokines in tumor immunity and immune tolerance to cancers
    Role of chemokines and chemokine receptors in cancers
    The role of Fas and Fas-ligand in cancers
    MHC class I molecules and cancer progression: Lessons learned from preclinical tumor models
    Role of plasmacytoid dendritic cells in cancer
    Cancer immunoediting: immunosurveillance, immuneequilibrium, and immune escape
    Apoptosis, autophagy and necroptosis in Cancer
    Prognostic value of innate and adaptive immunity in cancers
    Epigenetics and Micro RNAs in cancers
    Immunogenetics of cancers
    Immunodeficiencies and cancers
    Immunosenescence and cancers
    Nutrition, immunity and cancers
    Allergies and cancers
    Cancer immunology of transmissible cancers
    Systems biology and systems immunology of cancer
    Principles of immunological diagnostic tests for cancers
    Flow cytometry in cancer immunotherapy: applications, analysis, quality control and future
    Immunohistochemistry of cancers
    Immunology and immunotherapy of graft versus host disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: "This book focusing on the immunopathology of cancers is published as part of the three-volume Springer series Cancer Immunology, which aims to provide an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. Readers will find detailed descriptions of the interactions between cancerous cells and various components of the innate and adaptive immune system. The principal focus, however, is very much on clinical aspects, the aim being to educate clinicians in the clinical implications of the latest research and novel developments in the field. In the new edition of this very well received book, first published in 2015, the original chapters have been significantly updated and additional chapters included on, for example, current knowledge on the roles of T-helper cells and NK cells in tumor immunity, the part played by oncoviruses in the development of various cancers, and the applications of fluorescent in situ hybridization, bioluminescence, and cancer molecular and functional imaging"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction on cancer immunology and immunotherapy
    Role of innate immunity in cancers and antitumor response
    Tumor-associated myeloid cells in cancer progression
    B-cells in cancer immunology: for or against cancer growth?
    The roles of CD4+ T-cells in tumor immunity
    Regulatory T-cells and Th cells in tumor microenvironment
    T-cell metabolism and its dysfunction induced by cancer
    The role of exhaustion in tumor-induced T-cell dysfunction in cancer
    The role of NK cells in cancer
    Role of plasmacytoid dendritic cells in cancer
    The CD95/CD95L signaling pathway: a role in carcinogenesis
    MHC class I molecules and cancer progression: lessons learned from preclinical mouse models
    Role of cytokines in tumor immunity and immune tolerance to cancer
    Role of chemokines and chemokine receptors in cancer
    Role of the inflammasome in cancer
    Cancer immunoediting: immunosurveillance, immune equilibrium, and immune escape
    Apoptosis and cancer
    Endoplasmic reticulum stress and autophagy in cancer
    Prognostic value of innate and adaptive immunity in cancers
    Immunogenetics of cancer
    Epigenetics and MicroRNAs in cancer
    The role of DNA methylation in cancer
    Immunosenescence, oxidative stress, and cancers
    Nutrition, immunity, and cancers
    Inborn errors of immunity and cancers
    Allergies and cancers
    Envisioning the application of systems biology in cancer immunology
    Principles of immunological diagnostic tests for cancers
    Immunohistochemistry of cancers
    Fluorescent in situ hybridization: methods and application in cancer diagnosis
    Cancer molecular and functional imaging
    Cancer imaging with radiolabeled monoclonal antibodies
    Flow cytometry in cancer immunotherapy: applications, quality assurance, and future.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: This translational book describes in detail the clinical application of novel approaches in cancer immunotherapy with the aim of educating clinicians in the implications of the most recent research and new developments in the field. The scope is broad, encompassing, for example, prognostic biomarkers for personalized cancer treatment, strategies for targeting tumor immunosuppression, gene therapy, virus-based vaccines, targeting of cancer stem cells, hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, the role of T lymphocytes in cancer immunotherapy, use of monoclonal antibodies, and many more innovative approaches. Clinical immunologists, hematologists, and oncologists in particular will find the book to be of value in expanding their knowledge. ℗ℓ The book is the second in a three-volume series, Cancer Immunology, which offers an up-to-date review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. The remaining volumes focus on the immunopathology of cancers and cancer immunotherapy for organ-specific tumors. In total the series, designed for both clinicians and researchers, includes contributions from more than 250 scientists working at leading universities and institutes from across the world.

    Contents:
    Frontiers in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Novel Strategy of Cancer Immunotherapy: Spiraling Up
    Novel Prognostic Biomarkers for Personalized Cancer Treatments
    Tumor Antigen and Epitope Identification for Pre-Clinical and Clinical Evaluation
    Strategies to Target Tumor Immunesuppression
    Immune Modulation of Drugs in Prevention and Treatment of Cancers
    Overcoming Immune Tolerance With Immune Checkpoint Blockade
    Gene therapy and Virus-Based Cancer Vaccines
    Cancer Stem Cells: Biology and Potential therapeutic Applications
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation and Lymphodepletion in Treatment of Cancers
    Combination of Chemotherapy and Cytokine Therapy in Treatment of Cancers
    T Cell Immunotherapy: From Synthetic Biology to Clinical Practice
    Role of Gamma-Delta T Lymphocytes in Cancer Immunosurveillance and Immunotherapy
    Adoptive T Cell therapy: Optimizing Chemokine Receptor-Mediated Homing of T Cells in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Cellular therapy of Cancer With B Effector Cells
    Monoclonal Antibodies for Treatment of Cancers
    Pattern Recognition Receptors in Cancers and Immunotherapy by Triggering or Targeting of Toll Like Receptors Pathway
    Recent Advances in the Use of NK Cells Against Cancer
    Dendritic Cell Vaccines for Cancer Therapy: Fundamentals and Clinical Trials
    Tumor Associated Macrophages and iNOS in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Photodynamic therapy and Anti-Tumor Immune Response
    Polarization of Tumor Milieu: Therapeutic Implications
    Immunotherapies Targeting 5T4 Oncofoetal Glycoprotein
    Immune Monitoring During Clinical Development of Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody Therapy
    PD-1 Blockade in Cancer Therapy
    New Advances in Radioimmunotherapy for the Treatment of Cancers
    Psychoneuroendocrinoimmunotherapy of Cancers
    Ethical Considerations in Cancer Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Summary: This translational, clinically oriented book describes in detail novel approaches to cancer immunotherapy, current strategies to target tumor immunosuppression, and prognostic biomarkers for personalized cancer treatments. Since the first, very successful edition of the book was published in 2015, the original chapters have been significantly updated and entirely new chapters are included on, for example, cancer immunoprevention, aptamer-mediated cancer gene therapy, haploidentical bone marrow transplantation for pediatric malignancies, and nanoimmunotherapy. The book is published as part of the three-volume Springer series Cancer Immunology, which aims to provide an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. Other volumes in the series address the translational medicine context and cancer immunotherapy for organ-specific tumors. Cancer Immunology: Bench to Bedside Immunotherapy of Cancers will be of special value to clinical immunologists, hematologists, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Frontiers in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Novel Strategy of Cancer Immunotherapy: Spiraling Up
    Novel Prognostic Biomarkers for Personalized Cancer Treatments
    Tumor Antigen and Epitope Identification for Pre-Clinical and Clinical Evaluation
    Strategies to Target Tumor Immunesuppression
    Immune Modulation of Drugs in Prevention and Treatment of Cancers
    Overcoming Immune Tolerance With Immune Checkpoint Blockade
    Gene therapy and Virus-Based Cancer Vaccines
    Cancer Stem Cells: Biology and Potential therapeutic Applications
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation and Lymphodepletion in Treatment of Cancers
    Combination of Chemotherapy and Cytokine Therapy in Treatment of Cancers
    T Cell Immunotherapy: From Synthetic Biology to Clinical Practice
    Role of Gamma-Delta T Lymphocytes in Cancer Immunosurveillance and Immunotherapy
    Adoptive T Cell therapy: Optimizing Chemokine Receptor-Mediated Homing of T Cells in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Cellular therapy of Cancer With B Effector Cells
    Monoclonal Antibodies for Treatment of Cancers
    Pattern Recognition Receptors in Cancers and Immunotherapy by Triggering or Targeting of Toll Like Receptors Pathway
    Recent Advances in the Use of NK Cells Against Cancer
    Dendritic Cell Vaccines for Cancer Therapy: Fundamentals and Clinical Trials
    Tumor Associated Macrophages and iNOS in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Photodynamic therapy and Anti-Tumor Immune Response
    Polarization of Tumor Milieu: Therapeutic Implications
    Immunotherapies Targeting 5T4 Oncofoetal Glycoprotein
    Immune Monitoring During Clinical Development of Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody Therapy
    PD-1 Blockade in Cancer Therapy
    New Advances in Radioimmunotherapy for the Treatment of Cancers
    Psychoneuroendocrinoimmunotherapy of Cancers
    Ethical Considerations in Cancer Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nima Rezaei, editor.
    Contents:
    Specific Organ Tumors: General Considerations On Immunotherapy
    Vaccination Of Human Solid Tumors: Recent Progress In The Clinical Setting
    Immunotherapy For Pediatric Solid Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Hematological Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Leukemia And Multiple Myeloma
    Immunopathology Of Lymphoma And Immunotherapy Of Hodgkin's Disease And Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma
    Cancer-Testis Antigens As Targets For The Immunotherapy Of Hematological Malignancies
    Tumor Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Colorectal Cancer
    Immunopathology Of Hepatobiliary Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Liver Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pancreatic Tumors
    Immunology Of Cutaneous Tumors And Immunotherapy For Melanoma
    Immunopathology Of Head And Neck Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Immunopathology And Immunotherapy Of Oral Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Bone And Connective Tissue Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Sarcomas
    Immunopathology Of Central Nervous System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Brain Tumors
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pulmonary Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Urinary System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Renal And Bladder Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Cancers Of Male And Female Genitalia Organs And Immunotherapy Of Cervical And Prostate Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Ovarian Cancer
    Revisiting Immunology For Breast Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Graft Versus Host Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Nima Rezaei.
    Summary: This book explains the immunology of organ-specific malignancies and discusses novel immunotherapy strategies for their treatment. Since the first, very successful edition of the book was published in 2015, a number of entirely new chapters have been included. The range of cancers considered has accordingly been extended, with coverage of the latest immunotherapy approaches for skin cancers, ocular malignancies, endocrine malignancies, cardiac cancers, vascular cancers, and HPV-associated cancers. In addition, the original chapters have been updated to document the latest advances in immunotherapy for pediatric solid tumors, hematologic malignancies, gastrointestinal tumors, bone tumors, CNS tumors, lung cancer, genitourinary tract tumors, and breast cancer, among others. The book is published as part of the three-volume Springer series Cancer Immunology, which aims to provide an up-to-date, clinically relevant review of cancer immunology and immunotherapy. Other volumes in the series address the translational medicine context and bench to bedside immunotherapy. Cancer Immunology: Cancer Immunotherapy for Organ-Specific Tumors will be of special value to clinical immunologists, hematologists, and oncologists. .

    Contents:
    Specific Organ Tumors: General Considerations On Immunotherapy
    Vaccination Of Human Solid Tumors: Recent Progress In The Clinical Setting
    Immunotherapy For Pediatric Solid Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Hematological Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Leukemia And Multiple Myeloma
    Immunopathology Of Lymphoma And Immunotherapy Of Hodgkin's Disease And Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma
    Cancer-Testis Antigens As Targets For The Immunotherapy Of Hematological Malignancies
    Tumor Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Gastrointestinal Tract Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Colorectal Cancer
    Immunopathology Of Hepatobiliary Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Liver Cancers
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pancreatic Tumors
    Immunology Of Cutaneous Tumors And Immunotherapy For Melanoma
    Immunopathology Of Head And Neck Tumors And Immunotherapy Of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    Immunopathology And Immunotherapy Of Oral Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Bone And Connective Tissue Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Sarcomas
    Immunopathology Of Central Nervous System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Brain Tumors
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Pulmonary Tumors
    Immunopathology Of Urinary System Cancers And Immunotherapy Of Renal And Bladder Cancers
    Immunopathology Of Cancers Of Male And Female Genitalia Organs And Immunotherapy Of Cervical And Prostate Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Ovarian Cancer
    Revisiting Immunology For Breast Cancer
    Immunology And Immunotherapy Of Graft Versus Host Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Priya Hays, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the clinical scope of cancer immunotherapeutic agents for solid tumors and Hematologic malignancies, elaborates on the scientific details of their modes of action, and presents the impact of these agents on oncology, patients and the broader healthcare system. At present, cancer immunotherapies fall broadly into three categories: immune checkpoint inhibitors (ICIs), adoptive T cell therapies, and cancer vaccines which have distinct mechanisms of action. Immune checkpoint inhibitors rely upon disrupting tumor antigen recognition as self by the immune system through inhibition of checkpoint molecules. Adoptive T cell therapies involve the engineering of T cells ex vivo to target and destroy tumor cells. The first part of this book will provide an overview of the discovery and mechanistic details of the technology. The second part will be devoted to elaborating on the clinical outcomes, successes and limitations for specific tumor subtypes, which includes both solid tumors and hematologic malignances for both pediatric and adult populations. As such, the book offers a valuable resource for oncologists, hematologists, and all those seeking an up-to-date overview of cancer immunotherapies.

    Contents:
    Development of Cancer Immunotherapies
    Melanoma
    Engaging pattern recognition receptors in solid tumors to generate systemic anti-tumor immunity
    Allogeneic tumor antigen-specific T cells for broadly applicable adoptive cell therapy of cancer
    Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR) T Cell Therapy for Glioblastoma
    Lag3: From Bench to Bedside
    Immunotherapy in Genitourinary Malignancy: evolution in revolution or revolution in evolution
    Immune-based therapeutic interventions for Acute Myeloid Leukemia.-Off-the-shelf chimeric antigen receptor immune cells from human pluripotent stem cells
    The single-cell level perspective of the tumor microenvironment and its remodeling by CAR-T cells
    Clinical Development and Therapeutic Applications of Bispecific Antibodies for Hematological Malignancies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC271.I45 C36 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Cedrik Michael Britten, Sebastian Kreiter, Mustafa Diken, Hans-Georg Rammensee, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive update on the state of the art in cancer immunology, which has rapidly evolved from a field of clinical research into an established discipline of oncology. The key recent developments in immuno-oncology are all covered, from the ever-changing immunological and regulatory frameworks to the most promising therapeutic concepts. Themes include combination therapies and personalized medicine, as well as identification of biomarkers to guide the clinical development of new approaches and to pinpoint the optimal treatment for each patient. The book acknowledges the continuing dynamic nature of the field as reflected in the development of next-generation immunotherapies that are already in clinical testing. Cancer Immunotherapy Meets Oncology is dedicated to the lifetime achievements of Christoph Huber, founder and chair of the Association for Cancer Immunotherapy (CIMT). It is also a tribute to those researchers and clinicians who are striving to develop novel diagnostics and tailored immunotherapies for the benefit of cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Part I. Immunological and Regulatory Framework for Immuno-oncology
    From Basic Immunology to New Therapies for Cancer Patients / Hans-Georg Rammensee
    How T Cells Single Out Tumor Cells: "And That Has Made All the Difference...: / Marit M. van Buuren, Pia Kvistborg, and Ton N.M. Schumacher
    Effects of Regulatory T Cell-Dendritic Cell Interactions on Adaptive Immune Responses / Tobias Bopp, Hans Christian Probst, Markus Radsak, Edgar Schmitt, Michael Stassen, Hansjörg Schild, and Stefan Tenzer
    Evolution of the Regulatory Landscape for Immunomodulatory Compounds and Personalized Therapeutic Cancer Vaccines / Cedrik Michael Britten, Thomas Hinz, Harpreet Singh-Jasuja, and Ulrich Kalinke
    Immunoguiding, the Final Frontier in the Immunotherapy of Cancer / Sjoerd H. van der Burg, Steffen Walter, Sylvia Janetzki, Cedrik Michael Britten, Jérôme Galon, Marij J.P. Welters, and Cécile Gouttefangeas
    Developing Cancer Immunotherapies as Drugs: Setting the Stage Through Methodological Progress / Axel Hoos
    Part II. Immunotherapies
    Reflections on Cancer Vaccines / Cornelis J.M. Melief
    Dendritic Cell-Based Cancer Vaccines / H. Westdorp, K.F. Bol, M. Coşkuntürk, G. Schreibelt, I.J.M. de Vries, and C.G. Figdor
    mRNA Vaccination and Personalized Cancer Therapy / S. Kreiter, M. Diken, and U. Sahin
    Antibody Therapy in Oncology / Martin Glennie, Özlem Türeci, and Peter W.M. Johnson
    Bispecific Antibodies for the Treatment of Cancer: The Challenges of Translation / Gundram Jung and Ludger Grosse-Hovest
    The ABCs of T Cell Receptor Gene Therapy / Dolores J. Schendel and Philip D. Greenberg
    The Express Drivers: Chimeric Antigen Receptor-Redirected T Cells Make It to the Clinic / Hinrich Abken, Winfried S. Wels, and Klaus Kühlcke
    Part III. Cancer Entities
    Immunotherapy of Malignant Melanoma / Cedrik Michael Britten, G. Schuler, and S. Grabbe
    Prostate Cancer Vaccines Generated with the Disruptive RNActive® Technology Follow the Path Paved by Sipuleucel-T and Prostvac-VF / Karl-Josef Kallen
    Recent Developments in the Active Immunotherapy of Renal Cell Cancer / Harpreet Singh-Jasuja
    Current Status of Immunotherapy in Gastroesophageal Cancer / Stefan Kasper and Martin Schuler
    Non-small Cell Lung Cancer, NSCLC / Jens-Peter Marschner, Sonia Quaratino, and Ulf Forssmann
    Towards More Specificity and Effectivity in the Antileukemia Immune Response / Udo F. Hartwig, Ralf G. Meyer, and Wolfgang Herr
    Part IV. Biomarkers
    Molecular and Metabolic Cues of the Key-Lock Paradigm Dictating Immunogenic Cell Death / Jonathan M. Pitt, Marie Vetizou, Oliver Kepp, Guido Kroemer, and Laurence Zitvogel
    Pathogenesis of Minimal Residual Disease: CTCs as Novel Biomarkers in Cancer Disease / Tobias M. Gorges and Klaus Pantel
    Genomics Meets Cancer Immunotherapy / John C. Castle, Sebastian Boegel, Thomas Bukur, Valesca Boisguerin, and Martin Loewer
    Part V. Featured Chapters
    Oncolytic Viruses / Michael D. Mühlebach and Stefan Hutzler
    Part VI. Final Remarks
    Final Words / Cedrik Michael Britten, Mustafa Diken, Sebastian Kreiter, and Hans-Georg Rammensee.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Archie Bleyer, Ronald Barr, Lynn Ries, Jeremy Whelan, Andrea Ferrari, editors
    Summary: This is the second edition of the only book to be devoted exclusively to the total cancer picture in adolescents and young adults (AYA), now expanded from the age range 15-29 to that of 15-39 years. For each of the diverse spectrum of cancers encountered in the AYA group, the epidemiology, natural progression, diagnostic approaches, and treatment options are described, with special emphasis on strategies for early detection and prevention. Comparison is made with management of both younger and older patients, and model programs are presented that address common diagnostic, staging, treatment, and psychosocial shortcomings in the AYA group. Detailed attention is also paid to principles and practices of care, with consideration of psychosocial and quality of life issues, social support systems, rehabilitation, late effects, insurance, and economic aspects of health care, among other topics. The authors make compelling arguments for integrated strategies that allow young adults to benefit from the combined expertise of pediatric and adult oncologists in systems that identify both the complex disease and the social issues specific to this population. The proposed models of care include relationships with other specialties that do not specifically target this age group, i.e., infectious disease, endocrinology, pulmonary medicine, nephrology, gastroenterology, thoracic and abdominal surgery, urology, otolaryngology, and neurosurgery. New patterns of communication are advocated and endorsed as essential for productive interaction involving these specialties. References are extensive and are oriented toward users in pediatric hematology-oncology medical oncology, radiation oncology, surgical oncology, gynecologic oncology, oncology nursing, psycho-oncology, social work, epidemiology, public health and health services research. The contributing authors are from the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Italy, France, Israel, Switzerland and Australia, Germany, Japan and the Netherlands. .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    2015-19
    (1996-2000, 2008-18).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC279.N58 C36
    8
  • Digital/Print
    edited by D.M. Parkin, J. Ferlay, A. Jemal, M. Borok, S.S. Manraj, G.G. N'da, F.J. Ogunbiyi, B. Liu, and F. Bray.
    Digital Access IARC 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC279.A357 C36 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Olufunso Adebola Adedeji, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the current state of cancer pathway as it is relevant to sub-Saharan Africa and highlights differences in epidemiology and the underlying problems with management. It outlines the current practice and opinions in all forms of cancer, also highlighting future prospects. Starting by providing background information on the epidemiology and genomic variations, the book then goes on to look at Infection-related cancers and continues to prostate GI, breast cancer and ovarian and cervical cancer. The last part of the book focuses on delivery of affordable and accessible care. Palliative services and primary and transnational research, as well as clinical trials are also discussed. Written by a team of authors based in the UK, Nigeria, South Africa and the US. this book offers an overview of the current state and challenges of cancer care in sub-Saharan Africa, and it would be valuable to policy makers, researchers, funding organisations, and can be an adjunct to standard text books for students, residents and established doctors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Humaid O. Al-Shamsi, Ibrahim H. Abu-Gheida, Faryal Iqbal, Aydah Al-Awadhi, editors.
    Summary: This is an Open Access book. This book is a must-have for healthcare providers and researchers, public health specialists and policy makers who are interested and involved in cancer care in the Arab world. The Arab world consists of 22 countries, which are members of the Arab League and spanning over 13,132,327 km2 with over 423,000,000 population. Over the past few decades, the Arab world has witnessed a swift evolution in healthcare provision. Nonetheless, Arab countries have considerable variability in economic capabilities, resource allocation, and intellectual talent that inevitably reflect on access to modern cancer care and prevention. This book is authored by experts from the Arab world who provide vital information on cancer statistics and risk factors, available clinical care pathways and infrastructure, and prevention programs in their individual countries. The chapters also address specific challenges in each country and insights into future directions to achieve optimal care with conventional and novel diagnostics and therapies to keep up with the era of precision medicine. Special topics of interest and unique to the Arab world are also discussed, such as out of the country's medical tourism for cancer care and cancer care during war and conflict. Other special chapters include: Cancer research in the Arab world, Radiation therapy in Arab World and Pediatric Oncology in the Arab World Cancer in the Arab World is the first comprehensive book that addresses cancer care in depth in all Arab countries and it is endorsed by the prestigious Emirates Oncology Society.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 General Oncology Care in Algeria
    3 General Oncology Care in Bahrain
    4 General Oncology Care in Egypt
    5 General Oncology Care in Iraq
    6 General Oncology Care in Jordan
    7 General Oncology Care in Kuwait
    8 General Oncology Care in Lebanon
    9 General Oncology Care in Libya
    10 General Oncology Care in Mauritania
    11 General Oncology Care in Morocco
    12 General Oncology Care in Oman
    13 General Oncology Care in Palestine
    14 General Oncology Care in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
    15 General Oncology Care in Somalia
    16 General Oncology Care in Sudan
    17 General Oncology Care in Syria
    18 General Oncology Care in Tunisia
    19 General oncology care in the UAE
    20 General Oncology Care in the Republic of Yemen
    21 General Oncology Care in Qatar, Comoros & Djibouti
    22 Breast Cancer in the Arab World
    23 Colorectal Cancer in the Arab World
    24 Palliative Care in the Arab World
    25 Cancer Research in the Arab World
    26 Pediatric Oncology in the Arab World
    27 Challenges Associated with Medical Travel for Cancer Patients in the Arab World: A Systematic Review
    28 Radiation Therapy in Arab World
    29 Cancer Care During War and Conflict.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yu Rencun, Beijing Hospital of Traditional Chinese Medicine, China, Hong Hai, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore.
    Contents:
    Principles of diagnosis and therapy in traditional Chinese medicine
    Herbs and prescriptions for therapy
    Cancer prevention and treatment using TCM
    Major forms of cancer and case studies
    Diet, exercise, and health cultivation.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Shen Hu, editor.
    Summary: Cancer metabolomics is a rapidly evolving field that aims for a comprehensive dissection of the metabolic phenotypes and functional network of metabolites in human cancers. State of the art metabolomics tools have been developed and applied to studying cancer metabolism and developing metabolic targets for improved diagnosis, prognosis and therapeutic treatment of human cancers. Chapters are written by subject experts in the field of cancer metabolomics with cross-disciplinary contributions. Coverage includes advanced metabolomics technologies and methodologies, including chemical isotope labelling liquid chromatography - mass spectrometry, capillary ion chromatography - mass spectrometry, 2-D gas chromatography - mass spectrometry, capillary electrophoresis - mass spectrometry, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, shotgun lipidomics, tracer-based metabolomics, microbial metabolomics, mass spectrometry imaging for single cell metabolomics and functional metabolomics. In addition, the book highlights new discoveries in cancer metabolism such as hypoxia inducible factor pathway, isocitrate dehydrogenase 1 mutation and oncometabolites. Finally, contributors focus on the translational applications of metabolomics in human cancers such as glioma, head and neck cancer, and gastric cancer. This new volume will be a unique reference source for cancer researchers and promote applications of metabolomics in understanding cancer metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Ann-Marie Broome.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Exosomes as theranostics for lung cancer
    Chapter 2. Nanotechnology approaches to improving cancer immunotherapy
    Chapter 3. Ultrasound contrast agents and delivery systems in cancer detection and therapy
    Chapter 4. Dendronized systems for the delivery of chemotherapeutics
    Chapter 5. Thermosensitive liposomes for image-guided drug delivery
    Chapter 6. Supramolecular analytical chemistry in cancer research
    Chapter 7. Gold nanoparticles for the delivery of cancer therapeutics
    Chapter 8. Single-cell proteomics for cancer immunotherapy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Reema Zeineldin.
    Contents:
    Cancer nanotechnology : opportunities for prevention, diagnosis, and therapy / Reema Zeineldin and Joan Syoufjy
    Improved targeting of cancers with nanotherapeutics / Christian Foster, Andre Watson, Joseph Kaplinsky, and Nazila Kamaly
    Multifunctional liposomes / Bhawani Aryasomayajula, Giuseppina Salzano, and Vladimir P. Torchilin
    Multifunctional concentric FRET-quantum dot probes for tracking and imaging of proteolytic activity / Melissa Massey, Jia Jun Li, and W. Russ Algar
    Preparation and characterization of magnetic nano-in-microparticles for pulmonary delivery / Amber A. McBride, Dominique N. Price, and Pavan Muttil
    Multifunctionalization of gold nanoshells / Sandra W. Bishnoi and Yujen Lin
    Fabrication of photothermal stable gold nanosphere/mesoporous silica hybrid nanoparticle responsive to near-infrared light / Bei Cheng and Peisheng Xu
    Engineering well-characterized PEG-coated nanoparticles for elucidating biological barriers to drug delivery / Qi Yang and Samuel K. Lai
    Piloting your nanovehicle to overcome biological barriers / Steven M. Richards and Robert B. Campbell
    Detecting sonolysis of polyethylene glycol upon functionalizing carbon nanotubes / Ruhung Wang, Vasanth S. Murali, and Rockford Draper
    Methods for generation and detection of nonstationary vapor nanobubbles around plasmonic nanoparticles / Ekaterina Y. Lukianova-Hleb and Dmitri O. Lapotko
    Force measurements for cancer cells / Vivek Rajasekharan, Varun K.A. Sreenivasan, and Brenda Farrell
    Fractal analysis of cancer cell surface / Igor Sokolov and Maxim E. Dokukin
    Quantitative evaluation of the enhanced permeability and retention (EPR) effect / Luisa M. Russell, Charlene M. Dawidczyk, and Peter C. Searson
    Nanotechnology-based cancer vaccine / Aws Alshamsan
    Designing multicomponent nanosystems for rapid detection of circulating tumor cells / Shashwat S. Banerjee, Vrushali Khobragade, and Jayant Khandare
    Fluorescence and bioluminescence imaging of orthotopic brain tumors in mice / Emilie McKinnon, Alfred Moore, Suraj Dixit, Yun Zhu, and Ann-Marie Broome
    Ultrasensitive biosensing platform employing acetylcholinesterase and gold nanoparticles / Dingbin Liu and Xiaoyuan Chen
    Gene silencing using multifunctionalized gold nanoparticles for cancer therapy / Alexandra R. Fernandes and Pedro V. Baptista
    Generation of dose-response curves and improved IC50s for PARP inhibitor nanoformulations / Paige Baldwin, Shifalika Tangutoori, and Srinivas Sridhar
    Artificial antigen-presenting cells for immunotherapies / Alyssa L. Siefert, Tarek M. Fahmy, and Dongin Kim
    Exploiting uptake of nanoparticles by phagocytes for cancer treatment / Mee Rie Sheen and Steven Fiering
    Pulmonary delivery of magnetically targeted nano-in-microparticles / Amber A. McBride, Dominique N. Price, and Pavan Muttil
    Neutron-activatable nanoparticles for intraperitoneal radiation therapy / Derek Hargrove and Xiuling Lu
    Nanoparticle-mediated x-ray radiation enhancement for cancer therapy / Autumn D. Paro, Ilanchezhian Shanmugam, and Anne L. van de Ven
    Radiosensitizing silica nanoparticles encapsulating docetaxel for treatment of prostate cancer / Jodi Belz, Noelle Castilla-Ojo, Srinivas Sridhar, and Rajiv Kumar.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David Schiff, Isabel Arrillaga, Patrick Y. Wen, editors.
    Summary: "This updated edition provides clinicians from various backgrounds and levels of training the information needed to optimally diagnose and manage neurologic complications of the nervous system. Organized into seven sections, this comprehensive volume begins with an overview of diagnostic studies for neurologic complications involving the nervous system. That is followed by sections on metastatic and non-metastatic complications of cancer involving the nervous system, and the interpretation, diagnosis, and management of common neuro-oncologic symptoms. The next section reviews the neurologic complications of cancer therapy, including corticosteroids, radiation therapy, chemotherapy, targeted molecular therapies, immunotherapies, hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, and infections involving the nervous system. The final section focuses on the most important neurologic complications in cancers arising from specific organs. In addition to capturing the latest advancements in the rapidly evolving fields of oncology and cancer neurology, the goal of this resource is to lead clinicians toward prompt diagnosis and intervention in order to improve patient quality of life"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Overview. The prevalence and impact of neurological disease in cancer
    Part II: Diagnostic studies. Imaging neurologic manifestations of oncologic disease
    Other diagnostic tools for neurological disease in cancer: EEG, EMG, and lumbar puncture
    Part III: Nervous system involvement of systemic cancers. Brain metastasis as complication of systemic cancers
    Leptomeningeal metastasis as complication of systemic cancers
    Spinal metastasis as complication of systemic cancers
    Peripheral nervous system metastases as complications of systemic cancers
    Part IV: Neurological complications of cancer. Headache as complication of cancer
    Seizures as complications in cancer
    Cerebrovascular complications of cancer
    Elevated intracranial pressure and hydrocephalus in brain tumor patients
    Cognitive dysfunction, mood disorders, and fatigue as complications of cancer
    Paraneoplastic syndromes of the nervous system as complications of cancer
    Part V: Neurological complications of cancer therapy
    Neurologic complications of radiation therapy
    Neurological complications of chemotherapy
    Neurological complications of targeted therapies
    Neurological complications of immune-based therapies
    Neurological complications of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Neurologic complications of corticosteroids in cancer therapy
    Central nervous system infections in patients receiving cancer therapies
    Part VI: Neurological complications of specific malignancies. Neurological complications of primary brain tumors
    Neurological complications of lung cancer
    Neurological complications of breast cancer and its treatment
    Neurological complications of gastrointestinal cancer
    Neurologic complications of genitourinary cancer
    Neurologic complications of female reproductive tract cancers
    Neurological complications of sarcomas
    Neurological complications of head and neck cancer
    Neurological complications of malignant melanoma
    Neurological complications of leukemia
    Neurologic complications of lymphoma
    Neurologic complications of plasma cell dyscrasias
    Neurologic complications of pediatric systemic cancer
    Part VII: Neurological complications in long term cancer survivors. Neurological complications of cancer and cancer therapies in long term survivors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Connie Henke Yarbro, MS, RN, FAAN, Adjunct Clinical Associate Professor, MU Sinclair School of Nursing, University of Missouri, Columbia, Columbia, Missouri, Editor, Seminars in Oncology Nursing, Destin, Florida, Debra Wujcik, PhD, RN, FAAN, AOCN, Oncology Consultant, Franklin, Tennessee, Barbara Holmes Gobel, MS, RN, AOCN, Associate Chief Nurse Executive, Director of Professional Practice and Development, Magnet Program Director, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, Adjunct Faculty, Rush University College of Nursing, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois.
    Summary: "Cancer Nursing: Principles and Practice, Eighth Edition continues as the gold standard in oncology nursing. With contributions from the foremost experts in the field, it has remained the definitive reference on the rapidly changing science and practice of oncology nursing for more than 25 years. Completely updated and revised to reflect the latest research and developments in the care of patients with cancer, the Eighth Edition includes new chapters on the biology of cancer, sleep disorders, and palliative care across the cancer continuum.The Eighth Edition also includes significant updates to the basic science chapters to reflect recent increases in scientific knowledge, especially relating to genes and cancer. Also heavily revised are the sections devoted to the dynamics of cancer prevention, detection, and diagnosis, as well as treatment, oncologic emergencies, end of life care, and professional and legal issues for oncology nurses. In addition, it provides extensive and current information on breast cancer, including two separate chapters on early stage breast cancer and metastatic breast cancer, and careful attention to survivorship issues." [Jones & Bartlett Learning].

    Contents:
    pt. I: The cancer problem
    pt. II: Prevention, detection, and diagnosis
    pt. III: Treatment
    pt. IV: Cancer symptom management
    pt. V: Oncologic emergencies
    pt. VI: The care of individuals with specific cancers
    pt. VII: Dimensions of cancer survivorship
    pt. VIII: Palliative and end of life
    pt. IX: Professional issues for the cancer nurse.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey N. Myers, MD, PhD, FACS, Oliver and Hubert Stringer Distinguished Professor in Cancer Research, Department of Head and Neck Surgery, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, Texas, Ehab Y. N. Hanna, MD, FACS, Professor and Vice Chairman, Charles and Daneen Stiefel Chair in Cancer Research, Co-Director of Skull Base Surgery, Department of Head and Neck Surgery, Medical Director, Head and Neck Center, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Eugene N. Myers, MD, FACS, FRCS Edin (Hon), Distinguished Professor and Emeritus Chair, Department of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Professor, Department of Oral Maxillofacial Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Dental Medicine, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ; illustrations by Michael E. Leonard, CMI, FAMI, Stockton, California.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Jesus E. Medina, Nilesh R. Vasan.
    Contents:
    Preface
    1. Evidence-Based Medicine
    2. Oral Cavity
    3. Oropharynx
    4. Nasopharynx
    5. Hypopharynx
    6. Larynx
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [editors], Vincent T. DeVita, Jr., MD, Amy & Joseph Perella, Professor of Medicine, Yale Comprehensive Cancer Center and Smilow Cancer Hospital at Yale-New Haven Professor of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University, School of Public Health, New Haven, Conneticut, Theodore S. Lawrence, MD, PhD, Isadore Lampe Professor and Chair, Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Steven A. Rosenberg, MD, PhD, Chief, Surgery Branch, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Professor of Surgery, Uniformed Services, University of the Health Sciences, School of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland, Professor of Surgery, George Washington University, School of Medicine, Washington, DC.
    Contents:
    Part I: Principles of oncology. The cancer genome
    Hallmarks of cancer: an organizing principle for cancer medicine
    Molecular methods in cancer
    Part II: Etiology and epidemiology of cancer. Tobacco
    Oncogenic viruses
    Inflammation
    Chemical factors
    Physical factors
    Dietary factors
    Obesity and physical activity
    Section 2: Epidemiology of cancer. Epidemiologic methods
    Trends in United States cancer mortality
    Part III: Cancer therapeutics. Essentials of radiation therapy
    Cancer immunotherapy
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of anticancer drugs
    Pharmacogenomics
    Alkylating agents
    Platinum analogs
    Antimetabolites
    Topoisomerase interactive agents
    Antimicrotubule agents
    Kinase inhibitors as anticancer drugs
    Histone deacetylase inhibitors and demethylating agents
    Proteasome inhibitors
    Poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase inhibitors
    Miscellaneous chemotherapeutic agents
    Hormonal agents
    Antiangiogenesis agents
    Monoclonal antibodies
    Assessment of clinical response
    Part IV: Cancer prevention and screening. Tobacco use and the cancer patient
    Role of surgery in cancer prevention
    Cancer risk-reducing agents
    Cancer screening
    Genetic counseling
    Part V: Cancer of the skin. Cancer of the skin
    Molecular biology of cutaneous melanoma
    Cutaneous melanoma
    Genetic testing in skin cancer.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Alwin Krämer, Harald Löffler, editors.
    Summary: This book presents an up-to-date and thorough overview of cancer of unknown primary, encompassing topics ranging from epidemiology, tumor biology, and prognostic factors through to the most recent diagnostic and therapeutic advances. All aspects of management are covered, including radiological, nuclear medicine, and pathological diagnosis, site-specific therapies, platinum-based combination chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and novel targeted treatments. Clear guidance is offered on diagnosis of the tissue of origin by means of gene expression and micro-RNA analyses and its therapeutic implications. Detailed directions are also provided on the identification of subsets of patients with a more favorable prognosis, in whom specific treatment offers the chance of long-term survival or even cure. Readers will find Cancer of Unknown Primary to be an ideal source of practically oriented information that will assist in delivery of the best possible care for patients with this challenging diagnosis. .

    Contents:
    Introduction.- Epidemiology, risk factors and survival in CUP: pointers to disease mechanisms
    Biologic features of CUP
    Prognostic factors and their role in the management of CUP
    Diagnostic work-up of CUP
    an approach to current recommendations and underlying evidence
    The radiologist's approach to CUP
    Cancer of unknown primary: the pathologist's approach
    Treatment of disseminated CUP
    Concepts of radiotherapy in cancer of unknown primary
    Favorable subsets of CUP
    Novel Diagnostic and Therapeutic Strategies in the Management of Patients with Cancers of Unknown Primary Site
    Future directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Francis P. Worden, MD, RPh, Professor, Division of Hematology/Oncology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Anthony J. Perissinotti, PharmD, BCOP, Clinical Pharmacist Specialist, Inpatient Hematology, Department of Pharmacy, University of Michigan Health Services, Ann Arbor, Michigan, Bernard L .Marini, PharmD, Clinical Pharmacist Specialist, Inpatient Hematology, Department of Pharmacy, University of Michigan Health Services, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
    Contents:
    Microtubule inhibitors
    Alkylating agents
    Enzyme inhibitors : topoisomerase I inhibitors
    Enzyme inhibitors : topoisomerase II inhibitors
    Antimetabolites
    Monoclonal antibodies
    VEGF trap
    Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
    Anti-androgen therapies
    Mammalian target of rapamycin (MTOR) inhibitors
    Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors
    Hypomethylating agents
    Proteasome inhibitors
    Immunomodulatory agents
    L-asparaginase enzymes
    Promyelocytic leukemia gene retinoic acid receptor-alpha (PMI-RARA)translocation inhibitors
    Sipuleucel-T(Provenge®)
    Omacetaxine (Synribo®)
    Estramustine (Emcyt®).
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital/Print
    June M. McKoy, Dennis P. West, editors.
    Summary: Cancer Policy: Pharmaceutical Safety provides invaluable information on the interesting and compelling field of cancer drug safety. Identifying and understanding high-priority policy issues and key pharmacovigilance strategies is of paramount importance. In this volume, outstanding and original chapters provide an overview and synthesis of the latest thoughts and findings relating to drug safety in the cancer domain. Topics include natural language processing and pharmacovigilance of alternative cancer pharmaceuticals. The information presented in this volume will improve understanding of emerging strategies to identify adverse drug reactions and drug-drug interactions within the cancer setting and will highlight policies that have been instituted to improve cancer patient safety. In summary, Cancer Policy: Pharmaceutical Safety explores many of the important areas of pharmacovigilance research in oncology.

    Contents:
    1. Impact of cost on the safety of cancer pharmaceuticals
    2. Cancer comorbidity: implications for drug safety
    3. Pharmacovigilance of alternative medications in the cancer setting
    4. Key elements in adverse drug reactions safety signals: application of legal strategies
    5. Biosimilars: are they really safe?
    6. The drug shortage crisis in the United States: impact on cancer pharmaceutical safety
    7. Anatomy of risk evaluation and mitigation strategies (REMS)
    8. Cancer drug toxicity: moving from patient to survivor
    9. Moonshot to cancer cure: recruiting policy to break down silos.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM301 .C36 2019
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Ann M. Bode and Zigang Dong.
    Contents:
    Combining computational and experimental methods for identifying molecular targets of phytochemicals / Ann M. Bode and Zigang Dong
    Common methods used for the discovery of natural anticancer compounds / Min Tang ... [et al.]
    Nrf2-target approaches in cancer chemoprevention mediated by dietary phytochemicals / Francisco Fuentes ... [et al.]
    Methods to analyze chemopreventive effect of silibinin on prostate cancer biomarkers protein expression / Gagan Deep, Swetha Inturi, and Rajesh Agarwal
    Approach to the evaluation of berries for cancer prevention with emphasis on esophageal cancer / Gary D. Stoner ... [et al.]
    Use of mouse models for lung cancer chemoprevention studies / Yian Wang ... [et al.]
    Azoxymethane plus dextran sulfate sodium-induced mouse colon cancer model for the study of dietary chemoprevention of inflammation-associated carcinogenesis / Ha-Na Lee, Hye-Won Yum, and Young-Joon Surh
    Use of seahorse extracellular flux analyzer in mechanistic studies of naturally occurring cancer chemopreventive agents / Michelle B. Moura ... [et al.]
    Utilizing RNA-seq to define phytochemical-induced alterations in insulin and IGF-regulated transcriptomes / Heather Beckwith and Douglas Yee
    Ex vivo use of keratinocytes from adult mice to define stem cell activities in cancer research / Rebecca J. Morris ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of acetaldehyde-DNA adducts : biomarkers of alcohol consumption / Silvia Balbo and Stephen S. Hecht
    Imaging tools in discovery and development of phytochemical chemopreventive agents / Marna Ericson
    Designing the chemoprevention trials of tomorrow : applying lessons learned from past definitive trials / Karen Colbert Maresso and Ernest Hawk.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Yuman Fong, T. Clark Gamblin, Ernest S. Han, Byrne Lee, Jonathan S. Zager, editors.
    Summary: This book is a state-of-the-art overview of cancer regional therapy (CRT) for the surgeons and interventional radiologists active in CRT development and research. The goals of this book are 1) to review the theory and practice of cancer regional therapies including pharmacology, devices, techniques, and workflow, 2) illustrate the most common procedures performed in the interventional and operating rooms, and 3) discuss data supporting use of CRT. This is meant to be a definitive text on the theory and practice of CRT. It begins with a summary of the history, technical principles that underlie regional therapy. The following parts discuss current data and practice in peritoneal, liver, limb, pleural and other sites. Included in the practice are considerations of workflow and financial issues revolving around CRT. Novel techniques and therapies under investigation are presented to inform the direction of the field. Cancer Regional Therapy summarizes the history, current technology, common procedures, and future prospects in this field and includes procedures from many surgical and interventional radiologic disciplines.

    Contents:
    The Basis of Regional Therapy, Pharmacology, Hyperthermia, and Drug Resistance
    Novel Biological Therapies with Direct Application to the Peritoneal Cavity
    Y-90 Radiomicrosphere Therapy: Principles and Clinical Use in Colorectal Cancer Liver Metastases
    Principles of Percutaneous Ablation in the Liver
    Regional Gene Therapy for Cancer
    Historical Perspective for Regional Peritoneal Therapy: HIPEC, EPIC and Port-based Therapy
    Rationale Behind HIPEC/Molecular and Genetic Considerations in HIPEC
    Data for HIPEC for Pseudomyxoma Peritonei/Tumors of the Appendix
    Data for HIPEC in Colorectal Cancer (T4 Lesions and Metastases)
    Role of Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC) in the Treatment of Peritoneal Metastasis of Gastric Cancer
    Regional Therapy for the Treatment of Ovarian Cancer: HIPEC and Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
    Mesothelioma and Miscellaneous Disease Processes
    Anesthetic Considerations for Regional Therapies
    Post-Operative Management of Patients Undergoing Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy
    Complications of Cytoreductive Surgery and HIPEC
    Liver Resection and HIPEC
    Peritoneal Perfusion Techniques
    Operative Pearls for Cytoreduction of the Difficult Abdomen and Pelvis
    Novel Techniques and the Future of HIPEC (Immunotherapy, Viral Therapy)
    Pressurized IntraPeritoneal Aerosol Chemotherapy (PIPAC).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jennifer Baima, Ashish Khanna, editors.
    Summary: Finally, a concise pocket guide designed as a quick reference for busy clinicians who seek to improve the care they provide to cancer patients and cancer survivors. It is a comprehensive text formatted for fast access to a wide range of clinical information. This compact compendium is conveniently organized by cancer type for rapid review. It describes the many issues that cancer patients may face throughout the chronologic spectrum of care, starting from cancer diagnosis, to treatment, and survivorship. Each chapter helpfully highlights common impairments and treatment options using succinct tables, helpful illustrations and clinical peals from experts in the field. In addition, each chapter contains a clinical case and questions on the material to enhance understanding. Evidence for exercise treatment, including pertinent exercise precautions, is included, as are innovative research topics and emerging treatments. This includes dedicated chapters covering cancers of the breast; digestive organs; brain, eye, and central nervous system; urinary tract and genital organs; lip, oral cavity, and pharynx; lymphoid, hematopoietic, and related tissues; bone, articular cartilage, and soft tissues; respiratory and intrathoracic organs; skin. Thankfully, advances in cancer care such as chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery mean that more people than ever before are surviving long after their cancer diagnosis. Unfortunately, a large fraction of them live with at least one serious impairment as a consequence of their treatments that seriously impacts their ability to function and quality of life. This concise and essential guide to cancer rehabilitation will help the clinician navigate the care of this often complex population.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Impairment-based Cancer Rehabilitation by Type of Cancer
    Breast Cancer: Evidence along Continuum of Care-Prehab through Rehab
    Cancer of the Digestive Organs: Importance of Mobility for Motility
    Cancer of the Brain, Eye, and other Parts of the Central Nervous System: Asymmetric Weakness, Cognition, Vision
    Cancer of the Urinary Tract and Genital Organs: Female and Male
    Cancer of the Lip, Oral Cavity, and Pharynx: Disorders of Communication and Swallowing
    Cancer of the Lymphoid, Hematopietic, and Related Tissue: Infection Prevention, Exercise Precautions
    Cancer of the Bone, Articular Cartilage, Mesothelial and Soft Tissue: Limb Salvage and Amputation
    Cancer of the Respiratory and Intrathoracic Organs: Endurance
    Cancer of the Skin: Prevention Data
    Conclusion: Innovative Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joachim Weis, Markus Horneber.
    Summary: Cancer-related fatigue (CrF) is increasingly recognized as a significant problem for patients with cancer at all stages, including those undergoing therapy and in remission. In fact, studies have shown that CrF causes patients more distress than pain, nausea, or vomiting and yet fatigue is still often undertreated and rarely studied. However, several new treatments such as are being investigated to determine the most effective ways to manage this debilitating symptom and improve patient quality of life. Cancer-Related Fatigue will provide a concise overview of this condition, with an evidence-based discussion of diagnosis, treatment, and long-term management.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Etiology and pathogenetic factors
    Nonpharmacological treatment of cancer-related fatigue
    Pharmacological treatment of cancer-related fatigue
    Recommendations for the management of cancer-related fatigue.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Daniela Cristina Stefan, editor.
    Contents:
    1.Introduction: the need to conduct cancer research in developing countries
    2.Steps of a research study: from research question to publication
    3.Types of research designs
    4.Clinical research in developing countries: An overview
    5.The research protocol
    6.Ethics of conducting cancer research in developing countries
    7.Data management and statistics
    8.Funding For Cancer Research and Clinical Studies in Low and Middle-Income Countries
    9.International Collaboration in Cancer Research
    10.Publication and dissemination of research findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mansi Arora, Deepak Kaul.
    Summary: In the last decade, researchers working in the field of cancer biology have shifted their focus from genetic defects to epigenetic dysregulation, especially that of non-coding RNAs (ncRNAs). This book encompasses a comprehensive review of the transcriptional landscape of the cell and its involvement in the cancer pathophysiology. The first two chapters elucidate the basics of biosynthesis, mechanism of action and modulation of the epigenetic regulation of gene expression by coding as well as non-coding RNAs. The third chapter discusses the aberrant expression of the cellular RNome in the cancer cells and highlights its role in the orchestration of processes involved in evolution as well as the sustenance of cancer cells. The fourth chapter describes the recent advances in the field of translating the transcriptome into diagnostic/prognostic biomarkers and as targets for novel anti-cancer therapies. The final chapter then reviews the emerging experimental approaches to screen, identify and explore the functions of ncRNAs. Providing valuable insights into the field of RNome in the context of cancer, this book is helpful to students, researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Section 1. RNome: Evolution and nature
    Chapter. 1.1. RNA world hypothesis
    Chapter. 1.2. Various classes of RNAs (coding as well non-coding), their biosynthesis and basic functions
    2. Section 2. Cellular RNome: Chromatin dynamics
    Chapter. 2.1. Chromatin modifications & transcription
    Chapter. 2.2. RNA modifications and epitranscriptomics
    Chapter. 2.3. Cellular RNome: Contribution of non-coding RNA
    3. Section 3. Cancer RNome: Evolution and Sustenance.(How is cancer RNome different from RNome of healthy cell? How does the cancer RNome regulate the evolution as well as the sustenance of cancer?)
    Chapter. 3.1. Genome instability and mutation
    Chapter. 3.2. Tumor-promoting inflammation
    Chapter. 3.3. DNA methylation addiction
    Chapter. 3.4. Oncoviruses
    Chapter. 3.5. Sustained proliferative signaling
    Chapter. 3.6. Evasion of growth suppressors
    Chapter. 3.7. Replicative immortality
    Chapter. 3.8. Resisting Cell death
    Chapter. 3.9. Invasion and metastasis
    Chapter. 3.10. Angiogenesis induction.-Chapter. 3.11. Deregulated cellular energetics/Molecular sweet tooth
    Chapter. 3.12. Tumor Immune-evasion
    Chapter. 3.13. Cancer stem cells and tumor cell plasticity
    4. Section 4. Cancer RNome: Therapeutic implications(Translational implications of the cancer RNome). Chapter. 4.1. RNAs as diagnostic/prognostic biomarkers
    Chapter. 4.2. RNAs in cancer therapy & chemo-resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Joseph D. Feuerstein, Adam S. Cheifetz, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a concise, yet comprehensive overview of cancer risks in patients with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), as well as the screening modalities used to reduce these risks. Each chapter presents a major malignancy that patients with IBD are at risk from, stemming from the disease itself or from the medications used to treat the disease. Malignancies covered include colorectal cancer, skin cancer, lymphoma, and other cancers. Cancer risk and screening with current and emerging drug therapies are also discussed. Written by experts in the field, Cancer Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease: A Guide to Risk Management and Techniques is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, colorectal surgeons, and primary care physicians who treat and manage patients with inflammatory bowel disease.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors for Colorectal Cancer in Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Screening for Colon Cancer in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Skin Cancer Risk and Screening in Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Female Specific Cancern Risks and Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Lymphoma Risk and Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Pouch Neoplasia following IPAA in Patients with Underlying Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Other Cancers: Small Bowel Cancers, Cholangiocarcinoma, Urinary Tract, and Anal Cancer Risk and Screening in Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Cancer Risks and Screening with Current and Emerging Drug Therapies in Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Preventing Colorectal Cancer in Patients with Inflammatory Bowel Diseases: Chemopreventive and Surgical Approaches
    Cancer Risk and Screening in Pediatric Patients
    Colorectal Cancer Risk and Screening in Geriatric Patients
    Use of Biologic Drugs Following an Initial Diagnosis of Malignancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Cristina Maccalli, Matilde Todaro, Soldano Ferrone, editors.
    Summary: This book represents an updated summary of the state of the art of the characterization of cancer stem cell/cancer initiating cell (CSC/CIC) properties. Experts provide an overview of the definition and biological properties of CSCs/CICs as well as the role of these cells in determining the resistance to standard and immune-based therapies. It also discusses limitations in the achievement of a definitive biological characterization of CSCs/CICs due to their high extent of plasticity and heterogeneity that is also mutually driven by the interaction of these cells with the tumor microenvironment. The limitations in targeting CSCs/CICs with immunotherapy are also explained together with explorative combination approaches that could increase the susceptibility of these cells to the recognition by immune cells. This book is conceived for a broad audience, including students, teachers, scientific experts. The critical revision of available results in terms of immunological profile of CSCs/CICs and the efficacy in targeting these cells by immunological approaches, results in a comprehensive and up to date recapitulation of the field and provides interesting suggestions on how to focus future investigations in order to assess the role of CSCs/CICs as prognostic and predictive biomarkers of responsiveness to therapies for cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Cancer Stem Cells: from birth to death
    A Cancer Stem Cell Perspective on Minimal Residual Disease in Solid Malignancies
    Cancer Stem Cells in Lung Cancer: Roots of Drug Resistance and Targets for Novel Therapeutic Strategies
    Overexpression of YY1 Regulates the Resistance of Cancer Stem Cells: Targeting YY1
    Cancer Stem Cell Challenges in Melanoma Characterization and Treatment
    Harnessing the immune system to target cancer cells
    Targeting leukemia stem cells and the immunological bone marrow microenvironment
    Crosstalk Between Prostate Cancer Stem Cells and Immune Cells: Implications for Tumor Progression and Resistance to Immunotherapy
    Cancer stem cells: the players of immune evasion from immunotherapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Vinagolu K. Rajasekhar.
    Contents:
    Oxytocin and vasopressin systems: oxytocin, vasopressin, and their interplay with gonadal steroids: essentials of cancer stem cells and conceptual modeling
    Theoretical and experimental foundations of the "cancer stem cell" model
    The hallmarks of prostate cancer stem cells
    Self-renewal, induced proliferation, and autonomous cell growth represent distinct modes of cell multiplication: relevance to the cancer stem cell theory
    Human embryonic stem cells and cancer: modeling disease in a dish
    Cancer stem cell as a result of a reprogramming-like mechanism: implications in tumor development and treatment
    A cancer stem cell model: an insight into the conversion of induced pluripotent stem cells to cancer stem-like cells
    Altruistic stem cells and cancer stem cells
    The emerging concept of EMT-induced cancer stem cells
    Models to study chronic myeloid leukemia cancer stem cells
    Cancer stem cells in melanoma: biomarkers and mathematical models
    Stem cells in liquid tumors
    Acute myeloid leukemia stem cells: updates and controversies
    Leukemia-initiating cells in acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Stem cells in solid tumors
    Lung cancer stem cells and resistance to radiotherapy
    Prostate cancer cell heterogeneity and prostate cancer stem cells
    Glioblastoma stem cells drive tumor recurrence and patient relapse: what's the evidence?
    Stem cells and pancreatic cancer
    Melanoma subpopulations with cancer stem cell phenotypes
    Sarcoma stem cells
    Cancer stem cells in tumor metastasis perspective
    Cancer stem cells in metastasis and minimal residual disease
    Role of cancer stem cells in metastasis
    Cancer stem cells and the stromal microenvironment
    A perspective on breast cancer malignant progression: from cancer stem cell intra tumor heterogeneity to metastasis-initiating cells
    Novel and potential targets in cancer stem cells
    Targeting cancer stem cells: modulating embryonic stem cell signaling, epigenetics, and tumor metabolism
    Oct4, Oct1, and cancer stem cells
    The role of Cripto-1 in cancer and cancer stem cells
    Leptin signaling in the regulation of stem and cancer stem cells
    Tumor-initiating stem-like cells: carcinogenesis through toll-like receptors, environmental factors, and virus
    The role of epithelial cell polarity pathways on cancer stem cells
    Cancer-initiating cells, exosomes, and the premetastatic niche
    Microrna therapeutics to target brain tumor stem cells
    The riboproteome orchestrates self-renewal and cell fate in leukemia
    Clinical relevance of cancer stem cells in patients
    Targeting different states of breast cancer stem cells
    Difficulties in targeting the beating heart: therapeutic implications of the cancer stem cell hypothesis in melanoma
    Targeting cancer stem cells for overcoming drug resistance and cancer progression
    The role of cancer stem cells in tumor radioresistance.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Curt I. Civin, Tami J. Kingsbury, Minjung Kim.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Print
    edited by Connie Henke Yarbro, Debra Wujcik, Barbara Holmes Gobel.
    Contents:
    Evidence-based symptom management
    Artharalgias and myalgias
    Cancer-related fatigue
    Menopausal symptoms
    Pain
    Sleep disturbances
    Hypersensitivity reactions to antineoplastic drugs
    Infection
    Constipation
    Diarrhea
    Nausea and vomiting
    Malignant ascites
    Bladder disturbances
    Bleeding and thrombotic complications
    Dyspnea
    Effusions
    The cancer cachexia syndrome
    Dysphagia
    Mucositis
    Xerostomia
    Increased intracranial pressure
    Peripheral neuropathy
    Alopecia
    Altered body image and sexual health
    Extravasation
    Lymphedema
    Ocular and otic complications
    Skin and nail bed changes
    Anxiety
    Cognitive dysfunction
    Depression
    Grief
    Spiritual distress
    Symptoms when death is imminent.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC266 .C3564 2014
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Xiaoyuan Chen, Stephen Wong.
    Contents:
    I: In vitro diagnostics. Cancer theranostics: an introduction
    Genomics-based cancer theranostics
    Proteomics-based theranostics
    II: Molecular imaging. Radionuclide imaging of cancer therapy
    Near-infrared fluorescence imaging probes for cancer diagnosis and treatment
    Bioluminescence imaging of cancer therapy
    Magnetic resonance imaging of cancer therapy
    Ultrasound imaging of cancer therapy
    Photoacoustic imaging for cancer diagnosis and therapy guidance
    III: Imaging-guided therapy. Multimodality image-guided lung intervention systems
    Label-free molecular vibrational imaging for cancer diagnosis
    Multimodality image-guided treatment
    Medical robotics for cellular and molecular imaging
    IV: Theranostic platforms. Porphyrins for imaging, photodynamic therapy, and photothermal therapy
    Magnetic resonance imaging and alternating magnetic fields
    Ultrasound for drug/gene delivery
    Radionuclides for imaging and therapy in oncology
    Noble metal nanoparticle platform
    Cancer theranostics with carbon-based nanoplatforms
    Silica nanoparticle platform
    Quantum dots for traceable therapeutic delivery
    Polymer- and protein-based nanotechnologies for cancer theranostics
    V: Other. Clinical translation and regulations of theranostics
    Scale-up production of theranostic nanoparticles
    Market considerations for nanomedicines and theranostic nanomedicines
    Application of theranostics to measure and treat cell heterogeneity in cancer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Freireich, Emil J.; McGuire, William L.; Rosen, Steven T.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 1981-
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cancer treatment and research to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Richard A. Anderson, Norah Spears.
    Contents:
    Section I. Clinical
    Section II. Laboratory models
    Section III. Strategies to protect the ovary.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Print
    Natalia Savelyeva, Christian Ottensmeier, editors ; responsible series editor: Yuri Gleba.
    Contents:
    New approaches in immunotherapy for the treatment of lung cancer
    Novel approaches for vaccination against HPV-induced cancers
    Tapping the potential of DNA delivery with electroporation for cancer immunotherapy
    Targeted immunotherapy designed to treat MUC1-expressing solid tumour
    Chimeric DNA vaccines: an effective way to overcome immune tolerance
    Linked CD4 T cell help: broadening immune attack against cancer by vaccination
    mRNA cancer vaccines, messages that prevail
    The use of Anti-CD40 mAb in cancer
    Index.
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J.P. Lawman and Patricia D. Lawman.
    Contents:
    Single Step Antigen Loading and Maturation of Dendritic Cells Through mRNA Electroporation of a Tumor-Associated Antigen and a TriMix of Costimulatory Molecules
    Generation of Multiple Peptide Cocktail-Pulsed Dendritic Cells as a Cancer Vaccine
    Pulsing Dendritic Cells with Whole Tumor Cell Lysates
    Antigen Trapping by Dendritic Cells for Anti-Tumor Therapy
    Ex Vivo Loading of Autologous Dendritic Cells with Tumor Antigens
    Tumor Antigen/Cytokine-Pulsed Dendritic Cells in Therapy Against Lymphoma
    Dendritic Cells Primed with Protein-Protein Fusion Adjuvant
    Antigen-Specific mRNA Transfection of Autologous Dendritic Cells
    Electroporation of Dendritic Cells with Autologous Total RNA from Tumor Material
    Dendritic Cells Transfected with Adenoviral Vectors as Vaccines
    Genetic Modification of Dendritic Cells with RNAi
    Fast Monocyte-Derived Dendritic Cells-Based Immunotherapy
    Intratumoral Injection of BCG-CWS Pretreated Dendritic Cells Following Tumor Cryoablation
    Exploiting the CD1d-iNKT Cell Axis for Potentiation of DC-Based Cancer Vaccines
    Modification of T Lymphocytes to Express Tumor Antigens
    Genetic Modification of Mouse Effector and Helper T Lymphocytes Expressing a Chimeric Antigen Receptor
    Genetic Modification of Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes to Express Cytokine Receptors
    Monitoring the Frequency and Function of Regulatory T Cells and Summary of the Approaches Currently Used to Inhibit Regulatory T Cells in Cancer Patients
    Cytokine Activation of Natural Killer Cells
    Loading of Acute Myeloid Leukemia Cells with Poly(I:C) by Electroporation
    Autologous Tumor Cells Engineered to Express Bacterial Antigens
    Tumor Cell Transformation Using Antisense Oligonucleotide
    The Direct Display of Costimulatory Proteins on Tumor Cells as a Means of Vaccination for Cancer Immunotherapy
    Cloning Variable Region Genes of Clonal Lymphoma Immunoglobulin for Generating Patient-Specific Idiotype DNA Vaccine
    Heat Shock Proteins Purified from Autologous Tumors Using Antibody-Based Affinity Chromatography
    Invariant Chain-Peptide Fusion Vaccine Using HER-2/neu
    TLR-9 Agonist Immunostimulatory Sequence Adjuvants Linked to Cancer Antigens
    Production of Multiple CTL Epitopes from Multiple Tumor-Associated Antigens
    Preparation of Polypeptides Comprising Multiple TAA Peptides
    Idiotype Vaccine Production Using Hybridoma Technology
    Preparation of Cancer-Related Peptide Cocktails that Target Heterogeneously-Expressed Antigens
    Making an Avipoxvirus Encoding a Tumor-Associated Antigen and a Costimulatory Molecule
    Bacterial Vectors for the Delivery of Tumor Antigens
    Preparation of Peptide Microspheres Using Tumor Antigen-Derived Peptides
    Production of Antigen-Loaded Biodegradable Nanoparticles and Uptake by Dendritic Cells
    Development of Plasmid-Lipid Complexes for Direct Intratumoral Injection
    The Use of Dendritic Cells for Peptide-Based Vaccination in Cancer Immunotherapy
    Advances in Host and Vector Development for the Production of Plasmid DNA Vaccines
    Challenges Facing the Development of Cancer Vaccines
    Future of Cancer Vaccines.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Juan Alvarado Valdivia.
    Summary: Recounts the author's experience as a cancer patient. He was diagnosed with stage 2A Hodgkin lymphoma at age 30, and was cancer free in 2010, and five years later considered in complete remission.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC644 .A48 2015
    1
  • Digital
    by Dr. Alice Villalobos with Laurie Kaplan.
    Contents:
    Molecular biology of cancer and aging
    Caring for geriatric cancer patients : the concept of pawspice and what is needed aside from medical care
    The warning signs of cancer in geriatric pets
    Basic types of cancer and their biological behavior
    Generating the diagnosis and prognosis of cancer in geriatric pets
    Treating cancer in geriatric pets
    Principles and philosophic perspective
    The role of surgery in cancer management
    Chemotherapy in the management of geriatric cancer
    Adverse effects of cancer therapy in geriatric pets
    The role of radiation therapy in cancer management
    Immunotherapy, cancer vaccines, and gene therapy
    Chemoprevention and immunonutrition
    Integrative and alternative medicine
    Electroporation and electrochemotherapy
    Pain control for the geriatric cancer patient
    Decision making with advanced and recurrent cancer in the geriatric patient
    When and how to decide that a geriatric cancer patient is terminal
    Palliative care : end of life 'pawspice' care
    Euthanasia for the geriatric cancer patient
    The veterinary professional/client relationship : supporting your clients supporting yourselves
    Professional support : the wellbeing of the veterinarian and the team.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Jane E. Sykes.
    Contents:
    Basic principles in the diagnosis and management of small animal infection
    Laboratory diagnosis of canine and feline infectious diseases
    Isolation in cell culture
    Immunoassays
    Isolation and identification of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria
    Isolation and identification of fungi
    Nucleic acid detection assays
    Antiinfective therapy
    Principles of antiinfective therapy
    Antiviral and immunomodulatory drugs
    Antibacterial drugs
    Antifungal drugs
    Antiprotozoal drugs
    Basic principles for infection control
    Infection control programs for dogs and cats
    Immunization
    Major infectious diseases and their etiologic agents
    Viral diseases
    Rabies
    Canine parvovirus infections and other viral enteritides
    Canine distemper virus infection
    Canine herpesvirus infection
    Canine viral respiratory infections
    Infectious canine hepatitis
    Feline panleukopenia virus infection and other viral enteritides
    Feline coronavirus infection
    Feline immunodeficiency virus infection
    Feline leukemia virus infection
    Feline respiratory viral infections
    Feline poxvirus infections
    Pseudorabies
    Viral papillomatosis
    Vector-borne and other viral encephalitides
    Bacterial diseases
    Ehrlichiosis
    Anaplasmosis
    Rocky mountain spotted fever
    Salmon poisoning disease
    Coxiellosis and q fever
    Chlamydial infections
    Streptococcal and enterococcal infections
    Staphylococcus infections
    Gram-negative bacterial infections
    Anaerobic bacterial infections
    Bordetellosis
    Cell wall-deficient bacterial infections
    Mycoplasma infections
    Hemoplasma infections
    Actinomycosis
    Nocardiosis
    Mycobacterial infections
    Salmonellosis
    Enteric Escherichia coli infections
    Campylobacteriosis
    Enteric clostridial infections
    Gastric Helicobacter-like infections
    Leptospirosis
    Lyme borreliosis
    Bartonellosis
    Canine brucellosis
    Tetanus and botulism
    Yersinia pestis (plague) and other yersinioses
    Tularemia
    Bite and scratch wound infections
    Fungal and algal diseases
    Dermatophytosis
    Malassezia infections
    Blastomycosis
    Histoplasmosis
    Cryptococcosis
    Coccidioidomycosis
    Sporotrichosis
    Aspergillosis
    Rhinosporidiosis
    Candidiasis
    Miscellaneous fungal diseases
    Pythiosis, lagenidiosis, and zygomycosis
    Protothecosis
    Pneumocystosis
    Protozoal diseases
    Toxoplasmosis
    Neosporosis
    Leishmaniosis
    Babesiosis
    Cytauxzoonosis
    Canine and feline hepatozoonosis
    Trypanosomiasis
    Giardiasis
    Trichomoniasis
    Cryptosporidiosis
    Isosporiasis
    Miscellaneous protozoal diseases
    Infections of selected organ systems
    Pyoderma, otitis externa, and otitis media
    Osteomyelitis, discospondylitis, and infectious arthritis
    Infections of the cardiovascular system
    Bacterial bronchopneumonia and pyothorax
    Intra-abdominal infections
    Bacterial infections of the genitourinary tract
    Bacterial meningitis
    Vaccination schedules for dogs and cats.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Francesco Albanese.
    Summary: This book discusses canine and feline skin cytology and the importance of this diagnostic tool in interpreting skin lesions. With more than 600 clinical and cytological color pictures, it explains the cytological patterns observed in all cutaneous inflammatory and neoplastic lesions in cats and dogs, as well as cutaneous metastasis of non-primary skin neoplasms. The first part of the book describes cell morphology and cytological patterns, providing an overview of the normal structure of the skin. In the second chapter, readers learn how to choose the best techniques for different types of lesions. Further chapters present the cytological findings in the main inflammatory and neoplastic skin diseases. By focusing on the macroscopic aspects of the lesions from which the cells are collected, it helps readers to interpret cytological specimens. The final chapter explores the cytology of cutaneous metastasis from internal organs or accessory glands. This book offers veterinary students and practitioners alike an essential diagnostic tool.

    Contents:
    1. Morphology and Function of Skin Cells
    2. Techniques of Sampling, Preparation and Staining of Cytological Specimens
    3. Cytology of Canine and Feline Non Neoplastic Skin Diseases
    4. Cytology of Skin Tumors
    5. Cutaneous Metastasis from Non Primary Skin Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vincenzo Di Marzo.
    Contents:
    Looking ahead after 50 years of research on cannabinoids / Raphael Mechoulam
    Cannabinoid receptor intracellular signaling : the long journey from binding sites to biological effects / Lawrence C. Blume, Khalil M. Eldeeb, and Allyn C. Howlett
    Endocannabinoid biochemistry : what do we know after 50 years? / Filomena Fezza and Mauro Maccarrone
    Genetic dissection of the endocannabinoid system and how it changed our knowledge of cannabinoid pharmacology and mammalian physiology / Beat Lutz
    Cannabinoids, endocannabinoids, and stress / Cecilia J. Hillard, Qing-song Liu, XiaoQian Liu, Bin Pan, Christopher J. Roberts, and Leyu Shi
    Cannabinoids and the brain : new hopes for new therapies / Javier Fernández-Ruiz, Mariluz Hernández, and Yolanda García-Movellán
    Potential therapeutic applications of cannabinoids in gastrointestinal and liver diseases : focus on tetrahydrocannabinol pharmacology / Paolo Caraceni, Francesca Borrelli, Ferdinando A. Giannone, and Angelo A. Izzo
    Years of cannabinoid research and the need for a new nomenclature / Vincenzo Di Marzo and Luciano De Petrocellis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Eric Murillo-Rodriguez, S. R. Pandi-Perumal, Jaime M. Monti, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights the recent advances in the understanding of the endocannabinoid system and the likely benefit from the therapeutic effects of cannabinoid treatment in a variety of health issues. Archeological evidence has shown that Cannabis has a long history of use for multiple purposes, including the treatment of medical conditions. The primary active constituent of the hemp plant Cannabis sativa, delta 9-tetrahydrocannabinol (Δ9-THC), causes euphoria, enhancement of sensory perception, tachycardia, antinociception, difficulties in concentration and impairment of memory, among other effects. Despite these undesirable effects, signaling is mostly inhibitory and suggests a putative role for cannabinoids as therapeutic agents by managing several diseases where inhibition of neurotransmitter release would be beneficial. The themes of this book have been edited and written by world-leaders in the field, The contents of the volume aims at readers from a range of academic and professional disciplines, such as biomedicine, several areas of biology, neurology, clinical medicine and pharmacy.

    Contents:
    Chapter 2: Neuromolecular Mechanisms of Cannabis Action
    2.1 Introduction and Scope of this Chapter
    2.1.1 Neuromolecular Targets of THC: The Cannabinoid Receptors
    2.1.1.1 CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor Characterisation: Protein, Distribution, Signalling and Pharmacology
    2.1.1.2 CB2 Cannabinoid Receptor Characterisation: Protein, Distribution, Signalling and Pharmacology
    2.1.2 Neuromolecular Targets of THC: Beyond the Cannabinoid Receptors
    2.1.3 Neuromolecular Targets of CBD
    2.1.4 Neuromolecular Targets of Other Cannabinoids
    2.1.4.1 Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabidivarin 2.1.4.2 Cannabinol
    2.1.4.3 Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinolic Acid
    2.1.4.4 Cannabidivarin
    2.1.4.5 Cannabidiolic Acid
    2.1.4.6 Cannabigerol
    2.1.4.7 Cannabichromene
    2.1.5 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 3: Neuropharmacological Effects of the Main Phytocannabinoids: A Narrative Review
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Neuromolecular mechanisms of action of the main phytocannabinoids
    3.2.1 THC
    3.2.2 CBD
    3.2.3 Delta-9-THCV
    3.2.4 Delta-9-THCA
    3.2.5 Delta-8-THC
    3.2.6 CBDV
    3.2.7 CBN
    3.2.8 CBG
    3.2.9 CBC
    3.2.10 CBDA 3.3 Neurochemical and behavioral effects of THC and CBD: Human studies
    3.3.1 THC
    3.3.2 CBD
    3.4 Approved indications of cannabis-based products, THC and CBD
    3.4.1 Cannabis-based products
    3.4.2 THC
    3.4.2.1 Nausea and vomiting due to chemotherapy
    3.4.2.2 Appetite and decreasing weight loss associated with HIV/AIDS
    3.4.2.3 Multiple sclerosis symptoms (spasticity and chronic pain)
    3.4.2.4 Chronic pain (neuropathic and cancer pain)
    3.4.3 CBD
    3.4.3.1 Antiepileptic
    3.4.3.2 Therapeutic potentials of CBD with moderate/modest evidence from RCTs 3.5 Adverse effects of THC and CBD
    3.5.1 Cannabis-based products and THC
    3.5.2 CBD
    3.6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Emerging Roles of Cannabinoids and Synthetic Cannabinoids in Clinical Experimental Models
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 Cannabinoid Classifications
    4.2 Endocannabinoids
    4.3 Phytocannabinoids
    4.4 Synthetic Cannabinoids
    4.5 Cannabinoids in Neuromodulation
    4.5.1 Cannabinoids in Epilepsy
    4.5.2 Cannabinoids in Alzheimerś Disease
    4.5.3 Cannabinoids in Parkinsonś Disease
    4.6 Cannabinoids in Cancer
    4.7 Cannabinoids in Metabolic Disorders
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Samer N. Narouze, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a well-balanced view of the potential medical use of cannabinoids in pain. It comprehensively covers the current challenges with medical cannabis utilization and provides recommendations for research and future directions. Organized into nine sections, the book begins with an introduction to medical cannabis, including its history, regulations, and the general attitudes of pain physicians on cannabis. Section two explores the biological effects of marijuana via the endocannabinoid system and its complex structure of receptors and enzymes. Sections three, four, and five then delve further into pharmacology and the mechanisms of action applicable to cannabinoids in managing pain. Timely and socially conscious, section six examines the benefits of substituting opioids with cannabinoids for preoperative management. Echoing the book's well-rounded content, sections seven and eight consider the challenges with medical cannabis, including safety and quality control, brain development risks, vaping hazards, and withdrawal. The book then closes with a look at the future of cannabis in medical research. Thoroughly and equitably composed, Cannabinoids and Pain is an invaluable resource for primary care physicians, pain and palliative care physicians, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    History of Cannabis
    Cannabis Regulations
    The demand for medical cannabis education
    Pain physicians and cannabis: attitudes and beliefs
    Cannabis Terminology
    THE ENDOCANNABINOID SYSTEM
    The CB1 Receptors
    The CB2 Receptors
    Endocannabinoids: Anandamide and 2-AG
    Phytocannabinoids:Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)
    Phytocannabinoids: Cannabidiol (CBD)
    Other Phytocannabinoids
    Cannabinoids Drug interaction
    Dronabinol (Marinol)
    Nabilone (Cesamet)
    Cannabidiol (Epidiolex)
    Nabiximols (Sativex)
    Medical Cannabis Strains
    The model of a specialized cannabis clinic
    Barriers for the prescription of cannabis-based medicines
    Practical recommendations for the use of medical cannabis
    Medical Cannabis Dosing and Titration
    Patient safety considerations
    Cannabinoids and Pain: Mechanisms of action
    Cannabinoids and Pain: Clinical Evidence
    Cannabinoids and Cancer Pain
    Cannabinoids as a substitute for opioids: Basic science and Clinical evidence
    Cannabiinoids as a substitute for opioids: Suggested algorithm
    Perioperative management of patients on cannabinoids
    The Colorado Experience
    Product Safety and Quality control
    Cannabis and brain development
    Cannabis and mental health risks
    Cannabis and adolescents
    Cannabis and child development during and after pregnancy
    Cannabis impairment and Adverse events
    Vaping hazards
    Cannabis Use Disorder
    Cannabis withdrawal
    Future research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jaime M. Monti, S.R. Pandi-Perumal, Eric Murillo-Rodríguez, editors.
    Summary: Research on cannabis and sleep is emerging with promising results. This book offers current and comprehensive knowledge on cannabinoid research results in connection with sleep. The volume covers aspects of the hemp plant Cannabis sativa, the pharmacology of cannabinoids, neurobiology and pharmacology of sleep and wakefulness, and the benefits and side effects of cannabis on the central nervous system. It further discusses the putative therapeutical properties of cannabinoids and endocannabinoids and their potential for the treatment of sleep disorders such as insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea, REM sleep behavior disorder, and restless legs syndrome. The book is written by medical and scientific experts in this field and intended for researchers from a range of disciplines such as biomedicine, biology, neurosciences, clinical medicine, neurology, and pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Constituents of Cannabis Sativa
    Synthetic and Natural Derivatives of Cannabidiol
    Clinical Pharmacokinetics of Cannabinoids and Potential Drug-Drug Interactions
    Cannabinoid Receptors and Ligands: Lessions from CNS Disorders and the Quest for Novel Treatment Venues
    Sleep-Wake Neurobiology
    Cannabinoids and Sleep/Wake Control
    Effects of Cannabinoid Agonists and Antagonists on Sleep in Laboratory Animals
    Modulation of Noradrenergic and Serotonergic Systems by Cannabinoids: Electrophysiological, Neurochemical and Behavioral Evidence
    Natural Cannabinoids as Templates for Sleep Disturbances Treatment
    The Effect of Cannabinoids on the Brain´s Circadian Clock
    Effects of Cannabis Consumption on Sleep
    Addiction and Sleep Disorders
    Cannabis for Restless Legs Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Patricia H. Reggio.
    Contents:
    Contributors
    Preface
    Mouse Neuroblastoma CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor-Stimulated [35S]GTPgammaS Binding: Total and Antibody-Targeted Galpha Protein-Specific Scintillation Proximity Asays / by Khalil Eldeeb, Sandra Leone-Kabler, Allyn C. Howlett
    Protocols and Good Operating Practices in the Study of Cannabinoid Receptors / by Linda M. Console-Bram, Pingwei Zhao, Mary E. Abood
    Real-Time Measurement of Cannabinoid Receptor-Mediated cAMP Signaling / by Morag R. Hunter, David B. Finlay, Christa E. Macdonald, Erin E. Cawston, Natasha L. Grimsey, Michelle Glass
    Techniques for the Cellular and Subcellular Localization of Endocannabinoid Receptors and Enzymes in the Mammalian Brain / by Luigia Cristino, Roberta Imperatore, Vincenzo Di Marzo
    Endocannabinoid Transport Proteins: Discovery of Tools to Study Sterol Carrier Protein-2 / by Cecilia J. Hillard, Huan Huang, Caleb D. Vogt, Beatriz E. Rodrigues, Terrence S. Neumann, Daniel S. Sem, Friedhelm Schroeder, Christopher W. Cunningham
    Lipidomics: A Corrective Lens for Enzyme Myopia / by Heather B. Bradshaw, Emma Leishman
    Functional Analysis of Mitochondrial CB1 Cannabinoid Receptors (mtCB1) in the Brain / by Su Melser, Antonio C. Pagano Zottola, Roman Serrat, Nagore Puente, Pedro Grandes, Giovanni Marsicano, Etienne Hebert-Chatelain
    Modeling Neurodegenerative Disorders for Developing Cannabinoid-Based Neuroprotective Therapies / by Javier Fernández-Ruiz, María Gómez-Ruiz, Concepción García, Mariluz Hernández, José A. Ramos
    Metabolic Profiling of CB1 Neutral Antagonists / by Herbert H. Seltzman, Rangan Maitra, Katharine Bortoff, Jay Henson, Patricia H. Reggio, Daniel Wesley, Joseph Tam
    Ligand-Assisted Protein Structure (LAPS): An Experimental Paradigm for Characterizing Cannabinoid-Receptor Ligand-Binding Domains / by David R. Janero, Anisha Korde, Alexandros Makriyannis
    New Methods for the Synthesis of Cannabidiol Derivatives / by Ana Lago-Fernandez, Vanessa Redondo, Laura Hernandez-Folgado, Laura Figuerola-Asencio, Nadine Jagerovic
    Approaches to Assess Biased Signaling at the CB1R Receptor / by Robert B. Laprairie, Edward L. Stahl, Laura M. Bohn
    Design and Synthesis of Cannabinoid 1 Receptor (CB1R) Allosteric Modulators: Drug Discovery Applications / by Abhijit R. Kulkarni, Sumanta Garai, David R. Janero, Ganesh A. Thakur
    Assessing Allosteric Modulation of CB1 at the Receptor and Cellular Levels / by Caitlin E. Scott, Debra A. Kendall
    Purification of Functional CB1 and Analysis by Site-Directed Fluorescence Labeling Methods / by Jonathan F. Fay, David L. Farrens
    Mass Spectrometry Analysis of Human CB2 Cannabinoid Receptor and Its Associated Proteins / by Zhao-Hui Song, Alyssa S. Laun, Jian Cai
    Expression and NMR Structural Studies of Isotopically Labeled Cannabinoid Receptor Type II / by Alexei Yeliseev, Klaus Gawrisch
    Methods for the Development of In Silico GPCR Models / by Paula Morales, Dow P. Hurst, Patricia H. Reggio
    Molecular Dynamics Methodologies for Probing Cannabinoid Ligand/Receptor Interaction / by Diane L. Lynch, Dow P. Hurst, Derek M. Shore, Mike C. Pitman, Patricia H. Reggio
    Author Index
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Carey S. Clark, editor.
    Summary: Offers a guide addressing nursing skills and responsibilities in cannabis care, including the physiology of the human endocannabinoid system, cannabis care as it relates to specific disease processes, the history of cannabis, advocacy and ethics, and the ins and outs of cannabis dosing, delivery methods, side effects, and more. Essential for all practice areas, this is a foundational resource for both students and practicing nurses who want to provide knowledgeable and effective medical cannabis care. --From publisher description.

    Contents:
    History of cannabis and prohibition / Llewellyn Dawn Smith
    The human endocannabinoid system (ECS): physiology / Denise A. Foster
    Cannabis pharmacology: from the whole plant to pharmaceutical applications / Rachel A. Parmelee, Carey S. Clark, and Deanna M. Sommers
    Cannabidiol / Eileen Konieczny
    Cannabis sciences: reviewing trends / Carey S. Clark, Rachel A. Parmelee, Barbara J. Ochester
    The nurse's role: providing cannabis care / Carey S. Clark
    Advanced practice nursing considerations / Eloise Theisen
    Legal, ethical, and advocacy concerns: cannabis from the federal to state level / Carey S. Clark.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM666.C266 C344 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Claude Cyr, Mellar P. Davis, Danial Schecter, Paul Daeninck.
    Summary: The use of cannabinoid-based medicines (CBM), and cannabis in particular, has risen steadily among cancer and palliative care patients over the last few years. This textbook aims to address the multiple challenges facing healthcare providers regarding the use of CBM in this vulnerable patient population. It provides insight into the latest preclinical and clinical data and offers a practical approach on the use of CBM in a rapidly evolving landscape. It answers questions regarding the prescribing process and elucidates controversies regarding cannabis disease-modifying effects. The first chapters will review basic concepts of the endocannabinoid system and pharmacology of CBM, while focusing more specifically on the unique characteristics of two main cannabinoids: THC and CBD. Indicating which benefits can be expected from using either or both of these compounds, the book then addresses issues of drug-drug interactions and other challenges involved in prescribing CBM to frail patients with polypharmacy and multiple comorbidities. Comparing available products, both approved and non-approved by the FDA, the book discusses regional challenges for accessing reliably tested and labelled products in the context of standardization efforts. After carefully determining objectives and addressing patient expectations, further chapters will examine the different clinical settings in which CBM may be useful in cancer care and explore symptom management, including cancer pain, anxiety, nausea, and insomnia among others. The possible benefits of cannabis psychoactivity will also be discussed, including harm reduction strategies for patients who wish to explore these effects. Cannabis and Cannabinoid-Based Medicines in Cancer Care: A Comprehensive Guide to Medical Management serves as a comprehensive text for oncologists, palliative care specialists, general practitioners, and nurse practitioners working with cancer patients or in palliative care settings.

    Contents:
    Overview of the Endocannabinoid System and Endocannabinoidome
    Cannabinoid-Based Medicine: Pharmacology and Drug Interactions
    Future Therapeutic Potential of Synthetic Cannabinoids and Endocannabinoid System Modulators
    Cannabis-Based Medicines as Anti-Cancer Agents
    Cannabinoid-Based Medicines and Cancer Symptom Management
    Patient Evaluation: Precautions and Managing Expectations
    Choosing a Product, Route of Administration, Initial Dosage, Titration, Monitoring and Management of Adverse Effects
    Psychoactive Effects of Cannabinoid-Based Medicines: Exploration and Inquiry.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kenneth Finn, editor.
    Summary: Legalization of marijuana is becoming increasingly prominent in the United States and around the world. While there is some discussion of the relationship between marijuana and overall health, a comprehensive resource that outlines the medical literature for several organ systems, as well as non-medical societal effects, has yet to be seen. While all physicians strive to practice evidence-based medicine, many clinicians aren't aware of the facts surrounding cannabis and are guided by public opinion. This first of its kind book is a comprehensive compilation of multiple facets of cannabis recommendation, use and effects from a variety of different perspectives. Comprised of chapters dedicated to separate fields of medicine, this evidence-based guide outlines the current data, or lack thereof, as well as the need for further study. The book begins with a general overview of the neurobiology and pharmacology of THC and hemp. It then delves into various medical concerns that plague specific disciplines of medicine such as psychiatry, cardiology, gastrointestinal and neurology, among others. The end of the book focuses on non-medical concerns such as public health and safety, driving impairment and legal implications. Comprised of case studies and meta-analyses, Cannabinoids in Medicine: An Evidence-Based Approach provides clinicians with with a concise, evidence-based guide to various health concerns related to the use of marijuana. By addressing non-medical concerns, this book is also a useful resource for professionals working in the public health and legal fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Losing Ground: The Rise of Cannabis Culture
    Addressing the Wider Implications of Increasing Marijuana Use
    Why Our Knowledge of the Risks in Cannabis Exposure Has Increased
    Limitations to Our Knowledge: Inadequate Measures, No Real Baseline
    Current Measurements of Marijuana Use Showing the Comparative Scope of the Problem
    Marijuana Use in Sub-populations at High Risk
    Monitoring the Future School-Based Data
    Widening Societal Impact of Increased Marijuana Prevalence The Societal Impact of Expanded Cannabis Extends to the Use of Other Substances Of Abuse
    Final Thoughts on the Wider Implications of Increased Use
    Reference Section
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Basic Science
    Chapter 1: The Properties and Use of Cannabis sativa Herb and Extracts
    Background
    THC
    Methods of Use
    Metabolism
    Synthetic Cannabinoids and Cannabimimetics
    Hemp
    CBD
    Conversion to THC
    CBD as a Quality Medicine
    Discussion
    Summary
    References
    Chapter 2: Cannabinoid and Marijuana Neurobiology
    Introduction Discovery, Evolutionary Origins, and Function of the Endocannabinoid System
    Endocannabinoid System in the Brain
    Endocannabinoid System Function in Early and Adolescent Brain Development
    Overall Function of the Endocannabinoid System in the Brain [45]
    Endocannabinoid System in Peripheral Tissues
    Disturbances of the Endocannabinoid System in the Brain
    Marijuana and the Brain: Receptors and Changes in Endocannabinoid Signaling
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: The Pharmacodynamics, Pharmacokinetics, and Potential Drug Interactions of Cannabinoids Drug-Drug Interaction with Cannabinoids
    Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics of Cannabinoids
    Pharmacodynamics
    Pharmacokinetics
    Drug-Drug Interactions
    Phase I Metabolism (Cytochrome P450)
    Phase II Metabolism
    Transport Proteins
    Epidiolex® Drug-Drug Interactions
    THC Drug-Drug Interactions
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Clinical Evidence
    Chapter 4: Cannabis and Neuropsychiatric Effects
    Blunted: The Effects of Cannabis on Cognition and Motivation
    Memory
    Attention
    Executive Function
    Intelligence and IQ
    Motivation
    Mechanisms of Action Moderating Factors
    Summary and Future Directions
    Cannabis and Psychiatric Conditions
    Psychosis
    Depression and Anxiety
    Addiction
    Cannabis-Related Violence and Death
    Potential Psychiatric Benefits of CBD
    Conclusion
    Cannabis Use and Psychosis, Mood, and Anxiety Disorders
    Introduction
    Increasing Cannabis Potency Post-legalization
    Post-legalization Trends in the Prevalence and Frequency of Cannabis Use
    Impact of Medical Legalization
    What Does Research Tell Us About Cannabis Use and Mental Illness?
    Cannabis, Psychosis, and Schizophrenia
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Paula Riggs, Thida Thant, editors.
    Summary: This book educates and familiarizes psychiatrists with the impact of cannabis beyond the scope of addiction and ways to effectively discuss the existing literature and knowledge with patients. Cannabis in Psychiatric Practice is organized by clinical setting to help tailor the literature to psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians working in all areas, whether traditional outpatient clinics, emergency departments, inpatient psychiatry or medical units. It helps readers, regardless of their training background, learn about the impact of cannabis on a variety of disorders in a manner adjusted to the unique needs and challenges of their particular treatment settings and patient populations. The book also includes clinical cases and practical tips integrating the current evidence, treatment approaches, and psychoeducation needed to effectively practice in the era of modern-day psychiatry and cannabis legalization. Chapters are written in a clear, easy-to-read style, allowing readers to reference specific portions of the book as needed, increasing its utility for the general psychiatrist and mental health clinician. With the increasing prevalence and availability of cannabis and CBD products, this book is an invaluable reference for psychiatrists who wish to explore the impact of cannabis in their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    1. Public Health Concerns of Cannabis
    2. Clinical Pharmacology of Cannabinoids
    3. Cannabidiol: Overview, Complexities and Opportunities for Behavioral Health
    4. Developmental Impact
    5. Cannabis in the Child and Adolescent Outpatient Mental Health Setting
    6. Cannabis in The Child and Adolescent Emergency and Inpatient Psychiatric Settings
    7. Clinical Considerations for Cannabis in the Child and Adolescent Consultation-Liaison Setting
    8. Disease course & prognosis
    9. Evaluation of Co-occurring Psychiatric Disorders and Cannabis Use in the Outpatient Setting
    10. Treatment of Co-occurring Psychiatric Disorders and Cannabis Use in the Outpatient Setting
    11. Acute intoxication and agitation/violence
    12. Cannabis and Psychosis
    13. Self-Harm and Cannabis Use
    14. Cannabis in the Adult Medical and Consultation-Liaison Settings
    15. Cannabis in the Perinatal Period
    16. Cannabis in the Geriatric Population
    17. Marijuana Use in Organ Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Rahim Valani, editor.
    Summary: This book examines the effectiveness of a unique area of patient care, cannabis use in medicine. While many American states have legalized medical marijuana, the FDA still has not approved it as a treatment due to a lack of studies to prove its validity. Countries such as Canada and Uruguay, on the other hand, have legalized cannabis. This book aids in accelerating the medical legitimacy of cannabis through comprehensive coverage of its uses, legality, pharmacology, and potential issues. Organized into three parts, the book begins with topics that function as an introduction to cannabis for medical use, such as patient assessments, the role of genetics, evidence-based therapy reviews, legal aspects, and pharmacology. Subsequent chapters then delve into the practical applications of medical cannabis use, including treatment for gastrointestinal disorders, neurological diseases, rheumatic diseases, and pain management. The book's final section features crucial discussions on the potential complications and adverse events in cannabis use, as well as occupation and pediatric considerations. Nuanced and timely, Cannabis Use in Medicine, is a vital resource for medical practitioners of all specialties looking to add cannabis to their repertoire of therapies.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction and Background to Cannabis Use in Medicine
    Introduction to Cannabis for Medical Use
    Legal Aspects of Cannabis
    Pharmacology of Cannabis
    Patient Assessment and Dosing Recommendations for Cannabis
    Analytical Testing of Cannabis
    The Role of Genetics in the Use of Cannabis
    Evidence Based Reviews on Cannabis Therapy
    Part II Use of Cannabis in the Management of Specific Medical Conditions
    The Effects and Benefits of Cannabis on the Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Neurological Diseases and Cannabinoid Treatment
    Cannabinoid Treatment for Rheumatic Disease
    The Use of Cannabis for Pain Management
    Complications and Adverse Events from Cannabis Use
    Part III Cannabis Use in Specific Populations
    Occupational Considerations Related to Cannabis Use
    Pediatric Considerations when Prescribing Cannabis
    Cannabis Use in the Pregnant Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Quarraisha Abdool Karim, Salim S. Abdool Karim, Cheryl Baxter, editors.
    Summary: Since its inception 14 years ago, CAPRISA has conducted numerous clinical studies that have influenced international TB-HIV treatment guidelines as well as HIV prevention through innovations in the microbicide and vaccine fields. This book provides a historical account of how each of CAPRISA?s high impact studies was created, developed, implemented, analysed and communicated. In doing so, the reader is taken on a journey that provides glimpses into the genesis of research ideas and how this ultimately leads to a range of HIV prevention and treatment studies that have impacted the global response to the HIV and TB epidemics. Comprised of 5 sections, the book details the following: HIV epidemic in South Africa and the establishment of a research centre to undertake clinical, epidemiological and laboratory research on HIV. CAPRISA?s clinical trials on HIV and HSV-2 prevention. These studies investigated the impact of tenofovir gel as topical antiretroviral pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP), implementation of topical PrEP through family planning clinics, conditional cash incentives for HIV prevention, HIV vaccines, and passive immunisation with broadly neutralising antibodies. CAPRISA?s research on the treatment of HIV and TB co-infection. A review of the major scientific findings from the CAPRISA studies on acute infection and genital mucosal immunology. Essential support activities for the conduct of clinical trials, including research laboratories and pharmacies, as well as establishing effective communication and sustainable structures for community engagement to maintain effective and respectful partnerships with participating communities. The book concludes with a chapter about the challenges facing future HIV prevention and treatment trials. The CAPRISA Clinical Trials: HIV Treatment and Prevention is a resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students, health care providers, doctors, decision-makers and researchers who are seeking guidance and insights on clinical trials? their creation, conduct and impact.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Studies Linked to the Evolving HIV Epidemic in South Africa: Informing the CAPRISA Scientific Agenda
    CAPRISA: Establishing A Research Center to Undertake HIV Clinical Trials
    Overview of Clinical Trials
    Part II. CAPRISA Clinical Trials for HIV and HSV-2 Prevention
    Antiretrovirals for HIV Prevention
    Rolling out of tenofovir gel in family planning clinics: the CAPRISA 008 implementation trial
    Conditional cash transfers to reduce HIV risk in young women: the CAPRISA 007 cluster randomised control trial
    HIV vaccine and passive immunity trials
    Part III: CAPRISA Clinical Trials for HIV?TB Treatment
    CAPRISA 003: Timing of antiretroviral initiation in HIV-TB co-infected patients
    The SAPiT Trial
    Scaling up TB-HIV integration in public health clinics: translating research findings into practice
    Part IV: Experiences and lessons learnt from clinical trials in CAPRISA
    Lessons from the Acute Infection Study: from Bench to Bedside
    Understanding sexual HIV transmission in women by focusing on the genital mucosa
    Part V: Essential support activities for the conduct of clinical trials
    Good practices in conducting clinical trials: Good Participatory Practice, Good Pharmacy Practice and Good Laboratory Practice
    Grants Management
    Taking science to the people: communication and media strategies for clinical trials
    Looking ahead: What Does the Future Hold for CAPRISA?
    Appendix
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Omar M.E. Abdel-Salam, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides an up-to-date account of the achievements pertaining to the application of capsaicin and capsaicin-like molecules in the therapy of various human ailments such as pain, non-allergic rhinitis, obesity, tumors, and gastrointestinal, dermatologic, and urologic disorders. It discusses the basic functions of the capsaicin receptor (TRPV1), its mechanisms of action, and its role in physiological and pathological processes. The text focuses on the most recent progress in the use of capsaicin and capsaicin-like molecules as a therapeutic agent and highlights potential pharmaceutical implications of further TRPV1 research. The chapters are written by noted experts in their fields of endeavor. This book offers both clinicians and researchers valuable resource and reference material on the subject that will stimulate future research.

    Contents:
    Capsaicin and Sensory Neurones: a Historical Perspective
    Pharmacology of the Capsaicin Receptor, Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type 1 Ion Channel
    TRPV1 in the Central Nervous System: Synaptic Plasticity, Function and Pharmacological Implications
    Topical Capsaicin Formulations in the Management of Neuropathic Pain
    Capsaicin-Based Therapies for Pain Control
    Intranasal Capsaicin in Management of Non-allergic (Vasomotor) Rhinitis
    Capsaicin as an Anti-obesity Drug
    The Potential Antitumour Effects of Capsaicin
    Capsaicin as New Orally Applicable Gastroprotective and Therapeutic Drug Alone or in Combination with Non-Steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs in Human Healthy Subjects and in Patients
    Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide as Target of Capsaicin Receptor in the Gut
    Capsaicin for Osteoarthritis Pain
    The Role of Capsaicin in Dermatology
    Use of Vanilloids in Urologic Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Nirala Ramchiary and Chittaranjan Kole.
    Summary: This book contains complete information on Capsicum genetic resources, diversity, evolution, history and advances in capsicum improvement from classical breeding to whole genome sequencing, genomics, databases and its impact on next generation pepper breeding. Capsicum is one of the most important Solanaceae crops grown worldwide as vegetables and spices. Due to its high economic value and to meet the demands of enormous population growth amid biotic and abiotic stresses, there has been an ongoing breeding program utilizing available genetic resources with desired traits to increase the sustainable productivity of this crop for several decades. However, the precision breeding of this crop for desired traits only started with the advent of molecular markers. The recent advances in high-throughput genome sequencing technologies helped in the quick decoding of transcriptome, epigenome, nuclear and organeller genomes, thereby enhancing our understanding of the structure and function of the Capsicum genome, and helping in genomics assisted breeding. These advanced technologies coupled with conventional mapping have greatly contributed towards dissection and manipulation of economically important traits more precisely and made less time consuming.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface to the Volume; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 The Capsicum Crop: An Introduction; Abstract; 1.1 Origin and Diffusion; 1.2 Economic and Culinary Importance; 1.3 The Properties of Pepper; 1.4 Genetic Resources and Breeding; References; 2 Genetic Resources of Capsicum; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Domestication Syndrome; 2.3 Capsicum Species Complex and Gene Pools; 2.4 Discovery of Highly Pungent Landraces; 2.5 Discovery and Utilization of Genetic Resources for Stress Resistance; 2.5.1 Resistance to Biotic Stresses; 2.5.1.1 Anthracnose; 2.5.1.2 Bacterial Wilt 2.5.1.3 Phytophthora Root Rot2.5.1.4 Viruses; Potyviruses; Cucumovirus; Begomovirus; Tospoviruses; Tobamoviruses; 2.5.1.5 Root-Knot Nematode; 2.5.1.6 Insects; 2.5.2 Tolerance to Abiotic Stress; 2.5.2.1 Moisture Deficit Tolerance; 2.5.2.2 Heat and Salt Tolerance; 2.6 Conservation of Genetic Resources; 2.6.1 Ex Situ; 2.6.2 In Situ; 2.7 Future Outlook; References; 3 Capsicum Breeding: History and Development; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 History of Capsicum Breeding; 3.3 Current Breeding Objectives for Capsicum Improvement; 3.3.1 Specific Objectives for Sweet Pepper Breeding 3.4 Breeding Methods for Capsicums3.5 Other Strategies Utilized for Capsicum Improvement and Achievements; 3.5.1 Mutation Breeding; 3.5.2 Polyploidy Breeding; 3.5.3 Haploid Breeding; 3.5.4 Embryo Rescue; 3.5.5 Transgenic Development; 3.5.6 Marker-Assisted Breeding; 3.6 Limitations of Traditional Breeding; 3.7 Need of Molecular Breeding; 3.8 Future Prospects; References; 4 Cytology and DNA Content Variation of Capsicum Genomes; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Phylogeny of Chili Peppers; 4.3 Basic Chromosome Number; 4.4 Karyotyping of Capsicum Species 4.5 Mapping of the 45S and 5S Ribosomal RNA Genes4.6 AgNOR Mapping; 4.7 DNA Content of Capsicum Species; 4.8 Concluding Remarks and Future Prospects; References; 5 Development and Evolution of Molecular Markers and Genetic Maps in Capsicum Species; Abstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Development and Evolution of Markers in Capsicum Species; 5.2.1 Biochemical Marker; 5.2.2 DNA Marker; 5.2.2.1 Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP); 5.2.2.2 Minisatellites: Variable Number of Tandem Repeat (VNTR); 5.2.2.3 Random Amplified Polymorphic DNA (RAPD); 5.2.2.4 Inter-simple Sequence Repeat (ISSR) 5.2.2.5 Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphism (AFLP)5.2.2.6 Simple Sequence Repeat (SSR); 5.2.2.7 Cleaved Amplified Polymorphic Sequences (CAPSs); 5.2.2.8 Sequence-Characterized Amplified Region (SCAR); 5.2.2.9 Single-Nucleotide Polymorphism (SNP) and Insertion/Deletion (InDel); 5.2.2.10 High-Throughput SNP Genotyping Systems; 5.3 Genetic Maps in Capsicum Species; 5.3.1 Interspecific Genetic Linkage Maps; 5.3.1.1 Capsicum annuum × Capsicum chinense; 5.3.1.2 Capsicum annuum × Capsicum frutescens; 5.3.1.3 Capsicum annuum × Capsicum baccatum; 5.3.2 Intraspecific Genetic Linkage Maps
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David J. Hass, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive introduction and review of small bowel capsule endoscopy (SBCE). The book reviews the data regarding appropriate indications and contraindications for the implementation of small bowel capsule endoscopy, while discussing in detail the evolving role of SBCE in the treatment of obscure gastrointestinal bleeding, and the management of inflammatory bowel disease, small bowel polyposis syndromes, and refractory malabsorption. Topics such as complications of SBCE, methods to perform SBCE on patients with dysphagia or gastric emptying pathology, and understanding the normal anatomy of the gastrointestinal tract when viewed via SBCE are also discussed. In addition, an introduction to colon capsule technology and the next generation of small bowel capsule imaging is reviewed. The text is complemented by several illustrative cases that are demonstrated with both online full length videos as well as an online interactive companion that includes review questions to reinforce concepts learned in the text. Written by experts in the field, Capsule Endoscopy: A Guide to Becoming an Efficient and Effective Reader is an invaluable resource for novice capsule endoscopy readers, fellows in gastroenterology and hepatology, researchers, mid-level providers, residents, and medical students with an interest in learning how to implement and perform SBCE in the investigation of small bowel diseases.

    Contents:
    The History and Development of the Small Bowel Capsule/Comparison of Current Available Capsule Platforms
    SBCE Indications and Contraindications? and the Logistics of Administering the Capsule? Preps, Prokinetics, Retention
    Difficult Populations? Dysphagia/Partial SBOs/ICDs/Pediatrics
    Capsule Endoscopy for Obscure Ganstrointestinal Bleeding.-The Utility of Capsule Endoscopy in Crohn?s disease
    The Role of Capsule Endoscopy in the Diagnosis and Management of Celiac Disease and Refractory Diarrhea
    Becoming an Efficient and Effective Reader of Capsule Endoscopy in Screening and Surveillance of Small Bowel Polyposis Syndromes and Masses
    How to Read a Small Bowel Capsule Endoscopy Study
    Normal versus Abnormal CE Images
    Colon Capsule and the Future of Capsule Endoscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Bernd Lepenies.
    Contents:
    Carbohydrate-based vaccines : an overview / Julia Hütter and Bernd Lepenies
    Glycans as vaccine antigens and adjuvants : immunological considerations / Stephanie Zimmermann and Bernd Lepenies
    Glycan array platform as a tool to identify carbohydrate antigens / Li Xia and Jeffrey C. Gildersleeve
    Antibody-carbohydrate recognition from docked ensembles using the AutoMap procedure / Tamir Dingjan, Mark Agostino, Paul A. Ramsland, and Elizabeth Yuriev
    Generation of monoclonal antibodies against defined oligosaccharide antigens / Felix Broecker, Chakkumkal Anish, and Peter H. Seeberger
    Murine whole-blood opsonophagocytosis assay to evaluate protection by antibodies raised against encapsulated extracellular bacteria / Guillaume Goyette-Desjardins, René Roy, and Mariela Segura
    Determination of N-linked glycosylation in viral glycoproteins by negative ion mass spectrometry and ion mobility / David Bitto, David J. Harvey, Steinar Halldorsson, Katie J. Doores, Laura K. Pritchard, Juha T. Huiskonen, Thomas A. Bowden, and Max Crispin
    N-glycosylation fingerprinting of viral glycoproteins by xCGE-LIF / René Hennig, Erdmann Rapp, Robert Kottler, Samanta Cajic, Matthias Borowiak, and Udo Reichl
    Temporary conversion of protein amino groups to azides : a synthetic strategy for glycoconjugate vaccines / Tomasz Lipinski and David R. Bundle
    Gold nanoparticles as carriers for synthetic glycoconjugate vaccines / Fabrizio Chiodo and Marco Marradi
    Identification and characterization of carbohydrate-based adjuvants / Timo Johannssen and Bernd Lepenies
    Characterization of carbohydrate vaccines by NMR spectroscopy / Francesco Berti and Neil Ravenscroft
    Characterization of capsular polysaccharides and their glycoconjugates by hydrodynamic methods / Stephen E. Harding, Ali Saber Abdelhameed, Richard B. Gillis, Gordon A. Morris, and Gary G. Adams
    Glycoconjugate vaccines : the regulatory framework / Christopher Jones.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hirohiko Tsujii, Tadashi Kamada, Toshiyuki Shirai, Koji Noda, Hiroshi Tsuji, Kumiko Karasawa, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a practical guide for the use of carbon ions in cancer radiotherapy. On the basis of clinical experience with more than 7,000 patients with various types of tumors treated over a period of nearly 20 years at the National Institute of Radiological Sciences, step-by-step procedures and technological development of this modality are highlighted. The book is divided into two sections, the first covering the underlying principles of physics and biology, and the second section is a systematic review by tumor site, concentrating on the role of therapeutic techniques and the pitfalls in treatment planning. Readers will learn of the superior outcomes obtained with carbon-ion therapy for various types of tumors in terms of local control and toxicities. It is essential to understand that the carbon-ion beam is like a two-edged sword: unless it is used properly, it can increase the risk of severe injury to critical organs. In early series of dose-escalation studies, some patients experienced serious adverse effects such as skin ulcers, pneumonitis, intestinal ulcers, and bone necrosis, for which salvage surgery or hospitalization was required. To preclude such detrimental results, the adequacy of therapeutic techniques and dose fractionations was carefully examined in each case. In this way, significant improvements in treatment results have been achieved and major toxicities are no longer observed. With that knowledge, experts in relevant fields expand upon techniques for treatment delivery at each anatomical site, covering indications and optimal treatment planning. With its practical focus, this book will benefit radiation oncologists, medical physicists, medical dosimetrists, radiation therapists, and senior nurses whose work involves radiation therapy, as well as medical oncologists and others who are interested in radiation therapy.

    Contents:
    Part I. The History of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    1. History of Charged Particle Radiotherapy / Hirohiko Tsujii
    Part II. An Overview of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    2. The Characteristics of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Tadashi Kamada
    3. Overview of the Heavy-Ion Medical Accelerator in Chiba (HIMAC) Practices / Tadashi Kamada
    Part III. Radiobiology of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    4. Heavy-Ion Radiobiology / Yoshiya Furusawa
    5. Biophysical Models and RBE / Naruhiro Matsufuji
    Part IV. Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy System
    6. Workflow of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Toshiyuki Shirai and Yuka Takei
    7. Beam-Delivery Systems / Shigekazu Fukuda, Takuji Furukawa, and Yoshiyuki Iwata
    8. Dosimetry / Manabu Mizota and Akifumi Fukumura
    9. Motion Management / Shinichiro Mori
    10. Quality Assurance / Takuji Furukawa and Shinichiro Mori
    Part V. Treatment Planning of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy
    11. Treatment Planning of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Nobuyuki Kanematsu and Taku Inaniwa
    Part VI. Facility Design
    12. Facility Design of Carbon-Ion Radiotherapy / Koji Noda
    Part VII. Oncology Information System
    13. Oncology Information System / Yutaka Ando
    Part VIII. Evaluation of Treatment Outcome
    14. Evaluation of Treatment Outcomes Using the Heavy-Ion Medical Accelerator in Chiba (HIMAC) Approach / Tadashi Kamada
    Part IX. Head and Neck Tumors
    15. Cancer of the Head and Neck / Azusa Hasegawa
    16. Malignant Melanoma of the Head and Neck / Ryo Takagi
    17. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Head and Neck / Masashi Koto
    Part X. Skull Base and Paracervical Tumors
    18. Skull Base and Upper Cervical Spine Tumors / Masashi Koto
    Part XI. Eye Tumors
    19. Uveal Melanoma / Hiroshi Tsuji, Shingo Toyama, and Takuma Nomiya
    20. Lacrimal Gland Tumors / Hiroshi Tsuji, Nobutaka Mizoguchi, and Takuma Nomiya
    Part XII. Lung Tumors
    21. Lung Cancer / Naoyoshi Yamamoto and Mio Nakajima
    22. Metastatic Lung Tumors and Lymph Nodes / Naoyoshi Yamamoto and Mio Nakajima
    Part XIII. GI Tract Tumors
    23. Esophageal Cancer / Shigeo Yasuda
    24. Postoperative Recurrence of Rectal Cancer / Shigeu Yamada, Satoshi Endo, Kohtaro Terashima, Makoto Shinoto, Shigeo Yasuda, Miho Shiomi, and Tetsuro Isozaki
    Part XIV. Liver Tumors
    25. Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Shigeo Yasuda
    Part XV. Pancreatic Cancer
    26. Pancreatic Cancer / Shigeu Yamada, Kohtaro Terashima, Makoto Shinoto, Shigeo Yasuda, Miho Shiomi, and Tetsuro Isozaki
    Part XVI. Genitourinary Tumors
    27. Prostate Cancer / Hiroshi Tsuji, Hitoshi Ishikawa, and Takuma Nomiya
    28. Renal Cell Carcinoma / Takuma Nomiya and Hiroshi Tsuji
    Part XVII. Gynecologic Tumors
    29. Uterine Cancer / Masaru Wakatsuki
    30. Gynecological Melanoma / Kumiko Karasawa
    Part XVIII. Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    31. Bone and Soft-Tissue Sarcomas / Reiko Imai
    Part XIX. Other Tumors
    32. Previously Irradiated Tumors / Masashi Koto
    33. Metastatic Tumors / Kumiko Karasawa
    34. Brain Tumors / Masashi Koto
    35. Breast Cancer / Kumiko Karasawa.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Klaus Lorenz, Rattan Lal.
    Summary: Carbon Sequestration in Agricultural Ecosystems addresses basic processes of soil C dynamics and explains the underlying controls of technical and economic potential of soil C sequestration. It contains discussions on soil inorganic and organic C, and the factors affecting their stock and fluxes. After an introduction on agricultural land uses and their effects on the global C cycle; processes, factors and causes influencing SIC and SOC dynamics are presented in detail based on up-to-date scientific knowledge. Also discussed are processes affecting dynamics of SIC and SOC sequestration in soils of croplands and grasslands, and how agricultural practices affect them. This is followed by a description of SOC sequestration in wetlands under agricultural use, and those under agroforestry systems. Then, how the increasing biomass production for bioenergy and biofuel affects the SOC stocks of agroecosystems is presented. This is followed by a critical discussion on the importance of biochar to soil C sequestration in agroecosystems. The book concludes with an outlook about the importance of soils of agroecosystems for climate change policy. Focus of the book is on scientific understanding of SIC and SOC sequestration in agroecosystems. It lists a set of questions at the end of each chapter to stimulate thinking and promote academic dialogue. Each chapter lists pertinent references on the current research, and summarizes the present understanding while identifying the knowledge gaps for future research. It is timely because of the growing interests by the policy makers (as documented by the "4 per Thousand" initiative at COP21 in Paris, and the "Adapting African Agriculture" program at COP22 in Marrakech) in making soils and agriculture important to solutions of addressing the global issues. The book is a valuable source of information intended for use by graduate and undergraduate students, scientists, land managers, private sector, policy makers and the general public.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1 Agricultural Land Use and the Global Carbon Cycle
    2 Soil Carbon Stock
    3 Carbon Sequestration in Cropland Soils
    4 Carbon Sequestration in Grassland Soils
    5 Carbon Sequestration in Wetland Soils
    6 Agroforestry Systems
    7 Biomass and Bioenergy.-8 Biochar
    9 Importance of Soils of Agroecosystems for Climate Change Policy
    Conclusions: The Way Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Susan C. Frost, Robert McKenna, editors.
    Summary: The study of carbonic anhydrase has spanned multiple generations of scientists. Carbonic anhydrase was first discovered in 1932 by Meldrum and Roughton. Inhibition by sulfanilamide was shown in 1940 by Mann and Keilin. Even Hans Krebs contributed to early studies with a paper in 1948 showing the relationship of 25 different sulfonamides to CA inhibition. It was he who pointed out the importance of both the charged and uncharged character of these compounds for physiological experiments. The field of study that focuses on carbonic anhydrase (CA) has exploded in recent years with the identification.

    Contents:
    Overview of the Carbonic Anhydrase Field
    Physiological Functions of the Alpha Class of Carbonic Anhydrases
    Catalytic Mechanism of [alpha]-Class Carbonic Anhydrases: CO2 Hydration and Proton Transfer
    Structure and Catalytic Mechanism of b-Carbonic Anhydrases
    Prokaryotic Carbonic Anhydrases of Earth?s Environment
    Carboxysomal Carbonic Anhydrases
    Carbonic Anhydrases and their Interplay with Acid/base-coupled Membrane Transporters
    Carbonic Anhydrase Related Proteins: Molecular Biology and Evolution
    Membrane Associated Carbonic Anhydrase IV (CA IV): A Personal and Historical Perspective
    Carbonic Anhydrase Expression in Kidney and Renal Cancer: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment
    Carbonic Anhydrase IX: Regulation and Role in Cancer
    Carbonic Anhydrase IX as an Imaging and Therapeutic Target for Tumors and Metastases
    Carbonic Anhydrase IX (CAIX) as a Mediator of Hypoxia-induced Stress Response in Cancer Cells
    Carbonic Anhydrases and Brain pH in the Control of Neruronal Excitability
    Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors: Drug Design
    Natural Products that Inhibit Carbonic Anhydrases
    Glaucoma and the Application of Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors
    Carbonic Anhydrase Inhibitors and High Altitude Illnesses
    Thermal-Stable Carbonic Anhydrases: A Structural Overview
    Carbonic Anhydrases in Industrial Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daumantas Matulis, editor.
    Summary: This book offers deep insights into the thermodynamics and molecular structures of the twelve catalytically active isoforms of human carbonic anhydrase (CA) with a particular focus on inhibitor binding for drug design. X-ray crystallographic structures in combination with enzyme kinetic testing provide information on the interaction of CAs and their inhibitors, knowledge which is crucial for rational drug design. CAs are zinc carrying enzymes that catalyse the reversible interconversion of carbon dioxide and bicarbonate and are involved in numerous cellular processes. They are therefore a common target for drugs. The suppression of CA activities through inhibitory compounds has found application for example in diuretics and in glaucoma therapy. In this book methods used to determine binding thermodynamics of inhibitory compounds (Isothermal titration calorimetry, Fluorescent thermal shift assay/differential scanning fluorimetry and others) will be compared in detail. Also types and chemical synthesis of CA inhibitors, the use of antibodies against CAs as well as inhibitor application in animals are discussed.

    Contents:
    Final ToC tbd. 1) Description of human carbonic anhydrases (12 catalytically active human isoforms; isoforms as drug targets, enzymatic activity, catalytic mechanism, thermodynamics of protonation of the water molecule in the active site)
    2) Thermal stabilities of all isoform CA catalytic domains
    Thermodynamics of inhibitor binding to CAs (incl. intrinsic thermodynamics
    not mentioned important subject in most CA literature)
    3) Comparison of methods to determine inhibitor binding to CAs (ITC, FTSA, enzymatic activity assays)
    4) Chemical synthesis of CA inhibitors
    5) X-ray crystallographic structures of CAs and their complexes with inhibitors
    6) Antibodies against CAs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Lorenzo Galluzzi, Aitziber Buqué.
    Contents:
    1. Preface
    Chemical carcinogenesis in mice as a model of human cancer: Pros and cons, Lorenzo Galluzzi
    2. MPA/DMBA-driven mammary carcinomas, Aitziber Buqué Martinez
    3. Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene-Induced Mammary Tumorigenesis in mice, Isabelle Plante
    4. Urethane-induced lung carcinogenesis, Silvano Sozzani
    5. Methylcholanthrene-induced fibrosarcomas, Awen Gallimore
    6. BBN-driven bladder carcinomas
    Janos Terzic
    7. Oral squamous cell carcinomas driven by 4NQO, Nancy J. Philp
    8. Analysing skin tumor development in mice by the DMBA/TPA model, Cord Brakebusch
    9. DSS/AOM-driven colorectal carcinomas, David C. Montrose
    10. Diethylnitrosamine-induced liver tumorigenesis in mice, Peter Hasselblatt
    11. Two-stage 3-methylcholanthrene and butylated hydroxytoluene-induced lung carcinogenesis in mice, Alison K. Bauer
    12. Lung carcinomas induced by NNK and LPS, Peter Di
    13. Pristane-induced mammary carcinomas, Bae Hoon Lee
    14. The 4-NQO mouse model: an update on a well-established in vivo model of oral carcinogenesis, Pierre Saintigny.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    editors: Sudhir Bahadur, Alok Thakar and Bidhu K. Mohanti.
    Summary: Carcinomas of the larynx and hypopharynx present unique challenges when it comes to their assessment and management. Management involves the essential dilemma of optimizing cure rates while also ensuring that potential disability due to compromised airway, voice and swallowing is minimized. Treatment decisions involve careful disease assessment, judicious multispecialty decision-making, and subsequent meticulous implementation of the selected treatment modalities.The critical nature of each of these steps has led to dramatic advances in assessment techniques (radiology, endoscopy and photography, stroboscopy, narrow band imaging, contact endoscopy) and also in treatment methods (radiation therapy, combined concurrent chemo-radiation, combined sequential chemo-radiation, trans-oral CO2 laser and robotic surgery, partial laryngectomy, total laryngectomy, extended total laryngectomy). As such, treatment decisions have become increasingly complex with the twin objectives of maximizing cure as well as function preservation and are based on tumor stage, tumor location, systemic co-morbidities, nutritional status, patient priorities, and social and economic factors.    This multidisciplinary book has been written by a team of editors with considerable experience and expertise in these critical areas and a deep understanding of teamwork and the strengths and limitations of individual technologies and treatments. It presents a homogeneous and unbiased view that is applicable to all specialties involved in the care of larynx and hypopharynx cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ahmed S. Awad, editor ; Ludmil Mitrev, Gordon Morewood, Michael Rosenbloom, Al Solina, associate editors.
    Summary: This concise book meets the market need for an accessible and up-to-date guide on understanding and managing cardiac anesthesia patients. It reflects the continual evolution of the very complex field of cardiac anesthesia. Organized into 10 sections, beginning chapters comprehensively examine the foundational concepts of cardiovascular function. The book then functions as a practical guide for clinical settings, including patient evaluation, operating room and anesthetic management, and postoperative care. Each chapter is authored by experienced cardiac anesthesiologists and many are supplemented by high quality, images, videos and tables. Written for the student, trainee, and junior cardiac anesthesiologist, Cardiac Anesthesia: The Basics of Evaluation and Management covers the core concepts needed to treat the cardiac surgery patient and to the skillset needed to succeed in this field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 01 Basic Cardiovascular Anatomy
    Chapter 02 Basic Cardiovascular Physiology
    Chapter 03 Basic cardiovascular pharmacology
    Chapter 04 Basic ECG and Common Arrhythmias for the Cardiac Surgery Patient
    Chapter 05 Preoperative evaluation and risk assessment for the cardiac surgery patient
    Chapter 06 A Guide to Interpreting Preoperative Cardiac Studies
    Chapter 07 Medically optimizing the cardiac surgical patient
    Chapter 08 Cardiac Operating Room Setup and Preparation of the Patient for Surgery
    Chapter 09 Intraoperative Hemodynamic monitoring for the cardiac surgery patient
    Chapter 10 The fundamentals of Transthoracic Echocardiography (TTE) and the Focused Assessment with Sonography in Trauma (FAST) examination
    Chapter 11 Common Pathophysiologic Findings on TTE and FAST Examination
    Chapter 12 The Fundamentals of Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Chapter 13 Fundamentals of Cardiopulmonary Bypass Machine Equipment and Technique
    Chapter 14 Myocardial Preservation During Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 15 Blood Conservation in Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 16 Anesthetic Management During Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 17 Weaning from Cardiopulmonary Bypass and Management of Difficulties
    Chapter 18 Anesthetic management for Conventional myocardial revascularization
    Chapter 19 Anesthetic management AND Surgical Considerations for the Patient Undergoing Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Chapter 20 Anaesthesia for endovascular Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm repair (TEVAR)
    Chapter 21 Anesthetic management for valvular heart disease
    Chapter 22 Anesthetic Management for Thoracic Aortic Procedures
    Chapter 23 Anesthetic Management for Minimally Invasive Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 24 Anesthetic management for heart failure and Transplantation
    Chapter 25 Anesthetic management for Pulmonary Thromoendarterectomy
    Chapter 26 The Complications of Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 27 Anesthesia for cardioversion and cardiac ablation procedures
    Chapter 28 Anesthesia for Watchman procedure
    Chapter 29 Anesthesia for TAVR procedure
    Chapter 30 Anesthetic Considerations for Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair with the MitraClip Device
    Chapter 31 Anesthesia for Laser Lead Extraction
    Chapter 32 Understanding Devices in the cardiac operating room
    Chapter 33 Anaesthesia for endovascular aortic Aneurysm repair (EVAR)
    Chapter 34 Anesthesia for Open Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Chapter 35 Anesthesia for Lower Extremity Bypass
    Chapter 36 Anesthesia for Carotid Endarterectomy
    Chapter 37 Anesthesia considerations for upper extremity arteriovenous fistulas
    Chapter 38 Post-Operative Care for The Adult Cardiac Surgery Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marc Vives, Alberto Hernandez, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical approach to cardiac perioperative care. The step-by-step format guides readers from basic concepts, such as cardiac physiology and pharmacology, to anesthetic management of specific cardiac surgical procedures, including cardiac percutaneous interventions, management of specific cardiac disease, circulatory support, and organ protection strategies. Written by experienced cardiac anesthesiologists in Europe, USA, Canada and Australia, this book provides an international perspective on the topic with each chapter referring the reader to the relevant key reading. Cardiac Anesthesia and Postoperative Care in the 21st Century is aimed at new consultants in cardiac anesthesia and intensive care, residents, and fellows. It may also be of interest to perfusionists and is a refreshing update for the experienced cardiac anesthesiologist.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Basic Concepts
    Anatomy and pathology of the heart
    Cardiovascular physiology
    Cardiovascular pharmacology
    Preoperative assesment and decisions based in test
    Monitoring for cardiac surgery
    Echocardiography
    Angiogram
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Pacemaker and other implantable devices
    Hemostasia and coagulation monitoring: Tromboelastogram, ROTEM and platelets mapping
    Part 2: Intraoperative Management
    General principles of anesthesia for adult cardiac surgery
    Fluid management and blood transfusion
    Cardiac electrophysiological interventions
    Myocardial revascularization
    Valvular surgery
    Interventional cardiac procedures
    Aortic arch surgery
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Heart transplantation
    Intra-aortic balloon pump and mechanical circulatory support
    Part 3: Postoperative Care
    Basic concepts of critical care following cardiac surgery
    Issues related to the type of surgery
    Sedation, pain relief and respiratory weaning
    Hemodynamic complications
    Acute kidney injury & management
    Neurocognitive dysfunction and delirium
    Cardiac arrest and post-cardiac arrest management
    Management of mechanical circulatory support
    Management of heart transplant
    Infections and management.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] John D. Wasnick, Alina Nicoara ; illustrations by Jill K. Gregory ; electronic media by Alina Nicoara, David Kramer, Sanford Littwin.
    Summary: "An essential resource for anesthesiologists new to the cardiac operating room Cardiac Anesthesia and Transesophageal Echocardiography, Second Edition is a fast and effective way for anesthesia trainees to acquire the skills necessary to successfully navigate the cardiac operating room. Clinically focused, this unique guide imparts the basic principles of both cardiac anesthesia and echocardiography in a way that reflects the realities of real-world practice. Whether you are looking for a concise, easy-to-read introduction to cardiac anesthesiology or a primer on incorporating the basic principles of cardiac anesthesiology and perioperative echocardiography into real-world practice, Cardiac Anesthesia and Transesophageal Echocardiography is the trusted one-stop guide to mastery of these two critical topics. This edition includes online access to nearly 100 narrated, labeled TEE clips that illustrate normal and abnormal echocardiographic views. Each clip is keyed to a specific passage in the text, which provides the reader with a true multimedia learning experience"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Perioperative Echocardiography
    Chapter 1: Preoperative Evaluation of the Heart Surgery Patient
    Chapter 2: Hemodynamics and Cardiac Anesthesia
    Chapter 3: Perioperative Rhythm Abnormalities
    Chapter 4: Routine Cardiac Surgery and Anesthesia
    Chapter 5: The Complicated Patient for Cardiac Anesthesia and Surgery
    Chapter 6: Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 7: Mitral Valve Disease
    Chapter 8: Right Heart Valves and Function
    Chapter 9: Anesthesia for Repair of Diseases of Thoracic Aorta
    Chapter 10: Hypertrophic Obstructive Cardiomyopathy and Cardiac Masses
    Chapter 11: Ventricular Assist Devices and Heart Transplantation
    Chapter 12: Anesthesia for Patients With Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 13: Off-Pump, Robotic, and Minimally Invasive Heart Surgery
    Chapter 14: The Postoperative Care of the Cardiac Surgery Patient
    Chapter 15: Anesthesia for Electrophysiology, Hybrid, and Catheterization Procedures
    Chapter 16: Coagulopathy, Bleeding, and Cardiac Anesthesia Emergencies
    Chapter 17: Cardiopulmonary Bypass.
  • Digital
    A.S. Kibos, Bradley P. Knight, Vidal Essebag, Steven B. Fishberger, Mark Slevin, Ion C. Tintoiu, editors.
    Summary: The past 50 years have witnessed the growth and evolution of clinical electrophysiology from a field whose goals were simply to understand of the mechanisms of arrhythmia to one of significant therapeutic impact. The development and refinement of implantable devices and catheter ablation have made non-pharmacological therapy a treatment of choice for most arrhythmias encountered in clinical practice. Cardiac Arrhythmias: From Basic Mechanism To State-of-the-Art Management provides an electrophysiologic approach to arrhythmias predicated on the hypothesis that a better understanding of the mechanisms of arrhythmias will lead to more successful and rationally chosen therapy. It encompasses the anatomy of arrhythmias, diagnostic methods, comorbid diseases, and the treatment of all forms of cardiac arrhythmias. It discusses modern ablation and mapping techniques, while reviews the methodology required to define the mechanism and site of origin of arrhythmias, so that safe and effective therapy can be chosen. It will thus be of interest to all involved in the management of these patients, from clinical cardiac electrophysiologists themselves to clinical cardiologists, interventionalists, cardiac surgeons, emergency medicine physicians and researchers in basic cardiac science.

    Contents:
    1. Anatomy and Physiology of the Atrioventricular Node: Basic Concepts / Ambrose S. Kibos and Blanca F. Calinescu
    2. Anatomy and Physiology of the Atrioventricular Node: What Do We Know Today? / Hidekazu Miyazaki
    3. Molecular Basis of Arrhythmias Associated with the Cardiac Conduction System / Sunil Jit R.J. Logantha, Andrew J. Atkinson, Mark R. Boyett, and Halina Dobrzynski
    4. Functional Anatomy in Arrhythmias and Vascular Support of the Conduction System / Cristian Stătescu, Radu A. Sascău, and Cătălina Arsenescu Georgescu
    5. Autonomic Control of Cardiac Arrhythmia / Kieran E. Brack and G. André Ng
    6. Neural Mechanisms of Arrhythmia / Hyung-Wook Park and Jeong-Gwan Cho
    7. Understanding the Genetic Basis of Atrial Fibrillation: Towards a Pharmacogenetic Approach for Arrhythmia Treatment / Jason D. Roberts and Michael H. Gollob
    8. Importance of Isthmus Structure in the Right Atrium / Jiunn-Lee Lin, Ling-Ping Lai, Liang-Yu Lin, Chia-Ti Tsai, and Chih-Chieh Yu
    9. Channelopathies and Heart Disease / Bogdan Amuzescu, Bogdan Istrate, and Sorin Musat
    10. Late Open Artery Hypothesis and Cardiac Electrical Stability / Craig Steven McLachlan, Brett Hambly, and Mark McGuire
    11. The Clinical Utility of 12-Lead Resting ECG in the Era of Ablation Strategies / Jang-Ho Bae, Taek-Geun Kwon, and Ki-Hong Kim
    12. Long-Term ECG (Holter) Monitoring and Head-Up Tilt Test / Santosh Kumar Dora
    13. Echocardiography in Arrhythmias / Ioan Tiberiu Nanea
    14. Electrophysiologic Testing and Cardiac Mapping / Mitsunori Maruyama and Teppei Yamamoto
    15. How to Differentiate Between AVRT, AT, AVNRT, and Junctional Tachycardia Using the Baseline ECG and Intracardiac Tracings / Sharon Shen and Bradley P. Knight
    16. Recognizing the Origin of Ventricular Premature Depolarization During Sinus Rhythm and During Non- sustained Tachycardia / Seow Swee-Chong
    17. Detection and Management of Atrial Fibrillation in Patients with Stroke or TIA in Clinical Practice / Jerzy Krupinski, Jorge de Francisco, and Sonia Huertas
    18. Ventricular Arrhythmias During Acute Myocardial Ischemia/Infarction: Mechanisms and Management / Theofilos M. Kolettis
    19. Arrhythmias and Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy / Krishnakumar Nair, Douglas Cameron, Gil Moravsky, and Jagdish Butany
    20. Lai Tai, the Mysterious Death of Young Thai Men / Gumpanart Veerakul, Lertlak Chaothawee, Kriengkrai Jirasirirojanakorn, and Koonlawee Nademanee
    21. Cardiac Arrest Arrhythmias / Riccardo Proietti, Jacqueline Joza, Florea Costea, Mihai Toma, Dan Mănăstireanu, and Vidal Essebag
    22. Electrical Storm: Recent Advances / Mitsunori Maruyama and Teppei Yamamoto
    23. Electrical Storm: Clinical Management / Sofia Metaxa, Spyridon Koulouris, and Antonis S. Manolis
    24. Cellular Pharmacology of Cardiac Automaticity and Conduction: Implications in Antiarrhythmic Drug Assessment / Gary Aistrup
    25. Biophysical and Molecular Targets / Mark Slevin, Michael Carroll, Chris Murgatroyd, and Garry McDowell
    26. Proarrhythmia (Secondary) / Debabrata Dash
    27. Connexin-43 Expression: A Therapeutic Target for the Treatment of Ventricular Tachycardia / Craig Steven McLachlan, Zakaria Ali Moh Almsherqi, Brett Hambly, and Mark McGuire
    28. Biophysics of Modern Ablation Techniques and Their Limitations / Erik Wissner and Andreas Metzner
    29. Cardiac Imaging to Assist Complex Ablation Procedures / Alejandro Jimenez Restrepo and Timm M. Dickfeld
    30. AVNRT Ablation: Significance of Anatomic Findings and Nodal Physiology Félix Ayala-Paredes, Jean-Francois Roux, and Mariano Badra Verdu
    31. Mechanisms of Atrial Fibrillation / Rishi Arora and Hemantha K. Koduri
    32. Importance of Left Atrial Imaging in Catheter Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation / Seil Oh, Youngjin Cho, and Eue-Keun Choi
    33. Atrial Fibrillation Ablation: From Guidelines to Clinical Reality / Joseph M. Lee and Steven M. Markowitz
    34. Atrial Fibrillation: Should Cardiac Surgeons Be Consulted? / Max Baghai, Randolph H.L. Wong, Innes Y.P. Wan, and Malcolm John Underwood
    35. Atrial Arrhythmias After AF Ablation: Challenge for the Next Decade? / Tamás Tahin and Gábor Széplaki
    36. Cavotricuspid Isthmus Anatomy Particularities in Atrial Flutter Ablation / Liviu Chiriac, Gabriel Cristian, Romi Bolohan, and Ion C. Ţintoiu
    37. Location of Accessory Pathways in WPW: What and How Should We Ablate / Bieito Campos, Xavier Viñolas, José M. Guerra, Concepción Alonso, and Enrique Rodríguez
    38. VT Ablation Importance of Linear Lesions and Late Potentials / Cristiano Pisani, Sissy Lara Melo, Carina Hardy, and Mauricio Scanavacca
    39. Programmed Stimulation During Mapping and Ablation of VT / Yaariv Khaykin
    40. Catheter Ablation in Pediatric and Congenital Heart Disease / Steven B. Fishberger
    41. Interventional Electrophysiology in Patients with Congenital Heart Disease / Sissy Lara Melo, Cristiano Pisani, Eduardo Sosa, and Mauricio Scanavacca
    42. Epicardial Mapping and Ablation of Cardiac Arrhythmias / Robert Lemery
    43. Robotic Ablation in Electrophysiology / Ferdi Akca, Lara Dabiri, and Tamas Szili-Torok
    44. Strategies for Restoring Cardiac Synchrony by Cardiac Pacing / Gabriel Cristian, Ecaterina Bontas, Liviu Chiriac, Silviu Ionel Dumitrescu, and Ion C. Ţintoiu
    45. Device Therapy for Bradycardias / Chung-Wah Siu and Hung-Fat Tse
    46. Pacemaker Dependence After Atrioventricular Node Ablation / Joseph Yat-Sun Chan and Cheuk-Man Yu
    47. Pacing Site: From Theory to Practice / Cristian Stătescu and Cătălina Arsenescu Georgescu
    48. Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators in the Pediatric and Congenital Heart Population / Steven B. Fishberger
    49. Sensing Issues in CRT Devices / Giuseppe Stabile, Assunta Iuliano, and Roberto Ospizio
    50. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Do Benefits Justify the Costs and Are They Sustained Over the Long Term? / Chin-Pang Chan and Cheuk-Man Yu
    51. Complications of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices (CIED) / Sorin Pescariu and Raluca Sosdean
    52. Peri-device Implantation Anticoagulation Management: Evidence and Clinical Implications / Alexander Omelchenko, Martin Bernier, David Birnie, and Vidal Essebag.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eric N. Prystowsky, George J. Klein, James P. Daubert.
    Summary: Like the first edition, this book represents our personal approach to patients with cardiac arrhythmias. Nonetheless, it would be unrealistic to expect 3 electrophysiologists to have entirely uniform approaches to diagnosis and therapy. Hence, the primary author's views in individual chapters prevailed when there were minor differences in approach. Each of us reviewed all the chapters and made recommendations for change. In the end, we did not feel there were any substantial differences in our approach to patient care and were comfortable in signing off on the total content.

    Contents:
    Part I: Basic Electrocardiographic Observations and Clinical Electrophysiologic Correlates
    Chapter 1: Cardiac Conduction
    Chapter 2: Electrocardiographic Consequences of Atrial and Ventricular Ectopy
    Chapter 3: Bundle Branch Block
    Chapter 4: Apparent Paradoxical Conduction
    Chapter 5: Mechanisms of Tachycardia
    Part II: Arrhythmias
    Chapter 6: Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 7: Preexcitation Syndromes
    Chapter 8: Ventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 9: Atrial Fibrillation
    Chapter 10: Bradycardia: Causes of Pauses
    Part III: Clinical Presentations
    Chapter 11: Electrocardiographic Abnormalities in Asymptomatic Individuals
    Chapter 12: Narrow QRS Tachycardia
    Chapter 13: Wide QRS Tachycardia
    Chapter 14: Undiagnosed Syncope, Dizzy Spells, Palpitations
    Chapter 15: Sudden Cardiac Arrest/Sudden Cardiac Death
    Part IV: Methods and Therapy
    Chapter 16: Electrophysiologic Testing and Diagnostic Maneuvers
    Chapter 17: Catheter Ablation of Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Chapter 18: Catheter Ablation of Ventricular Tachyarrhythmias
    Chapter 19: Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Kowey, Jonathan P. Piccini, Gerald Naccarelli, James A. Reiffel.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date, user-friendly and comprehensive guidance on the evaluation, diagnosis, and medical and surgical treatment of cardiac arrhythmias. This ensures that that this title aids every trainee and practicising cardiologist, cardiac electrophysiologist, cardiac surgeon, vascular surgeon, diabetologist, cardiac radiologist and any physician who manages cardiac patients. Cardiovascular Medicine: Cardiac Arrhythmias, Pacing and Sudden Death covers every aspect of cardiac arrhythmias, from cardiac signs and symptoms through imaging and the genetic basis for disease to surgery, interventions, treatment and preventive cardiology. This coverage is presented with consistent chapter organization, clear design, and engaging text that includes user-friendly features such as tables, lists and treatment boxes.

    Contents:
    Basic Electrophysiology
    Pathophysiology of Atrial Fibrillation
    Genomics of cardiac arrhythmias
    Channelopathies: Clinical Presentation and Genetics.-Extended ECG monitoring
    Sudden Cardiac Death: Methods of Risk Prediction
    Electrophysiologic Testing and Cardiac Mapping
    Antiarrhythmic Drug Management of Atrial Fibrillation
    Anticoagulants for atrial fibrillation
    Cardiac pacemakers
    Implantable and Wearable Defibrillator Therapy
    Atrial Fibrillation Ablation
    Ventricular Tachycardia Ablation
    Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Clinical Management of Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Tachycardia and Fibrillation in Patients with Structural Heart Disease
    Ventricular Arrhythmias in the Absence of Structural Heart Disease
    Bradyarrhythmias/heart blocks
    Syncope and Risk of Sudden Death
    Management of Ventricular Arrhtyhmias in Nonischemic Cardiomyopathic Syndromes
    Arrhythmias in Congenital Heart Disease
    Arrhythmias in Special Populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Igor R. Efimov, Fu Siong Ng, Jacob I. Laughner, editors.
    Summary: The updated and expanded second edition of this book presents a contemporary review of the basic science, engineering technology, and clinical practice of cardiac bioelectric therapy. It covers the rapidly expanding technological development of pacemakers and defibrillators as well as ablative therapy, electrophysiological mapping, and other clinical diagnostic and therapeutic breakthroughs. The book highlights many different aspects of bioelectric therapy, including history, biophysical and computational concepts, basic electrophysiology studies, engineering technology advances, and clinical perspectives. In this revised edition, leading clinical and basic electrophysiologists share their perspectives on the science behind the mechanisms of cardiac arrhythmias; breakthrough technologies for scientific and clinical investigation of heart rhythm disorders; theoretical conceptualization of arrhythmias and treatment using state-of-the-art computational approaches; and novel approaches to treatment of cardiac arrhythmias using implantable devices, percutaneous ablation therapies, machine learning, and other approaches. The Second Edition of Cardiac Bioelectric Therapy is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and graduate students in clinical cardiac electrophysiology, cardiology, and cardiac surgery as well as researchers, professionals, and students in biomedical, mechanical, and electrical engineering.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alan S. Maisel, Allan S. Jaffe, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Ischemic Heart Disease
    1. Pre-analytical factors and analytical issues affecting interpretation of cardiovascular biomarkers
    2. Troponin basics for clinicians
    3. Unique aspects of high sensitivity assays: what are they, why do we need them, and how do we use them?
    4. Evaluation of patients presenting with chest pain in the emergency department: where do troponins fit in?
    5. Using cardiac troponins in patients with acute myocardial infarction
    6. What is a Type 2 myocardial infaction: how is it recognized and what should one do to establish that diagnosis?
    7. Use of cardiac troponin in patients with heart failure
    8. Elevated cTn in other acute situations such as atrial fibrillation, sepsis, respiratory failure, and gastrointestinal bleeding
    9. Use of cTn for detection of more chronic disease states
    10. Use of high-sensitive cTn assays for the evaluation of patients potentially at risk for cardiovascular disease
    11. Other biomarkers in acute coronary syndrome
    12. Newer lipid markers: apolipoprotein B, LDL particle concentration, and triglyceride-rich lipoproteins, when are they needed?
    Part II. Heart Failure
    12. Natriuretic peptides: physiology for the clinician
    14. Natriuretic peptides: basic analytic considerations
    15. Natriuretic peptide use in screening in the community
    16. Natriuretic peptide use in the emergency department
    17. Heart failure: natriuretic peptide use in the hospital
    18. Natriuretic peptide guided therapy in outpatient heart failure management
    19. Caveats using natriuretic peptide levels
    20. Gaps in our biomarker armamentarium: what novel biomarkers might be synergistic in patients with acute disease
    21. Biomarkers in heart failure: ST2
    22. Biomarkers in heart failure: procalcitonin
    23. Novel biomarkers in heart failure: adrenomedullin and proenkephalin
    24. Biomarkers in specific disease states: cardio-oncology
    25. Biomarkers of sarcopenia and mitochondrial dysfunction
    26. Biomarkers in arrhythmias, sudden death, and device therapy
    27. Biomarkers in cardio-renal dysfunction
    28. Biomarkers in heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, Massimo Chessa, Andreas Eicken, John Thomson, editors ; forewords by Shakeel Qureshi and Mario Carminati.
    Summary: Congenital cardiology continues to advance at a rapid pace, with recent decades witnessing exceptional growth in the number and range of catheter-based interventions. This handbook is an ideal, up-to-date guide to the application of these procedures across the entire patient age range, from fetal life through to adulthood. Clear instruction is offered on techniques of vascular access, valve dilatation, angioplasty, stent implantation, defect closure, defect creation, pulmonary valve implantation, and the hybrid approach, as well as miscellaneous other procedures. Topics are approached using a step-by-step format, ensuring that the reader will immediately be able to access information relevant to daily practice. Many explanatory figures and drawings are included in each chapter in order to clarify further how to plan, perform, and evaluate diagnostic and interventional procedures in the field of congenital heart disease. Attention is drawn to important tips and tricks that will assist in achieving optimal outcomes. Besides the detailed descriptions of procedures, background information is provided on patient preparation, anesthesia, instrumentation, and hemodynamics. At the end of the book, an appendix includes additional general equations and BSA and oxygen consumption charts. This handbook will be an invaluable tool and a comprehensive companion for all who work in the field of congenital heart disease.

    Contents:
    Section I General
    Section II : Vascular access
    Section III : Step-by-step : Valve dilatation.-Vessels treatment
    Section IV Step-by-step: closure of defects.- Section V Step-by-step: creating a defect.- Section VI Step-by-step: Pulmonary Valve implantation
    Section VII Step-by-step: principles of hybrid approach.- Section VIII Step-by-step: Miscellanea
    Section IX Tables and charts: Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Gianfranco Butera, Massimo Chessa, Andreas Eicken, John Thomson, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this handbook is an up-to-date guide to the application of catheter-based interventions across the entire age range of congenital heart disease patients, from fetal life through to adulthood. It considers the changes and improvements that have occurred during the last few years in terms of new procedures, new tools and devices (in particular in the field of valves), new imaging and pre-procedural strategies, such as 3D-printing, 3D- rotational angiography and fusion imaging. It provides readers with clear instructions on techniques for vascular access, valve dilatation, angioplasty, stent implantation, defect closure, defect creation, pulmonary valve implantation and on the hybrid approach, as well as on various other procedures. As in the first edition, topics are approached using a step-by-step format, ensuring that readers can immediately access the information relevant to their daily practice. Numerous explanatory figures and drawings are included in each chapter in order to further clarify how to plan, perform and evaluate diagnostic and interventional procedures in the field of congenital heart disease. It also highlights important tips and tricks that will assist health operators in achieving optimal outcomes, and includes an appendix with additional general equations and BSA, and oxygen consumption charts. This practical guide will be a valuable resource for surgeons and cardiologists in their daily clinical practice.

    Contents:
    PART I) GENERAL 1) Informed Consent
    2) Anaesthesiological Management of the Paediatric Patient in the Catheterisation Laboratory
    3) Antibiotics and Anticoagulation
    4) 4) Angiography: Basics and Contrast Media
    5) Angiography: Standard Projections / Radiation Exposure
    6) Catheters and Wires
    7) Balloons
    8) Stents
    9) Transcatheter Valve Devices in Congenital Heart Disease
    10) Adult Tools Relevant For Congenital Heart Disease
    11) Hemodynamic Assessment: Pressures, Flow, Resistances and Vasoreactive Testing
    12) Congenital Heart Disease: An Integrated Care Approach
    PART II) VASCULAR ACCESS 13) The Usual Vascular Access
    14) Unusual Access
    15) Hemostasis
    16) Access Complications and Management
    17) Transseptal Access
    18) Hybrid Accesses
    PART III) FETAL PROCEDURES 19) Fetal Interventions
    PART IV) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: VALVE DILATATION 20) Aortic Valvular Stenosis
    21) Pulmonary Valvular Stenosis
    22) Pulmonary Atresia and Intact Venreicular Septum
    23) Percutaneous Transcatheter Balloon Mitral Commissurotomy
    PART V) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: VESSEL TREATMENT 24) Stent Implantation in Patients with Pulmonary Arterial Stenosis
    25) Aortic Coarctation
    26) The Role of Transcatheter Interventions in Middle Aortic Syndrome
    27) Reopening of Peripheral and Central Arteries and Veins
    28) PDA Stenting in Duct-dependent Pulmonary Circulation
    29) PDA Stenting in Duct-dependent Systemic Circulation
    PART VI) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: CLOSING OR CREATING A DEFECT 30) Step-by-step Closure of Atrial Septal Defects (ASDs)
    31) Step-by-step Device Closure of Persistent Foramen Ovale (PFO)
    32) Fontan Fenestrations Closure
    33) Ventricular Septal Defect
    34) Patent Ductus Arteriosus Closure
    35) Percutaneous Closure of PDA in Premature Babies
    36) Closure of Coronary Arterial Fistulas
    37) Vessel Embolization: Transcatheter Embolization of Pulmonary Arteriovenous Malformations and Aortopulmonary Collateral Arteries
    38) Closure of Residual Post-surgical Defects
    39) ASD Closure in Special Situations: Elderly, PA-IVS
    40) Creating an Interatrial Communication
    41) Transcatheter Correction of the Superior Sinus Venosus ASD
    PART VII) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: VALVE IMPLANTATION 42) Melody Valve Implantation in Pulmonary Position
    43) SAPIEN XT Valve Implantation in the Pulmonary Position
    44) Percutaneous Tricuspid Valve Implantation
    45) Novel Self-Expanding Pulmonary Valves and Devices
    46) Approaches to Large or Complex Right Ventricular Outflow Tract
    PART VIII) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: PRINCIPLES OF HYBRID APPROACH 47) Hybrid Approach in Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome (HLHS)
    48) Hybrid Approach: Defect Closure
    49) Hybrid Approach: Stent Implantation
    PART IX) STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURES: MISCELLANEA 50) Retrieval Techniques
    51) Pericardiocentesis
    52) Endomyocardial Biopsies
    53) Evaluations Before Partial and Total Cavopulmonary Connections
    54) Hemodynamics in Pericardial and Myocardial Diseases
    55) Imaging and Treating Coronary Arteries in Children
    56) Transcatheter Treatments in PA-VSD-MAPCAs
    57) Stenting of the Right Ventricular Outflow Tract as Initial Palliation for Fallot-Type Lesions
    PART X) IMAGING TECHNIQUES 58) The Use of 3D Rotational Angiography in Congenital Heart Disease
    59) Intracardiac Echocardiography
    60) Three Dimensional Transoesophageal Echocardiography in Diagnosis and Transcatheter Treatment of Congenital Cardiac Defects
    61) 3D Mapping Live Integration and Overlay of 3D Data from MRI and CT for Improved Guidance of Interventional Cardiac Therapy
    62) 3D Printing and Engineering Tools Relevant to Plan a Transcatheter Procedure
    63) Development of a Quality Improvement Culture in the Congenital Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    64) Quality Improvement Tools and Risk Mitigation in the Congenital Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory
    65) Hemodynamic Formulae, Calculations and Charts.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marc Dewey.
    Summary: Cardiac computed tomography (CT) has become a highly accurate diagnostic modality that continues to attract increasing attention. This extensively illustrated book aims to assist the reader in integrating cardiac CT into daily clinical practice, while also reviewing its current technical status and applications. Clear guidance is provided on the performance and interpretation of imaging using the latest technology, which offers greater coverage, better spatial resolution, and faster imaging while also providing functional information about cardiac diseases. The specific features of scanners from all four main vendors, including those that have only recently become available, are presented. Among the wide range of applications and issues discussed are coronary calcium scoring, coronary artery bypass grafts, stents, and anomalies, cardiac valves and function, congenital and acquired heart disease, and radiation exposure. Upcoming clinical uses of cardiac CT, such as hybrid imaging, preparation and follow-up after valve replacement, electrophysiology applications, myocardial perfusion and fractional flow reserve assessment, and plaque imaging, are also explored.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Technical and Personnel Requirements
    Anatomy
    Cardiac CT in Clinical Practice
    Clinical Indications
    Patient Preparation
    Physics Background and Radiation Exposure
    Examination and Reconstruction
    Examinations on Different CT Scanners
    Reading and Reporting
    Coronary Artery Calcium
    Coronary Artery Bypass Grafts
    Coronary Artery Stents
    Coronary Artery Plaques
    Cardiac Function
    Cardiac Valves
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Interventions
    Pulmonic Valve Implantation, Mitral Valve Repair, and Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Myocardial Perfusion and Fractional Flow Reserve
    Hybrid Imaging
    Electrophysiology Interventions
    Coronary Artery Anomalies
    Congenital and Acquired Heart Disease
    Typical Clinical Examples
    Results of Clinical Studies
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Zheng-yu Jin, Bin Lu, Yining Wang, editors.
    Summary: Over the past few decades there have been major advances in computed tomography (CT) to improve the performance of cardiac imaging. Thanks to the improved scanning speed, power boost tubes, and increased-width detectors, the latest CT technology delivers greater coverage, better spatial and temporal resolution, and functional information on cardiac diseases. Focusing on cardiac CT imaging, this book offers case-based information on cardiac diseases, presents the current technical status, and highlights applications, helping readers systematically understand how cardiac CTs are performed and interpreted in clinical practice. Divided into six chapters, it broadly discusses the characteristics of CT imaging and its applications to coronary artery disease (CAD); non-atherosclerotic coronary artery disease; congenital heart disease; cardiac neoplasms; cardiomyopathy and aortic diseases.

    Contents:
    Reversible myocardial ischemia
    Myocardial infarction
    Coronary artery stent implantation
    Coronary artery in-stent restenosis
    Dual-energy evaluation of high calcium score (>400) coronary artery
    Dual-energy evaluation of coronary artery stent
    Coronary artery bypass grafting
    Familial Hypercholesterolemia (FH)
    Takayasu's arteritis
    Kawasaki disease (KD)
    Behcets disease (BD)
    Fibromuscular Dysplasia
    Coronary artery origin anomalies (CAOA)
    Coronary artery fistula (CAF)
    Endocardial cushion defect (ECD)
    Aortopulmonary window (APW)
    Anomalous pulmonary venous connection (APVC)
    Cor triatriatum
    Double outlet right ventricle (DORV)
    Atrial septal defect (ASD)
    Ventricular septal defect (VSD)
    Patent ductus arteriosus (PDA)
    Tetralogy of fallot (TOF)
    Myxoma
    Rhabdomyoma
    Paraganglioma
    Fibroma
    Mesothelioma
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (HCM)
    Dilated cardiomyopathy (DCM)
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy (RCM)
    Left ventricular noncompaction (LVNC).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Farhood Saremi, editor.
    Summary: This book is a state-of-the art reference that presents computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) cardiac imaging for the diagnosis and treatment planning of adult congenital heart disease (ACHD). It highlights the advantages of CT and MR in the management of ACHD, focusing on the complementary collaboration between these two modalities where possible. CT and MR aids in the evaluation of cardiac anatomy and function, leading to the demonstration of the full spectrum of abnormalities in complex cardiac malformations and the discovery of anomalous pathologies missed by other imaging techniques.

    Contents:
    1. Classification and Epidemiology
    2. Embryology
    3. Cardiac MRI Examination: An Overview
    4. Magnetic Resonance Angiography
    5. Principles of CT Imaging
    Echocardiographic Imaging in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    6. Echocardiographic Imaging in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    7. Right Ventricle Outflow Tract
    8. Left Ventricular Outflow Tract
    9. Repaired Tetralogy of Fallot
    10. Transposition of the Great Arteries
    11. Univentricular Heart
    12. Visceroatrial Situs in Congenital Heart Disease
    13. Cardiac Shunts: ASD, VSD, PDA
    14. Atrioventricular Septal Defects
    15. Ebstein Anomaly
    16. Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    17. The Right Myocardium
    18. CT in Pediatric Congenital Heart Disease
    19. Surgical Considerations in Adult Patients with Congenital Heart Disease
    20. MRI in Repaired Congenital Heart Disease
    21. Cardiac CT and MR Evaluation of the Adult Fontan Patient
    22. Transcatheter Interventions in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    23. Virtual Surgery in Congenital Heart Disease
    24. Aortic Arch Anomalies
    25. Pulmonary Hypertension in Congenital Heart Disease
    26. Congenital Thoracic Venous Anomalies
    27. Coronary Artery Anomalies
    28. Coronary Veins
    29. Congenital Pericardial Anomalies
    30. Extracardiac Complications
    31. Cardiac MR in Patients with Implantable Arrhythmia Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Matthew Budoff and Jerold Shinbane, editors.
    Summary: This book collates the current knowledge in cardiovascular CT and presents this in a clinically relevant and practical format appropriate for all who use the modality. The field has experienced continued rapid evolution due to advances in technology, the expanded spectrum of cardiovascular applications and significant growth in published data. As increasing numbers have access to CT scanners, Cardiac CT Imaging: Diagnosis of Cardiovascular Disease, Third Edition provides all the relevant information on the use of this modality. This extensive revision of this well-respected textbook brings the reader up-to-date with the technique, with chapters supplied by an experienced set of contributing authors and representing the full spectrum of cardiac CT. It thus represents an essential purchase for those preparing for board examinations, all training to use this modality, and those already using cardiovascular CT on a day-to-day basis who want to stay current.

    Contents:
    Computed Tomography: Overview
    Cardiovascular Computed Tomography: Current and Future Scanning System Design
    Radiation Safety: Radiation Dosimetry and CT Dose Reduction Techniques
    Assessment of Cardiovascular Calcium: Interpretation, Prognostic Value, and Relationship to Lipids and Other Cardiovascular Risk Factors
    Natural History and Impact of Interventions on Coronary Calcium
    The Aorta and Great Vessels
    Methodology for CCTA Image Acquisition
    Post processing and Reconstruction Techniques for the Coronary Arteries
    CTA Large Scale Trials
    Coronary CT Angiography: Native Vessels
    Coronary Angiography After Revascularization
    Assessment of Cardiac Structure and Function by Computed Tomography Angiography
    Perfusion and Delayed Enhancement Imaging
    Pericardial/Myocardial Disease Processes
    Computed Tomography Evaluation in Valvular Heart Disease
    Assessment of Cardiac and Thoracic Masses
    CT Angiography of the Peripheral Arteries
    Aortic, Renal, and Carotid CT Angiography
    Assessment of Pulmonary Vascular Disease
    Comparative Use of Radionuclide Stress Testing, Coronary Artery Calcium Scanning, and Noninvasive Coronary Angiography for Diagnostic and Prognostic Cardiac Assessment
    Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging: Overview of Clinical Applications
    Computed Tomographic Angiography in the Assessment of Congenital Heart Disease
    CT Imaging: Cardiac Electrophysiology Applications
    An Interventionalist's Perspective: Diagnosis of Cardiovascular Disease
    CCTA: Cardiothoracic Surgery Applications
    Cardiac CT in the Emergency Room
    Orientation and Approach to Cardiovascular Images.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    M. Gabriel Khan.
    Summary: This book is an essential guide to the medical treatment of the cardiac patient and presents core principles of cardiovascular therapeutics as well as drug recommendations. Major classes of drugs are featured, including beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, calcium antagonists, diuretics, and antiplatelet agents and unique insights into the controversies surrounding the use of specific drugs are explored, with answers given to the question: do beta blockers and diuretics really cause diabetes? Properties, dosage, side effects, potential salutary benefits, and drawbacks on virtually all commercially available cardiac drugs are examined. This revised edition is thoroughly updated and addresses the entire spectrum of heart disorders, such as hypertension, angina, myocardial infarction, heart failure, arrhythmias, cardiac arrest, and dyslipidemias. New chapters include endocrine heart diseases, management of cardiomyopathies, and newer agents. In addition, topics such as cardiac drugs in pregnancy and lactation and drug interactions are covered. Cardiac Drug Therapy, Eighth Edition, is an authoritative and clinically relevant resource for cardiologists, cardiology fellows, and internists.

    Contents:
    Beta-Blockers: The Cornerstone of Cardiac Drug Therapy
    Beta-Blocker Controversies
    Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors and Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers
    ACE Inhibitor Controversies
    Calcium Antagonists (Calcium Channel Blockers)
    Calcium Antagonist Controversies
    Diuretics
    Hypertension
    Hypertension Controversies
    Angina
    Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Heart Failure
    Heart Failure Controversies
    Management of Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Cardiac Arrest
    Management of Infective Endocarditis
    Dyslipidemias
    Endocrine Heart Diseases
    Antiplatelet Agents, Anticoagulants, Factor XA Inhibitors, Thrombin Inhibitors
    Cardiac Drugs During Pregnancy and Lactation
    Effects of Drug Interactions
    Hallmark Clinical Trials
    Management of Cardiomyopathies
    Newer Agents.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Karen Sliwa, John Anthony, editors.
    Summary: In the western world, the risk of cardiovascular disease in pregnancy has grown due to the increasing age at the first pregnancy and the worldwide obesity epidemic leading to early diabetes and hypertension. As a result more women are requiring drug therapy during pregnancy and some data has shown an altered pharmacodynamic profile in pregnant women when compared to the non-pregnant population. Cardiac Drugs in Pregnancy presents up-to-date research for the treatment of cardiovascular disease during pregnancy, and discusses the most important indications of drug usage in pregnancy and postpartum. The book aims to assess the potential risk of drugs and their possible benefit against each other, making it an essential read for a wide range of health professionals involved in cardiac drug therapy in pregnancy.

    Contents:
    General principles and guidelines
    Management of Hypertension
    Management of Heart Failure pre- and postpartum
    Management of coronary artery disease and Arrhythmia
    Anticoagulation in Pregnancy
    Obstetric drugs in the management of Cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Milind G. Parikh.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive review of clinical cardiac electrophysiology in a question and answer format. Chapters contain over 200 questions divided into 9 chapters, each organized by cardiac electrophysiology topic. Each question is followed by the correct answer with a detailed explanation along with references for further reading. Important concepts are highlighted and supported by over 200 illustrations and high resolution images. The book addresses a broad range of topics that are important when studying for the initial certification or recertification of the clinical cardiac electrophysiology board examination. It is also highly relevant for daily clinical practice in cardiology and cardiac electrophysiology. Topics covered in the book include: Review of basic and clinical cardiac electrophysiology principles associated with cardiac arrhythmias The evaluation and management of patients with cardiac rhythm disorders Review of pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic therapies for the treatment of arrhythmias Clinical indications, fundamental principles and electrical characteristics of implantable cardiac electronic devices such as pacemakers and defibrillators Clinical, electrocardiographic, and electrophysiologic characteristics of specific cardiac arrhythmia syndromes Cardiac Electrophysiology Board Review is a must-have resource for cardiology and cardiac electrophysiology trainees as well as attending physicians preparing for the certification or recertification examination. It may also be a useful guide for cardiologists, cardiac electrophysiologists and all clinicians who wish to further their understanding of heart rhythm disorders. .

    Contents:
    Basic Electrophysiology principles/ ion channels
    Cardiac channelopathies
    Pharmacology
    Normal cardiac conduction/ Sinoatrial, atrioventricular and His-Purkinge conduction
    Atrial tachycardia and atrial flutter
    Atrial fibrillation
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Idiopathic ventricular tachycardia
    Ischemic ventricular tachycardia
    Pacemaker and Defibrillator device basics
    Permanent Pacemakers
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Syncope
    Arrhythmia Syndromes. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrea Natale, Paul J. Wang, Amin Al-Ahmad, N.A. Mark Estes, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Douglas P. Zipes, Jose Jalife.
    Summary: Cardiac Electrophysiology: From Cell to Bedside puts the latest knowledge in this subspecialty at your fingertips, giving you a well-rounded, expert grasp of every cardiac electrophysiology issue that affects your patient management. Drs. Zipes, Jalife, and a host of other world leaders in cardiac electrophysiology use a comprehensive, multidisciplinary approach to guide you through all of the most recent cardiac drugs, techniques, and technologies. Get well-rounded, expert views of every cardiac electrophysiology issue that affects your patient management from preeminent authorities in cardiology, physiology, pharmacology, pediatrics, biophysics, pathology, cardiothoracic surgery, and biomedical engineering from around the world.Visually grasp and easily absorb complex concepts through an attractive full-color design featuring color photos, tables, flow charts, ECGs, and more!
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Douglas P. Zipes, José Jalife, William G. Stevenson.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by Riccardo Proietti, Yan Wang, Yan Yao, Guo Qiang Zhong, Shu Lin Wu, Félix Ayala-Paredes.
    Summary: This book reflects how the concern regarding the effects of radiation exposure in patients and health personnel involved in cardiac electrophysiology (EP) has inspired new developments in cardiac electrophysiology procedures without the use of fluoroscopy. This innovative method has become a subspecialty within electrophysioloy with several EP laboratories around the world adopting an exclusive non-fluoroscopy approach. It features guidance on how to use three dimensional (3D) navigation systems, ablation energy sources and zero-fluorospic implantation of cardiac electronic devices. The potential complications and associated preventative methods with utilising RFCA are also described. Cardiac Electrophysiology Without Fluoroscopy offers a thorough description of the technique correlated to the performance of EP procedure without the use of radiation, and provides a valuable resource for those seeking a practically applicable guide on how to perform cardiac EP without fluoroscopy, including practising and trainee electrophysiologists, cardiac imagers, general cardiologists and emergency medicine physicians.

    Contents:
    Clinical Studies of a purely 3D Navigation in Interventional Managements of Tachyarrhythmia
    Radiation exposure and safety for the electrophysiologist
    Ablation Energy Sources-Principles and Utility in Ablation without Fluoroscopy
    3D mapping and reduction in radiation exposure
    Catheter Placement and Model reconstruction
    Learning curve for zero-fluoroscopic procedure
    Atrioventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia (AVNRT) with zero-fluoroscopic procedure
    AV Nodal re-entrant tachycardia ablation without fluoroscopy
    Non-Fluoroscopic Catheter Ablation of Accessory Pathways
    Focal atrial tachycardia
    Ablation of atrial flutter with zero fluoroscopy approach
    Non-Fluoroscopic Catheter Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation
    Non-Fluoroscopic Catheter Ablation of Idiopathic Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Ventricular Tachycardia with Structural Heart Disease
    Reduction on radiation exposure in pediatric population undergoing ablation procedures
    Complications of RFCA and Prevention Method
    Safety of zero-fluroscopic procedure during pregnancy
    Cost optimization when using 3-D mapping systems for a non fluoro EP lab
    Zero-fluoroscopic implantation of cardiac electronic Device
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy (CRT) guided by 3D mapping system
    Transesophageal Electrophysiological Study without fluoroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ashok P. Sarnaik, Robert D. Ross, Steven E. Lipshultz, Henry L. Walters III, editors.
    Summary: This book is primarily for pediatric and adult emergency room physicians, primary care providers, hospitalists, and nurses. It will also be useful for critical care specialists, cardiologists and trainees at all levels. Cardiac Emergencies in Children describes the pathophysiology of a diverse group of congenital and acquired heart conditions and presents a therapeutic rationale for treating children presenting with these conditions under life-threatening conditions. The book discusses the effects of surgery on hemodynamics and how to manage these effects. Also described are the daily challenges faced by physicians, including identifying a child with heart disease, interpreting chest radiographs, ECGs, and laboratory findings, and beginning appropriate therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gary D Lopaschuk and Naranjan S. Shalla, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Control of Energy Metabolism
    A Primer on Carbohydrate Metabolism in the Heart / Heinrich Taegtmeyer
    Lipoproteins: A Source of Cardiac Lipids / Konstantinos Drosatos and Ira J. Goldberg
    Role of Lipoprotein Lipase in Fatty Acid Delivery to the Heart / Andrea Wan and Brian Rodrigues
    Control of Myocardial Fatty Acid Uptake / Jan F. C. Glatz and Joost J. F. P. Luiken
    Cardiac Energy Metabolism in Heart Failure Associated with Obesity and Diabetes / Gary D. Lopaschuk
    Transcriptional Control of Mitochondrial Biogenesis and Maturation / Rick B. Vega , Teresa C. Leone , and Daniel P. Kelly
    Relationship Between Substrate Metabolism and Cardiac Efficiency / Ellen Aasum
    Acetylation in the Control of Mitochondrial Metabolism and Integrity / Michael N. Sack
    Part II. Alteration in Energy Metabolism
    Adrenergic Control of Cardiac Fatty Acid Oxidation in Diabetes / Vijay Sharma and John H. McNeill
    The Myocardial Creatine Kinase System in the Normal, Ischaemic and Failing Heart / Craig A. Lygate and Stefan Neubauer
    Fuel Metabolism Plasticity in Pathological Cardiac Hypertrophy and Failure / Stephen C. Kolwicz and Rong Tian
    Defects in Mitochondrial Oxidative Phosphorylation in Hearts Subjected to Ischemia-Reperfusion Injury / Vijayan Elimban , Paramjit S. Tappia , and Naranjan S. Dhalla
    The Role of AMPK in the Control of Cardiac Hypertrophy / Nikole J. Byrne, Miranda M. Sung, and Jason R. B. Dyck
    The Role of Incomplete Fatty Acid β-Oxidation in the Development of Cardiac Insulin Resistance / John R. Ussher
    Part III. Optimization of Energy Metabolism
    Metabolic Therapy for the Ischemic Heart / Giacinta Guarini , Alda Huqi , and Mario Marzilli
    Inhibition of Fatty Acid Oxidation to Treat Heart Failure in Patients / Rui Yan , Jin Wei , and Dengfeng Gao
    Cardiac Metabolic Protection for the Newborn Heart / J. Carter Ralphe and Thomas D. Scholz
    Targeting Transcriptional Control of Fatty Acid Oxidation to Treat Heart Disease / Michael A. Portman and Aaron K. Olson.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Eric G. Schmuck, Peiman Hematti, Amish N. Raval.
    Summary: This book on cardiac extracellular matrix (ECM) features three sections, Fundamental Science, Pre-Clinical and Translational Science, and Clinical Applications. In the Fundamental Science section, we will cover the spectrum of basic ECM science from ECM's role in development, biomechanical properties, cardiac ECM influence of cardiomyocyte biology, pathophysiology of ECM in heart disease, and ECM in tissue engineering. Section two, Preclinical and Translational Science, will discuss cardiac ECM technologies in the clinical pipeline including approaches to ECM as a therapeutic, animal models of cardiac research, tracking and imaging methods of cardiac ECM, and cGMP manufacturing and regulatory considerations for ECM based therapeutics. Finally, the third section, Clinical Applications, will highlight the clinical experience around cardiac ECM including therapeutic strategies targeting scar tissue in the heart, clinical trial design and regulatory considerations, current human clinical trials in cardiovascular medicine and the role of pharmaceutical and biotech companies in the commercialization of ECM technologies for cardiovascular indications. This book provides a comprehensive review for basic and translational researchers as well as clinical practitioners and those involved in commercialization, regulatory and entrepreneurial activities.

    Contents:
    Biomechanical properties and mechanobiology of cardiac ECM / Michael Nguyen-Truong, Zhijie Wang
    Imaging the cardiac extracellular matrix / Michael A. Pinkert, Rebecca A. Hortensius, Brenda M. Ogle, Kevin W. Eliceiri
    Animal models and cardiac extracellular matrix research / Timothy A. Hacker
    Applications of cardiac extracellular matrix in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Mark C. Daley, Spencer L. Fenn, Lauren D. Black III
    Whole cardiac tissue bioscaffolds / Karis R. Tang-Quan, Nicole A. Mehta, Luiz C. Sampaio, Doris A. Taylor
    Natural sources of extracellular matrix for cardiac repair / Keith L. Spinali, Eric G. Schmuck
    Cardiac extracellular matrix modification as a therapeutic approach / Mikayla L. Hall, Brenda M. Ogle
    Extracellular matrix for myocardial repair / Jenna L. Dziki, Stephen F. Badylak
    Role of extracellular matrix in cardiac cellular therapies / Peiman Hematti
    Regulation of regenerative medicine products / Adrian P. Gee
    Clinical trial design for investigational cardio-regenerative therapy / Amish N. Raval
    Regenerative medicine venturing at the university-industry boundary: implications for institutions, entrepreneurs, and industry / Adam J. Bock, David Johnson.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ian M.C. Dixon, Jeffrey T. Wigle, editors.
    Contents:
    Cardiac fibrosis and heart failure-- cause or effect?
    Fibroblast activation in the infarcted myocardium
    Mechanical and matrix regulation of valvular fibrosis
    Bone marrow-derived progenitor cells, micro-RNA, and fibrosis
    The stressful life of cardiac myofibroblasts
    Pathogenic origins of fibrosis in the hypertensive heart disease that accompnaies aldosternoism
    Embryological origin of valve progenitor cells
    Diverse cellular origin of valve progenitor cells
    Diverse cellular origins of cardiac fibroblasts
    Non-canonical regulation of TGF-β1 signaling: a role for Ski/Sno and YAP/TAZ
    Molecular mechanisms of smooth muscle and fibroblast phenotype conversions in the failing heart
    Current and future strategies for the diagnosis and treatment of cardiac fibrosis
    Remodelling of the cardiac extracellular matrix: role of collagen degradation and accumulation in pathogenesis of heart failure
    Matrix metalloproteinase 9 (MMP-9)
    Collagen processing and its role in fibrosis
    Mechanisms of cardiac fibrosis and heart failure
    Mathematical simulations of sphingosine-1-phosphate actions on mammalian ventricular myofibroblasts and myocytes
    Extracellular matrix and cardiac disease: surgical and scientific perspectives
    The role or neurohumoral activation in cardiac fibrosis and heart failure
    Natriuretic peptides: critical regulators of cardiac fibroblasts and the extracellular matrix in the heart
    Cardiac tissue engineering for the treatment of heart failure post-infarction
    Mechanisms in cardiac valve failure and the development of tissue engineered heart valves
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Director of Cardiac CT/MR, Kaiser Permanente Los Angeles Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, Amar Shah, MD, Assistant Professor, New York Medical College, Valhalla, New York, Jean Jeudy, MD, Associate Professor, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Cardiothoracic Imaging, Department of Diagnostic Radiology and Nuclear Medicine, University of Maryland Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Summary: "The Core Review Series will be the first and only reference specifically designed for the new exam. This title will consist of approximately 300 questions, in a format similar to the exam with image-rich MCQs. Answers to the questions will be discussed in a concise manner along with explanations of each choice followed by relevant references. Cardiac Imaging: A Core Review will cover questions ranging from basic imaging, normal anatomy, all diseases relative to cardiac imaging, all modalities, and postoperative appearances of devices. Key Features Image-rich review text with 300 questions-includes answers and explanations. On average, each question will have 1-2 corresponding images. Bundled with an Inkling version for interactive and mobile review. High-yield tables embedded in the answers. Answers to the questions with explanations on why a particular answer choice is correct and why the other choices are incorrect"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Jean Jeudy, Sachin Malik.
    Summary: "The second edition of the Cardiac Imaging: A Core Review builds on the success of the first edition by covering the essential aspects of cardiac imaging in a manner that serves as a guide for residents to assess their knowledge and review the material in a format that is like the ABR core examination"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics of Imaging: Radiography, CT, and MR / Nancy Pham, MD, Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, Jean Jeudy, MD, and Sachin Malik, MD
    Normal Anatomy, Including Variants, Encountered on Radiography, CT, and MR./ Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Sachin Malik, MD
    Physiologic Aspects of Cardiac Imaging / Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Ischemic Heart Disease / Brian Pogatchnik, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Sachin Malik, MD
    Cardiomyopathy / Jean Jeudy, MD and Sachin Malik, MD
    Cardiac Masses / Joe Y. Hsu, MD and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Valvular Disease / Jean Jeudy, MD and Sachin Malik, MD
    Pericardial Disease / Alan Ropp, MD, MS, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Congenital Heart Disease / Joe Y. Hsu, MD and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Acquired Disease of the Thoracic Aorta and Great Vessels / Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, and Jean Jeudy, MD
    Devices and Postoperative Appearance / Jody Shen, MD, Joe Y. Hsu, MD, Amar B. Shah, MD, MPA, Jean Jeudy, MD, and Sachin Malik, MD.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Print
    Gautham P. Reddy, Robert M. Steiner, Christopher M. Walker.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lawrence M. Boxt, Suhny Abbara.
    Contents:
    Introduction to cardiac imaging / Lawrence M. Boxt and Suhny Abbara
    Echocardiography / Kaitlyn My-Tu Lam and Mary Etta E. King
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging / Amgad N. Makaryus and Lawrence M. Boxt
    Cardiac computed tomography / Amgad N. Makaryus and Lawrence M. Boxt
    Coronary heart disease / Nagina Malguria and Suhny Abbara
    Myocardium, pericardium, and cardiac tumor / Nagina Malguria, Stephen W. Miller, and Suhny Abbara
    Valvular heart disease / Suhny Abbara and Nagina Malguria
    Thoracic aortic disease / Steven L. Hsu, Sanjeeva Kalva, John G. Santilli, and Stephen W. Miller
    Congenital heart disease / B. Kelly Han, Stephen W. Miller, and Lawrence M. Boxt.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Dmitriy Kireyev, Judy Hung, editors.
    Contents:
    Echocardiography-Physics basics
    Views
    Chamber quantification
    Valves: AS, AR, MS, MR, TS, TR, PS, PR subchapters
    Artificial valves basics, AS, AR, MS, MR, TS, TR, PS, PR
    Diastology
    Pericardial disease
    Cardiac Masses
    Non-invasive catheterization
    Basic cardiac anomalies
    Ischemic heart disease
    CHF
    Cardiomyopathies
    Systemic diseases
    Aortic disease
    Basics of bubble and contrast studies
    SPECT-Basics of SPECT Radioisotopes
    Ischemia work up
    Viability work up
    CT- Technique
    Indications
    Sample images
    MRI-Basic technique
    Indications
    Function, Viability
    Masses, CMP, scar, amyloid, HCM images
    Pericardium: inflammation, constriction vs. restriction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] David L. Brown.
    Summary: "Using a multidisciplinary, team-oriented approach, this unique title expertly covers all the latest approaches to the assessment, diagnosis, and treatment of patients with critical cardiac illness. Led by Dr David L. Brown, a stellar team of authoritative writers guides you through cardiac pathophysiology, disease states presenting in the CICU, and state-of-the-art advanced diagnosis and therapeutic techniques. A visually appealing format, new chapters, and thorough updates ensure that you stay on the cutting edge of this rapidly advancing field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction. Evolution of the coronary care unit: past, present, and future
    Ethical issues of care
    Physical examination
    Section II. Scientific foundation of cardiac intensive care. The role of the cardiovascular system in coupling the external environment to cellular respiration
    Regulation of cardiac output
    Coronary physiology and pathophysiology
    Pathophysiology of acute coronary syndromes: plaque rupture and atherothrombosis
    Regulation of hemostasis and thrombosis
    Section III. Coronary artery disease. Acute myocardial infarction
    Diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction
    Use of the electrocardiogram in acute myocardial infarction
    Reperfusion therapies for acute ST- elevation myocardial infarction
    Adjunctive pharmacologic therapies in acute myocardial infarction
    Complications of acute myocardial infarction
    Post-myocardial infarction cardiogenic shock
    Right ventricular infarction
    Mechanical complications of acute myocardial infarction
    Supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias in acute myocardial infarction
    Conduction disturbances in acute myocardial infarction
    Complications of percutaneous interventional procedures
    Section IV. Noncoronary diseases: diagnosis and management. Acute heart failure and pulmonary edema
    Acute fulminant myocarditis
    Stress (Takotsubo) cardiomyopathy
    Distributive shock
    Cardiorenal syndrome
    Sudden cardiac death
    Diagnosis and treatment of ventricular tachycardia
    Diagnosis and treatment of unstable supraventricular tachycardia
    Acute presentations of valvular heart disease
    Hypertensive emergencies
    Acute aortic syndromes: diagnosis and management
    Acute pericardial disease
    Acute respiratory failure
    Massive acute pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Hemodynamically unstable presentations of congenital heart disease in adults
    Overdose of cardiotoxic drugs
    Section V. Pharmacologic agents in the cardiac intensive care unit. Anticoagulation: antithrombin therapy
    Anti-platelet therapy
    Inotropic and vasoactive agents
    Intensive diuresis and ultrafiltration
    Antiarrhythmic electrophysiology and pharmacotherapy
    Analgesics, tranquilizers, and sedatives
    Pharmacologic interactions
    Section VI. Advanced diagnostic and therapeutic techniques: indications and technical considerations. Central venous access procedures
    Temporary pacing
    Pericardiocentesis
    Invasive hemodynamic monitoring
    Temporary mechanical circulatory support devices
    Ventricular assist device therapy in advanced heart failure
    Heart transplantation for advanced heart failure
    Emergency airway management
    Mechanical ventilation
    Cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation after cardiac arrest
    Palliative care.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Yasmin Rustamova, Massimo Lombardi.
    Summary: This book presents the main cardiac pathologies, providing a helpful guide featuring clinical cases and electronic supplementary material. There are several systematic books on cardiac magnetic resonance, which approach the different pathologies and related pathophysiology in a general manner, and these are useful for readers at an early stage in their medical careers. However, when it comes to individual patients (during the acquisition of images and reporting activities) there is no book providing operative protocols or systematic descriptions of details to look for. In the eight chapters (Cardiomyopathies, Myocarditis, Ischemic Heart Disease, Valvular Heart Diseases, Cardiac Masses, Pericardial Diseases, Congenital Heart Disease, and Miscellanea), the individual pathology is illustrated with a clinical case. The cases are divided into four sections: An introduction with a short medical history and the purpose of the diagnostic CMR A detailed CMR acquisition protocol CMR images, indicating purpose, method, analysis and meaning of the image, as well as videos. Concluding paragraph with the final diagnosis reached on the basis of the findings obtained in each image This book, collecting one hundred one clinical cases covering a broad spectrum of cardiac diseases, is an invaluable tool for radiologists and cardiologists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 2 Myocarditis
    Chapter 3 Ischemic Heart disease
    Chapter 4 Valvular Heart Diseases
    Chapter 5 Cardiac Masses
    Chapter 6 Pericardial Diseases
    Chapter 7 Congenital Heart Disease
    Chapter 8 Miscellanea.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Andrea Ungar, Niccolò Marchionni, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction. The specificity of geriatric cardiology
    2. Epidemiology of heart disease in the elderly
    3. Molecular mechanisms of cardiovascular aging
    4. Frailty and heart disease
    5. Evidence based medicine and evidence biased medicine in geriatric cardiology. From the trial to the real word
    6. Polypharmacy
    7. Syncope and Unexplained Falls in the elderly.-- 8. Hypertension in the oldest old, beyond the guidelines.-- 9. New challenges in aortic stenosis in the elderly: from epidemiology to TAVI.-- 10. The aging kidney and cardiovascular disease
    11. Risk assessment in cardiac and non-cardiac surgery in the older patient
    12. Atrial fibrillation in the elderly
    13. Cardiac devices in the elderly
    14. Management of acute coronary syndromes in the elderly
    15. Cardiac surgery in the oldest old.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gonzalo Baron Esquivias, Riccardo Asteggiano, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Physiopathology and toxic drugs heart effects
    Radiotherapy heart effects
    Cardiac imaging technology in cardio-oncology
    Evaluation of the oncologic patient before, during and after chemotherapy
    What drug/what possible complication
    What cancer type/what possible drug
    what cancer/what possible complication
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of hypertension
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of coronary disease and thrombo-embolic complication
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of arrhythmic complication
    Management (prevention/diagnosis/evaluation/therapy) of systolic dysfunction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Samuel J. Asirvatham, MD, Paul A. Friedman, MD, David L. Hayes, MD.
    Summary: "In many ways, this textbook mirrors the development of the field of cardiac device placement and management. The original version of this text was written by Drs. Seymour Furman, David Hayes, and David Holmes, pioneers and founders of interventional electrophysiology and device management. The goals of the present text remain similar to the original intent, that is, to provide a relatable, practical approach without ignoring the rigors of fundamental principles while retaining the flexibility in the professional's mind to embrace new technology. Updates on resynchronization therapy, subcutaneous defibrillators, leadless devices, and improvements in lead extraction have been included in this text. We continue to stay away from an encyclopedic approach but rather focus on a usable, practical, and intuitive approach for problem solving in the day-to-day practice of a cardiac electrophysiology professional. As with all prior editions, we owe a great debt of gratitude to all the contributors who have tirelessly updated their sections and have done multiple revisions. We also have to thank our patients and nursing staff who provide us with material to allow us to learn to a point where we can try and teach troubleshooting approaches, etc. We received tremendous support from various device manufacturers, their engineers, and their published data material. These include assistance from Biotronik, Boston Scientific, Medtronic, and Abbott Medical"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Pacing and Defibrillation / T Jared Bunch, Suraj Kapa, David L Hayes, Charles D Swerdlow, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Hemodynamics of Cardiac Pacing / Christopher V DeSimone, Joanna Gullickson, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Indications for Pacemakers, Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillators, and Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy / Krishna Kancharla, David L Hayes, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Choosing the Device Generator and Leads / Christopher J McLeod, Anca Chiriac, Malini Madhavan, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Implanting and Extracting Cardiac Devices / Siva K Mulpuru, Malini Madhavan, Samuel J Asirvatham, Matthew J Swale, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman
    Implant-Related Complications / Niyada Naksuk, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Timing Cycles / David L Hayes, Paul J Wang, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Programming / Paul A Friedman, Charles D Swerdlow, Samuel J Asirvatham, David L Hayes, Avi Sabbag
    Sensor Technology for Rate-Adaptive Pacing and Hemodynamic Optimization / Krishna Kancharla, David L Hayes, Samuel J Asirvatham, Paul A Friedman
    Troubleshooting / Charles D Swerdlow, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham, David L Hayes
    Radiography of Implantable Devices / David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Electromagnetic Interference / Subir Bhatia, Alan Sugrue, David L Hayes, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Follow-up / Alan Sugrue, Vaibhav R Vaidya, David L Hayes, Michael Glikson, Paul A Friedman, Samuel J Asirvatham
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Maully Shah, Larry Rhodes, Jonathan Kaltman.
    Summary: With a growing population of young patients with congenital heart disease reaching adulthood, this unique new book offers an in-depth guide to managing the challenges and issues related to device therapy in this patient group. -The only book resource dedicated to pacing, cardiac resynchronization therapy and ICD therapy for the pediatric and congenital heart disease patient -Contains practical advice for pacemaker and ICD implantation, programming, trouble-shooting, managing complications and follow up -Up-to-date with the latest in device technology -Contains multiple graphics, device electrogram tracings, and radiographic images for clarity -Includes video clips and over 150 multiple choice questions with extended answers on companion website, ideal for self test -An invaluable resource for both the specialist pediatric cardiologist and the general cardiologist responsible for children with heart disease and pacing devices.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    S. Kim Suvarna, editor.
    Summary: This thorough review of cardiac and cardiovascular pathology covers ischemic heart disease, myocarditis, valvular disease, transplant pathology, cardiomyopathy, cardiac devices, congenital heart disease and more, illustrated with macro- and microscopic images.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Contents; The Normal Adult Heart and Methods of Investigation; 1 Introduction; 2 Pericardium; 3 External Cardiac Morphology; 4 Right Atrium and Tricuspid Valve; 5 Right Ventricle and Pulmonary Valve; 6 Left Atrium and Mitral Valve; 7 Left Ventricle and Aortic Valve; 8 Aorta and Pulmonary Artery; 9 The Histology and Ultrastructure of the Myocardial Wall; 10 Coronary Blood Vessels; 11 The Valves; 12 The Conduction System; 13 Final Comment; References; Cardiac Electrophysiology; 1 Introduction; 2 Cellular Electrophysiology 2.1 Resting Membrane Potential2.2 Ion Channels; 2.3 Sodium Channel/Current; 2.4 Potassium Channel/Current; 2.5 The Rectifier K+ Currents; 2.6 Calcium Channels/Current; 2.7 The Action Potential; 2.7.1 Phase 4; 2.7.2 Phase 0; 2.7.3 Phase 1; 2.7.4 Phase 2; 2.7.5 Phase 3; 2.8 Nodal Action Potential; 2.9 Modulation of the Pacemaker Function; 2.10 Effects of Electrolyte Disturbance and Disease; 3 Cardiac Conduction and Excitation-Contraction Coupling; 3.1 Conduction of Electrical Impulses; 3.2 Excitation-Contraction Coupling; 4 The Electrocardiogram (ECG) 5 Cardiac Arrhythmogenesis5.1 Disordered Automaticity; 5.2 Triggered Activity; 5.3 Impulse Conduction Disorders; 6 Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices: Pacemakers, Implantable Cardiac Defibrillators and Cardiac Resynchronisation Devices; 7 Cardiac Electrophysiology; Further Reading; Cardiac Imaging; 1 Introduction; 2 Echocardiography; 2.1 M Mode Echocardiography; 2.2 2D Echocardiography; 2.3 Three-Dimensional Echocardiography (3D) Echo; 2.4 Trans-Oesophageal Echocardiography (TOE); 2.5 Stress Echocardiography; 2.6 Contrast Echocardiography and Perfusion Imaging 2.7 Strain and Strain Rate imaging3 Nuclear Cardiac Imaging; 3.1 Radionuclide Ventriculography, MUGA (Multiple Gated Acquisition) Scan; 3.2 Myocardial Perfusion Scan (MPS), and Combined Myocardial Perfusion and Metabolism; 3.3 Imaging of the Sympathetic Innervation of the Heart; 3.4 DPD Imaging for the Heart; 4 Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging; 5 Cardiac Computed Tomography; 6 Selective Invasive Coronary Angiography; 7 Examples of Disease Processes and Appropriate Imaging; 7.1 Assessment of Morphology and Function; 7.1.1 Left Ventricular Systolic Dysfunction 7.1.2 Left Ventricular Diastolic Dysfunction7.1.3 Left Ventricular Hypertrophy; 7.1.4 The Atria; 7.1.5 The Right Ventricle; 7.2 Congenital Heart Disease; 7.2.1 Assessment of the Atria, Inter-atrial Septal Defects and Pulmonary Venous Anatomy; 7.2.2 Valvular Abnormalities; 7.2.3 Complex Anomalies of the Ventricles and Atrio-Ventricular Connections; 7.2.4 Great Vessel Anomalies; 7.3 Cardiomyopathies; 7.3.1 Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy (ARVC); 7.3.2 Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy (HCM); 7.3.3 Dilated Cardiomyopathy (DCM)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Josef Niebauer, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I Introduction to Cardiac Rehabilitation
    1. General Principles of Exercise Testing in Cardiac Rehabilitation
    2. General Principles of Nutrition Support in Cardiac Rehabilitation
    3. Psychological Care of Cardiac Patients
    Part II Cardiac Rehabilitation in Specific Cases
    4. Exercise Training in Cardiac Rehabilitation
    5. Angina Pectoris
    6. Diabetes Mellitus Type 2 and Cardiovascular Disease
    7. Cardiac rehabilitation after acute myocardial infarction; the influence of psychosocial disorders
    8. Stable coronary artery disease: Exercise based cardiac rehabilitation reduces the risk of recurrent angina after PCI in the case of arterial hypertension
    9. Rehabilitation of patients after CABG/sternotomy
    10. Congestive Heart Failure: Stable Chronic Heart Failure Patients
    11. Cardiac Rehabilitation in Patients with Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator
    12. Rehabilitation in Patients with Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    13. Exercise Training in Congenital Heart Diseases
    14. Pacemaker Implantation
    15. Patient with Peripheral Artery Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nabil El-Sherif, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date overview of clinical and research aspects of cardiac repolarization geared toward practicing cardiologists and physicians. It analyzes elements of pathophysiology and molecular biology as they relate to the clinical aspects of cardiac repolarization, long QT syndromes, early repolarization syndromes, and special cardiac repolarization syndromes. Each chapter examines different aspects of the field with basic and clinical overviews and highlights the impact on medical management. The book covers a variety of repolarization topics including the influence of the autonomic system, racial and gender differences in patients, the future role of stem cells, inflammation and autoimmunity, and cardiovascular risk. Cardiac Repolarization: Basic Science and Clinical Management is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, clinical cardiac electrophysiology, internal medicine, and cardiovascular biology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Pathophysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Management of Cardiac Repolarization
    1. Physiology and Molecular biology of Cardiac Ion Channels and Ventricular Repolarization
    2. Cardiac Repolarization and the Autonomic Nervous System
    3. Role of Repolarization Remodeling in Organic Heart Disease
    4. Stem Cells in Study and Treatment of Cardiac Repolarization
    5. Racial and Gender Differences in Cardiac Repolarization and Arrhythmogenesis
    6. ECG-derived Evaluation of Cardiac Repolarization
    Part II. Pathophysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Management of Long QT Syndromes
    7. Physiology and Molecular Biology of Congenital Long QT Syndrome (LQTS)
    8. Pharmacotherapeutics and Clinical Management of Congenital LQTS
    9. Drug-induced LQTS
    10. Arrhythmogenic Mechanism of TdP in LQTS
    11. Pathogenesis of Autoimmune-associated LQTS
    12. Role of inflammation and Autoimmune Disease in LQTS
    13. Future of Genetic Therapy of Congenital LQTS
    Part III. Pathophysiology, Molecular Biology, and Clinical Management of Early Repolarization Syndromes
    14. Genetics, Molecular biology, and Emerging Concepts of Early Repolarization Syndrome (ERS)
    15. Electrocardiographic J-wave and Cardiovascular Risk in the General Population
    16. Benign Versus Malignant Early Repolarization Patterns
    17. Genetics, Molecular Biology, and Management of Brugada Syndrome
    Part IV. Pathophysiology and Clinical Management of Special Cardiac Repolarization Syndromes
    18. Genetics, Molecular Biology, and Management of Short QT Syndrome
    19. Pathophysiology of Repolarization Alternans
    20. Microvolt T-wave Alternans: Pathophysiology and Clinical Aspects
    21. Atrial Repolarization and Arrhythmogenesis: Basic and Clinical Aspects.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Frederick Grover, MD, Professor, Division of Cardiothoracic Surgery, Past Chair, Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Anschutz Medical Campus, Denver Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Aurora, Colorado, Michael J. Mack, MD, Director of Cardiovascular service Line, Chair, Cariovascular Governance Council, Raylor Scott & White Health, Director of The Research Center, the Heart Hospital Baylor Plano, Baylor Research Institute, Dallas, Texas ; illustrations by Body Scientific International, LLC., Anne Rains, Arains Illustration, Inc.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2016
  • Digital
    Shahzad G. Raja, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Perioperative Care and Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    1: Cardiac Catheterization
    History of Cardiac Catheterization
    Invasive Diagnostic Coronary Angiography
    Indications
    Pre-procedure Preparation
    Technical Aspects of the Procedure
    Access
    Pharmacology
    Catheter Selection and Manipulation
    Angiographic Views
    Post-procedure Care
    Sheath Removal and Closure Devices
    Coronary Angiogram Analysis
    Complications
    Right Heart Catheterization
    Indications
    Procedure
    Complications
    Interpreting Haemodynamics
    Right Atrium Right Ventricle
    Pulmonary Artery
    Pulmonary Capillary Wedge Pressure
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Fractional Flow Reserve
    Introduction
    Definitions
    How Was This Cut-Off Decided?
    FFR Compared to Other Non-invasive Diagnostic Techniques
    Limitations of Pressure Wire Measurements
    Intravascular Ultrasound and FFR
    Assessing Left Main Stem Stenosis Using FFR
    FFR Use Pre Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Main Outcome Studies with FFR
    DEFER Trial [24]
    FAME Trial [9]
    FAME 2 Trial [10]
    COMPARE ACUTE Trial [27]
    Instantaneous Wave-Free Pressure Ratio (iFR) Conclusions
    References
    3: Echocardiography
    Introduction
    Essential Ultrasound Theory for Echocardiography
    Modalities of Echocardiography
    Assessment of Myocardial Function
    Left Ventricular Systolic Function
    Changes in Volumes/Dimensions
    Indices of Global Contractility
    Systolic Strain
    Regional Contractile Function
    Right Ventricular Systolic Function
    Diastolic Function
    Assessment of Valve Pathology
    Aortic Stenosis
    Aortic Regurgitation
    Mitral Stenosis
    Mitral Regurgitation
    Tricuspid Valve Assessment
    Pulmonary Valve Assessment Infective Endocarditis
    Echo Findings in Endocarditis
    Pericardial Disease
    Masses
    Contrast Echocardiography
    Stress Echocardiography
    Stress Echo for Coronary Artery Disease
    Stress Echo for Aortic Stenosis
    Stress Echo for Mitral Regurgitation
    Other Indications for Stress Echocardiography
    Transesophageal Echocardiography (TEE)
    Pre-operative TEE
    Intraoperative TEE
    Conclusions
    References
    4: Cardiac Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Introduction
    Technology
    Computed Tomography (CT)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Clinical Applications of CT and MRI
    Coronary Artery Disease
    Myocardial Ischaemia
    Myocardial Viability
    Heart Failure and Cardiomyopathies
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Pericardial Diseases
    Cardiac Tumours
    Aortic Diseases
    Post-surgical Patient
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Assessment of Myocardial Viability
    Introduction
    Assessment of Myocardial Viability
    Electrocardiogram (ECG)
    Baseline 2D Echocardiography
    Dobutamine Stress Echocardiography
    Single Photon Emission Computerized Tomography (SPECT)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gerhard Ziemer, Axel Haverich, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    II. Technical Prerequisites
    III. Congenital Anomalies of the Heart and Great Vessels
    IV. Acquired Diseases of the Heart and Great Vessels.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sonya R. Hardin, Roberta Kaplow ; American Association of Critical-Care Nurses.
    Contents:
    Clinical judgment in critical care
    Cardiovascular anatomy and physiology
    Indications for cardiac surgery
    Preoperative cardiac surgery nursing evaluation
    Heart valve surgery
    Cardiopulmonary bypass and off-pump coronary artery bypass
    Minimally invasive cardiac surgery
    Recovery of anesthesia following cardiac surgery
    Hemodynamic monitoring
    Intra-aortic balloon pump
    Mechanical ventilation after open heart surgery
    Pharmacological support following cardiac surgery
    Postoperative complications of cardiac surgery and nursing interventions
    Pain management
    Postoperative dysrhythmias
    Neurologic complications
    Fluid and electrolyte imbalances following cardiac surgery
    Wound care
    Bridge to transplant and cardiac transplantation
    Complications of obesity of the cardiac surgery patient
    Cardiogenetics
    Nutritional issues in the patient undergoing cardiac surgery
    Psychological support for the patient undergoing cardiac surgery and the family
    Rehabilitation and care of the cardiac surgery patient on discharge
    Post-ICU care and other complications.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lawrence H. Cohn, David H. Adams.
    Contents:
    Section I. Fundamentals
    Section II. Perioperative/intraoperative care
    Section III. Ischemic heart disease
    Section IV. Aortic valve disease
    Section V. Mitral valve disease
    Section VI. Valvular heart disease (other)
    Section VII. Surgery of the great vessels
    Section VIII. Surgery for cardiac arrhythmias
    Section IX. Other cardiac operations
    Section X. Transplant and mechanical circulatory support.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2016
  • Digital
    Lawrence H Cohn.
    Contents:
    Section I: Fundamentals
    Chapter 1: History Of Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 2: Surgical Anatomy Of The Heart
    Chapter 3: Cardiac Surgical Physiology
    Chapter 4: Cardiac Surgical Pharmacology
    Chapter 5: Cardiovascular Pathology
    Chapter 6: Computed Tomography Of The Adult Cardiac Surgery Patient: Principles And Applications
    Chapter 7: Risk Assessment And Performance Improvement In Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 8: Simulation In Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 9: The Integrated Cardiovascular Center
    Section Ii: Perioperative/intraoperative Care
    Chapter 10: Preoperative Evaluation For Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 11: Cardiac Anesthesia
    Chapter 12: Echocardiography In Cardiac Surgery
    Chapter 13: Extracorporeal Circulation
    Chapter 14: Transfusion Therapy And Blood Conservation
    Chapter 15: Deep Hypothermic Circulatory Arrest
    Chapter 16: Myocardial Protection
    Chapter 17: Postoperative Care Of Cardiac Surgery Patients
    Chapter 18: Temporary Mechanical Circulatory Support
    Section Iii: Ischemic Heart Disease
    Chapter 19: Myocardial Revascularization With Percutaneous Devices
    Chapter 20: Myocardial Revascularization With Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 21: Myocardial Revascularization Without Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Chapter 22: Myocardial Revascularization After Acute Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 23: Minimally Invasive Myocardial Revascularization
    Chapter 24: Coronary Artery Reoperations
    Chapter 25: Surgical Treatment Of Complications Of Myocardial Infarction, Ventricular Septal Defect, Myocardial Rupture, And Left Ventricular Aneurysm
    Section Iv: Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 26: Pathophysiology Of Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 27: Aortic Valve Replacement With A Mechanical Cardiac Valve Prosthesis
    Chapter 28: Stented Bioprosthetic Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 29: Stentless Aortic Valve And Root Replacement
    Chapter 30: Aortic Valve Repair And Aortic Valve-sparing Operations
    Section V: Mitral Valve Disease
    Section Vi: Valvular Heart Disease (Other)
    Section Vii: Surgery Of The Great Vessels
    Section Viii: Surgery For Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Section Ix: Other Cardiac Operations
    Section X: Transplant And Mechanical Circulatory Support.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2018
  • Digital
    Sandhya Balaram, Levi Bassin.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews a selection of cases resulting from complications that can occur in cardiac surgical procedures. It details the science behind each potential complication along with a range of available strategies to rectify the issues, including those applicable to minimally invasive techniques. Chapters are well illustrated and feature clinical pearls to reinforce key points. Cardiac Surgical Complications: Strategic Analysis and Clinical Review provides a practically applicable guide on how to successfully resolve and mitigate potential complications in cardiac surgery. Consequently, it is a valuable resource for all trainee and practicing cardiac surgeons, anesthesiologists and intensive care physicians.

    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary bypass
    Surgical techniques
    Surgical decision-making
    Critical care. .
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Milica Radisic, Lauren D. Black III.
    Contents:
    Second generation codon optimized minicircle (CoMiC) for nonviral reprogramming of human adult fibroblasts / Sebastian Diecke ... [and 3 others]
    Scalable cardiac differentiation of human pluripotent stem cells as microwell-generated, size controlled three-dimensional aggregates / Celine L. Bauwens and Mark D. Ungrin
    Preparation and characterization of circulating angiogenic cells for tissue engineering applications / Aleksandra Ostojic ... [and 4 others]
    Isolation and expansion of C-kit-positive cardiac progenitor cells by magnetic cell sorting / Kristin M. French and Michael E. Davis
    Synthesis of aliphatic polyester hydrogel for cardiac tissue engineering / Sanjiv Dhingra, Richard D. Weisel, and Ren-Ke Li
    Fabrication of PEGylated fibrinogen : a versatile injectable hydrogel biomaterial / Iris Mironi-Harpaz, Alexandra Berdichevski, and Dror Seliktar
    Natural cardiac extracellular matrix hydrogels for cultivation of human stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Donald O. Freytes ... [and 4 others]
    Magnetically actuated alginate scaffold : a novel platform for promoting tissue organization and vascularization / Yulia Sapir ... [and 3 others.]
    Shrink-induced biomimetic wrinkled substrates for functional cardiac cell alignment and culture / Nicole Mendoza ... [and 4 others]
    Injectable ECM scaffolds for cardiac repair / Todd D. Johnson, Rebecca L. Braden, and Karen L. Christman
    Generation of strip-format fibrin-based engineered heart tissue (EHT) / Sebastian Schaaf ... [and 5 others.]
    Cell tri-culture for cardiac vascularization / Ayelet Lesman, Lior Gepstein, and Shulamit Levenberg
    Cell sheet technology for cardiac tissue engineering / Yuji Haraguchi ... [and 8 others]
    Design and fabrication of biological wires / Jason W. Miklas ... [and 3 others]
    Collagen-based engineered heart muscle / Malte Tiburcy ... [and 3 others]
    Creation of a bioreactor for the application of variable amplitude mechanical stimulation of fibrin gel-based engineered cardiac tissue / Kathy Y. Morgan and Lauren D. Black III
    Preparation of acellular myocardial scaffolds with well- preserved cardiomyocyte lacunae, and method for applying mechanical and electrical simulation to tissue construct / Bo Wang ... [and 3 others]
    Patch-clamp technique in ESC-derived cardiomyocytes / Jie Liu and Peter H. Backx
    Optogenetic control of cardiomyocytes via viral delivery / Christina M. Ambrosi and Emilia Entcheva
    Methods for assessing the electromechanical integration of human pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocyte grafts / Wei-Zhong Zhu ... [and 3 others]
    Quantifying electrical interactions between cardiomyocytes and other cells in micropatterned cell pairs / Hung Nguyen ... [and 4 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    L'Ecuyer, Kristine, Dr., PhD, RN, CNL; Young, Elaine, DNP, ACNS-BC, CV-BC.
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    Overview
    CVRN Certification
    About the Exam
    Eligibility Criteria
    How to Apply
    How to Contact American Nurses Credentialing Center
    Preparing for the Exam
    About the CV-BC™ Exam
    Chapter 1: Anatomy and Physiology
    Key Points
    Introduction
    Glossary Terms
    Properties of Cardiac Muscle
    Cellular Energy Metabolism: ATP
    Cardiac Cell Reproduction
    Autonomic Nervous System
    Hemodynamics
    Cardiac Output
    Preload, Contractility, and Afterload
    Heart Chambers Heart Valves
    Coronary Arteries and Veins
    Tissue Layers of the Heart
    Vascular Structure and Function
    Normal Function of the Vascular Endothelium
    Vascular Response to Injury
    Lymphatics
    Cerebral Circulation
    Chapter 2: The Cardiovascular Interview and History
    Key Points
    Introduction
    Glossary Terms
    The Patient Interview and History Identifying Data
    Identifying Data
    Current/Chief Concerns
    Review of Systems
    Glossary Terms
    Symptom Analysis
    Chest Discomfort
    Dyspnea
    Paroxysmal Nocturnal Dyspnea
    Abdominal Symptoms
    Palpitations
    Syncope Claudication
    Edema
    Key Signs of Cardiovascular Disease
    Coronary Heart Disease
    Heart Failure
    Valvular Heart Disease
    Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Peripheral Vascular Disease
    Medications
    Medical History Congenital and Childhood Illnesses
    Adult Illnesses
    Cardiovascular Diagnostic Tests and Procedures
    Surgical History
    Medications
    Allergies, Reactions, and Intolerances
    Family History
    Psychosocial and Social History
    Depression
    Cardiotoxic Substance Abuse
    Socioeconomic Status
    Self-Care
    Functional Assessment
    Lifestyle Factors Functional Activities
    Nutrition
    Physical Activity
    Sleep
    Therapeutic Communication/Motivational Interviewing
    Conclusion
    Clinical Pearls
    Chapter 3: Physical Assessment
    Key Points
    Introduction
    Glossary Terms
    Patient Interview
    Comprehensive History
    History of Present Illness
    Past Medical History
    Family History
    Social History
    Review of Systems
    General Survey
    Vital Signs
    Pulse
    Blood Pressure
    Orthostatic Vital Signs
    Pulse Pressure
    Respirations
    Temperature
    Oxygen Saturation
    Body Mass Index Cardiovascular Physical Assessment
    Carotid Arteries
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Auscultation
    Jugular Vein
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Hepatojugular Reflux/Abdominojugular Reflex
    Precordium
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Percussion
    Cardiac Auscultation
    Heart Sounds
    Cardiac Murmurs
    Pericardial Friction Rub
    Cardiovascular-Related Findings in Other Systems Eyes
    Eyes
    Inspection
    Fundoscopic Examination
    Integumentary
    Inspection
    Edema
    Peripheral Pulses
    Pulmonary
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Auscultation
    Percussion
    Abdominal
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Janani Rangaswami, Edgar V. Lerma, Claudio Ronco, editors.
    Summary: Extending from the outpatient management of cardiovascular and kidney disease, to hospital-based decision making in patients with cardio-renal disease and complex interfaces such as hemodialysis in patients with ventricular assist device support, this book serves as a single reference point for cardiology and nephrology clinicians and researchers dealing with the significant overlap areas between these two specialties. Chapters cover the physiology, biomarkers, therapeutic agents and full spectrum of these comorbidities and feature separate sections on cardiovascular and CKD evaluations, stratification of kidney transplant patients, lipid management in CKD, interventional strategies and hypertension. Leaders in cardiology, nephrology, hypertension and lipidology bring together the latest evidence with their collective clinical experience into this invaluable resource. This textbook is an essential resource for physicians and allied professionals practicing cardiology, nephrology, students and physician trainees, to deepen their understanding of this crucial field.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cardiovascular disease spectrum in chronic kidney disease
    Part II. Chronic kidney disease and CAD: two sides of the same coin
    Part III. Cardio-renal syndrome
    Part IV. Cardiac evaluation of the renal transplant candidate
    Part V. Anticoagulation and antiplatelet therapy in CKD
    Part VI. Interventional strategies in cardiovascular disease in CKD
    Part VII. The cardiorenometabolic spectrum
    Part VIII. Dilemmas in hypertension
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Antonio Russo, Nicola Maurea, Dimitrios Farmakis, Antonio Giordano, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Background: Immunology and Cancer
    References
    2: Available Immunotherapy Drugs in Oncology
    Anti-PD-1 Agents
    Pembrolizumab
    Nivolumab
    Anti-PD-L1 Agents
    Atezolizumab
    Durvalumab
    Avelumab
    Anti-CTLA4 Agents
    Ipilimumab
    References
    3: Immunotherapy Adverse Events
    Introduction
    Myocarditis
    Noninflammatory Myocardial Dysfunction
    Arrhythmias
    Pericardial Disease
    Vasculitis
    Myocardial Infarction
    References
    4: Pathophysiology of Cardiac Toxicity
    Pathophysiology of Cardiac Toxicity: An Overview
    Cardiac Dysfunction and Heart Failure
    Vascular Disease
    Arrhythmias
    Pericardial and Valvular Disease
    References
    5: Cardiac Risk Factors for Immunotherapy
    Why Evaluate the Cardiovascular Risk in Oncological Patients Who Have Undergone Immunotherapy?
    How to Quantify Cardiovascular Risk?
    Experimental Preventive Strategies for Immune Checkpoint Inhibitor (ICI)-Induced Cardiotoxicity: Evidence and Perspectives
    References
    6: Diagnostic Methods of Cardiac Immunotherapy Damaging
    Introduction
    Clinical and Electrocardiographic Evaluation
    Echocardiography
    Myocardial Deformation Imaging
    Nuclear Imaging and Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Role of Biomarkers
    Role of Endomyocardial Biopsy
    Diagnostic Approach
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Biomarkers of Early Cardiotoxicity
    Introduction
    Cardiac Troponins
    Brain Natriuretic Peptides
    New Emerging Biomarkers
    Conclusion
    References
    8: Management of Patients with Cardiac Toxicity: The Point of View of the Cardiologist
    Introduction
    Atherosclerosis and Cardiovascular Events
    Myocarditis and Heart Failure
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    ICI-Associated Pericarditis
    Diagnosis
    Management. Takotsubo Syndrome
    Arrhythmias
    Management
    Immunotherapy-Associated Vasculitis
    Immunotherapy-Associated Thromboembolism
    Screening and Surveillance
    Conclusion
    References
    9: Management of Patients with Cardiac Toxicity: The Point of View of the Oncologist
    Introduction
    Mechanisms of Action of Cardiovascular ICI Adverse Events
    Myocarditis
    Epidemiology
    Physiopathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Laboratory and Imaging Findings
    Diagnosis and Management
    Pericarditis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Acute Coronary Syndrome (ACS) and Myocardial Infarction (MI)
    Epidemiology
    Physiopathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Takotsubo Cardiomyopathy
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Dysrhythmias
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Vasculitis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Cardiotoxicity Related to New Immunotherapy (CAR T Cell)
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Baseline Assessment and General Principle of Management for Cardiovascular IRAE
    Conclusion
    References
    10: Future Perspectives
    Introduction
    Basic and Translational Research
    Clinical Research
    Education and Training
    Service Organization and Provision
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Gretchen G. Kimmick, Daniel J. Lenihan, Douglas B. Sawyer, Erica L. Mayer, Dawn L. Hershman, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    David Goldsmith, Adrian Covic, Jonas Spaak, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the clinical challenges faced during the treatment of patients with cardiorenal syndrome (CRS). The bidirectional link that associates renal and cardiovascular diseases means that patients with CRS have an increased risk of hospital admission and mortality as a result of their coexistence yet, there are no agreed guidelines for their management. Cardio-Renal Clinical Challenges takes clinical presentations and clinical problems as its base, and then discusses the evidence for best management of common clinical problems and the reasons for the complex interplay between the cardiac and renal systems. In addition, the link between heart failure and chronic kidney disease (CKD) can impose a considerable epidemiological burden thus this text also aims to address the issue of organizing healthcare to maximize both the opportunities for prevention and best healthcare economic returns. This book will be of immediate value and practical interest to all consulting and trainee cardiologists and renal physicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Brendon J. Coventry, editor.
    Summary: Written by "internationally acclaimed" specialists, Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Cardio-Thoracic, Vascular, Renal and Transplant Surgery provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource.

    Contents:
    Blood Transfusion
    Arterial Surgery
    Venous Surgery
    Amputation
    Vascular Access Surgery
    Lung Surgery
    Cardiac Surgery
    Renal Surgery
    Renal Transplant Surgery
    Liver Transplant Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Adel Elmoselhi.
    Summary: "The aim of this work is to integrate the basic and clinical science topics of the cardiovascular system in a deliberately clinically oriented review book. Approximately half of the medical schools in the United States have already implemented an integrated curriculum in their pre-clinical programs, a trend which is growing both nationally and internationally. This trend is due in part to the proven benefits of the evidence-based practice of medicine as well as the increasing number of integrative clinical vignette questions in the medical and healthcare professional license examinations."--Preface

    Contents:
    Development of the heart and blood vessels
    Anatomical structure of the heart
    Cardiovascular circuitry and hemodynamics
    Electrophysiology of the heart
    Cardiac output and the pressure-volume relationship
    The cardiac cycle
    Regulation of arterial blood pressure and microcirculation
    Ischemic heart disease and management drugs
    Arrhythmias and antiarrhythmic drugs
    Valvular heart diseases
    Congestive heart failure and management drugs
    Congenital heart diseases
    Systemic arterial hypertension and antihypertensive drugs
    Myocardial diseases
    Pericardial diseases
    Diseases of the peripheral vessels
    Cardiovascular drugs.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    by Ramdas G. Pai, Padmini Varadarajan, Sudha M. Pai.
    Summary: This compact but comprehensive board review includes everything you need to successfully prepare for the ABIM Cardiology Board Review examination.-Features over 1200 questions with answers and clear explanations -Includes over 400 accompanying images -Covers all key areas of cardiology practice, from history/physicial examination through all major diseases/disorders, along with special topics, e.g. consultative cardiology, covered on the exam -Complements standard textbook reading -Written by an internationally-recognized, well-respected and well-published senior cardiologist, expert in valvular heart disease and cardiovascular imaging.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mark J. Eisenberg, MD, MPH, Professor of Medicine Cardiology Division Department of Medicine Jewish General Hospital McGill University Montreal, Quebec, Canada [4 others].
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    John P. Higgins, Asif Ali, David M. Filsoof.
    Summary: A point-of-care Q&A guide to clinical cardiology. It answers more than one-hundred of the clinical cardiology questions most frequently asked of the authors during consultation. It simulates the consultation process: consult question; data collection; synthesis of data; and, solution.

    Contents:
    Section I: Diagnostic Testing
    Section II: ACS
    Section III: Valvular Disease
    Section IV: Cardiac Diseases
    Section V: Examination
    Section VI: Arrhythmias
    Section VII: Congenital Heart Diseases
    Section VIII: Heart Failure and Hypertension
    Section IX: Medications.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    60
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    32
  • Print
    Hanna Z. Mieszczanska, Adam S. Budzikowski, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest advances in cardiovascular medicine. Key diagnostic and treatment points are reviewed across a range of cardiovascular issues, including concurrent cardiac problems, patients with cancer, peri-operative surgical and post-trauma patients, patients in the emergency department, pregnancy in the obstetric units, and the care of critically ill patients in medical and surgical intensive care units. Cardiology Consult Manual provides a detailed and clinically relevant guide for the cardiology practitioner of the potential cardiac issues encountered within the cardiology consult service and also a range of professionals in related disciplines. It therefore provides an important resource for all cardiology trainees, fellows, practitioners and health care providers involved in the management of patients with cardiovascular disease. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Cardiovascular Physical Examination; Visual Inspection; Vital Signs; Peripheral Pulses; Inspection/Palpation of the Precordium [8]; Jugular Venous Pulse (JVP); Calculating and Reporting the JVP; Waveforms; Auscultation; Precordial Auscultation Sites (Fig. 1.2); S2; Gallops [15, 16]; Pericardial Friction Rub [16]; Clicks [14, 17]; Snaps; Tumor Plop; Cardiac Murmurs [3, 14, 17-19]; Systolic Murmurs [17]; HOCM; VSD; Diastolic Murmurs [14]; Bedside Maneuvers; Other Findings; References
    Chapter 2: Evaluation and Management of Chest Pain and Acute Coronary Syndrome (ACS) in the Emergency DepartmentEpidemiology; General Approach; History; Physical Exam; 12 Lead Electrocardiogram (ECG); Cardiac Chest Pain; Cardiovascular Effects of Cocaine [18]; Cocaine Effects on Cardiovascular Disease (Fig. 2.2); Cocaine-Induced Chest Pain: Evaluation and Treatment; Risk Stratification for Suspected ACS; Evaluation for ACS; Initial Testing; Next Steps in Assessment; ED Management of ACS; Pharmacotherapy [26]; Monitoring and Supportive Care; Discharging Patients with Low-Risk Chest Pain Left Bundle Branch Block (LBBB) [12]Intraventricular Conduction Delay (IVCD); Premature Atrial Complex (PAC); Premature Ventricular Complexes (PVC); Prolonged QT Interval [13]; Torsades De Pointes; Preexcitation [14, 15]; Myocardial Ischemia [16, 17]; Acute Myocardial Infarction; Necrosis; Acute Pericarditis [18]; Atrial Fibrillation [19]; Atrial Flutter [20]; Multifocal Atrial Tachycardia (MAT); AV Nodal Reentry Tachycardia (AVNRT) [21]; Ventricular Tachycardia [22-25]; Ventricular Fibrillation; Hyperkalemia; Hypokalemia; Hypercalcemia; Hypocalcemia; Digoxin; Paced Rhythms [26]; References
    Chapter 4: Primary and Secondary Prevention of Cardiovascular DiseaseKey Terms; Epidemiology; Risk Assessment; General Disease Prevention Strategies; Targeted Disease Prevention (Table 4.2); Glycemic Control; ADA-Recommended Glycemic Targets for Nonpregnant Adults [11]; T2DM Trials; T1DM Trials; Hypertension Control; Antiplatelet Therapy; Dyslipidemia; HMG-CoA Reductase Inhibitor (Statin) Therapy (Fig. 4.1 and Table 4.3); Statin Intolerance; Nonstatin Lipid Therapy; Proprotein Convertase Subtilisin/Kexin 9 (PCSK9) Inhibitors; Ezetimibe; Fibrates; Nicotinic Acid (Niacin)
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by H. Edward Durham Jr.
    Summary: "Cardiology for Veterinary Technicians and Nurses is a comprehensive resource for veterinary technicians and nurses working with cardiovascular patients in veterinary practice. Offers a complete reference to veterinary cardiology targeted at veterinary technicians and nurses, summarizing fundamental knowledge on cardiovascular disease Covers dogs, cats, horses, ruminants, and camelids Provides information ranging from introductory to advanced for a thorough guide to cardiac conditions Presents detailed procedures for common cardiac catheterization techniques, including supplies required Includes photographs and illustrations to depict the concepts described"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Introduction. Section I-Cardiac Anatomy, Physiology and Dysfunction.
    Chapter 1. Cardiac Anatomy.
    Chapter 2. Basic Cardiac Physiology. Cardiac Cycle. Blood Pressure Regulation.
    Chapter 3. The Pathophysiology of Heart Failure. Section II-Diagnostics.
    Chapter 4. History and Physical Exam.
    Chapter 5. Electrocardiography: Principles and Use. Basic Theory. Arrhythmia recognition.
    Chapter 6. Thoracic Radiography.
    Chapter 7. Echocardiography. Basic Theory. Echocardiographic Views. Measurements.
    Chapter 8. Blood Pressure Measurement.
    Chapter 9. Angiography. Equipment.
    Chapter 10. Cardiac Specific Biomarkers. Section III-Diseases.
    Chapter 10. Acquired Disease. Dilated Cardiomyopathy. Acquired Valve Disease. Feline Cardiomyopathies.
    Chapter 11. Congenital Disease. Stenosis. Shunts.
    Chapter 12. Pericardial Disease and Cardiac Neoplasia. Section IV-Therapies and Interventions.
    Chapter 13. Cardiac Drugs. Antiarrhythmics. Drugs for Heart Failure.
    Chapter 14. Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure. Acute Therapy. Chronic Therapy.
    Chapter 15. Interventional Procedures. Balloon Valvuloplasty. PDA occlusion. Bradyarrhythmia Pacemaker Therapy. Other Procedures-. Section V-Large Animal Cardiology.
    Chapter 16. Equine.
    Chapter 17. Ruminants.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Carlos Jerjes-Sánchez.
    Summary: This book provides a guide for the management of patients with cardiovascular emergencies in the ER. It covers a broad range of the most important and frequent acute cardiovascular events including coronary syndromes, aortic syndromes, pulmonary embolism, and left heart failure. Pragmatic in nature, chapters discuss frequent clinical presentations in a thorough fashion while emphasizing a practical and concise approach to diagnosis and treatment. In addition, the book explores how new knowledge and technological advances are improving the quality of patient care in the emergency room, highlighting technological advances in the use of pharmacotherapy, biomarkers, and imaging techniques such as X-ray, echocardiography, CT, MRI, and nuclear. Cardiology in the ER: A Practical Guide is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, and fellows in cardiology, emergency medicine, intensive and critical care, and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Chest pain
    2. Dyspnea
    3. Suspected cardiovascular syncope
    4. Biomarkers
    5. Acute coronary syndromes
    6. Acute aortic syndromes
    7. Cardiac tamponade
    8. Cardiogenic shock
    9. Acute pulmonary embolism
    10. Hypertensive emergency
    11. Tachyarrhythmias
    12. Bradyarrhythmia
    13. Acute left heart failure
    14. Cardiac arrest
    15. Valvular prosthesis thrombosis
    16. Pacemaker emergencies
    17. Cardiology bedside interventions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert C. Hendel, Carey Kimmelstiel, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Noninvasive Cardiology
    1. Transthoracic echocardiography
    2. Transesophageal echocardiography
    3. Contrast echocardiography
    4. Exercise stress testing
    5. Cardiopulmonary exercise testing --6. Pharmacologic stress testing
    7. Stress echocardiography
    8. Single photon emission computed tomography
    9. Positron emission tomography
    10. Radionuclide angiography
    11. Cardiac computed tomography (CT)
    12. Cardiac magnetic resonance
    Part II. Critical Care
    13. Central venous cannulation
    14. Right heart catherization
    15. Pericardiocentesis
    16. Procedural sedation
    17. Endotracheal intubation
    Part III. Electrophysiology
    18. The electrocardiogram
    19. Ambulatory electrocardiography
    20. Tilt table testing
    21. Electrophysiologic testing
    22. Temporary transvenous pacing
    23. Cardiac pacemakers
    24. Biventricular pacing
    25. Implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICD)
    26. Pacemakers interrogation and programming
    27. Cardioversion and defibrillation
    Part IV. Interventional Cardiology
    28. Coronary angiography
    29. Coronary blood flow measurements
    30. Percutaneous coronary intervention
    31. Alcohol septal ablation
    32. Transcatheter closure of atrial septal defects and patent foramen ovale
    33. Balloon valvuloplasty
    34. Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    35. Endomyocardial biopsy
    36. Circlatory support devices
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Robert C. Hendel, Carey Kimmelstiel, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised edition is a single compact reference that describes a wide variety of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures performed by cardiologists. The focus is on the clinical application of these procedures with descriptions of their technical aspects, as well as contraindications and potential complications. The book provides detailed instruction on the interpretation of clinical data generated during these procedures and includes case presentations to illustrate how they are utilized in clinical practice. Cardiology Procedures: A Clinical Primer contains distilled clinical information and data important to those involved in the clinical care of cardiac patients. Comprising practical material designed to help in learning the diagnostic and therapeutic cardiology procedures performed in clinical practice, it will also be useful for trainees and practitioners in related disciplines.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Non-Invasive cardiology
    1 Transthoracic Echocardiography
    2 Transesophageal Echocardiography
    3 Contrast Echocardiography
    4 Exercise ECG Stress Testing
    5 Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing
    6 Pharmacologic Stress Testing
    7 Stress Echocardiography
    8 Single Photon Emission Computed Tomographic Myocardial Perfusion Imaging
    9 Positron Emission Tomography
    10 Radionuclide Angiography (MUGA)
    11 Amyloid Imaging
    12 Cardiac Computed Tomography (CT) and Fractional flow reserve-computed tomography (FFR-CT)
    13 Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Part 2 Critical Care
    14 Central Venous Cannulation
    15 Right Heart Catheterization
    16 Pericardiocentesis
    17 Procedural Sedation
    18 Endotracheal Intubation
    Part 3 Electrophysiology
    19 The Electrocardiogram
    20 Ambulatory Electrocardiography
    21 Tilt Table Testing
    22 Electrophysiologic Testing
    23 Temporary Transvenous Pacing
    24 Cardiac Pacemakers
    25 Biventricular Pacing
    26 Pacemaker Interrogation and Programming
    27 Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators (ICD)
    28 DC Cardioversion
    29 Pulmonary Vein Isolation
    30 Left Atrial Appendage Closure
    Part 4 Interventional cardiology
    31 Coronary Angiography
    32 Coronary Blood Flow and Pressure Measurements
    33 Percutaneous Coronary Intervention
    34 Alcohol Septal Ablation
    35 Transcatheter Closure of Atrial Septal Defects and Patent Foramen Ovale
    36 Balloon Valvuloplasty
    37 Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    38 Transcatheter Mitral Valve Repair
    39 Endomyocardial Biopsy
    40 Circulatory Support Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glenn N. Levine.
    Summary: Get quick answers to the most important clinical questions with Cardiology Secrets! Using the popular and trusted Secret Series Q&A format, this easy-to-read cardiology book provides rapid access to the practical, "in-the-trenches" know-how you need to succeed both in practice, and on cardiology board and recertification exams. Get the evidence-based guidance you need to provide optimal care for your patients with cardiac heart diseases.Explore effective solutions to a full range of clinical issues including the general examination, diagnostic procedures, arrhythmias, symptoms and disease states, valvular heart disease, cardiovascular pharmacology, and other medical conditions with associated cardiac involvement.Zero in on key information with bulleted lists, mnemonics, practical tips from the leading cardiologists, and "Key Points" boxes that provide a concise overview of important board-relevant content.Review essential material efficiently with the "Top 100 Secrets in Cardiology" - perfect for last-minute study or self-assessment.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glenn N. Levine.
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular physical examination
    Heart murmurs and sounds
    Electrocardiography
    Chest x-ray
    Exercise stress testing
    Ambulatory electrocardiogram monitoring
    Echocardiography
    Nuclear cardiology
    Cardiac positron emission tomography
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    Cardiac computed tomography
    Swan-Ganz catheters and cardiac hemodynamics
    Coronary angiography and intracoronary imaging and physiologic assessment
    Chest pains and angina
    Chronic stable angina
    Non--ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome
    ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    Cardiogenic shock
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Coronary artery bypass surgery
    Myocarditis
    Dilated cardiomyopathy
    Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Acute decompensated heart failure
    Heart failure : long-term management
    Heart transplantation
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Mitral regurgitation
    Mitral stenosis
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Endocarditis and endocarditis prophylaxis
    Atrial fibrillation
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Cardiac pacing for bradycardia, heart block, and heart failure
    Implantable cardiac defibrillator
    Cardiac arrest and resuscitation
    Hypertension
    Hyperlipidemia
    Diabetes and cardiovascular disease
    Smoking cessation
    Physical activity, exercise, and the heart
    Cardiac manifestations of HIV/AIDS
    Cardiovascular complications of rheumatic diseases
    Cardio-oncology
    Cocaine and the heart
    Heart disease in the elderly
    Heart disease in pregnancy
    Heart disease in women
    Sleep apnea and the heart
    Peripheral arterial disease
    Aortic aneurysm
    Aortic dissection
    Carotid artery disease
    Ischemic stroke
    Hemorrhagic stroke and cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Deep vein thrombosis : prophylaxis and treatment
    Pulmonary embolism
    Hypercoagulable states
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Cardiac tumors
    Hypertensive crisis
    Oral anticoagulation therapy
    Pericarditis, pericardial constriction, and pericardial tamponade
    Preoperative cardiac evaluation
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Syncope
    Traumatic heart disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Glenn N. Levine.
    Contents:
    Cardiovascular physical examination
    Heart murmurs and sounds
    Electrocardiography
    Chest x-ray
    Exercise stress testing
    Ambulatory ECG monitors
    Echocardiography
    Nuclear cardiology
    Cardiac positron emission tomography
    Cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    Cardiac computed tomography
    Bedside hemodynamic monitoring
    Cardiac catheterization: coronary angiogram, intracoronary imaging, and physiology
    Chest pains and angina
    Chronic stable angina
    Non-ST-elevation acute coronary syndrome
    ST-elevation myocardial infarction
    Cardiogenic shock
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Coronary artery bypass surgery
    Myocarditis
    LV dysfunction and dilated cardiomyopathy: etiologies and evaluation
    Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy
    Acute decompensated heart failure
    Heart failure: long-term management
    Heart transplantation
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Mitral regurgitation
    Mitral stenosis
    Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
    Endocarditis and endocarditis prophylaxis
    Atrial fibrillation
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Cardiac pacing for bradycardia, conduction abnormalities, and heart failure
    Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
    Cardiac arrest and resuscitation
    Hypertension
    Hyperlipidemia
    Diabetes and cardiovascular disease
    Smoking cessation
    Physical activity, exercise, and the heart
    Cardiac manifestations of HIV
    Cardiac manifestations of rheumatologic disorders
    Cardio-oncology
    Cocaine and the heart
    Cardiovascular sequelae of COVID-19
    Heart disease in the elderly
    Heart disease in pregnancy
    Heart disease in women
    Sleep apnea and the heart
    Peripheral arterial disease
    Aortic aneurysms
    Aortic dissection
    Carotid artery disease
    Ischemic stroke
    Hemorrhagic stroke and cerebral venous sinus thrombosis
    Deep vein thrombosis
    Pulmonary embolism
    Hypercoagulable states
    Adult congenital heart disease
    Cardiac tumors
    Hypertensive crisis
    Oral anticoagulation therapy
    Pericarditis, pericardial constriction, and pericardial tamponade
    Preoperative cardiac evaluation
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Syncope
    Traumatic heart disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Gary R. Skuse and Maureen C. Ferran.
    Summary: This volume has been assembled for scientists interested in basic and applied biomedical research directed toward understanding the development, genetics, and function of cardiomyocytes. The methods and protocols contained within it address cell culture techniques, cardiomyocyte differentiation and redifferentiation, experimental induction of cardiomyopathies, introducing genes into cardiomyocytes, genomic approaches to the understanding cardiomyocytes, cryopreservation of neonatal cardiomyocytes, and modeling of cardiomyocyte function. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Practical and current, Cardiomyocytes: Methods and Protocols explores complimentary areas of cardiomyocyte science that, taken together, can inform individuals with a broad range of interests.

    Contents:
    Generating primary cultures of murine cardiac myocytes and cardiac fibroblasts to study viral myocarditis / Barbara Sherry
    Enrichment of cardiomyocytes in primary cultures of murine neonatal hearts / Sreejit Parameswaran ... [et al.]
    Deep sequencing of cardiac microRNA-mRNA interactomes in clinical and experimental cardiomyopathy / Scot J. Matkovich and Gerald W. Dorn II
    Next-generation sequencing technology in the genetics of cardiovascular disease / Cecilia Vecoli
    Computational cardiac electrophysiology : implementing mathematical models of cardiomyocytes to Simulate Action Potentials of the Heart / Michael M. Bell and Elizabeth M. Cherry
    Methods of myofibrillogenesis modeling / Nancy K. Drew and Anna Grosberg
    Using the mechanical bidomain model to analyze the biomechanical behavior of cardiomyocytes / Bradley J. Roth
    Fabrication of a myocardial patch with cells differentiated from human-induced pluripotent stem cells / Lei Ye, Joydeep Basu, and Jianyi Zhang
    Efficient differentiation of cardiomyocytes from human pluripotent stem cells with growth factors / Rajneesh Jha, Ren-He Xu, and Chunhui Xu
    Isolation, culturing, and characterization of cardiac muscle cells from nonhuman primate heart tissue / Steven M. Hoynowski and John W. Ludlow
    Mouse embryonic stem cell-derived cardiac myocytes in a cell culture dish / Carley Glass ... [et al.]
    Cryopreservation of neonatal cardiomyocytes / Adam C. Vandergriff, M. Taylor Hensley, and Ke Cheng
    Evaluation of sarcomeric organization in human pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Chrishan J.A. Ramachandra and Winston Shim
    Electrotonic coupled metabolic purification of chick cardiomyocytes / Winston Shim
    Gene transfer into cardiac myocytes / Sarah E. Lang and Margaret V. Westfall
    Analysis of 4D myocardial wall motion during early stages of chick heart development / Madeline Midgett and Sandra Rugonyi.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shinya Minatoguchi.
    Summary: This book will provide readers with a detailed understanding of the ischemic damage to the myocardium after myocardial infarction, as well as essential tools for the treatment of damaged heart after myocardial infarction. It discusses various methods such as pharmacological pre- and post-conditioning, cytokine therapy, and cell therapy especially using Muse cells.The coverage of Muse cell therapy, which includes the latest work done by the author and his collaborators, is a unique feature of the book. Muse cells have self-renewability and have ability to differentiate into cells with the characteristics of all three germ layers from a single cell, while they are non-tumorigenic. It is the first book to feature the Muse cell therapy, which may offer the new promising therapeutic strategy for acute myocardial infarction. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Myocardial infarction and development of heart failure
    Chapter 2: Ischemic preconditioning
    Chapter 3: Pharmacological preconditioning
    Chapter 4: Ischemic postconditioning
    Chapter 5: Pharmacological postconditioning
    Chapter 6: Cytokine therapy
    Chapter 7: Stem cell therapy
    Chapter 8: Future application and perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sheldon Magder, Atul Malhotra, Kathryn A. Hibbert, Charles Corey Hardin, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the basic physiology of the cardiac and pulmonary systems, tools for cardiopulmonary monitoring, and related issues in the management of specific conditions. The volume is divided into three main parts. The first part examines the functional basis of normal and abnormal physiology, organized into cardiac and pulmonary units and followed by a combined interactive component. The next section discusses cardiopulmonary monitoring tools and variables and is also divided into cardiac (e.g, echocardiography, heart rate, cardiac output), pulmonary (e.g, lung volume, pleural pressure, electrical impedance tomography), and combined tools such as radiology/MRI and tissue perfusion tests. The third section concerns the management and application of specific clinical problems such as pulmonary hypertension, cardiac shunts, cardiogenic shock, and ECMO with an emphasis on the physiological basics. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring: Basic Physiology, Tools, and Bedside Management for the Critically Ill is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, medical students, and researchers in cardiology, critical care, emergency medicine, anesthesiology, and radiology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part 1: Physiological Basics
    Section 1.1: Cardiovascular Basics
    Chapter 2. Volume and the Regulation of Cardiac Output
    Chapter 3. Function of the Right Heart
    Chapter 4. Function of the Left Heart
    Chapter 5. Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
    Chapter 6. Fluid Filtration in the Microcirculation
    Chapter 7. Physiology of Heart Rate
    Chapter 8. Physiological Aspects of Arterial Blood Pressure
    Chapter 9. Pulsatile Hemodynamics and Arterial Impedance
    Chapter 10. Basics of Fluid Physiology
    Chapter 11. Cerebral Hemodynamics
    Section 1.2: Pulmonary Basics
    Chapter 12. Stress, Strain and the Inflation of the Lung
    Chapter 13. Physiology of PEEP and Auto-PEEP
    Chapter 14. Basics of Ventilation/Perfusion Abnormalities in Critically Ill Ventilated Patients
    Chapter 15. Control of Breathing
    Chapter 16. Respiratory Muscle Blood Flow and Heart-Lung Interactions
    Chapter 17. Surfactant Activity and the Pressure Volume Curve of the Respiratory System
    Section 1.3: Interactions
    Chapter 18. Heart Lung Interactions
    Part 2: The Tools
    Section 2.1: Cardiovascular
    Chapter 19. Blood Pressure Measurements
    Chapter 20. Measurement of Cardiac Output
    Chapter 21. Evaluations of Devices for Measurement of Cardiac Output
    Chapter 22. Basics of Hemodynamic Measurements
    Chapter 23. Cerebral Hemodynamic Monitoring Techniques
    Chapter 24. Transthoracic Echocardiography for Monitoring Cardiopulmonary Interactions
    Chapter 25. Transesophageal Echocardiography for Monitoring Cardiopulmonary Interactions
    Chapter 26. Extra-Cardiac Doppler Hemodynamic Assessment Using Point-of-Care Ultrasound
    Chapter 27. Measurements of Fluid Requirements with Cardiovascular Challenges
    Chapter 28. CO2-Derived Indices to Guide Resuscitation in Critically Ill Patients
    Chapter 29. Microcirculatory Monitoring to Assess Cardio-Pulmonary Status
    Chapter 30. Clinical Assessment and Monitoring of Peripheral Circulation During Shock and Resuscitation
    Chapter 31. Optimizing Oxygen Delivery in Clinical Practice
    Section 2.2: Respiratory
    Chapter 32. Measuring Volume, Flow and Pressure in the Clinical Setting
    Chapter 33. Management of Pleural Pressure
    Chapter 34. Ultrasound Assessment of the Lung
    Chapter 35. Diaphragm Ultrasound: Physiology and Applications
    Chapter 36. Monitoring Respiratory Muscle Function
    Chapter 37. Basics of Electrical Impedance Tomography and its Application
    Chapter 38. Clinical Monitoring by Volumetric Capnography
    Chapter 39. MRI in the Assessment of Cardiopulmonary Interaction
    Section 2.3: Interaction
    Chapter 40. Respiratory Function of Hemoglobin: From Origin to Human Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Chapter 41. Acid Base and Hydrogen Ion
    Part 3: Applications
    Chapter 42. Use of Maintenance and Resuscitation Fluids
    Chapter 43. Identifying and Applying Best PEEP in Ventilated Critically Ill Patients
    Chapter 44. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring in the Prone Patient
    Chapter 45. Cardiopulmonary Interactions in the Management of Acute Obstructive Disease
    Chapter 46. Evaluation and Management of Ventilator-Patient Dyssynchrony
    Chapter 47. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring in the Patient with an Inflamed Lung
    Chapter 48. Ventilation during Veno-Venous Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
    Chapter 49. Vasopressor Support of Patients with Cardio-Pulmonary Failure
    Chapter 50. Cardiogenic Shock Part 1: Epidemiology, Classification, Clinical Presentation, Physiological Process and Non-Mechanical Treatments
    Chapter 51. Cardiogenic Shock Part 2: Mechanical Devices for Cardiogenic Shock
    Chapter 52. Pathophysiology of Sepsis and Heart Lung Interactions: Part 1: Presentation and Mechanisms
    Chapter 53. Pathophysiology of Sepsis and Heart-Lung Interactions: Part 2,Treatment
    Chapter 54. Cardiopulmonary Monitoring of Pulmonary Hypertension and Right Ventricular Failure
    Chapter 55. Monitoring and Management of Acute Pulmonary Embolism
    Chapter 56. Clinical Neurologic Issues in Cerebrovascular Monitoring
    Chapter 57. Delirium in the Critically Ill Patient
    Chapter 58. Obesity in Critically Ill Patients
    Section 4: Epilogue
    Chapter 59. The Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    W.H. Wilson Tang, Frederik H. Verbrugge, Wilfried Mullens, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive manual reviews the management of cardiorenal syndrome in heart failure. Chapters are structured in a practically applicable and easy-to-follow format with realistic case vignettes and key clinical management questions and answers, followed by a brief discussion of underlying pathophysiological mechanisms of a patient with cardiorenal syndrome. Building from this case, key questions are posed that are relevant to the clinical management and then potential evidence-based treatment strategies are proposed. Topics covered include loop diuretic resistance in acute and chronic heart failure, abdominal congestion, low output failure and potential diuretic complications due to hyponatremia. Cardiorenal Syndrome in Heart Failure thoroughly reviews cardiorenal syndrome from the perspective of both the cardiologist and nephrologist. Its case-based approach makes it an ideal resource for both practising and trainee cardiology and nephrology practitioners.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Refining Physiologic-Based Individualized Management of Cardio-Renal Syndrome
    1. A Historical Perspective on Evolving Concepts of Cardio-Renal Syndrome in Heart Failure
    2. Hemodynamic Insights to Cardio-Renal Syndrome: A View Looking Back to See Forward
    Part 1. Insights from Pathophysiologic Mechanisms
    3. Mechanisms of Cardio-Renal Syndrome: From Molecular Pathways to Novel Therapeutics
    4. Pathophysiology of Cardio-Renal Syndrome: Autonomic Mechanisms
    5. Insights on Diuretic Therapy from Clinical and Pharmacologic Perspectives
    Part 2: Case-Based Discussions
    6. A patient with chronic kidney disease and heart failure with reduced ejection fraction
    7. A patient with chronic kidney disease and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction
    8. Heart Failure in a Patient with End-Stage Kidney Disease and Renal Replacement Therapy
    9. Loop diuretic resistance in a patient with chronic heart failure
    10. Worsening renal function in a patient with acute heart failure and volume overload
    11. Loop diuretic resistance in a patient with acute heart failure
    12: Diuretic therapy complicated by hyponatremia
    13. A patient with abdominal congestion
    14. Hepatorenal Dysfunction in a Patient with Advanced Heart Failure
    15. Low output heart failure: the cold and wet patient
    16. Cardio-Renal Syndrome in a Patient with Mechanical Circulatory Support
    17. Patient with Severe Right Heart Failure
    18. Refractory congestion
    when to use ultrafiltration?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Peter Kokkinos and Puneet Narayan.
    Summary: This book examines the links between physical activity (PA), cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF), and cardiovascular and metabolic diseases. It presents an overview of the role of PA and CRF in the prevention and management of risk factors associated with cardiometabolic diseases such as hypertension, peripheral vascular disease, stroke, type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, obesity, and atherosclerosis. In addition, it explores how these risks vary with different populations such as the elderly and people of various racial backgrounds. The book also highlights risks associated with exercise and presents a prescription for appropriate and efficacious exercise to minimize risk and maximize health benefits for the heart. Cardiorespiratory Fitness in Prevention and Management of Cardiometabolic Disease is an essential resource for physicians, exercise physiologists, medical students, residents, fellows, nurses, and researchers in cardiology, cardiorespiratory fitness, exercise science, health promotion and disease prevention, public health, and epidemiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    J. Ernesto Molina.
    Summary: Significant changes have taken place in the realm of cardiac, thoracic, and vascular surgery during the last five to ten years. Many new operative procedures have been developed which remain relatively unknown to cardiothoracic surgeons. This practical manual covers a wide variety of these new processes, several of which are interventions offered to cardiologists practicing in the field of electrophysiology who are unaware that these interventions exist and can help them in situations they cannot solve. It includes general practical techniques; cardiac, thoracic, and vascular surgery procedures; and advances in cardiology and electrophysiology. Throughout the book, illustrations accompany the technical descriptions and show in step-by-step detail how to perform the operations and various procedures using proper equipment. Cardiothoracic Surgical Procedures and Techniques: A Practical Manual is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, physician assistants (PA), and graduate students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, thoracic surgery, and vascular surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jian Yang, Alex Pui-Wai Lee, Vladimiro L. Vid, editors.
    Summary: This book offers readers a comprehensive introduction to the techniques and application of 3D printing in cardiovascular medicine. To do so, it addresses the history, concepts, and methods of 3D printing, choice of printing materials for clinical purposes, personalized planning of cardiac surgery and transcatheter interventions with patient-specific models, enhancement of patient-physician communication, simulation of endovascular procedures, and advances in 3D bio-printing. The book particularly focuses on the application of 3D printing to improve the efficacy and safety of cardiac interventions, and to promote the realization of precision medical care. The book gathers contributions by an international team of experts in the field of cardiovascular medicine, who combine the latest findings with their own practical experience in using 3D printing to support the diagnosis and treatment of a wide range of cardiovascular diseases. They present in-depth discussions in the fields of congenital heart disease, valvular disease, coronary artery disease, cardiomyopathy, left atrial appendage occlusion, cardiac tumors and vascular diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    William E. DeTurk, Lawrence P. Cahalin.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic medical science
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary assessment
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary disease comorbidity
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary interventions
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2018
  • Digital
    Peter R. Hoskins, Patricia V. Lawford, Barry J. Doyle, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a balanced presentation of the fundamental principles of cardiovascular biomechanics research, as well as its valuable clinical applications. Pursuing an integrated approach at the interface of the life sciences, physics and engineering, it also includes extensive images to explain the concepts discussed. Cardiovascular biomechanics encompasses the relationship between the mechanics of the cardiovascular system and biological function in health and disease, and it is increasingly recognised that normal function and diseases involve a complex interplay between biology and mechanical forces. With a focus on explaining the underlying principles, this book examines the physiology and mechanics of circulation, mechanobiology and the biomechanics of different components of the cardiovascular system, in-vivo techniques, in-vitro techniques, and the medical applications of this research. Written for undergraduate and postgraduate students and including sample problems at the end of each chapter, this interdisciplinary text provides an essential introduction to the topic. It is also an ideal reference text for researchers and clinical practitioners, and will benefit a wide range of students and researchers including engineers, physicists, biologists and clinicians who are interested in the area of cardiovascular biomechanics.

    Contents:
    Introduction to fluid and solid mechanics
    Introduction to biomechanics of the cardiovascular system
    Blood and blood flow
    Arterial biomechanics I. Pressure, flow and stiffness
    Arterial biomechanics II. Forces, adaptability and mechanotransduction
    Excitation-contraction in the heart
    Biomechanics of the venous system
    Biomechanics of the microcirculation
    Medical imaging
    Modelling of the cardiovascular system
    Patient specific modelling
    Flow phantoms
    Measurement of the mechanical properties of biological tissues
    Hypertension
    Atherosclerosis
    Aneurysms
    Cardiovascular prostheses
    Appendix 1: Questions
    Appendix 2: Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael Henein, editor.
    Summary: The book systematically describes the clinical and scientific aspects of cardiovascular calcification. Chapters detail the mechanisms associated with arterial and valve calcification, relevant risk factors, pathophysiology and the latest therapeutic techniques. Recent diagnostic technological developments including how computed tomography (CT) scanning can be utilized along with Agatston score to quantify coronary arterial calcification when investigating whether a patient for sub-clinical atherosclerosis are covered. The correlation with the presence of arterial calcification and extent of coronary stenosis is also explored. Cardiovasular Calcification details relevant aspects of the basic science and reviews the latest pathological and therapeutic techniques used in treating patients with cardiovascular calcification. It is therefore an essential resource for practicing cardiologists, cardiac surgeons, vascular specialists and radiologists.

    Contents:
    Plaque collagen synthesis and calcification: Working together to protect against instability and rupture
    Cardiovascular Calcification and Carotid Intima-media Thickness in atherosclerosis
    Heart valve calcification
    Valve Calcification (Aortic and Mitral)
    Calcification and Aortic Syndromes
    Prognostic Value of Coronary Artery Calcium
    Value of coronary calcium-screening for risk assessment in the general population
    Calcification and Coronary Interventions
    Coronary microcalcification
    Imaging Peripheral Arterial Calcifications
    Management of peripheral arterial calcification
    Arterial Calcification and Cerebral Disease: Stroke and Dementia
    Cardiovascular Calcification in Systemic Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Elena Aikawa, Joshua D. Hutcheson, editors.
    Summary: The book covers the basic science and clinical aspects of cardiovascular calcification and bone mineralization. Cardiovascular calcification is the leading predictor of cardiovascular morbidity and mortality, with a predictive value more significant than blood lipid levels. The presence of calcific mineral in cardiovascular tissues alters biomechanical performance, increasing workload on the heart and potentiating atherosclerotic plaque rupture and subsequent heart attack and stroke. This book examines the role of calcification in cardiovascular disease covering topics such as calcification in the atherosclerotic plaques and aortic valves arteries and valves, aortic valve replacement, peripheral artery disease, imaging of early calcification and target discovery. In addition, various forms of ectopic calcification as well as mechanisms of bone mineralization are discussed. Cardiovascular Calcification and Bone Mineralization is an essential resource for clinicians, researchers, and other medical professionals in cardiology, pathology, and biomedical engineering.

    Contents:
    Part I. Cardiovascular Calcification
    Chapter 1. The History of Cardiovascular Calcification
    Chapter 2. Basic Pathology of Arterial and Valvular Calcification in Humans
    Chapter 3. Developmental Pathways and Aortic Valve Calcification
    Chapter 4. Differential Mechanisms of Arterial and Valvular Calcification
    Chapter 5. Calcifying Extracellular Vesicles: Biology, Characterization, and Mineral Formation
    Chapter 6. Role of Biomechanical Stress and Mechanosensitive miRNAs in Calcific Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 7. The Role of Chronic Kidney Disease in Ectopic Calcification
    Chapter 8. The Role of Calcification in Peripheral Artery Disease
    Chapter 9. Bioprosthetic Heart Valve Calcification: Clinicopathologic Correlations, Mechanisms, and Prevention
    Part II. Ectopic Calcification
    Chapter 10. Electron Microscopy for the Characterization of Soft Tissue Mineralization
    Chapter 11. Cardiovascular Calcification in Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria and Correlation with Age-Related Degenerative Calcification
    Chapter 12. Calcinosis in Scleroderma
    Chapter 13. Placental Calcification: Long-standing Questions and New Biomedical Research Directions
    Chapter 14. Heterotopic Ossification Following Traumatic Blast Injury
    Part III. Bone Mineralization
    Chapter 15. The Paradoxical Relationship Between Skeletal and Cardiovascular Mineralization
    Chapter 16. Cellular Contributors to Bone Homeostasis
    Chapter 17. Bone Biology, Modeling, Remodeling, and Mineralization
    Chapter 18. Osteoclasts in Cardiovascular Calcification
    Part IV. Imaging, Treatment, and Target Discovery
    Chapter 19. Imaging Cardiovascular Calcification Activity with 18F-Fluoride PET
    Chapter 20. The Role of Elastin Degradation in Vascular Calcification: Possibilities to Repair Elastin and Reverse Calcification
    Chapter 21. Clinical Trials and Calcification-Based Treatment Decisions
    Chapter 22. Surgical Versus Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Chapter 23. Target Discovery in Calcification Through Omics and Systems Approaches
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Merle Myerson and Marshall J. Glesby.
    Summary: This book provides the most current overview of the evaluation and management of cardiovascular disease in people living with HIV/AIDS. The text assesses the risk factors associated with cardiovascular disease in HIV/AIDS patients and explores the most cutting edge ways to diagnose and treat the specific diseases that are most common for people living with HIV. This text takes a well-rounded, multidisciplinary approach that considers infectious disease and HIV specialists who may have little familiarity with the diagnosis and management of manifest CVD or risk factors as well as those in remote areas where providers may have little or no infrastructure to support optimal care for their patients. The text also serves cardiovascular specialists who may not have the expertise in HIV care to meet the unique needs of these patients. Cardiovascular Care for the Patient Living with HIV is the ultimate resource for not only all infectious disease and HIV specialists, but also for cardiologists, neurologists, vascular surgeons, general practitioners, nurse practitioners, physicians assistants, and all other medical professionals who care for people living with HIV.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Maciej Banach, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive approach on COVID-19 cardiac complications, both during the acute phase as well as in the long-COVID period. It provides an up-to-date and highly illustrated summary of the biology of SARS-CoV-2, the course of COVID-19, risk factors that worsen the disease in COVID-19 patients, clinical features of COVID-19 patients, COVID-19 cardiological complications, treatment, and prevention methods, and long-term cardiological aspects of COVID-19. Chapters provide the reader with a contemporary perspective on the emerging links between COVID-19 and cardiovascular disease. In addition, this volume discusses the clinical implications and therapeutic goals in patients with COVID-19 and cardiac complications, as well as possible therapeutic options. It also offers clear recommendations on how to manage (both non- and pharmacologically) to avoid the increased number of COVID-19 related deaths due to CVD and its risk factors. Cardiovascular Complications of COVID-19 will be the primary resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and nursed and medical students in the fields of cardiology and COVID-19/infectious diseases as well as healthcare providers that initiate preventive activities and dedicated programs.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Part I: General Part
    Chapter 1: Biology of SARS-CoV-2 Coronavirus
    Origin, Structure, and Variants
    Introduction
    Method of Search
    The SARS-CoV-2 Biology
    The SARS-CoV-2 Origins
    HCoV-229E
    HCoV-OC43
    SARS-CoV
    HCoV-NL63
    HCoV-HKU1
    MERS-CoV
    SARS-CoV-2
    The SARS-CoV-2 Structure
    SARS-CoV-2 Variants
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 2: COVID-19 Epidemiology and Differences in Incidence and Mortality Between Countries
    Origins
    Asian Countries
    COVID-19 in the United States of America Canada
    Mexico
    Peru
    Brazil
    Colombia
    Europe
    Russia
    Ukraine
    Italy
    Poland
    South Africa
    Antarctica
    References
    Chapter 3: Clinical Symptoms and Course of COVID-19
    SARS-CoV-2 Transmission
    Virus Replication
    Immunological Responses and Cytokine Storm (CS)
    Virus Variants and Associated Evolution in the Clinical Course
    Clinical Stages of COVID-19 [21]
    Mild and Asymptomatic Stage
    Symptomatic Stage
    Severe Disease
    Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome/Critical Stage
    Clinical Symptoms of COVID-19 General Symptoms in the Early, Asymptomatic and Mild Infection
    Respiratory Manifestations
    Extra-Respiratory Manifestations
    Hematologic Abnormalities
    Prothrombotic Events
    Cardiovascular Involvement
    Neurological and Neuropsychiatric Manifestations
    Kidney Involvement
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Involvement
    Skin Associated COVID-19 Symptoms
    COVID-19 in Children
    Long COVID-19
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Risk Factors of Developing COVID-19 and its Severe Course
    COVID-19 and Related Cardiovascular Risk Factors
    Age
    Sex
    Smoking
    Diabetes Obesity
    Hypertension
    Dyslipidemia
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Additional Markers of Increased CV Disease Risk in COVID-19
    References
    Chapter 5: Prognosis in COVID-19 Patients: Statistics, Risk Factors
    Introduction
    Demographic Features
    Age and Sex
    Ethnicity
    Clinical Symptoms
    Comorbidities and the Course of COVID-19
    Hypertension
    Diabetes Mellitus
    Obesity
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
    Chronic Kidney Disease
    Cancer
    Special Conditions and Populations of Patients and the COVID-19 Course
    Smoking
    Pregnancy
    Children Selected Laboratory Parameters Values and the COVID-19 Course
    Leukocyte Counts
    Lymphocyte Counts
    Neutrophil Counts
    Platelet Counts
    C-Reactive Protein (CRP)
    Procalcitonin (PCT)
    Lactate Dehydrogenase (LDH)
    Interleukin 6 (IL-6)
    D-Dimer
    Ferritin
    Albumin
    Aspartate Aminotransferase (AST) and Alanine Aminotransferase (ALT)
    Cardiac Troponin
    Complications
    Reinfection
    Conclusions and Take-Home Message
    References
    Part II: Cardiovascular Complications of the Acute Phase of COVID-19
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Umair Mallick.
    Summary: This book discusses the evidence behind the relationship between COVID-19 and heart disease based on emerging state-of-the-art data. The rapid and unexpected global spread of the COVID-19 has revealed proportional levels of cardiovascular and metabolic complications. A myriad of pathogenetic mechanisms has come to the surface. There is still much research required to define whether cardiovascular disease causes COVID-19 complications or that cardiovascular disease appears as a result of the infection and which mechanisms are responsible. With cardiovascular and metabolic diseases already at pandemic levels and expected to increase further, this book provides readers with an urgent and thorough analysis of this association. Cardiovascular Complications of COVID-19: Risk, Pathogenesis and Outcomes provides answers to the increasing numbers of questions related to heart disease in COVID-19, highlighting the association between these pandemics and including risk factors, mechanisms and how these may impact diverse patients populations. It describes how COVID-19 impacts older patients and those with metabolic illnesses such as obesity and diabetes mellitus, while providing an overview of the observed gender dichotomy among patients. It therefore represents an essential resource not only for all cardiovascular physicians but also for any healthcare professionals managing patients with these diseases or those exploring COVID-19.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Virology Of COVID 19
    Clinical Features And Complications Of COVID 19.-Treatment Options In Covid 19
    Inflammation And COVID 19
    Renin Angiotensin System And COVID 19
    Pathogenetic Mechanisms In Non-Cardiovascular Complications
    Cytokines And Viral Damage In COVID 19
    Thrombosis In COVID 19
    Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 In COVID 19
    Regulatory Systems And COVID 19
    Miscellaneous Novel Mechanisms In COVID 19
    Myocardial Injury And Acute Coronary Syndromes In COVID 19
    Heart Failure, Hypertension And Arrhythmias In COVID 19
    Patients With Cardiometabolic Diseases And COVID 19
    Older Age And COVID 19
    Gender Dichotomy And COVID 19
    Quality Of Research In COVID 19
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Senta S. Rogers and Irvin C. Mohler.
    Contents:

    v. 1. 1960-1973.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6664.H3 R63 1974
    1
  • Digital
    Keith C. Ferdinand, Herman A. Taylor, Jr., Carlos J. Rodriguez, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses the impact of genetics, social determinants of health, the environment, and lifestyle in the burden of cardiometabolic conditions in African American and Hispanic/Latinx populations. It includes fully updated and revised chapters on genetics and CVD risk, epidemiology of cardiovascular health, cardiovascular imaging, dyslipidemias and other emerging risk factors, obesity and metabolic syndrome, heart failure, and genetic variations in CVD. Unique aspects within African American and Hispanic/Latinx populations are explored with suggested appropriate therapeutic interventions. New chapters focus on ASCVD risk assessment, emerging precision medicine concepts, the impact of diabetes, resilience and CVD survival, and lifestyle and dieting considerations. Written by a team of experts, the book examines the degree to which biomedical and scientific literature can clarify the impact of genetic variation and environment on cardiovascular disease. The Second Edition of Cardiovascular Disease in Racial and Ethnic Minority Populations is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, internal medicine, family medicine, clinical lipidology, and epidemiology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    References
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Overview and Perspectives: Cardiovascular Disease in Racial/Ethnic Minorities in the Era of COVID-19
    Introduction
    Introduction to Precision Medicine: Minority Populations and Cardiovascular Health
    Lipoprotein(a): A Cardiovascular Risk Factor Affecting Ethnic Minorities
    Emerging Precision Medicine Concepts and Cardiovascular Health in African Americans and Hispanics
    The Implementation Frontier: Impact on Cardiovascular Health in Racial and Ethnic Minority Populations
    Genomic Approaches to Hypertension Heart Failure in African Americans and Hispanic Americans: A Persistent and Disproportionate Burden in Underrepresented Minorities
    Heterogeneity, Nativity, and Disaggregation of Cardiovascular Risk and Outcomes in Hispanic Americans
    Cardiovascular Epidemiology in Hispanics/Latinos: Lessons Learned from HCHS/SOL
    Lessons Learned from the Jackson Heart Study (JHS)
    Cardiovascular Disease Risk Factors in the Hispanic/Latino Population
    Progress in ASCVD Risk Assessment in African American and Hispanics Cardiovascular Disease in Minorities: Unique Considerations Hypertension in African and Hispanic Americans
    Weight Loss, Lifestyle, and Dietary Factors in CVD in African Americans and Hispanics
    Coronary Calcium Scoring in African American and Hispanic Patients
    Epidemiology CVD in African Americans
    Cardiac Amyloid Heart Disease in Racial/Ethnic Minorities: Focus on Transthyretin Amyloid Cardiomyopathy
    Imaging for the Assessment and Management of Cardiovascular Disease in Women and Minority Populations
    References 2: Introduction to Precision Medicine: Minority Populations and Cardiovascular Health
    An Introduction to Genomic Testing
    Diagnostic Genetic Testing for Heart Disease
    Advances in Genetic Testing
    Development of Genetic Tests as an Evidence-Based Process
    Lack of Diversity in Genetic Research and the Missing Evidence Supporting Generalizability of Genetic Tests
    Impaired Discovery of Genetic Causes in Minority Populations
    Misdiagnosis of Genetic Conditions in Minority Populations
    Unclear Treatment Response in Minority Populations Unclear Validity and Utility of Individual Genetic Tests in Minority Populations
    Understanding the Personal Utility of Genetic Tests in Minority Populations
    Access to Precision Medicine and the Health Disparities
    On the Horizon
    The Road Forward
    References
    3: Lipoprotein(a): A Cardiovascular Risk Factor Affecting Ethnic Minorities
    Introduction to Lipoprotein(a)
    References
    4: Emerging Precision Medicine Concepts and Cardiovascular Health in African Americans and Hispanics
    Introduction
    Race, Ethnicity, and Genetic Ancestry
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thorsten M. Leucker, Gary Gerstenblith, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Bernhard T. Baune, Phillip J. Tully, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology of Cardiovascular Disease and Depression
    The risk relationship between depression and CVD during aging
    Mechanisms linking depression to cardiovascular disease: what do epidemiological studies tell us?
    Anxiety and the effects on cardiovascular disease
    A Clinical Cardiology Perspective of Psychocardiology
    The validity of vascular depression as a diagnostic construct
    Mental stress-induced myocardial infarction
    Neuropsychological Impairment of Patients with Depression
    Neuroimaging of risk factors of depression and cardiovascular disease
    Heart Rate Variability, Affective Disorders and Health
    Arterial Stiffness in the depression and cardiovascular comorbidity
    Depression and markers of arteriosclerosis
    cross-sectional analyses of the baseline examination of the BiDirect Cohort study
    Metabolic-Inflammation Aspects of Depression and Cardiovascular Disease
    Genetic overlap between depression and cardiovascular disease
    Emotional word processing in cardiovascular disease, depression, and depression subtypes
    Nutrition and depression
    current evidence on the association of dietary patterns with depression and its subtypes
    Cardiometabolic Risk and Monitoring in Psychiatric Disorders
    Monitoring for metabolic dysfunction and cardiovascular disease in bipolar disorder: a shared illness process approach
    Assessment and Psychological interventions in depression comorbid with cardiovascular disease
    Moving beyond mood: is it time to recommend cognitive training for depression in older adults?
    The Internet and Mobile technology: a platform for behavior change and intervention in depression and CVDs
    Pharmacological treatment and prevention of cardiovascular diseases and depression comorbidity: understanding epidemiological, clinical trial evidence and the biological underpinnings
    Anti-inflammatory agents for the treatment of depression in the light of comorbid cardiovascular disease
    The use of complementary alternative and integrative medicine (CAIM) for treatment and prevention of late-life depression and cardiovascular disease
    An integrative psychosomatic approach to the treatment of to the treatment of patients with cardiovascular disease
    Prevention of CVD in depression
    Screening for depression in coronary heart disease: detection of early disease states.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    [series editor, Graeme S. Avery].
    Contents:
    v.1, Antiarrhythmic, antihypertensive, and lipid lowering drugs ; v.2, [beta]-adrenoceptor blocking drugs ; v.3, Antithrombotic drugs ; v.4, Antihypertensive drugs today.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM345 .C375
    4
  • Digital
    Steven H. Yale, Halil Tekiner, Joseph J. Mazza, Eileen S. Yale, Ryan C. Yale.
    Summary: This book proposes a novel learning approach that complements and augments the prevailing method of case-based learning. Learning these signs requires the application and integration of the fundamental skills of observation, palpation, percussion, and auscultation, and in more advanced cases, the use of maneuvers performed at the patient's bedside. The book provides a discussion of the utility of the signs and reviews the mechanism and pathophysiology of related cardiovascular diseases. Each chapter discusses eponymic signs for a variety of cardiovascular diseases such as atherosclerosis, heart failure, hypertension, venothromboembolism, ischemic heart disease, pericarditis, and peripheral vascular disease. Finding a particular sign during the physical examination enhances clinical suspicion for a specific cardiovascular disease, directing physicians to obtain more specific studies to confirm a diagnosis. This should lead to the delivery of more efficient care with the potential benefit of lowering health care costs. Cardiovascular Eponymic Signs: Diagnostic Skills Applied During the Physical Examination is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, primary care, and internal medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Aneurysms
    2. Atherosclerosis
    3. Endocarditis
    4. Heart Failure
    5. Hypertension
    6. Ischemic Heart Disease
    7. Murmurs
    8. Pericarditis
    9. Peripheral Vascular Disease
    10. Pulse
    11. Reflexes
    12. Sounds
    13. Sternal, Suprasternal, Intrathoracic and Right Atrium
    14. Venothromboembolism
    15. Vitals.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dhavendra Kumar, Perry Elliott, editors.
    Summary: This title reflects the exponential growth in the knowledge and information on this subject and defines the extensive clinical translation of cardiovascular genetics and genomics in clinical practice. This concise, clinically oriented text is targeted at a broad range of clinicians who manage patients and families with a wide range of heterogeneous inherited cardiovascular conditions. Cardiovascular Genetics and Genomics: Principles and Clinical Practice includes a concise and clear account on selected topics written by a team of leading experts on clinical cardiovascular genetics. Each chapter include key information to assist the clinician and case histories have been incorporated to reflect contemporary practice in clinical cardiovascular genetics and genomics. Therefore this will be of key importance to all professionals working in the discipline, from clinicians and trainees in cardiology, cardiac surgery, electrophysiology, immunology through geneticists, nursing staff and those involved in precision medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Arman T. Askari, Adrian W. Messerli, editors.
    Summary: Intended for anyone involved in the day-to-day management of patients with hemodynamic derangements, this book reinforces the basic tenets of hemodynamics through the use of hemodynamic tracings and clinical correlation.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Acknowledgment; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Components of Myocardial Performance;
    1: Preload; Understanding the Concept; Preload Physiology and Theory; Chamber Anatomy and Function; The Right Atrial Pressure Waveform; Assessing Preload from the Right Atrial Pressure; Preload Reserve and the Venous System; Preload and the Respiratory Cycle; The Pulmonary Capillary Wedge Pressure Waveform; Assessing Preload from the Pulmonary Capillary Wedge Pressure; Preload Dependency and Pressure-Volume Loops Preload in Clinical PracticeInvasive Hemodynamics; Noninvasive Preload Assessment Techniques; Additional Invasive Preload Assessment Techniques; References; Suggested Reading;
    2: Afterload; Understanding the Concept; Afterload Physiology and Theory; Afterload and Arterial Vasculature; Reflected Pressure Waves; Input Impedance and Characteristic Impedance; Assessing Afterload from Invasive Hemodynamics; Ventricular Wall Stress Versus Arterial Input Impedance; Afterload Mismatch; Ventriculo-Arterial Coupling and Pressure-Volume Loops; Afterload and Cardiac Efficiency Definition and Determinants of Cardiac OutputCirculatory Hemodynamics; Hemodynamic Disturbances: The Failing Heart and Shock; Methods of Determining Cardiac Output; Thermodilution; The Fick Cardiac Output; Other Methods of Assessing Cardiac Output; References; Suggested Reading; Part II: Effects of Selected Interventions on CV Hemodynamics;
    5: Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone Axis Modulators and Other Vasodilators; Introduction; Mechanism of Raas Inhibitors; Cardiovascular Hemodynamics; Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors; Angiotensin Receptor Blockers; Aldosterone Antagonists Direct Renin InhibitorsDual RAAS Blockade; Other Vasodilators; References;
    6: Beta Blockers and Calcium Channel Blockers; Introduction; Beta Blockers; Introduction; Pharmacological Characteristics of Beta Blockers; Hemodynamic Effects of Beta Blockers; Effect on Central Pressure; The Therapeutic Indications of Beta Blockers; Hypertension; Arrhythmia; Heart Failure; Coronary Artery Disease; Conclusion; Calcium Channel Blockers (CCBs); Introduction; Mechanism of Action; Classification; Cardiovascular Hemodynamics; Left Ventricular Hypertrophy; Effects on Cardiac Contractility
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by George A. Stouffer ; associate editors, J. Larry Klein, David P. McLaughlin.
    Contents:
    Basics of hemodynamics. Introduction to basic hemodynamic principles / James E Faber, George A Stouffer
    The nuts and bolts of right heart catheterization and PA catheter placement / Vickie Strang, George A Stouffer
    Normal hemodynamics / Alison Keenon, Eron D Crouch, James E Faber, George A Stouffer
    Arterial pressure / George A Stouffer
    The atrial waveform / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Cardiac output / Frederick M Costello, George A Stouffer
    Detection, localization, and quantification of intracardiac shunts / Frederick M Costello, George A Stouffer
    Valvular heart disease. Aortic stenosis / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamics of transcatheter and surgical aortic valve replacement / John P Vavalle, Michael Yeung, Thomas G Caranasos, Cassandra J Ramm
    Mitral stenosis / Robert V Kelly, Chadwick Huggins, George A Stouffer
    Aortic regurgitation / George A Stouffer
    Mitral regurgitation / Robert V Kelly, Mauricio G Cohen, George A Stouffer
    The tricuspid valve / David A Tate, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamic findings in pulmonic valve disease / Cynthia Zhou, Anand Shah, George A Stouffer
    Cardiomyopathies. Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy / Jayadeep S Varanasi, George A Stouffer
    Heart failure / Geoffrey T Jao, Steven Filby, Patricia P Chang
    Restrictive cardiomyopathy / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Pericardial disease. Constrictive pericarditis / David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Cardiac tamponade / Siva B Mohan, George A Stouffer
    Effusive-constrictive pericarditis / Eric M Crespo, Sidney C Smith, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamic support. Hemodynamics of intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation / Richard A Santa-Cruz, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamics of left ventricular assist device implantation / Brett C Sheridan, Jason N Katz
    Coronary hemodynamics. Coronary hemodynamics / David P McLaughlin, Samuel S Wu, George A Stouffer
    Fractional flow reserve / Paul M Johnson, Shriti Mehta, Prashant Kaul, George A Stouffer
    Miscellaneous. Right ventricular myocardial infarction / Robert V Kelly, Mauricio G Cohen, George A Stouffer
    Pulmonary hypertension / Lisa J Rose-Jones, Daniel Fox, David P McLaughlin, George A Stouffer
    Hemodynamics of arrhythmias and pacemakers / Rodrigo Bolanos, Kimberly A Selzman, Lukas Jantac, George A Stouffer
    Systematic evaluation of hemodynamic tracings / George A Stouffer.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Elena Aikawa, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Preclinical imaging of mechanisms of atherosclerosis and its complications
    Pathobiology and basic mechanisms of atherosclerosis
    Ultrasound imaging of endothelial cell activation and damage in atherosclerosis
    Molecular imaging of macrophages
    Optical molecular imaging of inflammation and calcification in atherosclerosis
    Imaging of antigen-presenting cells
    Imaging of oxidation-specific epitopes
    Intravascular molecular imaging
    Imaging of complications of atherosclerosis (platelets aggregation and thrombosis)
    Part 2: Imaging insights into mechanisms of calcific aortic valve disease (CAVD) and calcification
    Pathobiology and basic mechanisms of CAVD
    Molecular imaging of aortic valve inflammation and calcification: Preclinical studies
    PET CT imaging of inflammation and calcification in CAVD: Clinical studies
    Ultrasound imaging of CAVD
    Micro-OCT imaging of microcalcification
    Part 3: Clinical imaging of inflammation and calcification
    MR imaging in cardiovascular disease
    Molecular mechanisms of atherosclerosis imaged by MR
    Cardiovascular nuclear imaging
    Preclinical and clinical PET CT imaging of inflammation and calcification
    Clinical feasibility and monitoring of the effects of anti-inflammatory therapy in atherosclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Riccarda Granata, Jørgen Isgaard.
    Contents:
    Testosterone and cardiovascular risk in men / Kelly, D.M., Jones, T.H.
    Hormone therapy and venous thromboembolism among postmenopausal women / Scarabin, P.-Y.
    Cardiovascular and metabolic impact of glucocorticoid replacement therapy / Johannsson, G., Ragnarsson, O.
    Cardiovascular disease and thyroid function / Faber, J., Selmer, C.
    Hormonal alterations in heart failure : anabolic impairment in chronic heart failure
    diagnostic, prognostic and therapeutic issues / Arcopinto, M., Cittadini, A.
    Genetics of primary aldosteronism / Funder, J.W.
    Adipose tissue dysfunction and inflammation in cardiovascular disease / Wronkowitz, N., Romacho, T., Sell, H., Eckel, J.
    Potential peptides in atherosclerosis therapy / Marleau, S., Mellal, K., Huynh, D.N., Ong, H.
    Interaction between insulin-like growth factor-1 and atherosclerosis and vascular aging / Higashi, Y., Quevedo, H.C., Tiwari, S., Sukhanov, S., Shai, S.-Y., Anwar, A., Delafontaine, P.
    Ghrelin and the cardiovascular system / Tokudome, T., Kishimoto, I., Miyazato, M., Kangawa, K.
    Natriuretic peptide system and the heart / del Ry, S., Cabiati, M., Clerico, A.
    Beyond glycemic control : cardiovascular effects of incretin-based therapies / Angeli, F.S., Shannon, R.P.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Warren J. Manning, Dudley J. Pennell.
    Contents:
    Basic principles of cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Techniques for T1, T2, and extracellular volume mapping
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance contrast agents
    Myocardial perfusion imaging theory
    Myocardial perfusion cardiovascular magnetic resonance : advanced techniques
    Blood flow velocity assessment
    Use of navigator echoes in cardiovascular magnetic resonance and factors affecting their implementation
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance assessment of myocardial oxygenation
    Cardiac magnetic resonance spectroscopy
    Special considerations for cardiovascular magnetic resonance : safety, electrocardiographic setup, monitoring, and contraindications
    Pacemaker and implantable cardioverter-defibrillator safety and safe scanning
    Special considerations : cardiovascular magnetic resonance in infants and children
    Human cardiac magnetic resonance at ultrahigh fields : technical innovations, early clinical applications and opportunities for discoveries
    Clinical cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging techniques
    Normal cardiac anatomy
    Assessment of cardiac function
    Stress cardiovascular magnetic resonance : wall motion
    Stress cardiovascular magnetic resonance : clinical myocardial perfusion
    Acute myocardial infarction : cardiovascular magnetic resonance detection and characterization
    Acute myocardial infarction : ventricular remodeling
    Myocardial viability
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance tagging for assessment of left ventricular diastolic function
    Magnetic resonance imaging of coronary arteries : technique
    Coronary artery imaging : clinical results
    Coronary artery and sinus velocity and flow
    Coronary artery bypass graft imaging and assessment of flow
    Atherosclerotic plaque imaging : aorta and carotid
    Atherosclerotic plaque imaging : coronaries
    Assessment of the biophysical mechanical properties of the arterial wall
    Valvular heart disease
    Role of cardiovascular magnetic resonance in dilated cardiomyopathy
    T1 and T2 mapping and extracellular volume in cardiomyopathy
    Cardiac iron loading and myocardial T2
    Arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy
    Myocarditis
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging in the evaluation of cardiac transplantation
    Cardiac and paracardiac masses
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance assessment of right ventricular anatomy and function
    Simple and complex congenital heart disease : infants and children
    Simple and complex congenital heart disease : adults
    Pulmonary vein and left atrial imaging
    Thoracic aortic disease
    Cardiovascular magnetic resonance angiography : carotids, aorta, and peripheral vessels
    Pulmonary artery
    The pericardium : anatomy and spectrum of disease
    Interventional cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Pediatric interventional cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Cost-effectiveness analysis for cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging
    Cardiac positron emission tomography/magnetic resonance
    Guidelines for cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Noncardiac pathology
    CMR screening form: Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center (BIDMC): CMR Center
    CMR sequence protocols in use (2018) at the Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center (BIDMC): CMR Center
    Analogous CMR terminology used by various vendors.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Raymond Y. Kwong, Michael Jerosch-Herold, Bobak Heydari, editors.
    Summary: The significantly updated second edition of this important work provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging (CMR), a rapidly evolving tool for diagnosis and intervention of cardiovascular disease. New and updated chapters focus on recent applications of CMR such as electrophysiological ablative treatment of arrhythmias, targeted molecular MRI, and T1 mapping methods. The book presents a state-of-the-art compilation of expert contributions to the field, each examining normal and pathologic anatomy of the cardiovascular system as assessed by magnetic resonance imaging. Functional techniques such as myocardial perfusion imaging and assessment of flow velocity are emphasized, along with the exciting areas of artherosclerosis plaque imaging and targeted MRI. This cutting-edge volume represents a multi-disciplinary approach to the field, with contributions from experts in cardiology, radiology, physics, engineering, physiology and biochemistry, and offers new directions in noninvasive imaging. The Second Edition of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging is an essential resource for cardiologists and radiologists striving to lead the way into the future of this important field.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    editor, John H.K. Vogel.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC667 .C394
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Debabrata Mukherjee, Richard A Lange.
    Summary: "The field of cardiovascular medicine continues to rapidly evolve in both diagnostic and therapeutic arenas. Over the past decade, substantial advances have been made on many fronts including the development and utilization of techniques and devices for cardiovascular imaging, electrophysiology mapping and ablation techniques, heart failure diagnosis and management, percutaneous hemodynamic support, newer drug-eluting stents, drug coated balloons and structural heart endovascular techniques. Concurrent with advances in percutaneous techniques, cardiovascular surgery has also evolved with minimally invasive and robotic techniques"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2022
  • Digital
    Sven Plein, John Greenwood, John P. Ridgway, editors.
    Summary: This updated manual is a practical and compact introductory text to CMR. It includes a didactic overview of the physics of magnetic resonance imaging, cross-referencing consistently to the clinical chapters and describing the relationship between an understanding of basic MRI physics and producing better images. Building on the first edition, the authors review the practicalities of CMR from referral to screening, set-up of the study and reporting, including numerous tips and tricks on how the reader can improve the quality of their images. The book outlines the most commonly acquired image components used in CMR and details how CMR is used in clinical practice. It covers the most common referrals for CMR imaging in a structured way with imaging protocols and case examples for each indication. Throughout the book, the authors have used graphs and tables to highlight important learning aspects. The emphasis of each chapter is on providing practical, hands-on information, making this book a key resource for all training and certifying for the use of CMR. Cardiovascular MR Manual, 2e is of use to all clinicians working in cardiology or imaging for developing a general understanding of the diagnostic information that can be obtained from CMR, the indications for referral, and the contraindications and limitations of the technique.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ik-Kyung Jang, editor.
    Contents:
    History of OCT
    Physics of OCT
    Histology validation of OCT images
    Characterization of coronary plaques
    Basic interpretation skill
    Early stent evaluation
    Late stent changes
    Bioabsorbable stent
    Stent thrombosis
    Neoatherosclerosis
    Consensus document
    Future development. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ik-Kyung Jang, editor.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition comprehensively reviews the use of optical coherence tomography (OCT) in cardiovascular practice. It provides detailed guidance on how to properly interpret OCT images and successfully utilise it in daily clinical practice Chapters cover the development and physics associated with OCT, relevant interpretation skills, OCT imaging artifacts, plaque erosion, bioabsorbable stent, the detection of vulnerable plaque, and the use of OCT imaging in unison with other modalities such as phase contrast imaging (PCI). Areas of potential future development are also covered Cardiovascular OCT Imaging enables interventional cardiologists and cardiologists to quickly become both familiar and develop a detailed understanding of this technology to improve patient care and treatment outcome. It is a valuable reference for all practising and trainee medical professionals in cardiology, and in particular those who specialize in interventional cardiology.

    Contents:
    The Development and Physics of OCT
    Histology Validation of OCT Images
    Basic Interpretation Skills
    Intravascular OCT Imaging Artifacts
    Coronary plaque types: TCFA, healed plaque, calcified plaque
    Plaque Erosion
    How to use OCT to optimize PCI
    Post-PCI OCT findings and the clinical significance
    Very Late Stent Thrombosis (neoatherosclerosis)
    Bioabsorbable Stent
    Detection of Vulnerable Plaque
    Multi-modality imaging
    Future Development. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gary V. Heller, Timothy M. Bateman, James A. Case, Parthiban Arumugam.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Current Concepts of Cardiovascular Pet Imaging: The New Paradigm Timothy M. Bateman
    Section 1: Current Concepts of Cardiovascular Pet Imaging: The New Paradigm: Introduction
    Section 2: Clinical Overview of Contemporary Myocardial Perfusion Imaging with Cardiac PET
    Chapter 1: Clinical Overview of Contemporary Myocardial Perfusion Imaging with Cardiac Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    Chapter 2: Coronary Artery Calcium Scanning in Conjunction with Stress/Rest Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: Complementary Uses for Risk Assessment and Clinical Patient Management
    Chapter 3: Interpretation of Cardiac PET Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Studies
    Section 3: Quantitative Myocardial Blood Flow Assessment
    Chapter 4: Assessing Myocardial Blood Flow with Cardiac PET: Acquisition, Processing, and Quality Control
    Chapter 5: Quantitative Myocardial Blood Flow: Practical Clinical Perspective with Case Examples
    Section 4: Technical Developments in Cardiovascular PET
    Chapter 6: Latest Innovations in Cardiovascular PET Instrumentation
    Chapter 7: New Developments in Cardiac PET Radionuclide Production: Tracers, Cyclotrons, Generators, and Delivery Systems for Cardiac PET Imaging
    Chapter 8: Radiation Exposure with Cardiovascular PET: New Data
    Section 5: Myocardial Viability Assessment: The Current Role of Cardiac PET
    Chapter 9: Cardiac PET Myocardial Viability Assessment: Emerging Clinical Data
    Chapter 10: Patient Preparation for FDG PET Viability Imaging
    Chapter 11: Interpretation of Cardiac PET Myocardial Viability Studies
    Section 6: Current Status of Assessment of Cardiovascular Inflammation and Infection Imaging
    Chapter 12: Current Status of Assessment of Cardiac Sarcoid and Cardiac Amyloid with PET/CT Imaging
    Chapter 13: FDG PET/CT for Imaging Cardiovascular Device Infection.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    David E. Mohrman, PhD, Lois Jane Heller, PhD.
    Contents:
    Overview of the cardiovascular system
    Characteristics of cardiac muscle cells
    The heart pump
    Measurements of cardiac function
    Cardiac abnormalities
    The peripheral vascular system
    Vascular control
    Hemodynamic interactions
    Regulation of arterial pressure
    Cardiovascular responses to physiological stresses
    Cardiovascular function in pathological situations
    Answers to study questions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    David E. Mohrman, Lois Jane Heller.
    Summary: "This ninth edition includes some recent, new findings as well as a newly added emphasis on cardiovascular energetics. The latter is a result of our recent realization that maximizing energy efficiency to limit the workload on the heart is an important part of the overall plan."--Preface

    Contents:
    Overview of the cardiovascular system
    Characteristics of cardiac muscle cells
    The heart pump
    Measurements of cardiac function
    Cardiac abnormalities
    The peripheral vascular system
    Vascular control
    Hemodynamic interactions
    Regulation of arterial pressure
    Cardiovascular responses to physiological stresses
    Cardiovascular function in pathological situations
    Answers to study questions
    Appendices.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Achilles J. Pappano, Withrow Gil Wier.
    Summary: "Gain a foundational understanding of cardiovascular physiology and how the cardiovascular system functions in health and disease. Cardiovascular Physiology, a volume in the Mosby Physiology Series, explains the fundamentals of this complex subject in a clear and concise manner, while helping you bridge the gap between normal function and disease with pathophysiology content throughout the book"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Overview of the circulation and blood
    Excitation : the cardiac action potential
    Automaticity : natural excitation of the heart
    The cardiac pump
    Regulation of the heartbeat
    Hemodynamics
    The arterial system
    The microcirculation and lymphatics
    The peripheral circulation and its control
    Control of cardiac output: coupling of heart and blood vessels
    Coronary circulation
    Special circulations
    Interplay of central and peripheral factors that control the circulation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Richard E. Klabunde.
    Summary: Praised for its concise coverage, this highly accessible monograph lays a foundation for understanding the underlying concepts of normal cardiovascular function and offers a welcome alternative to a more mechanicastically oriented approach or an encyclopedic physiology text. Clear explanations, ample illustrations, and engaging clinical cases and problems provide the perfect guidance for self-directed learning and prepare you to excel in clinical practice. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the cardiovascular system
    Cellular structure and function
    Electrical activity of the heart
    Cardiac function
    Vascular function
    Neurohumoral control of the heart and circulation
    Organ blood flow
    Exchange function of the microcirculation
    Cardiovascular integration, adaptation, and pathophysiology.
  • Digital
    editors, Vahid Serpooshan and Sean M. Wu.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date resource on the use of regenerative medicine for the treatment of cardiovascular disease. It provides a much-needed review of the rapid development and evolution of bio-fabrication techniques to engineer cardiovascular tissues as well as their use in clinical settings. The book incorporates recent advances in the biology, biomaterial design, and manufacturing of bioengineered cardiovascular tissue with their clinical applications to bridge the basic sciences to current and future cardiovascular treatment. The book begins with an examination of state-of-the-art cellular, biomaterial, and macromolecular technologies for the repair and regeneration of diseased heart tissue. It discusses advances in nanotechnology and bioengineering of cardiac microtissues using acoustic assembly. Subsequent chapters explore the clinical applications and translational potential of current technologies such as cardiac patch-based treatments, cell-based regenerative therapies, and injectable hydrogels. The book examines how these methodologies are used to treat a variety of cardiovascular diseases including myocardial infarction, congenital heart disease, and ischemic heart injuries. Finally, the volume concludes with a summary of the most prominent challenges and perspectives on the field of cardiovascular tissue engineering and clinical cardiovascular regenerative medicine. Cardiovascular Regenerative Medicine is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology and cardiovascular regeneration as well as clinical and basic researchers in bioengineering, nanomaterial and technology, and cardiovascular biology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael D. Shapiro, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive text dedicated to risk assessment in the primary prevention of atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. It provides an overview of current evidence regarding approaches to risk assessment, traditional and emerging risk factors, and atherosclerosis imaging for refinement of risk estimation. The volume seeks to provide an essential resource for professionals in the field to assess their patients for risk of cardiovascular disease. The book is divided into five sections, starting off with an overview of current best practices to risk assessment in primary prevention around the world. The second section discusses traditional risk factors, such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, diabetes, smoking, and obesity. The third section reviews the newly introduced concept of ‘Risk Enhancers’. The fourth section offers insight on novel risk factors, with in-depth discussion regarding lipoprotein(a), high-sensitivity CRP, apolipoprotein B, social determinants of health, stress and cardiovascular disease. and polygenic risk scores. The final section covers the use of non-invasive atherosclerosis imaging (computed tomography and ultrasound-based techniques) as a tool to refine risk estimates. Throughout the book, readers will find multiple tables, figures, and illustrations that complement the text. Up-to-date, evidence-based, and clinically oriented, Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Primary Prevention is a must-have resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, endocrinology, primary care, and health promotion and disease prevention.

    Contents:
    Part 1 - Global Approaches to Risk Assessment
    1. Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Primary Prevention
    2. Global Approaches to Risk Assessment – the U.S. Guidelines
    3. European Guidelines for Risk Assessment in the Primary Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease
    Part 2 - Traditional Risk Factors
    4. Hypercholesterolemia
    5. Blood pressure control in primary care
    6. Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes
    7. Primary Prevention: Smoking
    8. At the Heart of the Matter: Obesity and its Interplay with Preventive Cardiology
    Part 3 - Risk Enhancers
    9. Family History of Premature Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease
    10. Primary Prevention and Cardiovascular Risk Assessment in Women
    11. Ethnic Factors in the Assessment of Cardiovascular Risk for Primary Prevention
    12. Triglycerides Rich-Lipoproteins
    13. "Inflammatory Diseases and Risk of Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease: A New Focus for Prevention"
    14. Chronic Kidney Disease is a Risk Enhanced for Cardiovascular Diseases
    15. Peripheral Arterial Disease and The Ankle Brachial Index
    Part 4 - Novel Risk Factors
    16. Lipoprotein(a)
    17. High-Sensitivity C-Reactive Protein
    18. Apolipoprotein B in Primary Prevention: Ready for Time Prime?
    19. Social Determinants of Cardiovascular Health
    20. Stress and Cardiovascular Disease
    21. Polygenic Risk Scores
    Part 5 - Atherosclerosis Imaging as a Tool to Refine Risk Estimates
    22. Coronary Artery Calcium
    23. Cardiac Computed Tomography Angiography for Prevention of Cardiovascular Events
    24. Carotid Intima-Media Thickness and Plaque Assessment.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    J. Rick Turner, Dilip R. Karnad, Snehal Kothari.
    Contents:
    The Central Importance of Cardiovascular Safety in Contemporary New Drug Development
    The Biological Basis of Drug Responses
    Cardiovascular Structure, Function, Pathophysiology, & Disease
    The Current Regulatory Landscape
    The "Comprehensive In Vitro Proarrhythmia Assay" Initiative
    The "Early ECG Assessment" Initiative
    The "Submission of Extended Digital ECG Data" Initiative
    Meta-analysis and Meta-methodology
    Current Regulatory Landscapes and their Potential Evolution
    Off-target Blood Pressure Responses to Non-cardiovascular Drugs
    Oncology Drug Development and Therapeutics: Cardiotoxicity Considerations
    Postmarketing Surveillance
    Regulatory Perspectives on General Drug Safety
    Future Directions in Cardiovascular Safety
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Rui Manuel de Sousa Sequeira Antunes de Almeida, Fabio Biscegli Jatene, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Raymond E. Phillips.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Circulation.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC669 .P49
    1
  • Print
    Anissa Gray.
    Summary: The Mothers meets An American Marriage in this dazzling debut novel about mothers and daughters, identity and family, and how the relationships that sustain you can also be the ones that consume you. The Butler family has had their share of trials, as sisters Althea, Viola, and Lillian can attest, but nothing prepared them for the literal trial that will upend their lives. Althea, the eldest sister and substitute matriarch, is a force to be reckoned with and her younger sisters have alternately appreciated and chafed at her strong will. They are as stunned as the rest of the small community when she and her husband Proctor are arrested, and in a heartbeat the family goes from one of the most respected in town to utter disgrace. The worst part is, not even her sisters are sure exactly what happened. As Althea awaits her fate, Lillian and Viola must come together in the house they grew up in to care for their sister's teenage daughters. What unfolds is a stunning portrait of the heart and core of an American family in a story that is as page-turning as it is important.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3607.R3876 C37 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Gerri Lamb, PhD, RN, FAAN, Robin Newhouse, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, FAAN.
    Summary: Care Coordination : A Blueprint for Action for RNs, [the sequel to the ANA's Care Coordination: the Game Changer] helps today's nurses reclaim this critical practice domain. It explores key issues in care coordination and offers timely, strategic actions nurses can take right now to identify opportunities and overcome barriers. It also includes critical resources for nurse care coordinators. This book will help you: Understand care coordination - past, present, and future - as well as the professional and practice environments in which it occurs; define the activities associated with effective care coordination; recognize the significant need for care coordination and opportunities for nurses Identify and explore issues pivotal to creating new inroads for nursing to adapt and advance this important work; expand the capacity of nurses to deliver care coordination and develop new and better care coordination models. Learn how you and your fellow nurses can advance your important role in care coordination in the current and emerging health care environment. -- Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Part I. A Care Coordination Blueprint for 21st Century Nurses
    Chapter 1. An Action-Oriented Approach to Care Coordination for Today's RNs
    Chapter 2: Care Coordination in Health Care Today: The Context and Framework for the Blueprint
    Part II. The Blueprint's Six Action Issues
    Action Issue 1. Engaging Patients, Families, and Caregivers in Care Coordination
    Action Issue 2. Demonstrating Competence and Readiness for Care Coordination Practice
    Action Issue 3. Optimizing Teams and Teamwork for Care Coordination
    Action Issue 4. Using documentation and HIT in Care Coordination
    Action Issue 5: Measuring Care Coordination
    Action Issue 6. Understanding Payment in Care Coordination
    Part III. Designing your own Blueprint for Action.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    Nicholas Grier.
    Summary: As mental health is a critical but often neglected issue, especially among Black men, this book examines that sensitive topic in conjunction with reflections on race, gender, sexuality, and class to offer a hopeful and constructive framework for care and counseling and to point the way forward to integrating mental and spiritual health.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Acknowledgments; Introduction
    Part I: Understanding Context
    1. Chronically Dissed
    2. Breathing Racism's, Sexism's, and Classism's Toxic Air
    3. The Urgency for Men to Embody Empathy and Support for Women
    4. Intertwined Worlds in the Mind
    Part II: A Hope to Keep Going Framework for Care and Counseling
    5. Spiritual Hope
    6. A Hope to Keep Going Model of Change
    7. A Hope to Keep Going Model of Change; Conclusion
    Appendix A: Vignettes
    Appendix B: Individual Interview Questions
    Appendix C: Research Participants
    References; Index; About the Author.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RC451.B53 G74 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Mariecel Pilapil, David E. DeLaet, Alice A. Kuo, Cynthia Peacock, Niraj Sharma, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the unique healthcare needs of adults with chronic childhood illnesses. It presents a model of primary and secondary prevention for emerging adulthood primary prevention in which all young adults are screened for high-risk behaviors and health needs and secondary prevention in which young adults with chronic childhood conditions are optimized through coordinated care, connections to community resources and social/family support. This book is organized in five parts. Part I provides a detailed overview of the health care transition from pediatrics to adult medicine from both a policy and practice perspective. In Part II, the concept of emerging adulthood as a developmental period is explored and strategies for providing improved comprehensive care for this age group are discussed. Part III reviews specific chronic childhood conditions, such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, autism, cystic fibrosis, and diabetes mellitus, and offers clinical cases and summary reports that can be used as a quick guides to each condition. In Part IV, additional clinical considerations that are not necessarily condition-specific but are highly relevant to the care of young adults with chronic childhood conditions are examined. Part V describes the socio-legal issues involved in caring for this population. Care of Adults with Chronic Childhood Conditions provides primary care providers with a new framework for the care of young adults and identifies opportunities to influence patient health outcomes over a life trajectory.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen J. Cozza, M.D., Matthew N. Goldenberg, M.D., Robert J. Ursano, M.D.
    Contents:
    An introduction to military service
    Health consequences of military service and combat
    Understanding military families : their characteristics, strengths, and challenges
    Military children and programs that meet their needs
    Military health care system and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs : an overview
    Combat stress reactions and psychiatric disorders after deployment
    Substance use disorders
    The care of combat-injured service members
    Traumatic brain injury
    Suicidal thoughts and behaviors in military service members and veterans
    Collaborative care : mitigating stigma and other barriers to care through mental health service delivery in primary care settings
    Deployment-related care for military children and families
    Children and families of ill and injured service members and veterans
    Caring for bereaved military family members
    Building resilience in military families.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Alec Buchanan, Lisa Wootton.
    Contents:
    Society, madness, and control / Nikolas Rose
    UK health policy in relation to mentally disordered offenders in the community / Jane Senior, Adrian Hayes, and Jenny Shaw
    US outpatient commitment in context / Jeffrey W. Swanson, Marvin S. Swartz, and Daniel D. Moseley
    The law in England and Wales on mental health treatment in the community / Jo Beswick and Michael Gunn
    Achieving positive outcomes for justice-involved people with behavioral health disorders / David A. D'Amora, Mai P. Tran, and Fred C. Osher
    Psychiatric disorder and individual violence / Joan Busfield
    Recovery and recidivism reduction for offenders with mental illness / Merrill Rotter, Virginia Barber-Rioja, and Faith Schombs
    Treatment and management of personality-disordered offenders in the community / Nikki Jeffcote and Jackie Craissati
    Treatment with medication / Derek K. Tracy and Fiona Gaughran
    Outpatient psychotherapeutic approaches with mentally disordered offenders / Cleo Van Velsen and Kingsley Norton
    Sex offender treatment / John M.W. Bradford, Giovana V. de Amorim Levin, Adekunle G. Ahmed, and Sanjiv Gulati
    Violence risk in community settings / Alec Buchanan and Michael A. Norko
    Community psychiatric treatment under legal mandates / Alec Buchanan, Steve Kisely, Daniel D. Moseley, Jorun Rugkåsa, Jeffrey W. Swanson, and Marvin S. Swartz
    Lowering legal barriers to transitioning mentally disordered offenders into general mental health care / John Dawson and Tom Burns
    Multiple agencies with diverse goals / James McGuire and Lisa Wootton
    The community mental health team and the mentally disordered offender / Frank Holloway and Tony Davies
    The interface of general psychiatric and forensic psychiatric services / Lisa Wootton, Tom Fahy, Simon Wilson, and Alec Buchanan.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    Zena Sharman [editor].
    Summary: Follow-up to the Lambda Literary Award-winning anthology: The Remedy : new ways of imagining what LGBTQ+ health care could look like. The Care We Dream Of is not quite an essay collection, and not quite an anthology. It's a hybrid. What if you could trust in getting the health care you need in ways that felt good and helped you thrive? What if the health system honoured and valued queer and trans people's lives, bodies, and expertise? What if LGBTQ+ communities led and organized our own health care as a form of mutual aid? What if every aspect of our health care was rooted in a commitment to our healing, pleasure, and liberation? LGBTQ+ health care doesn't look like this today, but it could. This is the care we dream of. This book weaves together the author's essays on topics like queering health and healing, transforming the health system, kinship, aging, and death, alongside stories, poetry and non-fiction pieces by a diverse group of LGBTQ+ writers including Leah Lakshmi Piepzna-Samarasinha, Kai Cheng Thom, Jillian Christmas, jaye simpson, Carly Boyce, Sand Chang, Blyth Barnow and Joshua Wales. The book also includes interviews with activists, health care workers and researchers whose work offers insights into what liberatory and transformative approaches to LGBTQ+ health can look like in practice. The Care We Dream Of offers possibilities-- grounded in historical examples, present-day experiments, and dreams of the future-- for more liberatory and transformative approaches to LGBTQ+ health and healing. It challenges readers to think differently about LGBTQ+ health and asks what it would look like if our health care were rooted in a commitment to the flourishing and liberation of all LGBTQ+ people. This book is a calling out, a calling in, and a call to action. It is a spell of healing and tranformation, rooted in love.-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Zena Sharman
    Seed / Jillian Christmas
    Queer alchemy : perverting the health system, fighting to win / Zena Sharman
    Pleasure as the baseline / interview with Dawn Serra
    Cripping healing / Leah Lakshmi Piepzna-Samarasinha
    The system isn't broken, it's working as designed / Zena Sharman
    The seven sacred ways of healing / jaye simpson
    Thoughts on an anarchist response to hepatitis C and HIV / Alexander McClelland and Zoë Dodd
    Regrowth in ruins : abolitionist dreams for health system transformation / Zena Sharman
    Putting yourself on the line / interview with Ronica Mukerjee
    Dreaming bigger : body liberation and weight inclusivity in health care / Sand C. Chang
    Revolution through health care / interview with Anita "Durt" O'Shea
    Do you feel empowered by your job? And other questions therapists ask sex workers / Kai Cheng Thom
    Borrowed wisdom : using lessons from queer history and community in suicide intervention / Carly Boyce
    Ritualizing queer care / Blyth Barnow
    Surviving together / Zena Sharman
    Sowing seeds from my ancestors, planting seeds for my descendants / interview with Sean Saifa Wall
    Hungry for possibilities : too many beloved dead, too few elders / Zena Sharman
    The emancipatory potential of aging / interview with Hannah Kia
    Libera me / Joshua Wales
    Put me in the living room and cover me with flowers : queering death / Zena Sharman. - Acknowledgments
    Endnotes
    Contributors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RA564.9.S49 C374 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Ravi A. Chandra, Neha Vapiwala, Charles R. Thomas Jr., editors.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: CAREER PLANNING
    Career Options in Radiation Oncology
    Foundations for a Successful Career
    Approaching Your Academic Career
    Strategies for Applicants Belonging to Underrepresented Groups
    SECTION II: APPLYING TO FACULTY POSITIONS
    Informational Interviews / Interviewing for a Position
    Preparing your CV and Cover Letter
    Evaluating Your Contract/Medical Legal Considerations
    Changing Jobs
    SECTION III: EARLY CAREER DEVELOPMENT
    Identifying and utilizing mentors
    Conflict Resolution and Interpersonal Strategies
    Aligning Your Goals with Your Colleagues, Department, and Institution
    Working with Staff and Colleagues
    Becoming a Clinician: Organization, Interprofessional Considerations, Documentation, Billing, and Insurance
    Becoming an educator: giving feedback, supervising trainees, formal didactics
    Becoming a researcher: Grants & Budgets; Reviewing and Writing Papers; and the IRB
    Radiation Oncology Career development in an Academic Satellite Network
    When life happens: parental leave, part-time schedules and flexible workplace strategies
    SECTION IV: MID AND SENIOR CAREER
    Professionalism: Instincts Below the Surface and Environmental Influences
    Promotions
    Maintenance and Assessment of Skills and Knowledge Over the Career Continuum
    Networking
    Leadership versus Service: What's the Difference? Is There a Difference?
    Disease Site Leadership
    Role of the Department Chair
    Successful Strategies to Exploit the Intersection Between the Radiation Oncology Department and Cancer Center
    Business Development from Research, Entrepreneurship Within Academic Medicine
    An Approach to the Management of Selected Personnel and Ethical Problems in Academic Radiation Oncology
    Approaching strategic planning
    SECTION V: MISCELLANEOUS CONTEXT ISSUES
    Handling Burnout
    Preparing for retirement and career transitions
    Personal Finance and Work-Life Balance
    Paying it forward: being a good mentor, steward, and colleague.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kathy Malloch, Timothy Porter-O'Grady.
    Contents:
    Intentional sharing of knowledge & wisdom
    Preparation for knowledge & wisdom transfer
    Essential business knowledge
    Essential business relationships
    The art and science of knowledge & wisdom transfer
    Strategies for successful knowledge & wisdom transfer
    Lifelong learning and giving
    Leaving nursing better than you found it.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2016
  • Digital
    Rodrigo J. Marino, Michael V. Morgan, A. Damien Walmsley, editors.
    Summary: In providing a comprehensive overview of the career paths currently open to oral health professionals, this book will serve as an essential reference guide for anyone considering a career in oral health. It covers, for example, clinical career paths in general dentistry (in private practices, community centers, and hospitals) and each of the various specialties, academically related career paths in both teaching and research, and non-traditional paths (community, government, administration, policy making, government research, and oral health organizations). The authors are from various countries and both academic and non-academic backgrounds. They have been selected for their distinction in particular career paths and include in their contributions insights gained from personal experience. This book will be ideal for readers seeking an introductory portrait of the different career paths in oral health, such as students. It will also be a useful source for those wishing to re-examine the field, e.g., oral health graduates considering their career choices, or to acquaint themselves with contemporary issues and debates.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Charalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.
    Summary: The transition from medical school to being a practicing junior doctor is challenging. It requires knowledge and clinical skills but also the ability to efficiently function in the workplace. At the same time postgraduate professional development in gaining clinical experience, passing postgraduate exams, under-taking research or audit, and publishing become essential for career progression. One soon realizes that being a doctor is not just a profession but a way of life. This book presents some well-known ℓ́ℓpearlsℓ́ℓ as how to improve your day to day workplace performance, be efficiently productive, be an inherent part of the team, how to shine and impress. Advice is also given as how to prepare for postgraduate exams, develop essential technical skills, apply for the next post, successfully participate in research and audit, publish, manage, lead, teach, and train. This generic guidance can be of use for those aspiring to become a generalist or subspecialty doctor and can be of value in whichever part of the world you end up practicing in.

    Contents:
    Part I Workplace
    Be time efficient
    Become part of the team
    Let known what you do
    Punctuality
    Stick to a system
    Give leading answers
    Respect seniors
    Respect each attachment
    Rights but also obligations
    It?s ok to say you don?t know
    When in doubt ask
    First impressions matter
    Part II Developing Technical skills
    Make it easy
    Learn from the best
    Practice makes better
    Have a plan B
    Part III Passing postgraduate Exams
    Passing written exams.- Passing clinical exams
    How to prepare
    When to sit them
    Part IV Research
    When to undertake research
    How to choose a research supervisor
    What project?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Charalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.
    Summary: This book presents various skills to help surgeons improve their day-to-day performance and development including professionalism, communication, situation awareness, decision making, leadership, and technical dexterity. It also offers advice on how to organise a surgical theatre list, improve theatre efficiency, prepare for surgical interviews and participate in surgical research and audit. Furthermore, it emphasises the need to strive for safety in surgery and to learn from things going wrong. The complex world of emotions that surgeons may encounter is also discussed. The guidance presented here may be of value to any aspiring surgeon, whatever their surgical specialty, and wherever they choose to practise. The skills highlighted in this book reflect the author's initial experiences as a surgical trainee, the teachings of his senior trainers, as well as his subsequent involvement in supervising multiple junior surgeons as a Consultant in Trauma and Orthopaedics. Much of the material presented is supported by an extensive literature review. This book complements the previously published book "Career Skills for Doctors" by the same author.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Background
    Part 2. Workplace
    Part 3. Developing Technical skills
    Part 4. Safety in surgery
    Operating theatre checks.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Falk Schwendicke, Jo Frencken, Nicola Innes.
    Contents:
    Pathophysiology of dental caries / G. Conrads, I. About
    Caries epidemiology and its challenges / J.E. Frencken
    Carious lesion diagnosis : methods, problems, thresholds / K.W. Neuhaus, A. Lussi
    Removing or controlling? how caries management impacts on the lifetime of teeth / F. Schwendicke, T. Lamont, N. Innes
    Restoring the carious lesion / G. Göstemeyer, F. Schwendicke, U. Blunck
    Removing carious tissue : why and how? / F. Schwendicke
    Stepwise excavation / L. Bjorndal
    Selective removal of carious tissue / D. Ricketts, N. Innes, F. Schwendicke
    Atraumatic restorative treatment : restorative component / S.C. Leal, C.C. Bonifacio, D.P. Raggio, J.E. Frencken
    Sealing carious tissue using resin and glass-ionomer cements / M. Fontana, N. Innes
    Sealing carious tissue in primary teeth using crowns / R.M. Santamaria, N. Innes
    No removal and inactivation of carious tissue : non-restorative cavity control / A.J.P. van Strijp, C. van Loveren
    Evidence-based deep carious lesion management : from concept to application in everyday clinical practice / S. Doméjean, B. Grosgogeat
    The problem : relevance, quality, and homogeneity of trial designs, outcomes, and reporting / G. Göstemeyer, C. Levey
    An agreed terminology for carious tissue removal / N. Innes, F. Schwendicke, J. Frencken
    Clinical recommendations on carious tissue removal in cavitated lesions / F. Schwendicke, J.E. Frencken, N.P.T. Innes
    Caries excavation : evidence gaps / N. Innes, M. Robertson, F. Schwendicke.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Lisbeth Maria Fagerström.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to the basics of Advanced Practice Nursing (APN), which offers expanded clinical competence that can help improve the quality of health and care services. The book offers a range of perspectives on APN, APN models, APN education, challenges in the implementation of APN in new countries, as well as a description of the APN role, including areas of expertise. These core areas of the Caring APN model (clinical nursing practice; ethical decision-making; coaching and teaching; consultation; collaboration; case management; leadership; research and development) are described, together with the role of APN in acute care and primary healthcare service contexts. The book also explores the connection between epistemology, a three-dimensional view of knowledge (epistêmê, technê and phronesis) and a caritative perspective, as well as central theoretical aspects of nursing, e.g. health, holism and ethics/ethos. All research should be grounded in theoretical perspectives, and here we highlight the value of a caring and person-centered philosophy in advanced practice nursing. Through its specific focus on the central, generic theoretical features of nursing science that deepen the role of APN and the scope of practice and APN research and education, the content presented here will help any researcher, teacher or student understand the importance of epistemological issues for research, education and clinical practice in this field. Moreover, it can be used when designing Master's programs in Advanced Practice Nursing, making the book a valuable resource for the international nursing community.

    Contents:
    Advanced practice nursing : a justified need
    Registered nurses as advanced specialists or advanced generalists
    What is advanced practice nursing?
    Perspectives of knowledge on advanced practice nursing
    A caring advanced practice nursing model
    Theoretical perspectives on advanced practice nursing
    Core competence domains of advanced practice nursing
    Advanced practice nursing in acute care
    Advanced practice nursing in primary care
    The right to prescribe medication as an advanced practice nurse
    Core factors for the sustainable development of advanced practice nursing
    Leading change when introducing advanced practice nursing
    Education for advanced practice nursing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Laura Maria Pigozzi ; foreword by Teddie M. Potter.
    Summary: "This concise and instructive guide outlines the specific challenges faced by the Latino population in US health care, including language barriers, unfamiliarity with the medical system, lack of insurance, access issues, monetary factors, and most importantly the fears surrounding undocumented immigrants. It shows how health care professionals and chaplains can support and care for this population in a way that acknowledges and understands the distinct characteristics of Latino culture. It offers advice on sensitives within this culture, such as health disparities, the importance of the family, and spirituality and religion in Latino culture. This inclusive guide improves cultural competency among non-Latino care staff and offers case studies and practical tips to input straight into practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Who we are
    Cultural beliefs
    Health beliefs
    The etiology of diabetes : case study
    Botánicas : case study
    Religiosity, spirituality, and mental health
    Communication
    Preferences for message delivery : case study
    Interpretation, translation, and localization.
  • Digital
    Hector Y. Adames, Yvette N. Tazeau, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a broad and critical presentation of the behavioral and psychosocial treatments of Latinxs with dementia in the United States (U.S.) and across a representative sample of Spanish-speaking countries in the world. The compendium of chapters, written by researchers, practitioners, and policy analysts from multiple disciplines provides a deep exploration of the current state of dementia care for Latinxs in the U.S. and around the globe. The volume is designed to increase and strengthen the collective scientific and sociocultural understanding of the epidemiological and biopsychosocial factors, as well as the overlapping systemic challenges that impact diagnosis and symptom management of Latinxs with dementia. The authors introduce policy options to reduce risk factors for dementia and present culturally-responsive interventions that meet the needs of Latinx patients and their caregivers. Highlighted topics featured in the book include: Contextual, cultural, and socio-political issues of Latinxs with dementia. New meta-analysis of dementia rates in the Americas and Caribbean. Dementia-related behavioral issues and placement considerations. Educational, diagnostic, and supportive psychosocial interventions. Pharmacological, non-pharmacological, and ethnocultural healthcare interventions. Intersectionality as a practice of dementia care for sexual and gender minoritized Latinxs. Prescriptions for policy and programs to empower older Latinxs and their families. Caring for Latinxs with Dementia in a Globalized World: Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments is a resource thataccentuates and contextualizes the heterogeneity in nationality, immigration, race, sexual orientation, gender, and political realities. It is a key reference for a wide range of fields inclusive of demography, geriatrics, gerontology, medicine, mental health, neurology, neuropsychology, nursing, occupational therapy, pharmacology, psychiatry, psychology, rehabilitation, social work, sociology, and statistics all of which, collectively, bear on the problem and the solutions for better care for Latinxs affected by dementia.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Demographics and the Epidemiological Risk Factors for Dementia in Hispanic/Latino Populations
    Chapter 2. Contextual, Cultural, and Socio-political Issues in Caring for Latinxs with Dementia: When the Mind Forgets and the Heart Remembers
    Chapter 3. Meta-Analysis of Dementia Rates in Central America, South America, and the Caribbean
    Chapter 4. Treating Medical Comorbidities Associated with Dementia among Latinos
    Chapter 5. Functional Assessment in Latinos with Dementia: A Review of Tools and Cultural Considerations
    Chapter 6. Latinos with Dementia and Depression: Contemporary Issues and Assessment Challenges
    Chapter 7.Neurological, Psychiatric, and Affective Aspects of Dementia in Latinxs
    Chapter 8. Latino Families Living with Dementia: Behavioral Issues and Placement Considerations
    Chapter 9. Educational, Diagnostic, and Supportive Psychosocial Interventions for Latinos with Dementia
    ^Chapter 10. Cognitive Rehabilitation for Maintenance of Function in Latinos with Dementia
    Chapter 11. Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia in Latinos: Pharmacological, Non-pharmacological, and Ethnocultural Healthcare Interventions
    Chapter 12. Intersectionality as a Practice of Dementia Care for Sexual and Gender Minoritized Latinxs
    Chapter 13. Stress and Coping: Conceptual Models for Understanding Dementia among Latinos
    Chapter 14. Grief, Loss, and Depression in Latino Caregivers and Families affected by Dementia
    Chapter 15. Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments of Dementia in Mexico
    Chapter 16. Dementia Care in Guatemala, Central America
    Chapter 17. Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments of Dementia in the Caribbean: Cuba, Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico
    Chapter 18. Dementia Treatment and Health Disparities among Puerto Ricans: The Impact of its Cultural and Political Histories
    ^Chapter 19. Dementia Diagnosis, Treatment, and Care in Colombia, South America
    Chapter 20. Behavioral and Psychosocial Treatments of Dementia in Spain
    Chapter 21. Community Partnerships and the Care of Latinos with Dementia: A Call for Action
    Chapter 22. Latinos and Dementia: Prescriptions for Policy and Programs that Empower Older Latinos and their Families.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    a joint collaborative project of American Academy of Pediatrics, American Public Health Association, National Resource Center for Health and Safety in Child Care and Early Education.
    Summary: The fourth edition contains guidelines on the development and evaluation of the health and safety of children in early care and education settings. This guide features 10 chapters of more than 650 standards and dozens of appendixes with valuable supplemental information, forms, and tools. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Staffing
    Program activities for healthy development
    Health promotion and protection
    Nutrition and food service
    Facilities, supplies, equipment, and environmental health
    Play areas/playgrounds and transportation
    Infectious diseases
    Children with special health care needs and disabilities
    Administration
    Licensing and community action.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Larissa Nekhlyudov, Mita Sanghavi Goel, Jenny J. Lin, Linda Overholser, Kimberly S. Peairs, editors.
    Summary: This book serves to educate and train primary care clinicians to provide high quality care to patients across the cancer care continuum. This guide is divided into six main chapters that follow the trajectory of cancer care: prevention, screening, diagnosis, treatment, survivorship care, and palliative/end-of-life care. Its succinct style, bullet points, tables and figures allow busy clinicians to both develop an overview of the core competencies involved in cancer care and quickly refer to the text in the process of caring for patients. Written by primary care physicians with expertise in cancer care, each chapter covers current recommendations and includes key points for select populations, considerations for the role of team based care, and resources for further learning. This is an ideal resource for primary care clinicians caring for patients along the cancer care continuum.

    Contents:
    Introduction and overview
    Cancer prevention
    Cancer screening
    Cancer diagnosis
    Cancer treatment
    Cancer survivorship
    Palliative care/end-of-life care.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Geri-Ann Galanti.
    Summary: Provides healthcare workers with a frame of reference for understanding cultural difference and sound alternatives for providing the best possible care to multicultural communities.

    Contents:
    Basic concepts
    Communication and time orientation
    Pain
    Religion and spirituality
    Activities of daily living and the body
    Family
    Men and women
    Staff relations
    Birth
    End of life
    Mental health
    Traditional medicine : practices and perspectives
    Improving adherence
    Making a difference.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    David S. Kroll.
    Summary: Depression is the leading cause of disability in the United States, and the traditional framework for managing depression within a psychiatry practicei.e., a single psychiatrist treating a single patient for up to an hour per weekcomes up painfully short at the level of serving the population even if it can be highly effective for individuals. At the same time, the non-systematic way in which most patients identify the need to see a specialty provider in behavioral health leaves many stranded, regardless of how complex their needs are. Primary care is now often considered the "de facto mental health system" in the United States, and primary care providers have been charged with the impossible task of making up for the dearth of psychiatric specialty providers and somehow correcting the many inequities in access to care that remain. Primary care providers shouldnt have to do this alone. Help can come in many forms, of course, and some primary care practices are lucky enough to have a consulting psychiatrist on-site, available to answer any questions that come up and see patients directly when they need an expert opinion. This is exactly what David S Kroll, MD, an Associate Vice Chair in the Department of Psychiatry at Brigham and Womens Hospital in Boston and an Assistant Professor at Harvard Medical School, does for a primary care practice that serves more than 17,000 patients with a wide range of medical, social, and psychiatric problems. But most primary care practices dont have this resource. This book replicates the expertise of a consulting psychiatrist in a concise volume that primary care providers can pull off their shelves whenever they have a question about managing depression. It ensures that no one has to do this on their own. Managing Depression in Primary Care contains fourteen chapters that anticipate the questions, problems, and practical challenges that are most likely to come up when managing depression in primary care. It covers the basic skills that are needed for treating depression when it occurs in a vacuum, but it also provides practical guidance on treating depression in the real worldwhere it will inevitably be complicated by other factors. It also covers important associated topics including suicide, substance use, and disability.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mary Hesdorffer, Gleneara E. Bates-Pappas, editors.
    Summary: This book encompasses all areas for mesothelioma care, treatment, and research. Using nurses, social workers, surgeons, oncologist, radiologist and pain specialist to give the reader a comprehensive overview of mesothelioma treatment. Indeed, mesothelioma is a cancer that mainly affects the pleura and peritoneum, usually caused by exposure to asbestos. The number of individuals diagnosed with mesothelioma is increasing world-wide, particularly in developing countries where the use of asbestos remains uncontrolled. In spite of advances in chemotherapy, radiotherapy, and surgical approaches, mesothelioma remains resistant to treatment. According to the International Mesothelioma Interest group, overall survival has not improved; median survival times vary from one month to eighteen months. A small number of patients remain asymptomatic or with minimal symptoms for extended periods, and fewer live three years or more. Mesothelioma is often associated with difficult, intractable symptoms, particularly pain and difficulty breathing. Especially poor prognoses have been reported for those diagnosed with sarcomatoid rather than epithelioid histology, or with advanced disease, poor performance status, or pain and loss of appetite. Despite substantial progress of the last two decades improving the quality of life of patients with cancer, many mesothelioma patients still experience physical, psychological, social, and financial burdens. The development of multimodality treatment and mesothelioma centers has given renewed hope to patients. This book serves as a unique tool for medical professional while providing care for mesothelioma patients.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; Part I: Mesothelioma Treatment;
    1: History of Pleural Surgical Treatment; 1 Macroscopic Complete Resection (MCR) Surgery; 1.1 Pleurectomy and Decortication; 1.2 Extrapleural Pneumonectomy; 2 Palliative Surgical Procedures; 2.1 Parietal Pleurectomy; 2.2 Pleurodesis/PleurX Catheter; 3 Outcomes; 4 Multimodality Treatment; References;
    2: History Cytoreductive Surgery and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy for Peritoneal Metastasis and Evolution and Contemporary Application in Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1 History of Cytoreductive Surgery 2 Mesothelioma Patient Selection for CRS/HIPEC3 Factors in Outcome and Survival in MPM and CRS/HIPEC; 4 Emerging Therapies and Future Direction; References;
    3: Cytoreductive Surgery and Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy for Treatment of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1 The Natural History of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 2 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy Alone for Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 3 Results of Treatment Combining Cytoreductive Surgery with Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy; 4 Current Standard of Care for Treatment of MPM 5 Recent Results with Cytoreductive Surgery, HIPEC, and NIPEC6 Evolution of Surgical Treatments; 7 Rationale for Peritonectomy Procedures and Visceral Resections; 8 Locations of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 9 Electroevaporative Surgery; 10 Abdominal Exposure; 11 Total Anterior Parietal Peritonectomy; 12 Left Subphrenic Peritonectomy; 13 Greater Omentectomy and Possible Splenectomy; 14 Right Subphrenic Peritonectomy; 15 Stripping of Tumor from Glisson's Capsule; 16 Lesser Omentectomy and Cholecystectomy with Stripping of the Hepatoduodenal Ligament 17 Circumferential Resection of the Hepatogastric Ligament and Lesser Omental Fat by Digital Dissection18 Stripping of the Floor of the Omental Bursa; 19 Complete Pelvic Peritonectomy; 20 Resection of Rectosigmoid Colon and Cul-de-sac of Douglas; 21 Vaginal Closure and Low Colorectal Anastomosis; 22 Optimization of Cytoreduction of Small Bowel and Its Mesentery; 22.1 Five Types of Small Bowel Involvement by Cancer; 22.2 Techniques Used in Cytoreduction of the Small Bowel; 23 Follow-Up; References;
    4: Radiation Therapy 1 Integration of Radiation Therapy into Multimodality Management Regimen2 Radiation Therapy; 2.1 Radiation Therapy in the Setting of EPP; 2.2 Adjuvant Radiation Therapy After P/D; 2.3 Other Indications for Radiation Therapy; References; Part II: Therapeutic Treatments: Chemotherapy, Biotherapy, and Immunotherapy;
    5: Chemotherapy and Standard Treatment Options; 1 Background; 2 Chemotherapy Clinical Trials Nursing and Mesothelioma; 3 Chemotherapy Symptoms and Tolerability; 4 The Future of Chemotherapeutic Treatment; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    author, American Academy of Pediatrics, Section on Hospital Medicine ; editors, Jeffrey C. Gershel, Daniel A. Rauch.
    Summary: "Fully revised and updated, the second edition of this popular point-of-care manual offers practical, authoritative guidance in the hospital setting for safe, effective inpatient care from initial evaluation through hospital discharge management. Pediatric hospitalists provide proven recommendations for various pediatric inpatient problems, including anaphylaxis; cardiac conditions; dermatologic, ENT and GI issues; infectious diseases; seizure; eye trauma; fractures; physical and sexual abuse; and much more"--Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Adolescent medicine
    Allergy
    Cardiology
    Dermatology
    Ear, Nose, Throat
    Endocrinology
    Equipment and Procedures
    Ethics
    Gastroenterology
    Genetics and Metabolism
    Gynecology
    Hematology
    Hospitalist Practice
    Immunology
    Infectious Diseases
    Ingestions
    Liver Diseases
    Nephrology
    Neurology
    Nutrition
    Ophthalmology
    Orthopedics
    Psychiatry
    Psychosocial Issues
    Pulmonology
    Rheumatology
    Sedation and Analgesia
    Surgery.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023]
  • Digital
    author, American Academy of Pediatrics, Section on Hospital Medicine ; editors, Jeffrey C. Gershel, Daniel A. Rauch.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Elaine E. Schulte, Robin L. Michaelson.
    Summary: "This comprehensive resource offers trusted parenting advice from a leading adoption medicine expert and the American Academy of Pediatrics, focusing on the physical and emotional well-being of children"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    Getting ready to bring your child home
    A new everything! Welcoming your child home
    Your child's first pediatric visit: a comprehensive health evaluation
    Your follow-up visit: how are things going?
    Health issues and conditions
    Attachment: the foundation of connections
    Your child's emotional health: what to watch for and when to worry
    Learning and attention challenges
    Talking about adoption
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Tanya Altmann, MD, FAAP, editor-in-chief ; David L. Hill, MD, FAAP, associate medical editor ; Steven P. Shelov, MD, MS, FAAP, founding editor, emeritus ; Robert E. Hannemann, MD, FAAP, associate medical editor, emeritus.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
  • Digital
    Shelly Vaziri Flais, MD, FAAP, editor-in-chief, Pediatric Health Associates, Naperville, Illinois, assistant professor of Clinical Pediatrics, Northwestern University, Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois.
    Summary: "By the preeminent pediatric organization, a fully revised and updated edition of the bestselling children's parenting primer, reflecting the most up-to-date information and statistics about topics ranging from physical development and changing nutritional needs to stress, school issues, screen time, and sibling rivalry. During the years from five to twelve, today's children must master the skills and habits that determine their future health and well-being--from good sleep hygiene to healthy screen usage to nutritious food choices--and parents have a crucial role to play. The organization that represents the nation's finest pediatricians, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP), is the standard-setter for best practices in pediatric medicine. This revised edition of one of their flagship titles presents a new wealth of information for parents who want to help their children thrive during these exciting and challenging years. Caring for Your School-Age Child is an essential childcare resource for all parents who want to provide the very best care for their children--and the one guide pediatricians routinely recommend and parents can safely trust"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Nutritional and physical fitness. Maintaining your child's health
    Nutrition
    Healthy nutrition and specific considerations
    Physical fitness and sports
    Part 2. Promoting health and development. Physical development
    Safely : prevention of injuries and substance use
    Emergency preparedness
    Your growing child and sex education
    If your child needs the hospital
    Part 3. Personal and social development. Your child's developing self
    Developing social skills
    Dealing with prejudice
    Part 4. Behavior and discipline. Communication and your child's behavior
    Communicating with your child
    Your child's behavior and discipline
    Managing common behavior problems
    Seeking professional help
    Part 5. Family matters. The importance of family
    Your family routines and dealing with disruptions
    Your development as a parent
    Brothers and sisters
    Sibling rivalry
    Child care
    Responsibilities and chores
    Media
    Pets
    Money skills
    If you choose a summer camp
    When both parents work
    Separation, divorce, and the school-age child
    Single-parent families
    Stepfamilies
    Adoption
    A death in the family
    Part 6. Children in school. Making school choices
    Preparing for a new school year
    Getting involved in your child's schooling
    Problems at school
    Homework
    Learning disabilities
    Other educational concerns
    If your child is gifted
    School and your child's health
    Part 7. Chronic health problems. If your child has a chronic health condition
    School issues for children with chronic health conditions
    The family's adjustment to a chronic health condition
    Part 8. Medical, mental health, and behavior issues. Abdominal issues and gastrointestinal tract
    Allergies
    Behavior and emotional issues
    Chest and lungs
    Child abuse
    Chronic conditions and diseases
    Ears, nose, and throat
    Emergencies
    Environmental health
    Eyes
    Fever
    Genital and urinary
    Head, neck, and nervous system
    Heart
    Immunizations
    Musculoskeletal problems
    Skin
    Sleep.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    by Mark Lazenby.
    Contents:
    Trustworthiness
    Imagination
    Beauty
    Space
    Presence
    The challenge of unreasonable demands
    The threat of becoming automatons
    Being good to ourselves
    Creating a civil community
    Being grateful
    Towards a better world.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Kathleen Sitzman, Jean Watson.
    Summary: This seminal work, based on the philosophy of Watson's Human Caring Theory, is designed to help students and practitioners of nursing to simplify Watson's complex teachings and integrate them into everyday practice. The revised second edition includes an abundance of new micro-practice examples for each of the 10 Caritas Processes®; practical exemplars from Dr. Sitzman's research, enabling readers to cultivate Caritas and mindfulness on a daily basis; and new case studies demonstrating how others have implemented Human Caring Science into everyday life and work. Drawing on the contemplative and mindfulness teachings of Thich Nhat Hanh, the text offers an engaging entry into Human Caring Theory for newcomers and deepens understanding for current practitioners. Clear and simple content supports foundational learning and promotes direct experience related to Watson's work. The book features guided mindfulness activities and artistic practices for each of the 10 Caritas Processes, plus case studies and guided procedures to facilitate learning and internalizing the method. The text also serves as the foundational text for the WCSI online course that provides step-by-step instructions on how to integrate and ground the philosophy and abstracts of Human Caring Theory into practice. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: INTRODUCTION TO CARITAS PRACTICE AND MINDFULNESS
    Use of Mindfulness to Cultivate Understanding of Watson's Theory of Caring
    Overview of Watson's Theory (10 Caritas Processes®)
    Thich Nhat Hanh's Five Mindfulness Trainings
    Entering the Stream: Understanding and Living Out Jean Watson's Work
    SECTION II: THE TEN CARITAS PROCESSES®
    The First Caritas Process®: Embrace Altruistic Values and Practice Lovingkindness With Self and Others
    The Second Caritas Process®: Be Authentically Present, Enable Faith and Hope, and Honor Others
    The Third Caritas Process®: Be Sensitive to Self and Others by Nurturing Individual Beliefs and Practices
    The Fourth Caritas Process®: Develop Helping-Trusting-Caring Relationships
    The Fifth Caritas Process®: Promote and Accept Positive and Negative Feelings as You Authentically Listen to Another's Story
    The Sixth Caritas Process®: Use Creative Scientific Problem-Solving Methods for Caring Decision Making - and Creative Solution-Seeking
    The Seventh Caritas Process®: Share Teaching and Learning That Addresses Individual Needs and Comprehension Styles
    The Eighth Caritas Process®: Create a Healing Environment for the Physical and Spiritual Self That Respects Human Dignity
    The Ninth Caritas Process®: Assist With Basic Physical, Emotional, and Spiritual Human Needs
    The Tenth Caritas Process®: Open to Mystery and Allow Miracles to Enter
    Conclusions and Suggestions for Deepening Study
  • Digital/Print
    Sara Horton-Deutsch, Jan Anderson.
    Contents:
    Caritas coaching : an overview
    My quest for caritas literacy
    Living a caritas consciousness : a philosophy for our everyday practices as nurse educators
    Creating an essence of compassion : a personal reflection on the journey through caring science
    Caritas coach : a work in progress
    The caritas coach : an instrument of healing
    Living caritas
    Love Is the essence
    Nursing as a sacred act of caring : practicing with an open mind and open heart
    Caritas coach literacy : sustaining loving-kindness for self and others
    Caritas coach reflections
    Reconnection
    The learning path of a caritas coach nurse
    Transformation through caring moments
    Caring leadership as a caritas coach
    Creating and sustaining a caritas way of being
    Working with others within the context of caring relationships
    A physician's journey with caritas : a path to healing
    Reflections of a caritas coach
    A global paradigm shift for the caritas coach
    The ever-evolving, introspective, and morally active life of a caritas coach.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Norihiko Misawa, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of carotenoid biosynthesis by different organisms, including bacteria, archaea, fungi, arthropods, and plants. Carotenoids are thought to provide health benefits in areas such as cancer, diabetes, osteoporosis, NAFLD, NASH, obesity, age-related functional decline, and as a result, they have received an increasing amount of attention. With contributions from leading experts in biology, biotechnology, and chemistry of carotenoid research, this volume discusses the biological functions of carotenoids such as astaxanthin, B-cryptoxanthin, and fucoxanthin, in addition to paprika carotenoids, capsanthin, and capsorubin. It also reveals the technologies behind the commercial production of some functional carotenoids. The book is targeted for academic and industrial readers in biology, biotechnology, nutrient physiology and related fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface and Introduction
    Contents
    Part I: Biosynthetic Approach
    1: Commercial Production of Astaxanthin from the Green Alga Haematococcus pluvialis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Functions and Uses of Natural Astaxanthin
    1.3 Natural Sources for Astaxanthin
    1.4 Life History of H. pluvialis
    1.5 Mass Culture of H. pluvialis
    1.6 Extraction of Astaxanthin
    1.7 Future of H. pluvialis-Derived Astaxanthin
    References
    2: Commercial Production of Astaxanthin with Paracoccus carotinifaciens
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 P. carotinifaciens 4.4.5 Reduction of Carotenoids with 4-Oxo-[beta]-End Group to 4-Hydroxy-5,6-Dihydro-[beta]-End Group in Spindle Shells
    4.4.6 Oxidative Cleavage of Carbon-Carbon Double Bond at C7′-C8′ in C40 Skeletal Carotenoids to Form 8′-Apocarotenoids
    4.4.7 Novel Carotenoid Pyropheophorbide a Esters from Abalone
    4.5 Carotenoid Metabolism in Arthropoda (Crustaceans)
    4.5.1 Oxidation of [beta]-Carotene to Astaxanthin in Crustaceans
    4.5.2 Racemization of Astaxanthin and Reductive Metabolic Pathways of Carotenoids in Prawn
    4.5.3 Other Oxidative Metabolic Pathways of Carotenoids in Crustaceans 2.3 Improvement of Producing Astaxanthin with P. carotinifaciens
    2.4 Commercial Production of Astaxanthin with P. carotinifaciens
    2.5 Usage Examples of Dehydrated P. carotinifaciens
    2.6 Astaxanthin-Rich Carotenoid Extracts (ARE) Derived from P. carotinifaciens
    References
    3: Production of Carotenoids from Cultivated Seaweed
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Cultivation of C. okamuranus Discoid Germlings in Floating Form
    3.3 Production of Fucoxanthin and Fucoxanthin Chlorophyll a/c Protein
    3.4 Cultivation of Various Brown Algae in Microalgal Forms 3.5 Cultivation of Codium intricatum Trichomes in Floating Form
    3.6 Prospects for the Future
    References
    4: Carotenoid Metabolism in Aquatic Animals
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Carotenoids in Porifera
    4.3 Carotenoids in Coelenterata
    4.4 Carotenoid Metabolism in Mollusca (Mollusks) and Protochordata (Tunicates)
    4.4.1 Metabolism of Fucoxanthin in Bivalves and Tunicates
    4.4.2 Metabolism of Peridinin in Bivalves and Tunicates
    4.4.3 Metabolism of Diatoxanthin and Alloxanthin in Bivalves and Tunicates
    4.4.4 Oxidation of Carotenoids in Snail 4.6 Carotenoid Metabolism in Echinodermata (Echinoderms)
    4.7 Metabolism of Carotenoids in Fish
    4.7.1 Epimerization of Lutein Through 3-Hydroxy-[beta],E-Caroten-3′-One and Oxidative Metabolisms of Lutein and Zeaxanthin in Cypri...
    4.7.2 Reductive Metabolism Pathway of Astaxanthin in Perciformes and Salmonidae Fish
    4.7.3 Hydrogenation of Double Bond at C7-C8 (C7′-C8′) in Catfish Silurus asotus
    4.7.4 Oxidation of Hydroxy Groups and Retro Rearrangement of Polyene Chain of Zeaxanthin in Tilapia Tilapia nilotica
    4.7.5 Other Unique Structures of Carotenoids in Fish
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Muhammad Zia-Ul-Haq, Saikat Dewanjee, Muhammad Riaz, editors.
    Summary: Plants produce chemicals as part of their normal metabolic activities. These include primary metabolites found in all plants, such as sugars and fats, as well as secondary metabolites, which can have therapeutic effects in humans and be refined to produce drugs. Plants synthesize a bewildering variety of phytochemicals, but most are derivatives of a few biochemical motifs. Numerous herbal-derived substances have been evaluated for their therapeutic potential. These include alkaloids, coumarins, saponins, plant pigments and flavonoids. Flavonoids, carotenoids and anthocyanins are probably the best known of these substances due to their antioxidant properties. Carotenoids: Structure and Function in the Human Body presents comprehensive coverage of carotenoids. The text covers the scientific literature and clinical significance of this organic pigment, with an emphasis on its therapeutic potential. The authors approach carotenoids from a range of perspectives, from their structural and physicochemical properties to their distribution in nature, interaction with the human metabolism, and use as a coloring agent in various products. The intake, metabolism and secretion of anthocyanins in the human body are covered in-depth, as are the biosynthetic pathways through which these compounds are synthesized in the natural system. Factors affecting stability and extraction are listed, and health-related uses and biological activities are covered in great detail. Present and future trends in carotenoid research are also presented. This book provides a solid background in carotenoids for researchers and professionals in food science, food technology, nutrition, biology, chemistry and medical sciences.

    Contents:
    Historical and introductory aspects of carotenoids
    Chemistry of carotenoids
    Carotenoids synthesis and isomerism
    Apocarotenoids
    Role of carotenoids in photosynthesis
    Carotenoids as coloring agents
    Effect of processing on foods containing carotenoids
    Stability of carotenoids
    Analysis of carotenoids
    Carotenoids fortification
    Metabolism of carotenoids
    Carotenoids as antioxidants
    Carotenoids as anticancer agents
    Carotenoids as antidiabetic agents
    Carotenoids as antiparkinson agents
    Role of carotenoids in neurological diseases
    Carotenoids as antiobesity agents
    Carotenoids in liver and lung diseases
    Eye sight and carotenoids
    Carotenoids and cardiovascular diseases
    Carotenoids and bone health
    Carotenoids and periodontal diseases
    Carotenoids and skin diseases
    Application of carotenoids in cosmetics
    Carotenoids in women and infant health
    Provitamin A carotenoids
    Commercialization and marketing potential of carotenoids
    Past, present and future of carotenoid research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Claudia Stange.
    Contents:
    Carotenoid distribution in nature
    Biosynthesis of carotenoids in plants: enzymes and color
    Structures and analysis of carotenoid molecules
    Carotenoids and photosynthesis
    Regulation of carotenoid biosynthesis in photosynthetic organs
    Regulation of carotenoid biosynthesis during fruit development
    Carotenoid biosynthesis in Daucus carota
    Carotenoids in microalgae
    Apocarotenoids : a new carotenoid-derived pathway
    Plastids and carotenoid accumulation
    Evidence of epigenetic mechanisms affecting carotenoids
    Manipulation of carotenoid content in plants to improve human health
    Modern breeding and biotechnological approaches to enhance carotenoid accumulation in seeds
    Carotenoids as a source of antioxidants in the diet
    Carotenoids in adipose tissue biology and obesity
    Absorption of carotenoids and mechanisms involved in their health-related properties.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Min S. Park, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Adam de Havenon, J. Scott McNally, editors.
    Summary: This truly comprehensive title addresses all aspects of the evaluation and management of carotid artery disease. The extracranial carotid artery is an area of confluence for both medical and surgical specialists. Given its unique position and function in the body, disease states that involve the carotid artery require a unique approach to ensure the best outcomes for patients. Developed by a multidisciplinary team of thought leaders from across medical, surgical, and radiological disciplines, Carotid Artery Disease: Evaluation and Management provides a diverse resource where readers can find presentation, evaluation, and management recommendations for any process involving the extracranial carotid artery, be it related to atherosclerotic, traumatic, inflammatory, or even oncologic disease. Indeed this title is a unique offering in that one can find traditional, and even exclusively medical, conditions within the same binding as surgical or interventional ones. Typically, access to this type of information requires the purchase of multiple different texts, but this complete title distills the evaluation and management of carotid artery disease into a one-of-a-kind, practical, accessible reference. A much-needed and invaluable contribution to the clinical literature, Carotid Artery Disease: Evaluation and Management will be of great interest to anyone early in his or her career and needing an introduction to the field, as well as seasoned clinicians in need of state-of-the-art, refresher information.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Scott F.M. Duncan, Ryosuke Kakinoki, editors.
    Summary: "Practical and user-friendly, this text provides the orthopedic and hand surgeon with all the essential information for diagnosing and treating carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS) and other median neuropathies of the hand and wrist, with special emphasis on challenges and complications. Organized to allow for easy searching of specific subject matter, opening chapters discuss anatomy of the median nerve, history and pathophysiology of CTS, clinical presentation and diagnosis, including imaging, and severity scoring. Presentation of various treatment strategies follows, both non-operative and surgical, including open and endoscopic techniques and revision surgery, incomplete release, transection, use of the reverse radial forearm flap, vein wrap, synovial wrap, and microneurolysis. Other median neuropathies are discussed as well, including neuromas and stimulation for chronic median nerve pain. Generously illustrated, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome and Related Median Neuropathies is a valuable resource for orthopedic and hand surgeons on the evaluation and treatment of complications and complexities arising from carpal tunnel syndrome and surgery." -- Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the median nerve: anatomic variations and anomalies
    History of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Pathophysiology of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Clinical presentations and diagnosis
    Differential diagnosis of carpal tunnel syndrome
    CTS associated or caused by other medical conditions
    Interpretation of electromyography and nerve conduction studies
    Imaging of the carpal tunnel and median nerve
    Severity scoring systems for carpal tunnel syndrome and outcome tools
    Unusual causes of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Nonoperative options for the management of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Open techniques for carpal tunnel release
    Endoscopic carpal tunnel release
    Challenges and complications of carpal tunnel syndrome
    Recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome
    Revision carpal tunnel surgery options
    Neuroma in continuity
    Treatment of median nerve transection
    Diagnosis of true recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome
    Use of reverse radial forearm fascial flap for median nerve coverage
    Vein wrap for recurrent carpal tunnel syndrome
    Synovial wrap in revision carpal tunnel surgery
    The use of microneurolysis
    Reconstruction of the flexor retinaculum
    Biomechanical effects of transvers carpal ligament release
    Carpal tunnel syndrome after fractures and other trauma
    Biologics, conduits, allografts and autografts in carpal tunnel syndrome
    Median compressive neuropathy proximal to the carpal tunnel
    Median nerve tumors
    Electrical nerve stimulation for chronic median nerve pain
    Complex regional pain syndrome and carpal tunnel surgery
    The indications and importance of obtaining electrical studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Andreia Ascenso, Sandra Simões, Helena Ribeiro.
    Summary: "This book presents new approaches for skin aging and photocarcinogenesis and topical formulations based on nanocarrier systems for skin disorders. It discusses cosmeceuticals, laser, photodynamic therapy, and melatonin-based treatments as important strategies for photoaging management. Photodynamic therapy and melatonin can be used in the photocarcinogenesis context, too. Therefore, the inclusion of this strong antioxidant in sunscreen products could be a promising approach. The book discusses topical formulations, including emulsions (conventional formulations and emulsions stabilized by solid particles), nail films, and nanocarriers used for the delivery of actives in various skin and nail diseases such as acne, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, fungal diseases, leishmaniasis, and skin cancer. Finally, several nanocarriers are introduced, such as lipid vesicles (ranging from the first-generation conventional liposomes to the more recent deformable vesicles), liquid crystalline nanodispersions, gelatin, and solid lipid nanoparticles. Their composition, formulation, characterization, and topical applications are also discussed. Although this is a broad topic, the most important (nano)pharmaceutical formulations are presented in the book."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Pedro P. Olea, Patricia Mateo-Tomás, José Antonio Sánchez-Zapata, editors.
    Summary: Carrion, or dead animal matter, is an inherent component of aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems worldwide, and is exploited by a wide diversity of organisms from different trophic levels, including microbes, arthropods and vertebrates. Further, carrion consumption by scavengers, i.e. scavenging, supports key ecosystem functions and services such as recycling nutrients and energy, disposing of carcasses and regulating disease spread. Yet, unlike dead plant matter, dead animal decomposition has received little attention in the fields of ecology, wildlife conservation and environmental management, and as a result the management of carrion for maintaining biodiversity and functional ecosystems has been limited. This book addresses the main ecological patterns and processes relating to the generation and consumption of carrion both in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. It also discusses a number of conservation concerns and associated management issues, particularly regarding the increasing role of human-mediated carrion in ecosystems. Lastly, the book outlines future research lines in carrion ecology and management, and identifies the major challenges for scavengers and scavenging processes in the Anthropocene.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Introduction to the Topic of Carrion Ecology and Management. -Part 1 Carrion ecology:Description of the Main Ecological Patterns and Processes Occurring around a Carrion
    Chapter 2 Carrion Availability in Space and Time
    Chapter 3 Invertebrate scavenging communities.-Chapter 4 Vertebrate Scavenging Communities.-Chapter 5 Carrion Decomposition
    Chapter 6 Ecological Functions of Vertebrate Scavenging
    Part 2 Human and Carrion: The Impact of Humans on Carrion Ecology and Management
    Chapter 7 Scavenging and Disease Dynamics
    Chapter 8 Human-Mediated Carrion: Effects on Ecological Processes
    Chapter 9 What Makes Carrion Unsafe for Scavengers? Considerations for Appropriate Regulatory Policies and Sound Management Practices
    Part 3 Methodological Approaches: Description of some Methods Used to Study Carrion Ecology.-Chapter 10 Methods for Monitoring Carrion Decomposition in Aquatic Environs
    Chapter 11 Studying Movement of Avian Scavengers to Understand Carrion Ecology
    Chapter 12 Synthesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Philipp Simon, Massimo Iorizzo, Dariusz Grzebelus and Rafal Baranski.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review and analysis of the carrots nuclear and organellar genome structure and evolution. In addition, it highlights applications of carrot genomic information to elucidate the carrots natural and agricultural history, reproductive biology, and the genetic basis of traits important in agriculture and human health. The carrot genome was sequenced in 2016, and its relatively small diploid genome, combined with the fact that it is the most complete root crop genome released to date and the first-ever Euasterid II genome to be sequenced, mean the carrot has an important role in the study of plant development and evolution. In addition, the carrot is among the top ten vegetables grown worldwide, and the abundant orange provitamin A carotenoids that account for its familiar orange color make it the richest crop source of vitamin A in the US diet, and in much of the world. This book includes the latest genetic maps, genetic tools and resources, and covers advances in genetic engineering that are relevant for plant breeders and biologists alike.

    Contents:
    Economic and Academic Importance
    Daucus: Taxonomy, Phylogeny, Distribution
    Carrot floral development and reproductive biology
    Gene Flow in Carrot
    Carrot Domestication
    Genetic Resources for Carrot Improvement
    Carrot Molecular Genetics and Mapping.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Aaron J. Krych, Leela C. Biant, Andreas H. Gomoll, João Espregueira-Mendes, Alberto Gobbi, Norimasa Nakamura, editors.
    Summary: Cartilage injuries of the knee are common, and diagnosis and treatment options have continued to evolve. This book focuses on current non-operative and surgical treatment strategies for articular cartilage injuries, highlighting the controversies and different approaches from an international perspective. This book includes information on the basic science of cartilage structure and function, expert perspectives on imaging and diagnosing, as well as work-up of athletes and patients presenting with acute or chronic cartilage injury. It also provides an evidence base for current cutting-edge cartilage repair and restoration. Written by leading experts in the field, the book, published in collaboration with ISAKOS and ICRS, is vital reading for orthopaedic and sports medicine surgeons, fellows and residents. It is also of interest to sports trainers, physiotherapists, medical students, postgraduate students, and physical medicine and rehabilitation specialists.

    Contents:
    1 Articular Cartilage: Structure and Biology
    2 Articular Cartilage: Functional Biomechanics
    3 Biomarkers in Articular Cartilage Injury
    4 How do we best Measure Expected Outcomes Following Cartilage Surgery?
    5 MRI in knee cartilage injury and post-treatment MRI assessment of cartilage repair
    6 Assessment of patient, joint, cartilage injury characteristics
    7 Non-operative Management Options for Symptomatic Cartilage Lesions
    8 The Role of Osteotomy in the Patellofemoral Joint with Cartilage Surgery
    9 Osteotomy for the Varus Knee in Cartilage Surgery
    10 Osteotomy for the Valgus Knee in Cartilage Surgery
    11 Role of the meniscus in cartilage injury (basic science)
    12 Concomitant Meniscus Repair for Cartilage Treatment
    13 Meniscus Root Tear and its Treatment
    14 Meniscus transplant and Cartilage Treatment
    15 Role of debridement of a Symptomatic Cartilage Injury
    16 Management of Osteochondritis Dissecans
    17 Managing concomitant cartilage injury with ACL tears
    18 Marrow stimulation/Microfracture for cartilage repair
    19 Microfracture augmentation options for cartilage repair
    20 Cell-based cartilage repair
    21 Role of MSCs in Symptomatic Cartilage Defects
    22 Scaffolds for Cartilage Repair
    23 Osteochondral autograft for the treatment of small cartilage injuries
    24 Osteochondral allograft for the treatment of large cartilage injuries
    25 Emerging cartilage repair options
    26 Patellofemoral joint stabilization with cartilage restoration
    27 Cartilage restoration strategies for the patellofemoral joint
    28 Rehabilitation and decision for return to play following Cartilage Restoration Surgery
    29 Return to sport following cartilage treatment: where is the evidence?
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, C. Niek van Dijk, editors.
    Summary: This booklet, published in cooperation with ISAKOS, is a concise, up-to-date guide and reference on the treatment of cartilage lesions of the ankle that will be of practical clinical value for specialists in sports medicine and sports traumatology. Different techniques and the management of various lesions are described step by step, guiding the practitioner through the entire spectrum of care from evaluation of the injury to successful recovery. Chondral and osteochondral lesions of the talus can present as a consequence of repetitive ankle injuries, causing chronic pain, recurrent swelling, and weakness and stiffness of the ankle joint. An accurate early diagnosis is required, using clinical evaluation, imaging techniques, and arthroscopy of the ankle. In acute and non-displaced chondral and osteochondral lesions, conservative treatment is the mainstay. Surgery is recommended for unstable and persistent lesions and consists in several techniques focused on regeneration of the cartilage. Returning to play is possible after testing balance and proprioception, strength, range of motion, and agility.

    Contents:
    Current concepts and evidence-based treatment of the osteochondral lesions of the ankle
    MRI in the evaluation of osteochondral lesions
    Evolution of surgical treatment of cartilaginous lesions
    Arthroscopic debridement of osteochondral lesions of the talus
    Mosaicplasty of osteochondral lesions of the ankle
    The conservative treatment in Talar OCD: injections of PRP
    Management of the cystic osteochondral lesions
    Osteochondral ankle injuries in footballers
    Treatment of osteochondral defects of the talus in children
    Rehabilitation and return-to-sports activity after debridement and bone marrow stimulation of osteochondral talar defects. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Tom Minas.
    Contents:
    Chondral injury and osteoarthritis: the impact of articular cartilage lesions
    Cartilage repair and regeneration
    Imaging: the basis for a sound decision in joint preservation
    Patient evaluation, cartilage defect, and evidence: putting it all together
    Preclinical evidence for biologics in cartilage repair and early osteoarthritis
    PRP, BMAC, stem cells, and other adjuvants and how they affect repair: clinical outcome studies
    Debridement, microfracture, and osteochondral autograft transfer for the treatment of cartilage defects
    Use of fresh osteochondral allograft for chondral and osteochondral defects in the knee
    Autologous chondrocyte implantation
    Tibial osteotomy
    Femoral varus osteotomy
    Patellofemoral malalignment, tibial tubercle osteotomy, and trochleoplasty
    Treatment of deep osteochondritis dissecans lesions, avascular necrosis, and osteochondral defects of the knee using autologous bone grafting
    Meniscal allograft transplantation
    Complex cases in cartilage repair: tricks and tips
    Emerging technologies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll, editors.
    Summary: Attempting to bridge the gap between the science and art of cartilage restoration, Cartilage Restoration: Practical Clinical Applications combines an overview of clinical research and methodologies with clinical cases to help guide the orthopedic treatment and care of patients presenting with cartilage issues. With chapters written by internationally-renowned orthopedic surgeons, topics include an overview of current surgical options, debridement and marrow stimulation, autograft plug transfer, allografts, cell therapy, and meniscal issues. Cartilage Restoration is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents, and fellows.

    Contents:
    Learning from the Evolution of Cartilage Restoration / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    The Osteochondral Unit / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Imaging of Articular Cartilage / Nehal Shah and Hiroshi Yoshioka
    General Treatment Algorithm for Cartilage Defects / Andreas H. Gomoll, Christian Lattermann and Jack Farr
    Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll
    Tibiofemoral Patholaxity / Brian F. Wilson, David A. Hamilton, Jennifer S. Howard and Christian Lattermann
    Patellofemoral Considerations: Pain, Instability, Chondrosis and Alignment / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Considerations in Cartilage Surgery / Christian Lattermann and D. Jeff Covell
    Approaching Complex Cases / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Debridement and Marrow Stimulation / Andreas H. Gomoll
    Osteochondral Autograft Transfer / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Osteochondral Allograft / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation (ACI) / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Arthroscopic Matrix-Induced Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation / Thomas A. Bucher, Jay Robert Ebert and Gregory C. Janes
    Particulated/Minced Cartilage / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Osteotomy for Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll and Jack Farr
    Patellofemoral Osteotomies / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Transplantation Techniques / Jack Farr and Andreas H. Gomoll
    Alternatives to Meniscus Transplantation Outside the United States / Vincenzo Condello, Mario Ronga, Eran Linder-Ganz and Claudio Zorzi.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll, editors.
    Summary: Bridging the gap between the science and art of cartilage restoration, this book offers an overview of clinical research, plus current surgical options, debridement and marrow stimulation, autograft plug transfer, cell therapy, allografts and meniscal issues.

    Contents:
    The Evolution of Cartilage Restoration / Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll
    The Osteochondral Unit : The Importance of the Underlying Subchondral Bone / Tamas Olah, Henning Madry
    Imaging in Cartilage Restoration / Goetz H. Welsch
    "A Unifying Theory" Treatment Algorithm for Cartilage Defects / Andreas H. Gomoll, Christian Lattermann, Jack Farr
    Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Knee / Camila Maftoum Cavalheiro, Eric J. Cotter, Brian R. Waterman, Brian J. Cole
    Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Considerations in Cartilage Surgery / Christian Lattermann, Chaitu Melempati
    Patholaxity (Ligamentous) Issues / Mitchell lung Kennedy, Zachary S. Aman, Robert F. LaPrade
    Patellofemoral Issues / Dean Wang, Beth E. Shubin Stein, Sabrina M. Strickland --Staging and Practical Issues in Complex Cases / David R. Christian, Lucy Oliver-Welsh, Adam B. Yanke, Brian J. Cole
    Orthobiologics : Today and Tomorrow / Zaamin B. Hussain, Jorge Chahla, Robert F. LaPrade, Bert R. Mandelbaum
    The Regulatory Environment for Emerging Cartilage Repair Technologies / Adam W. Anz, Caleb O. Pinegar
    The Role of Stem Cells in Surgical Repair / Adam W. Anz, Caleb O. Pinegar
    The Role of MSCs for Nonsurgical Treatment of OA / Silvia Lopa, Matteo Moretti, Laura de Girolamo
    Debridement / Seth L. Sherman, Elliott E. Voss, Andrew J. Garrone, Clayton W. Nuelle
    Marrow Stimulation and Augmentation / Michael L. Redondo, Brian R. Waterman, Jack M. Bert, Brian J. Cole
    Augmented Marrow Stimulation for Cartilage Repair / Christoph Erggelet
    Osteochondral Autograft Transfer / Yen Hsun Chen, Yonah Heller, James Mullen, Nicholas A. Sgaglione
    Osteochondral Allograft / Luis Eduardo P. Tirico, William D. Bugbee
    Perforated Allograft Cartilage / Jack Farr
    Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation (ACI) / Andreas H. Gomoll, Jack Farr
    Arthroscopic Matrix-Induced Autologous Chondrocyte Implantation / Maurice S. Guzman, Thomas Bucher, Jay R. Ebert, Gregory C. Janes
    Particulated Cartilage Auto- and Allograft / Bjorn Borsoe Christensen, Martin Lind, Casper Bindzus Foldager
    Cell-Free Scaffolds for the Treatment of Chondral and Osteochondral Lesions / Iacopo Romandini, Francesco Perdisa, Giuseppe Filardo, Elizaveta Kon
    Osteotomy for Tibiofemoral Malalignment / Andreas H. Gomoll, Jack Farr
    Patellofemoral Osteotomies / Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Allograft Transplantation Techniques / Alan Getgood, Jack Farr, Andreas H. Gomoll
    Meniscal Augmentation and Replacement (Menaflex, Actifit, and NUsurface) / Aad Alfons Maria Dhollander, Vincenzo Condello, Vincenzo Madonna, Marco Bonomo, Peter Verdonk
    Unloading Devices / Konrad Slynarski, Lukasz Lipinski
    Emerging Technologies in Cartilage Repair / Mats Brittberg.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Pauline M. Doran.
    Contents:
    Cartilage tissue engineering : what have we learned in practice / Pauline M. Doran
    Human fetal and adult chondrocytes / Kifah Shahin, Nastaran Mahmoudifar, and Pauline M. Doran
    Mesenchymal stem cells derived from human bone marrow / Oliver F. W. Gardner, Mauro Alini, and Martin J. Stoddart
    Mesenchymal stem cells derived from human adipose tissue / Nastaran Mahmoudifar and Pauline M. Doran
    Derivation and chondrogenic commitment of human embryonic stem cell-derived mesenchymal progenitors / Hicham Drissi ... [et al.]
    Differentiation of human induced pluripotent stem cells to chondrocytes / Rosa M. Guzzo and Hicham Drissi
    Gene transfer and gene silencing in stem cells to promote chondrogenesis / Feng Zhang and Dong-An Wang
    Hydrogels with tunable properties / Peggy P.Y. Chan
    Decellularized extracellular matrix scaffolds for cartilage regeneration / Shraddha Thakkar, Hugo Fernandes, and Lorenzo Moroni
    Use of interim scaffolding and neotissue development to produce a scaffold-free living hyaline cartilage graft / Ting Ting Lau ... [et al.]
    Bioprinted scaffolds for cartilage tissue engineering / Hyun-Wook Kang, James J. Yoo, and Anthony Atala
    Scaffolds for controlled release of cartilage growth factors / Marie Morille ... [et al.]
    Nanostructured capsules for cartilage tissue engineering / Clara R. Correia, Rui L. Reis, and João F. Mano
    Stratified scaffolds for osteochondral tissue engineering / Patcharakamon Nooeaid, Gundula Schulze-Tanzil, and Aldo R. Boccaccini
    Mechanobioreactors for cartilage tissue engineering / Joanna F. Weber, Roman Perez, and Stephen D. Waldman
    Shear and compression bioreactor for cartilage synthesis / Kifah Shahin and Pauline M. Doran
    Microbioreactors for cartilage tissue engineering / Yu-Han Chang and Min-Hsien Wu
    Transplantation of tissue-engineered cartilage in an animal model (xenograft and autograft) : construct validation / Hitoshi Nemoto, Deborah Watson, and Koichi Masuda
    Proteomic analysis of engineered cartilage / Xinzhu Pu and Julia Thom Oxford
    Mechanical testing of cartilage constructs / Dinorath Olvera, Andrew Daly, and Daniel John Kelly.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth Carver, Barry Carver, Karen Knapp.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Digital
    Curtis D. Klaassen and John B. Watkins, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the science of toxicology, and includes important concepts from anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry to facilitate the understanding of the principles and mechanisms of toxicant action on specific organ systems. A summary of key points at the beginning and review questions at the end of each chapter help you study, understand, and memorize the material.

    Contents:
    Unit 1: General principles of toxicology. History and scope of toxicology
    Principles of toxicology
    Mechanisms of toxicity
    Risk assessment
    Unit 2: Disposition of toxicants. Absorption, distribution, and excretion of toxicants
    Biotransformation of xenobiotics
    Toxicokinetics
    Unit 3: Nonorgan-directed toxicity. Chemical carcinogenesis
    Genetic toxicology
    Developmental toxicology
    Unit 4: Target organ toxicity. Toxic responses of the blood
    Toxic responses of the immune system
    Toxic responses of the liver
    Toxic responses of the kidney
    Toxic responses of the respiratory system
    Toxic responses of the nervous system
    Toxic responses of the ocular and visual system
    Toxic responses of the heart and vascular system
    Toxic responses of the skin
    Toxic responses of the reproductive system
    Toxic responses of the endocrine system
    Unit 5: Toxic agents. Toxic effects of pesticides
    Toxic effects of metals
    Toxic effects of solvents and vapors
    Toxic effects of radiation
    Toxic effects of terrestrial animal
    Toxic effects of plants, fungi, and algae
    Unit 6: Environmental toxicology. Air pollution
    Ecotoxicology
    Unit 7: Applications of toxicology. Food toxicology
    Analytic/forensic toxicology
    Clinical toxicology
    Occupational toxicology.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Curtis D. Klaassen, John B. Watkins III.
    Summary: "The most concise entry-level textbook to the science and clinical field of medical toxicology. Replete with useful pedagogical features and learning aids, and written at a level suitable for students just beginning their studies in toxicology"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Evolving Journey of Toxicology : A Historical Glimpse / Philip Wexler and Antoinette N. Hayes
    Principles of Toxicology / Lauren M. Aleksunes and David L. Eaton
    Mechanisms of Toxicity / Lois D. Lehman-McKeeman
    Risk Assessment / Elaine M. Faustman
    Absorption, Distribution, and Excretion of Toxicants / Angela L. Slitt
    Biotransformation of Xenobiotics / Andrew Parkinson, Brian W. Ogilvie, David B. Buckley, Faraz Kazmi and Oliver Parkinson
    Toxicokinetics / Kannan Krishnan
    Chemical Carcinogenesis / James E. Klaunig and Zemin Wang
    Genetic Toxicology / Joanna Klapacz and B. Bhaskar Gollapudi
    Developmental Toxicology / John M. Rogers
    Toxic Responses of the Blood / Martyn T. Smith and Cliona M. McHale
    Toxic Responses of the Immune System / Barbara L.F. Kaplan, Courtney E.W. Sulentic, Helen G. Haggerty, Michael P. Holsapple, and Norbert E. Kaminski
    Toxic Responses of the Liver / Robert A. Roth, Hartmut Jaeschke, and James P. Luyendyk
    Toxic Responses of the Kidney / Rick G. Schnellmann
    Toxic Responses of the Respiratory System / George D. Leikauf
    Toxic Responses of the Nervous System / Virginia C. Moser, Michael Aschner, Jason R. Richardson, Aaron B. Bowman, and Rudy J. Richardson
    Toxic Responses of the Cornea, Retina, and Central Visual System / Donald A. Fox and William K. Boyes Toxic Responses of the Heart and Vascular System / Matthew J. Campen
    Toxic Responses of the Skin / Donald V. Belsito
    Toxic Responses of the Endocrine System / Patricia B. Hoyer and Jodi A. Flaws
    Toxic Responses of the Reproductive System / Paul M.D. Foster and L. Earl Gray Jr.
    Toxic Effects of Pesticides / Lucio G. Costa
    Toxic Effects of Metals / Alexander C. Ufelle and Aaron Barchowsky
    Toxic Effects of Solvents and Vapors / James V. Bruckner, S. Satheesh Anand, and D. Alan Warren
    Toxic Effects of Radiation and Radioactive Materials / David G. Hoel
    Toxic Effects of Plants and Animals / John B. Watkins III
    Food Toxicology : Fundamental and Regulatory Aspects / Supratim Choudhuri
    Toxic Effects of Calories / Martin J.J. Ronis, Kartik Shankar, and Thomas M. Badger
    Nanoparticle Toxicology / David B. Warheit, Günter Oberdörster, Agnes B. Kane, Scott C. Brown, Rebecca D. Klaper, and Robert H. Hurt
    Ecotoxicology / Richard T. Di Giulio and Michael C. Newman
    Air Pollution / Daniel L. Costa and Terry Gordon
    Analytical and Forensic Toxicology / Bruce A. Goldberger, Dayong Lee, and Diana G. Wilkins
    Clinical Toxicology / Louis R. Cantilena, Jr.
    Occupational Toxicology / Peter S. Thorne.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Curtis D. Klaassen, PhD, DABT, ATS, FAASLD, University Distinguished Professor and Chair (Retired), Department of Pharmacology, Toxicology and Therapeutics, School of Medicine, University of Kansas, Kansas City, Kansas.
    Summary: "The gold-standard text on the science of poisons updated to capture the latest breakthroughs and developments Casarett & Doull's Toxicology: The Basic Sciences of Poisons is the most trusted all-in-one overview of the biomedical and environmental aspects of toxicology. Presented in full color, it delivers a skill-building review of the basic components of toxicology, including general principles, modes of action, and chemical-specific toxicity. Spanning the entire field, Casarett & Doull's is considered to be the ultimate authority in toxicology. The Ninth Edition has been extensively updated by each chapter author and is enhanced by the addition of all-new chapters on timely topics such as computational toxicology and auditory toxicology. The extensive use of tables, illustrations, and other visuals make the information easy to understand and remember"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unit I: General principles of toxicology
    Unit II: Disposition of toxicants
    Unit III: Non-organ directed toxicity
    Unit IV: Target organ toxicity
    Unit V: Toxic agents
    Unit VI: Environmental toxicology
    Unit VII: Applications of toxicology.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Catherine Marcucci, Michael P. Hutchens, Erica D. Wittwer, Toby N. Weingarten, Juraj Sprung, Wayne T. Nicholson, Kirk Lalwani, David G. Metro, Randal O. Dull, Christopher E. Swide, F. Jacob Seagull, Jeffrey R. Kirsch, Neil B. Sandson.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Katherine Maloy.
    Contents:
    Anxiety, trauma and hoarding / Katherine Maloy
    Mood disorders : clinical examples and risk assessment / Jennifer Goldman
    Evaluating suicide risk in psychotic disorders / Katherine Maloy and Yona Silverman
    Evaluating violence risk in psychotic disorders / Abigail L. Dahan and Jessica Woodman
    Medical and neurologic syndromes / Jonathan Howard, Miriam Zincke, Anthony Dark, Bem Atim
    Substance abuse : intoxication and withdrawal / Joe Kwon, Emily Deringer, Luke Archibald
    Evaluating the geriatric patient / Dennis Popeo
    Borderline and narcissistic personality disorders / Wiktoria Bielska, Jillian Copeland
    Psychiatric emergencies in children and adolescents / Ruth Gerson, Fadi Haddad
    Developmental and autism spectrum disorders in adults / Katherine Maloy
    Ethical and legal issues / Amit Rajparia
    Forensic issues / Jennifer A. Mathur, Wiktoria Bielska, Rebecca Lewis, Bipin Subedi
    Short-term crisis intervention and mobile crisis evaluation / Adria N. Adams, Camilla Lyons, Madeleine O'Brien
    Somatization and consulting to the medical emergency department / Lindsay Gurin
    Psychodynamic issues in psychiatric emergency evaluation / Daniel J. Zimmerman
    Use of language interpretation / Bipin Subedi, Katherine Maloy
    The homeless patient / Katherine Maloy.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Jasmine H. Harris, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Ana Bracilovic, Arth Patel, editors.
    Summary: Hip pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of hip pathology, such as osteoarthritis. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of hip pathologies that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss bursitis and tendonitis, labral tears, impingement syndrome, and osteoarthritis. Additional chapters cover hip pain in the pediatric patient, sports trauma and fractures, and rheumatologic and infectious disease considerations. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of hip pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Hip Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Hip Anatomy
    Introduction
    References
    2: Bursitis and Tendonitis
    Introduction
    Greater Trochanteric Pain Syndrome (Trochanteric Bursitis)
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Exam
    Treatment
    Iliopsoas Bursitis
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Exam
    Treatment
    Ischial Bursitis
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Exam
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    3: Labral Tears
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Non-operative Management
    Pharmacologic
    Physical Therapy
    Interventional and Regenerative Medicine
    Operative Management
    Return to Activities
    References
    4: Osteoarthritis
    Hip Osteoarthritis
    Pathological Process
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Workup
    Radiographic Study
    CT Study
    MRI Study
    Ultrasound Study
    Laboratory Test
    Treatment
    Holistic Approach
    Pharmacological Treatment
    Interventional Procedures
    Regenerative Medicine
    Supplements
    Compliance
    Prevention Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Septic Arthritis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Osteomyelitis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Chondrolysis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Vascular Conditions of the Hip Avascular Necrosis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Legg-Calve-Perthes Disease
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Musculoskeletal Conditions of the Hip
    Slipped Capital Femoral Epiphysis
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Return to Activities
    Avulsion Fracture
    What Is the Pathology?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment(s)
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michelle Leong, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Peter Murphy, editors.
    Summary: Knee pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of knee pathology, such as osteoarthritis. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of knee pathologies that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss injuries to ligaments and tendons, the meniscus, and osteoarthritis. Additional chapters cover knee pain in the pediatric patient, sports trauma and fractures, and rheumatologic and infectious disease considerations. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of knee pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Knee Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Knee Anatomy
    Knee Ligament Injuries
    Meniscus Injuries
    Osteoarthritis of the Knee
    Patellofemoral Pathologies
    Pediatric Knee Pain
    Outpatient and On-Field Evaluation of Sports Trauma of the Knee
    Knee Fractures
    Rheumatology and Infectious Causes of Knee Pain
    Knee Pain Case Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Michael Harbus, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Zinovy Meyler, Marco Funiciello, editors.
    Summary: Neck pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of spinal pathology. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of cervical injuries and conditions that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss strains and sprains, facet joint and discogenic pain, radiculopathy and myelopathy. Additional chapters cover sports trauma and fractures as well as rheumatologic causes and considerations. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of neck pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Neck Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    1: Cervical Anatomy
    Introduction
    Vertebrae
    Soft Tissue
    Muscles
    Spinal Cord
    Meninges
    Nerve Roots
    Vagus Nerves
    Phrenic Nerves
    Sympathetic Trunks
    Vasculature
    Subclavian Arteries
    Vertebral Arteries
    Thyrocervical Trunk
    Costocervical Trunk
    Veins
    Lymphatics
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Cervical Strains and Sprains
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    History and Physical
    Imaging
    Treatment
    Pharmacotherapy
    Physical Modalities
    Conclusion
    References 3: Facet Joint Pain
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy
    Pathophysiology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Examination
    Inspection
    Palpation
    Range of Motion
    Neurological Examination
    Sensory Testing
    Motor Testing
    Reflexes
    Special Tests
    Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Discogenic Pain
    Introduction
    Biomechanics/Pathophysiology
    Presentation
    Imaging
    Nonoperative Treatment
    Operative Treatment
    Conclusion
    References
    5: Cervical Radiculopathy
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Anatomy Mechanism of Injury
    Clinical Presentation
    Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcomes
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Cervical Myelopathy
    Introduction
    Myelomalacia
    Etiologies
    Risk Factors
    Demographics
    Degenerative Cervical Myelopathy
    Cervical Spondylotic Myelopathy
    Cervical Disc Herniation
    Ossification of the Posterior Longitudinal Ligament
    Ossification and Calcification of the Ligamentum Flavum
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Spinal Tumors
    Destructive Spondyloarthropathy
    Cervical Spine Anomalies of Congenital Disorders
    Pathophysiology
    Signs and Symptoms History
    Physical Exam
    Diagnosis
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment and Management
    Treatment
    Prognosis
    Conclusion
    References
    7: Sports Trauma and Fractures
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Cervical Spine Fractures and Dislocations
    Unstable Fractures and Dislocation
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Lower Cervical Spine Fractures
    Flexion Teardrop Fracture
    Burst Fracture
    Facet Joint Dislocations
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Upper Cervical Spine Fractures
    Odontoid Fracture
    Jefferson Fracture
    Hangman's Fracture Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Stable Fractures and Dislocations
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Spinous Process Fracture
    Wedge Fracture
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Congenital Spinal Anomalies
    Non-fracture or Dislocation Cervical Spine-Related Trauma
    Cervical Cord Neurapraxia
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Stinger/Burners
    Definition and Mechanism of Injury
    Presentation
    Evaluation and Management
    Return to Play
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jasmin Harounian, Grant Cooper, Joseph E. Herrera, Scott Curtis, editors.
    Summary: Shoulder pain is one of the most common reasons for patient visits to orthopedic, physiatrist, primary care and sports medicine offices. Most books that cover this topic review it as a chapter within a larger book on orthopedics as a whole, or they focus on one specific aspect of shoulder pathology, such as osteoarthritis. This practical text is an evidence-based, user-friendly review of the literature for the breadth of shoulder pathologies that present to the busy practitioner. Opening with a review of the relevant anatomy, subsequent chapters discuss injuries to the rotator cuff, biceps tendonitis, labral tears, adhesive capsulitis, and osteoarthritis. Additional chapters cover shoulder pain in the pediatric patient, sports trauma and fractures, and medical causes of shoulder pain. And while reviewing pathology and its diagnosis and treatment is important, proceeding through real case studies is extremely valuable in bringing the diagnosis and treatment of shoulder pathologies to life, hence an engaging section of clinical case material rounds out the presentation. Taken together, A Case-Based Approach to Shoulder Pain will be an ideal resource for musculoskeletal medicine practitioners of all types.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    1: Shoulder Anatomy
    General Shoulder
    Bony Anatomy
    Joints
    Glenohumeral Joint
    Acromioclavicular Joint
    Sternoclavicular Joint
    Scapulothoracic Joint
    Muscular Anatomy
    Brachial Plexus
    Blood Supply
    Critical Shoulder Angle
    Thoracic Outlet
    Normal Anatomic Structures that May Mimic Pathology
    References
    2: Rotator Cuff Tendonitis and Bursitis
    Pathology
    Extrinsic Mechanisms
    Intrinsic Mechanisms
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam [8]
    Empty Can Test
    Full Can Test
    Drop Arm Test Patte Test
    Lift-off Test
    Bear Hug Test
    Neer Sign
    Hawkins Test
    The Painful Arc
    Yocum's Test
    Diagnostic Studies
    Radiographs (X-Ray)
    Ultrasound (US)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Treatment
    Return to Activities
    References
    3: Biceps Tendonitis
    Pathology
    What Is it?
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Activities
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Labral Tears of the Shoulder
    Normal Labral Anatomy and Function
    Types of Labral Tears
    Superior Labral Tears
    Anteroinferior Labral Tears Posteroinferior Labral Tears
    Circumferential Labral Tears
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam: Labral Tear Pain-Provoking Tests
    O'Brien Test for Superior Labrum Anterior Posterior (SLAP) Tear
    Jerk Test for Posterior Labrum Tear
    Kim's Test for Posterior-Inferior Labrum Tear
    Crank Test Vs O'Brien Test
    Diagnostic Studies [10, 13-15]
    MRI and MR Arthrography
    CT Arthrography
    Management
    Postoperative Rehabilitation and Return to Activities after SLAP Debridement or Repair
    0-6 Weeks Postop: Protective and Restrictive Phase
    6-12 Weeks Postop
    12-24 Weeks Postop 4 Months Postop
    References
    5: Adhesive Capsulitis
    Introduction
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam/Diagnostic Imaging
    Ultrasound
    MRI/MR Arthrography
    Management/Return to Activities
    Conclusion
    References
    6: Osteoarthritis
    Introduction and Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    References
    7: Sports Trauma
    Noncontact Athletes
    Anterior Capsular Ligament Dysfunction
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play Superior Labrum Anterior-Posterior (SLAP) Lesion
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Proximal Humeral Epiphysiolysis (Little League Shoulder)
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Contact Athletes
    Acromioclavicular Joint Trauma
    Pathology
    Clinical Presentation
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Shoulder Dislocation
    Pathology
    Physical Exam
    Diagnostic Studies
    Treatment
    Return to Play
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Majid Maleki, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers a range of pathological cases in clinical cardiology. Chapters are case focused and detail how a patient is diagnosed and treated in a step-by-step format. A range of engaging video clips enhances the readers appreciation and understanding of how to apply these techniques into their day-to-day clinical practice with special focus on congenital heart disease diagnosis and management. Case-Based Clinical Cardiology presents a range of clinical scenarios across all cardiology disciplines with a particular focus on echocardiography, electrocardiography and cardiac catheterization. Therefore, it is an ideal resource for both the novice and experienced cardiology practitioner seeking an up-to-date selection of cases to test their knowledge.

    Contents:
    Electrocardiography Cases
    Echocardiography Cases
    Electrophysiology Cases
    Coronary Artery Disease Cases
    Congenital Heart Disease Cases
    Structural Heart Disease and Interventional Cardiology Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ulrika Birgersdotter-Green, Eric Adler, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive practical guide to the plethora of devices that have been developed to support the failing heart. It features easy to follow clinically relevant guidance on mechanical devices used for improving cardiac electrical conduction and cardiac output. Chapters cover indications and implant considerations for the implantable cardioverter defibrillator and cardiac resynchronization therapy devices and hemodynamic monitoring in the intensive care unit. Case-Based Device Therapy for Heart Failure describes how to properly use a range of available devices to treat heart failure. Thanks to its multidisciplinary authorship, it is a valuable resource for practising and trainee heart failure cardiologists, electrophysiologists and cardiac surgeons.

    Contents:
    Section I. MANAGEMENT of CARDIOGENIC SHOCK
    Assessment of the Shock Patient and Hemodynamic Monitoring
    IABP and Axial Flow Devices
    Extra-Corporal Devices and ECMO
    Section II. CHRONIC DEVICE THERAPY IN THE ADVANCED HEART FAILURE PATIENT
    Patient Selection
    Inpatient Management
    Outpatient Management of LVAD
    Management of LVAD Complications
    Section III. DEVICES for STAGE C Heart Failure
    Long Term Hemodynamic Monitoring
    Remote Monitoring for Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices Used in Heart Failure
    Section IV. DEVICE BASED ARRHYTHMIA MANAGEMENT
    Indications for the Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator
    Implant considerations for the Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator
    Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator Programming and Troubleshooting
    Use of the Subcutaneous Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator in Patients with Heart Failure
    How to Identify and Manage Complications from Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
    Management of Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators in Patients with a Left Ventricular Assist Device
    Indications and Use of the Wearable Cardioverter-Defibrillator
    Cardiac Device Management in Palliative Care
    Section V. CARDIAC RESYNCHRONIZATION THERAPY (CRT)
    Indications for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Implant Considerations for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Programming and Troubleshooting
    His Bundle and Physiologic Pacing for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Patients with Left Ventricular Assist Devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited Aksel Siva, Christian Lampl, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the practicing physician with a practical approach to the diagnosis, evaluation, and management of headache disorders based on lessons learned from real-life headache patients. Internationally well-known headache experts present cases from their own practice and discuss the evaluation and management of each case step by step. The clearly structured chapters cover initial evaluation and diagnostic work-up, imaging, differential diagnosis, interpretation of findings of further work-up, treatment options and response and key points. A wide spectrum of headache types is covered, including both primary and secondary headache disorders. The reader will learn how to diagnose and manage different headache disorders directly from the clinical experience of experts. Case-Based Diagnosis and Management of Headache Disorders will be of value for neurologists and a wide range of physicians - from those in other specialties to primary care givers.

    Contents:
    1 Migraine without aura
    2 Migraine with aura
    3 Aura without migraine
    4 Hemiplegic migraine
    5 Chronic Migraine complicated with Medication Overuse Headache
    6 Refractory chronic migraine therapy with Botulinum Toxin A
    7 Complicated migraine
    8 Migraine with aura
    a CADASIL case
    9 Syndrome of transient Headache and Neurological Deficits with cerebrospinal fluid Lymphocytosis (HaNDL)
    10 Migraine patients with MRI lesions
    11 Migraine and PFO
    12 Refractory chronic Migraine: Therapy with Combined Peripheral Neurostimulation
    13 When headache becomes 'troublesome' in a child: what may be behind chronification of pediatric migraine?
    14 Headache in the Pediatric Patient
    15 Abdominal pain associated with migraine
    16 Migraine in the elderly
    17 Migraine with aura in the elderly or TIA and headache?
    18 Migraine without aura -discussion of trigger factors
    19 Migraine patients with co-morbid disorders and their management
    20 Tension type headaches: episodic and chronic
    21 Chronic Tension Type Headache
    22 Tension type headache with Medication overuse headaches
    23 Treatment-Resistant Chronic Cluster Headache
    24 Hemicrania continua secondary
    25 Primary cough headache
    26 Primary thunderclap headache
    27 Hypnic Headache
    28 Headache attributed to paracranial inflammatory disorders
    29 Headache attributed to paracranial inflammatory disorders
    30 Tumor related headaches
    31 Migraine in the E.R
    32 Headache attributed to non-traumatic subarachnoida hemorrhage (SAH)
    33 Headache in systemic diseases
    34 Headaches in patients with intracranial pressure changes
    hyper/idiopathic (pseudotumor cerebri)
    35 Headaches in patients with intracranial pressure changes
    hypo/leak HA
    36 Headache attributed to psychiatric disorders
    37 Headache attributed to somatization disorders
    38 Trigeminal Neuralgia
    39 Central neuropathic pain
    multiple sclerosis-related headaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Terry F. Davies, editor.
    Contents:
    1: Pituitary
    Overview: The role of medical therapy for secretory pituitary adenomas: current practices and new therapeutics
    Acromegaly, awareness is paramount for early diagnosis: highlights of diagnosis and treatment challenges
    A non-traumatic hip fracture in a young woman: Cushing's disease
    consequences of a late diagnosis and treatment highlights
    Section 2: Thyroid overactivity.- Introduction.- TSH-Secreting Pituitary.- Struma Ovarii.- Exogenous Thyrotoxicosis
    Section 3: Thyroid underactivity.- Thyroid Underactivity: Introduction.- Central Hypothyroidism.- Treatment of hypothyroidism
    Utility of adding T3 (liothyronine).- Hypothyroidism in Pregnancy
    Hypothyroid myopathy and thelogen effluvium
    Section 4: Thyroid cancer.- Introduction on Thyroid Chapters.- Approach to the Patient with an Incidentally Discovered Thyroid Nodule.- Papillary Thyroid Cancer.- Metastatic papillary thyroid cancer.- Management of Metastatic Medullary Thyroid Cancer.- Thyroid cancer and bone metastases
    Section 5: Adrenal.- Primary aldosteronism.- Adrenal Incidentaloma and Subclinical Hypercortisolism.- A Case of Pheochromocytoma
    Section 6: Hyperparathyroidism.- Introduction: Parathyroid Disorders
    Complex hyperparathyroidism.- Differential diagnosis of hypocalcemia.- Management of hypoparathyroidism.- Osteomalacia and primary hyperparathyroidism
    Section 7: Metabolic bone diseases
    Advances and challenges in the management of Osteoporosis.- Multiple Risk Factors for Osteoporosis and Fracture.- Delayed Diagnosis of Osteoporosis.- Misdiagnosis of atypical Femur Fractures
    Section 8: Endocrine Disorders of Men.- Introduction: Endocrine Disorders in Men.- Congenital Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism.- Klinefelter Syndrome.- Low testosterone and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Section 9: Pregnancy.- Introduction: Endocrine Cases and Pregnancy.- Getting pregnant with PCOS.- Thyrotoxicosis in pregnancy.- Gestational diabetes
    Section 10: Diabetes.- Introduction: Type 2 Diabetes.- Evaluation and Management of the Newly-diagnosed Patient with Type 2 Diabetes.- Transition to Insulin in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes.- Inpatient management
    Section 11: Lipid abnormalities.- Introduction: On Lipids.- LDL-apheresis Therapy for Refractory Familial Hypercholesterolemia.- Familial type II Hyperlipoproteinemia (familial dysbetalipoproteinemia).- Severe hypertriglycideremia
    Section 12: Obesity.- Introduction
    Obesity and the metabolic syndrome.- Managing a metabolic syndrome case.- The Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS).- Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Terry F. Davies, editor.
    Summary: Now in a revised and expanded third edition, this case-based guide emphasizes the latest investigative advances in both imaging and molecular diagnostics and new treatment approaches for a wide variety of common and complex endocrine conditions. Utilizing unique clinical case histories, each main endocrine condition and disorder is curated by a senior Section Editor with an introduction to his or her area covering both physiology and pathophysiology. This introductory chapter is followed by a number of case histories written by invited experts and designed to cover the important relevant pathophysiology, following a consistent chapter format for ease of use, including bulleted objectives, case presentations, review of the diagnosis, lessons learned, and 3-5 multiple-choice review questions. Section headings include the pituitary, thyroid (overactivity, underactivity and cancer) and parathyroid, adrenal disorders, metabolic bone disease, type 2 diabetes, lipid abnormalities, obesity, and pregnancy. Topics new to this edition include PCOS, transgender medicine and the endocrine effects of viral infections. With a focus on covering major parts of the APDEM curriculum, A Case-Based Guide to Clinical Endocrinology remains a tremendous resource for junior and veteran clinicians alike. .

    Contents:
    Part I. Pituitary Disorders
    Introduction to Pituitary Disorders
    Pituitary Tumor Behavior and Disease Severity in Patients with Acromegaly
    Abrupt Weight Gain, Hypertension and Severe Hypokalemia in a Young Male
    Dopamine Agonist-Induced Impulse Control Disorders
    Part II. Thyroid Overactivity
    Introduction to Thyroid Overactivity
    Immunoglobin G4 and Graves Orbitopathy
    Subclinical Hyperthyroidism: Case Report and Review of the Literature
    A Case of Gestational Thyrotoxicosis
    Part III. Thyroid Underactivity
    Introduction to Thyroid Underactivity
    Managing Hypothyroidism: Increasing Levothyroxine Requirements
    Gastrointestinal Disease and Levothyroxine Absorption
    Drug-Induced Central Hypothyroidism
    Part IV. Thyroid Cancer
    Introduction to Thyroid Cancer
    Papillary Thyroid Cancer
    Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Part V. Adrenal Disorders
    Introduction to Adrenal Disorders
    Adrenal Incidentalomas and Autonomous Cortisol Secretion
    Pheochromocytoma
    Ectopic ACTH Syndrome
    Part VI. Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Introduction to Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Cinacalcet Use in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    A Case of Apparently Sporadic Primary Hyperparathyroidism Carrying a Germline Mutation of CDC73 Gene
    Challenges in the Preoperative Localization of Hyperfunctioning Parathyroid Tissue in a Patient with Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Part VII. Metabolic Bone Diseases
    Introduction to Metabolic Bone Diseases
    Type 2 Diabetes and Bone
    Hypercalcemia and High Bone Mineral Density
    Rare Presentation of Severe Pediatric Rickets
    Part VIII. Endocrine Disorders in Men
    Introduction to Endocrine Disorders in Men
    Adult Onset Hypogonadism
    Congenital Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism
    Klinefelter Syndrome
    Part IX. Endocrine Disorders in Pregnancy
    Introduction to Endocrine Disorders in Pregnancy
    Prolactinoma in Pregnancy
    Adrenal Insufficiency in Pregnancy
    Pheochromocytoma in Pregnancy
    Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Cancer in Pregnant Women
    Part X. Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Introduction to Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Initial Diagnosis and Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Outpatient Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Inpatient Management of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Part XI. Lipid Abnormalities
    Introduction to Lipid Abnormalities
    A Case of Heterozygous Familial Hypercholesterolemia: Success of Long-term Management
    A 53 Year Old Man with Severe Combined Hyperlipidemia and Multiple Medication Sensitivities
    Familial Partial Lipodystrophy Presenting as Extreme Hypertriglyceridemia and Acute Pancreatitis
    Part XII. Obesity
    Introduction to Obesity
    Obesity Assessment and Management Using an Illustrative Case in Severe Mental Illness
    Obesity Management and Use of Very Low Energy Diets
    Obesity Case Management: Bariatric Surgery
    Part XIII. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Introduction to Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    PCOS and Hirsuties
    PCOS and Reproduction
    PCOS and Insulin Resistance
    PCOS and the Metabolic Syndrome
    Part XIV. Transgender Medicine
    Introduction to Transgender Medicine
    Trans-Masculine Therapy
    Peri-operative Estrogen Considerations for Transgender Women Undergoing Vaginoplasty
    Feminizing Gender-Affirming Hormone Therapy: Special Considerations for Older Adults
    Part XV. Endocrine Effects in Virus Infections
    Introduction to Endocrine Effects in Virus Infections
    Adrenal Function in HIV Infection
    HIV Infection and Lipodystrophy
    Endocrinopathies of SARS-CoV-2.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lan Zhou, Dennis K. Burns, Chunyu Cai, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a practical guide to the field of neuromuscular pathology including muscle, peripheral nerve, and skin biopsies with biopsy interpretation. Divided into three parts, the book begins with introductory chapters that review muscle, nerve, and skin biopsy indications and procedures, normal muscle and nerve histology, and common muscle and nerve pathology. The 28 myopathy case chapters in Part 2 and 11 neuropathy case chapters in Part 3 illustrate the clinical and pathological features of many neuromuscular diseases, demonstrate the indications and utilities of biopsies, discuss clinical and pathological differential diagnosis, update the individual disease management, and summarize pertinent clinical and pathology pearls for each case. A Case-Based Guide to Neuromuscular Pathology will function as an indispensable reference for neurologists and pathologists looking to understand the utility of muscle, nerve, and skin biopsies. This book will also aid neurology residents, neuromuscular fellows and neuropathology fellows in preparing for questions related to the muscle and nerve pathology in their in-service and board exams.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marcia Hogeling, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    Atopic Dermatitis and Papulosquamous skin disease (including allergic contact dermatitis and psoriasis inpatient treatment)
    Chapter 2
    Viral Infections
    Chapter 3
    Bacterial Infections
    Chapter 4
    Fungal Infections
    Chapter 5
    Infestations and Parasitic Infections
    Chapter 6
    Drug eruptions
    Chapter 7
    Graft vs Host Disease
    Chapter 8
    Autoimmune skin disease and manifestations of systemic disease
    Chapter 9
    Neonatal inpatient dermatology
    Chapter 10
    Neoplastic and infiltrative diseases Chapter 11
    Vascular Anomalies
    Chapter 12
    Abuse and Factitial disorders
    Chapter 13- Bullous Disorders of childhood
    Chapter 14
    Vasculitic Disorders
    Chapter 15
    Skin signs of other systemic diseases .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Qianming Chen, Xin Zeng, editors.
    Summary: This book includes real-time photographical recording and panoramic summary of 105 cases with oral mucosal diseases along with their diagnosis and management. This book reflects the characteristic clinical manifestations through images of each case presented. In addition to the medical history, examination, diagnosis, pathology and management of each case, a comprehensive commentary is introduced in the end of each chapter with an emphasis on the normative clinical train of thoughts and guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anita Sadeghpour, Azin Alizadehasl, editors.
    Summary: This volume is a step-by-step educational textbook covering basic to advanced echocardiography that is helpful to all residents, fellows and clinicians in cardiology, internal medicine, cardiac surgery, interventional cardiology and pediatric cardiology. It is designed to rationalise and instruct readers on the rapid development in echocardiographic techniques, including real-time three-dimensional echocardiography, strain/strain rate imaging, and speckle tracking, which have greatly expanded the capabilities of cardiac imaging while overshadowing the importance of the basics of echocardiography. Case-Based Textbook of Echocardiography offers a comprehensive review of echocardiography from basic to advanced, including practical points from recently published ASE/EACVI guidelines and explanatory movies and figures. It will be of great interest for all trainee cardiologists and provide experienced echocardiographers with a thorough reference on the topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Eugene C. Toy, Manuel Suarez, Terrence H. Liu.
    Summary: "Experience with clinical cases is key to mastering the art and science of medicine and ultimately to providing patients with compotent clinical care. [This book] provides 42 true-to-life cases that illustrate essential concepts in critical care. Each case includes an easy-to-understand discussion correlated to key concepts, definitions of key terms, clinical pearls, and board-style review questions to reinforce your learning."

    Contents:
    Section I. How to approach clinical problems
    Section II. Clinical cases
    Section III. Listing of cases
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC86.7 .T69 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy, Barry C. Simon, Katrin Y. Takenaka, Terrence H. Liu, Adam J. Rosh.
    Contents:
    Cases 1-6. Resuscitation
    cases 7-12. Cardiovascular
    cases 13-15. Pulmonary
    cases 16-20. Gastrointestinal
    cases 17-24. Renal/genitourinary
    cases 25-31. Neuro
    cases 32-34. Pediatrics
    cases 35-38. Obstetrics/gynecology
    cases 38-42. Infectious
    cases 43-45. Trauma
    cases 46-47. Wounds
    cases 48-49. Head, eyes, ears, neck, throat
    cases 50-51. Hematological
    cases 52-55. Environmental
    cases 56-59. Toxicology/substance abuse.
  • Digital
    by Eugene C. Toy ; Ericka Simpson.
    Contents:
    Absence versus complex partial seizures
    Acute cerebral infarct
    Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis
    Alzheimer dementia
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Ataxia, spinocerebellar
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Benign epilepsy with centrotemporal spikes
    Cardiogenic syncope
    Cerebral concussion
    Chronic headache
    Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy-- Delirium from hepatic encephalopathy
    Dermatomyositis
    Duchenne muscular dystrophy
    Epidural/subdural hematoma
    Essential tremor
    Facial paralysis
    Febrile seizures
    Foot drop
    Guillain-Barre syndrome
    HIV-associated dementia
    Huntington Disease
    Infantile Botulism
    Intracranial lesion (toxoplasmosis)
    Lewy body dementia
    Lissencephaly
    Median nerve mononeuropathy
    Meningioma of the acoustic nerve
    Metastatic brain tumor
    Migraine headache
    Multiple sclerosis
    NMDA encephalitis
    New-onset seizure, adult
    New-onset seizure, child
    Optic neuritis
    Parkinson disease
    Pediatric headache (migraine without aura)
    Posterior communicating artery aneurysm
    Pseudotumor cerebri/idiopathic intracranial hypension
    Psychogenic nonepileptic seizure
    Ptosis (myasthenia gravis)
    Sixth nerve palsy (ischemic mononeuropathy)
    Spinal cord injury, traumatic
    Spinal muscular atrophy type 1
    Sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
    Stroke in young patient (acute ischemic)
    Subacute combined degeneration of the spinal cord
    Subarachnoid hemorrhage
    Tabes dorsalis
    Tardive dyskinesia
    Tourette syndrome
    Vertigo, benign paroxysmal positional
    Viral meningitis.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2017
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy, Patti Jayne Ross.
    Summary: "60 high-yield obstetrics and gynecology cases featuring complete discussions, pearls, and USMLE-format review questions help medical students excel in the clerkship and improve their shelf-exam scores. Learn and remember in the context of patient care!"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2022
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy; Mark D. Hormann; Robert J. Yetman; Margaret C. McNeese; Sheela L. Lahoti; Mark Jason Sanders; Abby M. Geltemeyer.
    Summary: Sixty high-yield pediatrics cases helps students sharpen their diagnostic and problem-solving skills. Case Files Pediatrics teaches students how to improve their diagnostic and problem-solving skills as they work through sixty high-yield clinical cases. Each case includes a complete discussion, clinical pearls, references, and USMLE-style review questions with answers. The fifth edition has been updated to include a new Case Correlations feature which highlights differential diagnosis and related cases in the book.

    Contents:
    How to Approach Clinical Problems
    Part 1 Approach to the Patient
    Part 2 Approach to Clinical Problem Solving
    Part 3 Approach to Reading
    Section II Listing of Cases
    Listing by Case Number
    Listing by Disorder (Alphabetical)
    Section III Clinical Cases
    Sixty Case Scenarios
    Section IV Review Questions
    Index.
    Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2016
  • Digital
    Eugene C. Toy, Debra Klamen.
    Contents:
    Acute stress disorder
    Adjustment disorder
    Alcohol use disorder
    Alcohol withdrawal
    Amphetamine intoxication
    Anorexia nervosa
    Antisocial personality disorder
    Anxiety disorder due to another medical condition
    Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Avoidant personality disorder
    Benzodiazepine withdrawal
    Biopolar disorder (child)
    Borderline personality disorder
    Bulimina nervosa
    Conduct disorder
    Conversion disorder (functional neurological symptom disorder)
    Cyclothymic disorder
    Delirium
    Dependent personality disorder
    Depressive disorder due to hypothyroidism
    Dissociative identity disorder
    Enuresis, nocturnal type
    Factitious disorder
    Fetishistic disorder
    Gender dysphoria-- Generalized anxiety disorder
    Histrionic personality disorder
    Illness anxiety disorder
    Insomnia disorder
    Major depression with psychotic features
    Major depressive disorder
    Major vascular neurocognitive disorder (vascular dementia)
    Malingering
    Medication-induced acute dystonia (extrapyramidal symptoms)
    Mild intellectual disability (formerly mental retardation)
    Narcisistic personality disorder
    Nonrapid eye movement sleep arousal disorder, sleep terror type
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder (child)
    Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder
    Opiod withdrawal
    Panic disorder versus medication-induced anxiety disorder
    Paranoid personality disorder
    Persistent depressive disorder
    Phencyclidine intoxication
    Posttraumatic stress disorder
    Premenstrual dysphoric disorder
    Psychosis due to another medical condition
    Schizoaffective disorder
    Schizoid personality disorder
    Schizophrenia
    Schizotypal personality disorder
    Separation anxiety disorder
    Somatic symptom disorder with predominant pain
    Specific phobia
    Stimulant (cocaine) intoxication and stimulant (cocaine) use disorder
    Substance/medication-induced depressive disorder (cocaine)
    Tobacco use disorder
    Tourette disorder.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2016
  • Print
    Eugene C. Toy, MD, Assistant Dean for Educational Programs, Director of Doctoring Cources Program, Director of the Scholarly Concentrations in Women's Health, Professor and Vice Chair of MEdical Education, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, McGovern Medical School at University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston (TI-Health), Houston, Texas, Terrence H. Liu, MD, MPH, Professor of Clinical Surgery, University of California San Francisco School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, Program Director, University of California, San Francisco East Bay Surgery Residency, San Francisco, Calfornia, Attending Surgeon, Alameda County Medical Center, Oakland, California, Andre R. Campbell, MD, FACS, FACP, FCCM, Professor of Surgery and Director, Third Year Clerkship, University of California San Francisco, School of Medicine, Medical Sirector Surgical Intensive, Care Unit and Attending Surgeon, San Francisco General Hostpital, Director Surgical Critical Care Fellowship, UCSF School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, Barnard J.A. Palmer, MD, MEd, Assistant Clincial Professor and Associate, Residency Program Director, Deptarment of Surgery, University of California, San Francisco-East Bay, Oakland, California.
    Summary: "You need exposure to high-yield cases to excel in the surgery clerkship and on the shelf exam. Case Files: Surgery presents 56 real-life cases that illustrate essential concepts in surgery. Each case includes a complete discussion, clinical pearls, references, definitions of key terms, and USMLE-style review questions. With this system, you'll learn in the context of real patients, rather then merely memorize facts."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    I. How to approach clinical problems :
    Approach to the patient
    Approach to clinical problem solving
    Approach to reading
    II. Cases
    III. Review questions.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery [2016]
  • Digital
    Robin Wilding.
    Summary: "Case-based dentistry resource details the art of crafting basic to complex dental prosthodontics Case Guides to Complete and Partial Denture Prosthodontics by prosthodontist and educator Robin Wilding is designed to take dental students on a progressive journey through a sequence of case guides that are based on actual patient scenarios. This comprehensive resource presents clinical challenges in stepwise increments, starting with a one-tooth partial denture and concluding with an implant-supported mandibular overdentures. By mastering less complicated prosthetics first, students are able to gain the necessary skills and confidence to manage more advanced cases. Key Highlights: Eleven clinical scenarios reflect those a student or general dentist will likely encounter in daily practice. Basic science content offered in separate appendices provides relevant scientific background for each case, while keeping the focus on clinical skills. Highly-rated appendices cover practice management topics, including patient FAQs. Videos provide step-by-step guidance on performing specific procedures, from duplicating and placing a denture to solving the problems of an unstable mandibular complete denture This guide is an essential learning resource for dental students and an excellent teaching tool for dental school instructors. Robin Wilding, BDS, Dip Pros, M Dent, PhD, MSc, is Emeritus Professor, Department of Dental Prosthetics, University of the Western Cape, Cape Town, South Africa"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Acrylic-Based RPD Replacing Anterior Teeth
    The Acrylic-Based RPD Replacing Posterior Teeth
    Duplicating an Existing Complete Denture
    Complete Maxillary and Mandibular Dentures
    The Single Complete Denture Opposed by a Natural Dentition
    Metal Framework Support for an RPD
    Special Needs of the Elderly Denture Patient
    The Alveolar Ridge with Advanced Resorption
    Complete Dentures with Arch Size Discrepancy
    Capturing the Essence of a Natural Smile
    Implant-Supported Mandibular Overdentures.
  • Print
    Marc P. Cosentino.
    Summary: "Cosentino demystifies the consulting case interview. He takes you inside a typical interview by exploring the various types of case questions and he shares with you a system that will help you answer today's most sophisticated case questions"--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    The interview
    Case questions
    Ivy Case System
    Practice cases
    Case starts
    Partner cases
    Final analysis
    Partner case charts.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Consult 102
    1
  • Print
    Marc P. Cosentino.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Consult 101
    1
  • Digital
    Suzanne K. Powell, Hussein M. Tahan.
    Summary: Ideal for case management certification (CCMC) exam preparation, this is a thorough review of the case managers many roles and skills, from acute to post-acute care. Whether you are a nurse transitioning to case management or already active in it, this is your road map to coordinating successful patient care, from hospital to home. -- Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Overview of case management
    Roles, functions, and preparation of case management team members
    Management of resources and reimbursement concepts
    The case management process
    Utilization management
    Transitions of care
    Quality management and outcomes evaluation
    Legal considerations in case management practice
    Ethical principles in case management practice
    Case management standards and professional organizations
    Preparation for the case manager role
    Strategies for success in case management practice.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Neil J. Friedman, Peter K. Kaiser.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Optics/Refraction
    Chapter 2: Neuro-Ophthalmology/Orbit
    Chapter 3: Pediatric Ophthalmology/Strabismus
    Chapter 4: External Disease/Adnexa
    Chapter 5: Anterior Segment
    Chapter 6: Posterior Segment
    Index
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen M. Stahl, Thomas L. Schwartz
    Summary: Following the success of the first collection of Stahl's Case Studies, published in 2011, we are pleased to present this completely new selection of clinical stories. Designed with the distinctive user-friendly presentation readers have become accustomed to and making use of icons, questions/answers and tips, these cases address complex issues in an understandable way and with direct relevance to the everyday experience of clinicians. Covering a wide-ranging and representative selection of clinical scenarios, each case is followed through the complete clinical encounter, from start to resolution, acknowledging all the complications, issues, decisions, twists and turns along the way. The book is about living through the treatments that work, the treatments that fail, and the mistakes made along the journey. This is psychiatry in real life - these are the patients from your waiting room - this book will reassure, inform and guide better clinical decision making. Optional posttests with CME credit are available for a fee (waived for NEI members). For more information, contact the Neuroscience Education Institute.
    Digital Access Cambridge v. 2=, 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Takesha Cooper, Gerald Maguire, Stephen M. Stahl.
    Summary: Following the success of the first two volumes in Stahl's Case Studies series, a brand new collection of clinical stories have been collated in Volume 3, derived from cases seen by medical students, residents and faculty from the University of California at Riverside (UCR) Department of Psychiatry and Neuroscience. The highly popular and unique user-friendly presentation of previous volumes has been maintained, with extensive use of icons, questions/answers, and tips. The cases address multifaceted issues in an understandable way and with direct relevance to the everyday experience of clinicians. Covering a wide-ranging and representative selection of clinical scenarios, each case is followed through the complete clinical encounter, from start to resolution, acknowledging all the complications, issues, decisions, twists and turns along the way. The book is about living through the treatments that work, the treatments that fail, and the mistakes made along the journey. This is psychiatry in real life.
    Digital Access Cambridge v. 3=, 2022
  • Digital
    John M. Miller, Mithilesh K. Das, Douglas P. Zipes.
    Summary: Keeping up with the use of new technologies in cardiology is becoming increasingly challenging. Case Studies in Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology helps to bridge the gap between knowledge and application with 28 cases spanning both common and uncommon arrhythmias and ablation scenarios, each of which includes the clinical presentation, baseline ECG, ECG during arrhythmia, stepwise electrophysiologic diagnostic maneuvers and some of their pitfalls, and optimal therapy. Online access to the complete contents ensures the information you need is right at your fingertips.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Colin G. Kaide, Christopher E. San Miguel, editors ; Elena Ko (special pharmacy editor).
    Summary: This book contains a variety of medical case studies from actual patients presenting to the emergency department. It includes not only typical cases that present to the ED but also less common, yet very important cases that one can't afford to miss. Each chapter begins with a case - or set of cases with typical and atypical aspects - of the disease in question. This is followed by high-value learning points on the condition with introductory/background points, physiology and pathophysiology of the disease, how to make the diagnosis, and finally how to initiate treatment. The cases provide expert discussion with tips and tricks, personal experience with management of each of the cases, and a follow-up description of the outcome of the cases to provide the reader with closure. To supplement each case study, all 67 chapters include a pattern recognition component that identifies the key diagnostic features of the disease discussed. The chapters conclude with a summary of the diagnostic and treatment details of each condition. Using a concise, easy-to-read, bulleted format, the book helps readers to learn, evaluate, adopt new practices, right now (LEARN). Emergency Medicine Case Studies - LEARNing Rounds: Learn, Evaluate, Adopt, Right Now is an essential resource for a variety of emergency medicine clinicians including experienced physicians, residents, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurses, and medical students rotating in the emergency department. Finally, this book can be used as a basis for small group discussions, especially in emergency medicine training programs.

    Contents:
    1. LEARN Anticoagulation Reversal
    2. LEARN Blast Crisis
    3. LEARN Intubating LMA
    4. LEARN TTP
    5. LEARN Necrotizing Fasciitis
    6. LEARN Pneumothorax
    7. LEARN Central Retinal Artery Occlusion
    8. LEARN Vertigo
    9. LEARN Fishbone
    10. LEARN Good Samaritan Laws
    In Flight Emergencies
    11. LEARN Congestive Heart Failure
    12. LEARN Guillain Barre
    13. LEARN Flash Facial Burns
    14. LEARN Lightning
    15. LEARN Preoxygenation
    16. LEARN Occipital Neuralgia
    17. LEARN Malaria
    18. LEARN Mucormycosis
    19. LEARN Steven Johnson Syndrome
    20. LEARN Thyroid Storm
    21. LEARN VQ Scans
    22. LEARN WPW
    23. LEARN Tumor Lysis Syndrome
    24. LEARN Botulism
    25. LEARN STEMI
    26. LEARN Low-Risk Chest Pain
    27. LEARN Cyanide (Ingestion and House Fire)
    28. LEARN DIC
    29. LEARN Serotonin Syndrome
    30. LEARN Miller-Fisher Syndrome
    31. LEARN Organophosphate Poisoning
    32. LEARN Heavy Metal Toxicity
    33. LEARN Beta-Blocker Toxicity
    34. LEARN Thrombotic Thrombocytopenia Purpura
    35. LEARN Typhlitis
    36. LEARN Homonymous Hemianopsia
    37. LEARN Transverse Myelitis.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Raif Geha, Luigi Notarangelo, Harvard Medical School.
    Contents:
    X-linked agammaglobulinemia
    CD40 ligand deficiency
    Activation-induced cytidine deaminase deficiency
    Common variable immunodeficiency
    X-linked severe combined immunodeficiency
    Adenosine deaminase deficiency
    Omenn syndrome
    MHC class II deficiency
    DiGeorge syndrome
    Acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)
    Graft-versus-host disease
    MHC class I deficiency
    X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome
    Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis
    Chediak-higashi syndrome
    Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome
    Autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED)
    Immune dysregulation, polyendocrinopathy, enteropathy X-linked disease
    Autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS)
    Hyper IgE syndrome
    Ataxia telangiectasis
    Warts, hypogrammaglobulinemia, infections, and myelokathexis syndrome (WHIM syndrome)
    X-linked hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia and immunodeficiency
    Interferon-{u01B4} receptor deficiency
    Severe congenital neutropenia
    Chronic granulomatous disease
    Leukocyte adhesion deficiency
    Recurrent herpes simplex encephalitis
    Interleukin 1 receptor-associated kinase 4 deficiency
    Congenital asplenia
    Hereditary angioedema
    Deficiency of the C8 complement component
    Hereditary periodic fever syndromes
    Systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis
    Rheumatoid arthritis
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Crohn's disease
    Multiple sclerosis
    Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
    Myasthenia gravis
    Pemphigus vulgaris
    Celiac disease
    Acute infectious mononucleosis
    Hemolytic disease of the new born
    Toxic shock syndrome
    Lepromatous leprosy
    Allergic asthma
    Drug-induced serum sickness
    Contact sensitivity to poison ivy
    Dedicator of cytokinesis 8 deficiency
    Activated P13KD syndrome (APDS)
    Increased susceptibility to Candida infections
    LPS-responsive beige-like anchor (LRBA) deficiency
    T cell signaling defects
    Channelopathies
    Digital Access TandFonline 2016
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Mark J. Eisenberg.
    Summary: Case Studies in Interventional Cardiology is designed as a teaching aid for cardiology fellows, interventional fellows, beginning interventional cardiologists, and for all cardiologists who have an interest in the cardiac catheterization laboratory.The cases are presented in a random order so that the user does not know the type of case being presented or the final diagnosis. Each case is presented in approximately the following format: 1) Case Presentation, 2) Electrocardiography, 3) Angiography (Videos), 4) Multiple Choice Questions, 5) Hospital Course, 6) Follow-Up, 7) Final Diagnosis, 8) Self-Review Questions, 9) References, and 10) Answers. Included among the 50 cases are: 349 videos, 65 figures, 165 multiple-choice questions, 150 self-review questions, and 750 references.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Paul S. Giacomini.
    Contents:
    1. Optic Neuritis.
    2. Myelitis
    3. Disease-Modifying Therapies in MS
    4. Management of Replaces with Corticosteroids
    5. Breakthrough Disease
    6. Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy
    7. Induction Therapy
    8. Diagnosing Primary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis
    9. Symptomatic Care in Primary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis
    10. Diagnosing Secondary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis
    11. Walking Disability in MS
    12. Cognitive Impairment in MS
    13. Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis
    14. Pediatric Multiple Sclerosis
    15. Pediatric Multiple Sclerosis Mimics
    16. Prenatal Planning with MS
    17. MS Therapies and Pregnancy
    18. Postpartum Issues with MS
    19. Neuromyelitis Optica.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Tom Solomon, Benedict D. Michael, Alastair Miller, Rachel Kneen.
    Summary: "The global burden of neurological infectious diseases is huge. Sometimes the diagnosis is straightforward. On other occasions it may be difficult, especially because of the overlap with inflammatory neurological conditions. Delays or missed diagnoses can have devastating consequences for patients. This book brings together adult and pediatric clinical cases in neurological infection and inflammation, including important conditions for both developed countries and resource-poor settings. Clinical case studies are recognized as a useful learning tool for clinicians at all stages in their careers. Each real case works through the history, examination, and investigation findings to the diagnosis and treatment pathway. This is followed by discussion of the key issues, with the inclusion of historical or quirky facts. Many cases are supported online by a certified post-case quiz, testing the reader's clinical reasoning, integrative thinking, and problem-solving"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Robinson, Maisha T.
    Summary: With the growth of neuropalliative care as a rapidly-emerging subspecialty in neurology, it is essential that clinicians develop core skills to offer high-quality, patient-centred care. This book captures the essence of palliative care in Neurology, highlighting abundant opportunities to incorporate key principles into patients' management plans. Through a pragmatic, case-based format with suggested references for readers to expand their knowledge on a range of topics, this guide explores didactic opportunities. From patients facing challenging end-of-life decisions, families struggling to determine the treatment intensities, to clinicians leading difficult conversations, these cases are straightforward and relatable. Demonstrating the breadth of palliative care opportunities occurring on the spectrum of neurologic disease, this essential toolkit supports clinicians at all levels, providing assistance for patients who have chronic, progressive, or terminal neurologic diseases. Compelling and thought-provoking, this guide highlights the many opportunities to ease suffering and to improve quality of life.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Adam C. Adler, Arvind Chandrakantan, Ronald S. Litman.
    Summary: Pediatric anesthesiologists will encounter numerous challenges when caring for children, as their work involves more than simply adjusting drug dosages and equipment for smaller patients. In response, this practical book provides clinical guidance in an easily accessible and digestible question-answer format. Case Studies in Pediatric Anesthesia reviews the entire breadth of pediatric anesthesia and pain management, taking a case-based approach. Each chapter commences with a clinical case or scenario, guiding the reader through a tailored discussion. The chapters review the pathophysiology, anesthetic techniques, and surgical and perioperative considerations. High quality tables and figures feature throughout to help solidify key concepts. The chapters are prepared to be read in isolation and for reference when appropriate. Case Studies in Pediatric Anesthesia is aimed at anesthesiologists of all levels, from the trainee on their first pediatric rotation, to the pediatric fellow preparing for boards examination to the seasoned clinician.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Robert M. Veatch, Amy Haddad, E.J. Last.
    Contents:
    Part I. Ethics and values in pharmacy
    Part II. Ethical principles in pharmacy ethics
    Part III. Special problem areas.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Theodore H. Tulchinsky, with M. Joan Bickford ; foreword by Walter A. Orenstein.
    Summary: Case Studies in Public Health contains selected case studies of some of the most important and influential moments in medicine and epidemiology. The cases chosen for this collection represent a wide array of public health issues that go into the makeup of what can be termed the New Public Health (NPH), which includes traditional public health, such as sanitation, hygiene and infectious disease control, but widens its perspective to include the organization, financing and quality of health care services in a much broader sense. Each case study is presented in a systematic fashion to facilitate learning, with the case, background, current relevance, economic issues, ethical issues, conclusions, recommendation and references discussed for each case. The book is a valuable resource for advanced students and researchers with specialized knowledge who need further information on the general background and history of public health and important scientific discoveries within the field. It is an ideal resource for students in public health, epidemiology, medicine, anthropology, and sociology, and for those interested in how to apply lessons from the past to present and future research.

    Contents:
    James Lind and scurvy
    Edward Jenner, vaccination and eradication of smallpox
    From panum to eradication of measles
    Semmelweiss, Crede, Lister, and Nightingale : pioneers in controlling hospital infections
    John Snow, cholera, the Broad Street Pump; waterborne diseases then and now
    Pasteur on microbes and infectious diseases
    Robert Koch and Paul Ehrlich : criteria of causation of disease and chemotherapy as "magic bullets"
    Bismarck and the long road to universal health coverage
    Joseph Goldberger, pellagra, and nutritional epidemiology
    Endemic goiter and elimination of iodine deficiency disorders
    Elmer McCollum and Edward Mellanby : vitamin D and cod liver oil for prevention of rickets and osteoporosis
    Norman Gregg and congenital rubella syndrome
    Ethical issues in public health
    Framingham and North Karelia : studies that changed the cardiovascular disease pandemic
    Milton Roemer, hospital bed supply and economics of health
    John Enders, Jonas Salk, Albert Sabin and eradication of poliomyelitis
    Preventing vitamin K deficiency bleeding in newborns
    Eliminating beta thalassemia major and other congenital blood disorders
    Maurice Hilleman : creator of vaccines that changed the world
    Robert Guthrie and Nicholas Wald : screening and preventing birth defects
    Marc Lalonde, the health field concept and health promotion
    Warren, Marshall, helicobacter pylori, peptic ulcers and gastric cancer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Sana Loue.
    Summary: This book explores, through case studies, the interplay between religion, culture, government, and politics in diverse societies on questions arising in the domain of bioethics. The case studies draw from multiple disciplinary perspectives, including history, theology, law, bioethics, public policy, science, and medicine. The text's global perspective permits a comparison of the differing approaches adopted by countries facing similar bioethical quandaries and the extent to which religion has or has not been instrumental in addressing such dilemmas. Secular and religious societies across the globe are being confronted with complex questions involving religious belief and the extent to which specific religious perspectives have in the past or should in the future be adopted as official policy. Bioethical issues involving the interplay of religion and government have become particularly notable in recent years. How these issues are resolved has major implications for individuals, healthcare providers, and the future of medical research and medical care. Topics explored among the chapters include: Homosexuality: Sin, Crime, Pathology, Identity, Behavior Medical Error: Truthtelling, Apology, and Forgiveness Refusal of Medical Treatment Medical Deportation Case Study: Nazism, Religion, and Human Experimentation The New Frontier: Cloning Case Studies in Society, Religion, and Bioethics will find an engaged audience among researchers and scholars in history, religion/theology, medicine, and bioethics interested in the influence of religion on bioethical decision-making. Students--particularly upper-level undergraduate and graduate students interested in bioethics, humanities, and theology--will find the text helpful in understanding the processes through which religion may serve as a basis for both societal policy and law and individual decision-making in health-related matters.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Amit D. Mistry, Thomas McCabe, Alan Currie.
    Summary: "A small aspect of football culture has an enmeshed history with alcohol and can create an environment where harmful alcohol consumption is promoted. As a result, both current and former professional footballers are at risk. Alcohol-related psychiatric assessments need to serially assess severity, risk, social function and manage any comorbid physical or mental health conditions. Following these assessments, a personalised biopsychosocial care plan should be agreed. A sport psychiatrist must understand how alcohol misuse presents within the elite football environment and how patient motivation towards behaviour change is central to recovery. Background AS is a 23 year old, defender for an English professional football team. Thirteen months ago he injured his right anterior cruciate ligament (ACL). This required reconstruction and he was sidelined for eight months. Two months after returning to play he re-injured the same ACL and has since been receiving further rehabilitative physiotherapy"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Miguel A. Cuesta, H. Jaap Bonjer, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Suspicion of an Anastomotic Problem after Esophageal Resection for Cancer
    2. Cervical Leakage of an Oesophago-Gastric Conduit Anastomosis
    3. Thoracic Duct Injury
    4. Postoperative Hiatal Herniation after Esophageal Resection
    5. Benign Stenosis of the Intrathoracic and Cervical Esophagogastric Anastomosis after Esophagectomy
    6. Recurrent Nerve Lesion (Double) As a Consequence of Esophageal Resection for Cancer
    7. Trachea-Gastric Conduit Fistula after Esophageal Resection
    8. Herniation of the Stomach into the Thorax after Laparoscopic Repair of a Type 3 Para-Esophageal Hernia
    9. Dysphagia after Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    10. Iatrogenic Esophageal Perforation
    11. Peritonitis after Unrecognized Perforation Following Heller Myotomy and Dor Fundoplication for Achalasia
    12. Esophagojejunostomy Leakage Following Extended Total Gastrectomy
    13
    Leakage of the Duodenal Stump Following Gastrectomy
    14.Re-Bleeding after Repair of Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer
    15. Stenosis of a Side-To-Side Gastrojejunostomy after a Laparoscopic Subtotal Gastrectomy
    17. Leakage after Closure of a Perforated Duodenal Diverticulum
    18. An Acute Complication of the Wilki Syndrome
    19. Distal Duodenal Perforation after Double Balloon Endoscopy (DBE)
    20.Duodenal Leakage after Resection of an Insulinoma of the Head of the Pancreas
    21. Postoperative Intraluminal Bleeding Following a Gastric Bypass
    22. Complication of Sleeve Gastrectomy after Bariatric Surgery
    23. Leakage of Gastric Bypass Performed Because Of Obesity
    24. Complication of Adjustable Gastric Band Converted in a Gastric Bypass
    25. Problems with Laparoscopic Adjustable gastric band: erosion and migration
    26. Jaundice and Hepatic Failure after Major Hepatic Resection
    27. Biliary Leakage and Abscess after Liver Resection
    28. A Patient with Biliary Strictures in One Half of the Liver after Liver Transplantation
    29. Patient with a Stenosis of the Cavocavostomy after Liver Transplantation
    30. CBD Lesion during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    31. CBD Lesion during Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    32. Hepatic Abscess after Double Lesion (CBD and Right Hepatic Artery) During Cholecystectomy
    33. Unrecognized CBD Stones after Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    34. Recurrence of Gallbladder Acute Pancreatitis: When to Perform a Cholecystectomy?
    35. Complicated Retained Stones in the Common Bile Duct after Multiple Sphincterotomies by ERCP
    36. Complications after ERCP and Sphincterotomy
    37. Lost Stones in Abdomen after Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    38. Late Stenosis of Bilio-Digestive Anastomosis with Cholangitis (After Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy)
    39. Complication after Surgical Treatment Klatskin Tumor
    40. Postoperative Intraluminal Bleeding after Whipple Resection
    41. Leakage of the Pancreato-Jejunostomy after a Whipple Procedure
    42. Bile Leakage (And Portal Vein Thrombosis) after Whipple Procedure
    43. Bleeding in the Small Remnant of the Head of the Pancreas after Duodenum Preserving Resection for Middle Pancreatic Tumor
    44. Impaction of Enteral (Bezoars) During Enteral Feeding After Whipple Procedure
    45. Gastric Bleeding Caused by a Necrotizing Pancreatitis with Extensive Pseudocyst Formation
    46. 'Infection Is Not Found but Patient Is Becoming Worse'
    47. Pseudocyst Pancreas, Endoscopically or Surgical Treatment?
    48. Pancreatic Pseudocyst Far from the Stomach
    49. Intra-Abdominal Bleeding with Shock as Consequence of Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    50. Recurrence of Infection after Video-Assisted Retroperitoneal Debridement
    51. Splenic and Portal Vein Thrombosis after Splenectomy
    52. Rebleeding after Initial Coiling Of Spleen Trauma
    53. Adrenal Insufficiency (Addison Syndrome), After Removal of an Adenocarcinoma of the Adrenal Gland
    54. Leakage after Left Pancreatic Resection
    55. Postoperative Shock during Laparoscopic Appendicectomy
    56. Postoperative Abscess After Appendicectom
    57. Carcinoid Discovered in the Appendix
    58. Complications after Conservatively Treated Appendicular Phlegmon
    59. Anastomotic Leakage Following Small Bowel Resection
    60. Recurrence of Crohn's Disease
    61. Short Bowel Syndrome
    62. Recurrence of Intestinal Obstruction Because of Adhesions
    63. Inadvertent Small Bowel Lesion during Laparoscopic Operation
    64.Small Bowel Ischemia during Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy Because of Gastro- Esophageal Junction Cancer
    65. Complications of Malrotation
    66. Leakage after Right Hemicolectomy
    67. Anastomotic Rotation after Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy for Colonic Cancer
    68. Leakage after Elective Ileo-Cecal Resection for Crohn's Disease
    69. Leakage after Ileoanal Pouch Anastomosis, IAPA
    70. Leakage after Sigmoid Resection
    71. Leakage after LAR and Coloanal Anastomosis
    72. Presacral Abscess and Sinuses after Lar
    73. Stenosis after LAR
    74. Problems after Coloanal Anastomosis (Stenosis Coloanal Anastomosis and Repeated Stools and Soiling)
    75. Ureter Lesion during Low Anterior Resection
    76. Late Ileo-Anal Pouch Anastomosis Fisteling (Vaginal And Perineal)
    77. Ano-Rectal Adenocarcinoma in a Colorectal Crohn's Disease
    78. Recto-Vaginal Fistula after LAR
    79. Recto-Vesical Fistula after LAR
    80. Perianal Problems after APR
    81. Recurrence after TME Because of Rectal Cancer
    82. Complication after Laparoscopic Abdominal Lavage Because of Perforated Diverticuliti
    83. Anastomotic Leakage After Taken Down Hartmann Procedure
    84. Complication after Sacrocolpopexy
    85. Ischemia-Necrosis of the Sigmoid After Repair of A Ruptured Juxta-Renal Aneurysm
    86. Complications and Approach in Post-Radiation Enteritis
    87. Complications Following Cytoreductive Surgery and Heated Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
    88. Colorectal Anastomosis Bleeding
    89. Laparoscopic Approach of Anastomotic Leakage after Laparoscopic Resection
    90. Leakage Distal Anastomosis after Low Anterior Resection with Protective Ileostomy
    91. Leakage Distal Anastomosis After Low Anterior Resection (Lar) Without Protective Ileostomy
    92. Complications of Ileostomy
    93. Necrosis of Colostomy. Retraction and Stenosis
    94. Parastomal Hernia Complications
    95. Severe Complication after Pph Procedure for Hemorrhoids
    96. Complex Recurrent Anal Fistula
    97. Faecal Incontinence after Delivery
    98. Rectovaginal Fistula Following Delivery
    99. Dehiscence/Evisceration of the Abdominal Wall after Laparotomy
    100. Recurrence of Open Incisional Hernia after Large Hernia Repair Using (Low-Weight) Polypropylene Mesh
    101. Abdominal Compartment Syndrome
    102. Enterocutaneous Fistula Through Previous Laparotomy
    103.Care and Closure of Open Abdomen Approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel B. Fishman, Stanley B. Messer, David J.A. Edwards, Frank M. Dattilio.
    Contents:
    The terrain / Daniel B. Fishman and David J.A. Edwards
    Navigating the projects / Daniel B. Fishman
    "Cool kids/chilled adolescents" : cognitive behavioral therapy for youth with anxiety disorders in denmark / Mikael Thastum, Irene Lundkvist-Houndoumadi, Kristian Bech Arendt, Silke Stjerneklar and Daniel B. Fishman
    International implementation : universal principles meet local needs / Lauren J. Hoffman, Elaina A. Zendegui, and Brian C. Chu
    The efficacy of interpersonal psychotherapy : adolescent skills training (IPT-AST) in preventing depression / Sarah S. Kerner and Jami F. Young
    Identifying moderators of change from both RCTs and case studies / Laura Dietz
    Transference-focused psychotherapy for adult borderline personality disorder / Kenneth N. Levy, Kevin B. Meehan, Tracy L. Clouthier, Frank E. Yeomans, and John F. Clarkin
    Complementarity and clinical implications in using a mixed methods approach / William E. Piper and Carlos A. Sierra Hernandez
    Motivational enhancement therapy for increasing antidepressant medication adherence and decreasing clinical depression among adult latinos / Alejandro Interian, Ariana Prawda, Daniel B. Fishman, and William M. Buerger
    The best of both worlds / John C. Norcross
    An outside perspective / Harold Chui, Sarah Bloch-Elkouby, and Jacques P. Barber
    Themes and lessons learned / Daniel B. Fishman, Stanley B. Messer, David J.A. Edwards, and Frank Dattilio.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    Robert K. Yin, COSMOS Corporation.
    Summary: "[This book] provides a complete portal to the world of case study research. With the integration of 11 applications in this edition, the book gives readers access to ... case studies drawn from a wide variety of academic and applied fields. Ultimately, [this book] will guide students in the ... design and use of the case study research method. New to this edition: includes 11 in-depth applications that show how researchers have implemented case study methods successfully; increases reference to relativist and constructivist approaches to case study research, as well as how case studies can be part of mixed methods projects; places greater emphasis on using plausible rival explanations to bolster case study quality; discusses synthesizing findings across case studies in a multiple-case study in more detail; adds an expanded list of 15 fields that have text or texts devoted to case study research; and sharpens discussion of distinguishing research from non-research case studies. The author brings to light at least three remaining gaps to be filled in the future: how rival explanations can become more routinely integrated into all case study research; the difference between case-based and variable-based approaches to designing and analyzing case studies; and the relationship between case study research and qualitative research."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Donald T. Campbell
    Preface
    Getting started : how to know whether and when to use the case study as a research method
    Designing case studies : identifying your case(s) and establishing the logic of your case study
    Preparing to collect case study evidence : what you need to do before starting to collect case study data
    Collecting case study evidence : the principles you should follow in working with six sources of evidence
    Analyzing case study evidence : how to start your analysis, your analytic choices, and how they work
    Reporting case studies : how and what to compose.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    H62 .Y56 2018
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Henry Cohen.
    Summary: A case-based approach to teaching students how to design accurate dosing regimens.

    Contents:
    Amiodarone and dronedarone / Ahmed M. Abdelhady, Dustin Spencer, and Brian R. Overholser
    Aminoglycoside pharmacokinetics / Manny Saltiel, Serina Tart, Kelly A. Killius, Tracey H., Truesdale, Danielle Perrodin, Nicole D. Verkleeren, Erica Maceira, Christy Vaughan, and Angela M. Plewa
    Continuous and intermittent infusion beta-lactam antibiotics / Dora E. Wiskirchen, Rebecca A. Keel, and David P. Nicolau
    Antiepileptic drugs : second-generation/newer agents / Keri S. Kim, Jeffrey J. Mucksavage, and Gretchen M. Brophy
    Carbamazepine / Henry Cohen
    Digoxin / John Noviasky, William Darko, Darowan Akajabor, Arkadiy Makaron, Christopher Miller, Deirdre P. Piercem, Robert Seabury, and Karen Whalen
    Unfractionated heparin and low-molecular heparins / Liz G. Ramos and Amy L. Dzierba
    Colistin and polymyxin B / Lisa M. Voigt and Kimberly T. Zammit
    Lidocaine / Tudy Hodgeman
    Lithium / Henry Cohen
    Long-acting injectable antipsychotics / Michael Biglow and Megan Flinchum
    Neuromuscular blocking agents / Lesly Jurado, Teresa A. Allison, and Brian Gulbis
    Opioids / Jeff rey Fudin, Ruth J. Perkins, and Arthur G. Lipman
    Phenobarbital and primidone / Denise H. Rhoney, Karen J. McAllen, Xi Liu-DeRyke, and Dennis Parker Jr.
    Phenytoin and fosphenytoin / Catherine A. Millares, Antonia Alafris, and Henry Cohen
    Extended-spectrum triazole antifungals : posaconazole and voriconazole / Kelly E. Martin, Maurice Alexander, and Benyam Muluneh
    Procainamide / Victor Cohen and Samantha P. Jellinek-Cohen
    Quinidine / Edgar R. Gonzalez and Rebecca B. Goad
    Valproic acid / Eljim P. Tesoro, Gretchen M. Brophy, and Henry Cohen
    Vancomycin / Denise E. Riccobono and Maricelle O. Monteagudo-Chu
    Warfarin / Valery L. Chu and Helene Maltz
    Erythropoietin-stimulating agents / Timothy Nguyen, Vijay Lapsia, and Sara Kim
    Direct thrombin inhibitors / Erin E. Mancl and Stacy A. Voils
    Pharmacokinetic considerations in oncology / Alice C. Ceacareanu and Zachary A.P. Wintrob.
    Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2015
  • Digital
    Richard Volpe, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editor
    1: The Challenge of Traumatic Injury Prevention
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Prevention as Change in Complex Systems
    1.3 Context and the Life Space Study Framework
    1.4 Best Practices and Exemplary Programs
    1.5 The Concept of Evidence in Exemplary Programming of Practices
    1.6 The Identification of Exemplary Programs
    1.6.1 Overview Incidence and Literature Review Strategy
    1.6.2 Exemplary Programs Review Methodology
    1.6.2.1 Phase 1: Steps to Identify Exemplary Programs
    Investigation
    Nomination Selection
    1.6.2.2 Phase 2: Data Gathering Methods
    The BRIO Model
    Life Space Case Study Analysis Framework
    1.6.2.3 Phase 3: Final Criteria for Determining an Exemplary Program
    1.7 Overview of Area Previews and Case Studies
    References
    Part I: Sports and Recreation-Related Traumatic Injury Prevention Programs
    2: Overview of Sports and Recreation-Related Traumatic Injury Prevention Programs
    2.1 Section Chapters
    2.1.1 Organized Team Sports
    2.1.2 Individual Sports and/or Recreational Activities
    2.2 For What Follows
    References 3: Heads Up: Concussion in High School Sports
    3.1 Background
    3.2 Resources
    3.3 Implementation
    3.3.1 The Pilot Study
    3.3.2 Pilot Study Outcome
    3.3.3 First Focus Groups
    3.4 Outcome
    3.4.1 The National Launch
    3.4.2 Evaluation Study
    3.4.3 Evaluation Outcome
    3.4.4 Analysis
    3.5 Conclusion
    BRIO Model: Heads Up-Concussion in High School Sports
    Life Space Model: Heads Up-Concussions in High School Sports
    References
    4: Play It Cool: Hockey Safety
    4.1 Background
    4.1.1 Target Population
    4.1.2 A Review of the Prevention Strategies 4.1.3 Goals and Objectives of the Play It Cool program
    4.2 Resources
    4.2.1 Stakeholders and Collaborators
    4.3 Implementation
    4.3.1 Methods for Evaluation
    4.3.2 Improving the Play It Cool Program
    4.4 Outcome
    4.4.1 Short- and Long-Term Outcomes
    4.5 Conclusion
    Brio Model: Play It Cool-Hockey Injury Prevention Program
    Life Space Model: Play It Cool-Hockey Injury Prevention Program
    References
    5: RugbySmart
    5.1 Background
    5.1.1 Neurotraumatic Injuries
    5.2 Resources
    5.2.1 Financial Resources
    5.2.2 Human Resources
    5.3 Implementation 5.3.1 Primary Prevention
    5.3.2 Secondary Prevention
    5.3.3 Tertiary Prevention
    5.3.4 Examples of the Prevention Methods for Brain and Spinal Cord Injury
    5.3.5 Effective Strategies for Implementation
    5.3.6 Effective Strategies for Preventing Injuries
    5.4 Outcome
    BRIO Model: RugbySmart
    Life Space Model: Rugby Smart
    References
    6: SafeClub: An Effective Soccer Injury Prevention Program
    6.1 Background
    6.1.1 History and Development
    6.1.2 SafeClub Risk Management Strategy and Its Implementation
    6.1.3 Pilot Study
    6.1.4 Goals and Implementation Strategies.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Cheuk-Man Yu, David L. Hayes, Angelo Auricchio.
    Summary: Cases in Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy, a brand-new medical reference book for cardiologists, electrophysiologists, surgeons, and primary care doctors, offers an informative and structured view of the newest approaches, treatments and follow-up care methods for heart failure patients treated with Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy. Complete with practical examples from top leaders in the field, this resource is designed to equip you with the cohesive, expert knowledge you need to make the best use of today's available technologies and research. Better manage the challenging clinical scenarios you may encounter with case studies that include a brief introduction, clinical decision-making techniques, evidence-based rationales, and selected references for further study.Remain up-to-date in this rapidly evolving field with clinical recommendations, updates on the latest technological advances, troubleshooting techniques, and recent key clinical trials.Access practical examples regarding the process for selecting and implanting devices, as well as follow-up care for heart-failure patients being treated with CRT.Stay abreast of today's novel wireless technologies, information on robotic-assisted implantations, and current methodologies on VV optimization.

    Contents:
    Paroxysmal Atrial Fibrillation in Patients Undergoing Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Challenge or Routine?
    Implantation of a Biventricular Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator Followed by Catheter Ablation in a Patient with Dilated Cardiomyopathy and Permanent Atrial Fibrillation
    Efficacy of Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Right Bundle Branch Block
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in a Patient with QRS Duration Between 120 and 150 Milliseconds
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Patients with Right Heart Failure Resulting from Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Role of Optimal Medical Therapy
    Efficacy of Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in New York Heart Association II
    Pacemaker Indication
    Intercommissural Lead Placement into a Right Ventricular Coronary Sinus
    Right Ventricular Pacing-Related Cardiomyopathy
    Successful Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Implantation: When to Consider the Middle Cardiac Vein
    Mapping the Coronary Sinus Veins Using an Active Fixation Lead to Overcome Phrenic Nerve Stimulation
    Utility of Active Fixation Lead in Unstable Left Ventricular Lead Positions in the Coronary Sinus for Left Ventricular Stimulation
    Persistent Left Superior Vena Cava: Utility of Right-Sided Venous Access for Coronary Sinus Lead Implantation
    Persistent Left Superior Vena Cava: Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy with Left-Sided Venous Access
    Video-Assisted Thoracotomy Surgery for Implantation of an Epicardial Left Ventricular Lead
    Role of Cardiac Computed Tomography Before Implant: Diagnosis of a Prominent Thebesian Valve as an Obstacle to Left Ventricular Lead Deployment in Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Endocardial Left Ventricular Lead: High Approach
    Left Ventricular Endocardial Pacing in a Patient with an Anomalous Left-Sided Superior Vena Cava
    Novel Wireless Technologies for Endocardial Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Robotically Assisted Lead Implantation for Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in a Reoperative Patient
    Atrioventricular Optimization by Transthoracic Echocardiography in a Patient with Interatrial Delay
    Left Ventricular Quadripolar Lead in Phrenic Nerve Stimulation: It Is Better to Prevent Than to Treat
    Loss of Left Ventricular Pacing Capture Detected by Remote Monitoring
    The Importance of Maintaining a High Percentage of Biventricular Pacing
    Managing Ventricular Tachycardia: Total Atrioventricular Block After Ablation in a Patient with Nonischemic Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Prevention of Effective Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy by Frequent Premature Ventricular Contractions in a Patient with Nonischemic Cardiomyopathy
    Atrial Fibrillation Therapy in Refractory Heart Failure
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Defibrillator Implantation in Atrial Fibrillation
    Up and Down in Device Therapy
    Resumption to Sinus Rhythm After Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in a Patient with Long-Lasting Persistent Atrial Fibrillation
    Guide Wire Fracture During Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy Implantation and Subsequent Management
    A Difficult Case of Diaphragmatic Stimulation
    Extraction of a Biventricular Defibrillator with a Starfix 4195 Coronary Venous Lead
    Complications of Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Infection
    Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy in Non-Left Bundle Branch Block Morphology
    Use of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance to Guide Left Ventricular Lead Deployment in Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Role of Scar Burden Versus Distribution Assessment by Cardiovascular Magnetic Resynchronization in Ischemia
    Difficulties in Prediction of Response to Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Management of Frequent Ventricular Extrasystoles
    Cardiac Contractility Modulation in a Nonresponder to Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
    Nonresponders to Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Switch-Off If Worsening
    Recognition of Anodal Stimulation
    Significant Residual or Worsening Mitral Regurgitation (MitraClip)
    Intrathoracic Impedance (Dietary Incompliance)
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Evaluation Prior to Implantation and Response to Therapy
    Role of Left Atrial Pressure Monitoring in the Management of Heart Failure
    Role of Remote Monitoring in Managing a Patient on Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Medical Therapy and Device Optimization
    Role of Remote Monitoring in Managing a Patient on Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy: Atrial Fibrillation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Okechukwu Ekenna.
    Contents:
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    Fever of Unknown Origin and Drug-Induced Fever
    Dermatologic Manifestations of Infectious and Non-infectious Diseases
    Diseases Acquired Through Close Contact with Animals
    Travel-associated Blood-borne Parasitic Infection
    Gulf Coast Tick Rash Illness
    Infectious Diseases Associated with Trauma and Outdoor Activities
    Acute and Chronic Subcutaneous Fungal Infections
    Endocarditis with Unusual Organisms or Characteristics
    Severe Systemic Fungal and Other Infections in AIDS Patients
    Toxic Manifestations of Infectious and Non-infectious Diseases
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections Seen Post Hurricane Katrina in 2005
    Other Miscellaneous Infections
    Index
    Supplemental Images.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    edited by George R. Leopold.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC78.7.U4 C37
    1
  • Digital
    Zahir Kanjee, Joshua M. Liao.
    Contents:
    Sepsis / Nicholas Kiefer and William Rusty Phillips
    Acute Pancreatitis / Katerina L. Byanova
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infection / Neal Biddick and David Arboleda
    Alcohol Withdrawal / Rahul Ganatra and Scott Navarett
    Urinary Tract Infection / Maria Nardell and Jonathan Bortinger
    Syncope / Amrita Mukhopadhyay and Nicholas D. Patchett
    Stroke / Jonathan Wang, Dawn Lei, and Zahir Kanjee
    Gallbladder Disease / Henry R. Kramer and Joseph S. Wallins
    Meningitis and Encephalitis / Jennifer Hu and Amanda Cooke
    Diabetes and Hyperglycemia / Anita Vanka and Celeste Pizza
    Upper Gastrointestinal Bleed / Kirsten Courtade and Jonathan Bortinger
    Acute Liver Injury and Failure / Andrew Junkin and Joy J. Liu
    Acute Coronary Syndrome / Zahir Kanjee and Joshua M. Liao
    Pneumonia / Lauren Noll and Neha Deshpande
    Heart Failure Exacerbation / Megan U. Roosen-Runge and Shobha W. Stack
    Atrial Fibrillation / Michael Charles C. Tan and Kristen M. Rogers
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Exacerbation / Yilin Zhang and Jonathan Hourmozdi
    Venous Thromboembolism / Mehraneh Khalighi
    Infective Endocarditis / Mara Bann
    Delirium / Erin Wu and Maya Narayanan
    End-Stage Liver Disease / Elijah J. Mun and Tyler J. Albert
    Clostridioides Difficile Infection / Courtney Tuegel and Christopher Kim
    Ventricular Tachycardia / Christopher P. Kovach and Mala M. Sanchez
    Perioperative Medicine / Divya Gollapudi
    Acute Kidney Injury / Patrick Marcus and Eric M. LaMotte
    Opiates and Opiate Use Disorder / Rachel Hensel and Zahir Kanjee
    Hip Fracture / Neal Biddick, Staci Saunders, and Zahir Kanjee
    Frailty in Hospitalized Patients / Leah Marcotte and Joshua M. Liao
    Communication in Academic Hospital Medicine / Leah Marcotte and Joshua M. Liao
    End-of-Life Care / Zahir Kanjee and Cindy Lien
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    by Peter H. Gilligan, Ph.D., Director, Clinical Microbiology-Immunology Laboratories, University of North Carolina Hospitals, Professor, Microbiology-Immunology and Pathology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine Chapel Hill, North Carolina ; Daniel S. Shapiro, M.D., Professor and H. Edward Manville, Jr. Endowed Chair of Internal Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine - Reno, University of Nevada School of Medicine, Reno, Nevada ; Melissa B. Miller, Ph. D., Director, Clinical Molecular Microbiology Laboratory, Associate Director, Clinical Microbiology-Immunology Laboratories, University of North Carolina Health Care, Associate Professor, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: This book challenges students to develop a working knowledge of the variety of microorganisms that cause infections in humans. This valuable, interactive text will help them better understand the clinical importance of the basic science concepts presented in medical microbiology or infectious disease courses.

    Contents:
    Urogenital tract infections
    Respiratory tract infections
    Gastrointestinal tract infections
    Skin & soft tissue infections
    Central nervous system infections
    Systemic infections
    Advanced cases.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Anitha Varghese, Neal Uren, Peter Ludman, editors.
    Summary: This book utilizes case studies to illustrate a variety of percutaneous strategies to treat important cardiac pathology that would previously have mandated cardiac surgery. A desire to minimize the invasiveness of interventions and reduce patient exposure to risk have been the main drivers in developing catheter-based techniques in preference to established surgical methods. Cases in Structural Cardiac Interventions discusses how procedures will continue to increase in popularity as operator expertise grows and technology advances. It provides a useful resource for imaging and interventional cardiologists to work together in developing an inter-disciplinary team skill set that can be adapted towards specific percutaneous intervention in order to ensure optimal patient outcome.

    Contents:
    Transcatheter aortic valve implantation
    Mitral valve repair: clips and balloons
    Paravalvular leak closures
    Septal ablation In hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Atrial fibrillation ablation
    Left atrial appendage occluders
    Pulmonary valve implantation
    Device closure in patent foramen ovale and atrial septal defects
    Percutaneous aortic coarctation repair
    Percutaneous coronary intervention
    Computed tomography angiography
    Perfusion cardiovascular magnetic resonance
    Myocardial contrast & stress echocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Peter V. Bozhkov, Department of Plant Biology, Uppsa;a BioCenter, Swedish University of Agricultural Science and Linnean Center for Plant Biology, Uppsala, Sweden, Guy Salvesen, Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute, La Jolla, CA, USA.
    Contents:
    General in vitro Caspase Assay Procedures
    Positional Scanning Substrate Combinatorial Library (PS-SCL) Approach to Define Caspase Substrate Specificity.- Global Identification of Caspase Substrates using PROTOMAP (PROtein TOpography and Migration Analysis Platform)
    Caspase-2 Protocols
    Caspase-14 Protocols
    Caspase Protocols in Caenorhabditis elegans
    Detecting Caspase Activity in Drosophila Larval Imaginal Discs
    Methods for the Study of Caspase Activation in the Xenopus laevis Oocyte and Egg Extract
    Caspase Protocols in Mice
    Measurement of Caspase Activation in Mammalian Cell Cultures
    Detection and Measurement of Paracaspase MALT1 Activity
    Leishmania Metacaspase: an Arginine-Specific Peptidase
    Purification, Characterization, and Crystallisation of Trypanosoma Metacaspases
    Monitoring the Proteostasis Function of the Saccharomyces cerevisiae Metacaspase Yca1
    Plant Metacaspase Activation and Activity
    Preparation of Arabidopsis thaliana Seedling Proteomes for Identifying Metacaspase Substrates by N-terminal COFRADIC.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Isabel Wilkerson.
    Summary: "As we go about our daily lives, caste is the wordless usher in a darkened theater, flashlight cast down in the aisles, guiding us to our assigned seats for a performance. The hierarchy of caste is not about feelings or morality. It is about power--which groups have it and which do not. In this book, Isabel Wilkerson gives us a portrait of an unseen phenomenon in America as she explores, through an immersive, deeply researched narrative and stories about real people, how America today and throughout its history has been shaped by a hidden caste system, a rigid hierarchy of human rankings. Beyond race, class, or other factors, there is a powerful caste system that influences people's lives and behavior and the nation's fate. Linking the caste systems of America, India, and Nazi Germany, Wilkerson explores eight pillars that underlie caste systems across civilizations, including divine will, bloodlines, stigma, and more. Using riveting stories about people--including Martin Luther King, Jr., baseball's Satchel Paige, a single father and his toddler son, Wilkerson herself, and many others--she shows the ways that the insidious undertow of caste is experienced every day. She documents how the Nazis studied the racial systems in America to plan their out-cast of the Jews; she discusses why the cruel logic of caste requires that there be a bottom rung for those in the middle to measure themselves against; she writes about the surprising health costs of caste, in depression and life expectancy, and the effects of this hierarchy on our culture and politics. Finally, she points forward to ways America can move beyond the artificial and destructive separations of human divisions, toward hope in our common humanity."--Provided by the publisher

    Contents:
    The man in the crowd
    Part One: Toxins in the Permafrost and Heat Rising all Around
    The afterlife of pathogens
    The vitals of history
    An old house and an infrared light
    An American untouchable
    An invisible program
    Part Two: The Arbitrary Construction of Human Divisions
    A long-running play and the emergence of caste in America
    "The container we have built for you"
    The measure of humanity
    Through the fog of Delhi to the parallels in India and America
    The Nazis and the acceleration of caste
    The evil of silence
    Part Three: The Eight Pillars of Caste
    The foundations of caste : The origins of our discontents
    Pillar number one : Divine will and the laws of nature
    Pillar number two : Heritability
    Pillar number three : Endogamy and the control of marriage and mating
    Pillar number four : Purity versus pollution
    Pillar number five : Occupational hierarchy : the jatis and the mudsill
    Pillar number six : Dehumanization and stigma
    Pillar number seven : Terror as enforcement, cruelty as a means of control
    Pillar number eight : Inherent superiority versus inherent inferiority
    Part Four: The Tentacles of Caste
    Brown eyes versus blue eyes
    Central miscasting
    Dominant group status threat and the precarity of the highest rung
    A scapegoat to bear the sins of the world
    The insecure alpha and the purpose of an underdog
    The intrusion of caste in everyday life
    The urgent necessity of a bottom rung
    Last place anxiety : packed in a flooding basement
    On the early front lines of caste
    Satchel Paige and the illogic of caste
    Part Five: The Consequences of Caste
    The euphoria of hate
    The inevitable narcissism of caste
    The German girl with the dark, wavy hair
    The Stockholm Syndrome and the survival of the subordinate caste
    Shock troops on the borders of hierarchy
    Cortisol, telomeres, and the lethality of caste
    Part Six: Backlash
    A change in the script
    Turning point and the resurgence of caste
    The symbols of caste
    Democracy on the ballot
    The price we pay for a caste system
    Part Seven: Awakening
    Shedding the sacred thread
    The radicalization of the dominant caste
    The heart is the last frontier
    Epilogue: A world without caste.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user)
    Fulltext (1 concurrent user) Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Audio Book (1 concurrent user)
    Audio Book (1 concurrent user) Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA407.3 .C3591
    5
  • Digital
    Jorge L. Alió, H. Burkhard Dick, Robert H. Osher, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive approach to the specialty of cataract surgery. Chapters are authored by an international group of experts who evaluate technology, recommend surgical technique, and review the management of both anticipated and unexpected complications. With more than 30 chapters, everyday challenges such as the white, mature, and uveitic cataract are included while the most difficult cases like the loose lens, posterior polar, aniridic, and the traumatic cataract are covered in detail. The editors have also included topics like IOL repositioning and exchange. Cataract Surgery: Advanced Techniques for Complex and Complicated Cases offers the reader an encyclopedic collection of invaluable lessons that will help both the surgeon who is early in his career as well as the veteran cataract surgeon.

    Contents:
    Key Elements in the Risk Evaluation
    Technology and Devices Involved in Cataract Surgery in Special Cases
    The Hard Cataract
    Intumescent Cataract and Preventing the Argentinian Flag Sign
    Pediatric Cataract
    The Unstable Lens in the Adult Patient
    IOL Implantation with Zonulopathy
    Cataract Surgery in Eyes with Ocular Surface Problems and Severe Dry Eye
    Cataract Surgery in Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and Pemphigoid Diseases
    Cataract Surgery in Keratoconus
    Cataract in Cases with Previous Corneal Graft Surgery; High Astigmatism
    Cataract Surgery in Eyes with Fuchs Endothelial Corneal Dystrophy
    The Posterior Polar Cataract
    Cataract Surgery in the Edematous, Partially Opaque Cornea and After Corneal Graft
    Cataract Surgery in Previous Refractive Corneal Surgery Cases
    Complications of Phakic Intraocular Lenses
    Safety and Visual Outcomes Following Phakic Intraocular Lens Bilensectomy
    Intraocular Lens Explantation and Exchange
    Cataract Surgery in Uveitis
    Prevention and Treatment of Negative and Positive Dysphotopsia
    Cataract Surgery in the Vitrectomized Eye
    Combined Cataract Surgery with Pars Plana Vitrectomy
    Cataract Surgery in High and Extreme Myopia
    Relative Anterior Microphthalmos, High Hyperopia, Nanophthalmos
    Cataract Surgery in the Diabetic Eye
    Cataract Surgery in Aniridia
    Floppy Iris Syndrome
    Iris Repair
    Artificial Iris Implantation: Overview of Surgical Techniques
    Advanced Iris Repair
    Correction of Severe Iris Defects and Cases of Traumatic Aniridia with Aphakia by Combined Scleral Fixated Intraocular Lens and Keratopigmentation
    Cataract Surgery in the Traumatized Anterior Segment
    Traumatic Cataract
    Femtosecond Laser in Complex and Complicated Cases
    Complications of Femtosecond Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery
    Hard Cataract Management with Modern Extracapsular Cataract Surgery
    Managing Complications During Cataract Surgery
    Dislocated IOLs
    Management of Dropped Nucleus in Complicated Cataract Surgery
    The Miscalculated IOL: Postoperative Refractive Surprise
    MIGS in Special Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hiroko Bissen-Miyajima, Douglas Donald Koch, Mitchell Patrick Weikert, editors.
    Summary: Cataract Surgery: Maximizing Outcomes Through Research provides cataract surgeons with helpful information about cataract operations based on the latest fundamental and clinical research. This book comprehensively covers a wide range of topics from the basic principles of each treatment to today?s hot topics such as femtosecond laser application, cataract surgery, and new intraocular lenses (IOLs) with accommodating or light-adjustable function. Detailed cutting-edge discussion is provided in each chapter with the addition of diagrams, photographs, and tables to help readers better understand the subject. Authored by leading international experts, the book covers topics from preoperative evaluations to postoperative care including evaluation of accommodation and pseudo-accommodation, glistening and visual function, the eye?s image quality with a premium IOL, IOL power calculations, pupil size and postoperative visual function, posterior capsular opacity, corneal astigmatism, femtosecond laser techniques, and more. Cataract Surgery: Maximizing Outcomes Through Research is the perfect book for cataract surgeons and general ophthalmologists who wish to update their knowledge and make use of it in their everyday medical practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Pupil Size and Postoperative Visual Function
    Evaluation of Visual Function in Pseudophakic Eyes and Phakic Eyes in Various Age Groups
    Screening Cataract Surgery Candidates with Corneal Topographer
    Intraocular Lens Power Calculations in Long Eyes
    Using Optical Coherence Tomography for IOL Power Calculations in Eyes with Prior Ablative Corneal Surgery
    Corneal Astigmatisms and Postoperative Visual Acuity
    Cataract Wound Size and Astigmatism
    Correction of corneal astigmatism with toric IOLs
    Corneal Astigmatic Correction by Femtosecond Laser Incisions
    Fluidics of Phacoemulsification Systems
    The optic edge and adhesive property of an intraocular lens influences lens epithelial cell migration under the optic
    Femtosecond Techniques in Cataract Surgery
    Optical Bench Testing of IOLs
    Image Quality in Eyes with Premium Multifocal Intraocular Lens Simulation of the Patients? View
    Image quality of the eye with a premium IOL ? simulation of the retinal surgeon?s view
    Glistenings and their Influence on Visual Function
    IOL Surface Light Scattering and Visual Function.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christopher Liu, Ahmed Shalaby Bardan, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book provides ophthalmic professionals and trainees with practical guidance on how to perform cataract surgery efficiently. From patient satisfaction and risk stratification to safely performing cataract surgery, it addresses specific problems and offers clear solutions. The respective chapters address the health economy, surgical outcomes, staff satisfaction, surgical training, and research. Cataract surgeons seeking to further develop their clinical skills will find this book an indispensable resource in their day-to-day practice. Written by respected laser and lens refractive surgeons, this book will provide professionals and trainees with valuable new approaches to cataract surgery and patient management.

    Contents:
    What do cataract patients want?
    Timing of cataract surgery
    Risk stratification
    Choice of Anaesthesia
    Novel methods of delivery
    Refractive Aim and Choice of Intraocular lens
    Calculating the human eye - Basics on Biometry
    Teaching Phacoemulsification cataract surgery
    Surgical pearls for challenging cases
    Pseudophakic Cystoid Macular Oedema
    Prophylaxis and treatment of endophthalmitis
    Posterior Capsule Opacification
    Market forces, premium cataract surgery and managing the unhappy patient
    Sustainable cataract surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Charles J. Fox, III, Elyse M. Cornett, G. E. Ghali, editors.
    Summary: This textbook provides educational material for the many students, as well as nurses, residents or attending physicians who participate in perioperative medicine. It focuses on the most serious perioperative complications and includes a discussion of the pathophysiologic and pharmacologic implications unique to each. Additionally, the textbook provides medicolegal information pertinent to those providing care to these patients. All chapters are written with the most current and relevant information by leading experts in each field.The layout and format is designed to be purposeful, logical and visually effective. Other features include review questions and answers, chapter summaries and shaded call-out boxes to facilitate learning.

    Contents:
    Sleep Apnea
    Postoperative Visual Loss: Anatomy, Pathogenesis, and Anesthesia Considerations
    Substance Abuse
    Awareness
    Shared Airway: Techniques, Anesthesia Considerations and Implications
    Dental Injury: Anatomy, Pathogenesis, and Anesthesia Considerations and Implications
    Complications of General Anesthesia
    Pain Management
    Regional Anesthesia/ Monitored Anesthesia Care
    Massive Perioperative Hemorrhage: Considerations in Clinical Management
    Cardiovascular System Damaging Events
    Airway and Respiratory System Damaging Events
    Burns in the Operating Room
    Eye Injury
    Severe Peripheral Nerve Injury
    Catastrophic Perioperative Complications and Management in the Trauma Patient
    Obstetrics
    Catastrophic Complications in Pediatric Anesthesiology
    Ambulatory and Office Based Surgery
    Remote Locations
    Equipment Problems
    Perioperative Medication Errors
    Physiologic Monitoring: Technological Advances Improving Patient Safety
    Quality of Care in Perioperative Medicine
    Professional Liability
    Medical Malpractice
    Closed Claims Project Overview
    Peer Review in Perioperative Medicine
    Perioperative Complications Chapter: Shared Decision Making and Informed Consent.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lewis Landsberg, MD, Irving S. Cutter Professor of Medicine, dean emeritus, director, Northwestern Comprehensive Center on Obesity (NCCO), Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: pt. I Fundamental Aspects of Catecholamine Biology
    Introduction: Overview of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Biosynthesis of Catecholamines
    Catecholamine Storage and Release from Sympathetic Nerve Endings and Adrenal Medullary Chromaffin Cells
    Regulation of Central Sympathoadrenal Outflow
    The Peripheral Dopaminergic System
    Metabolism and Termination of Action of Catecholamines
    Adrenergic Receptors
    Assessment of Sympathoadrenal Activity
    pt. II Physiology of the Sympathoadrenal System
    General and Unique Features of Regulation by the Sympathoadrenal System: Central Neural Control
    Cardiovascular Effects of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Metabolic Effects of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Sympathetic Nervous System Effects on Heat Conservation and Heat Generation
    Sympathoadrenal Effects on Visceral Smooth Muscle and Exocrine Glands
    Sympathoadrenal Effects on Renal Function, Electrolytes, and Hormone Secretion
    pt. III The Role of the Sympathoadrenal System in Physiologic Adaptation and the Pathophysiology of Disease States
    Cold Exposure
    Exercise and Physical Training
    Dietary Intake: Fasting and Overfeeding
    Hypoglycemia
    Ketosis, Ketogenesis, and Ketoacidosis
    Hypertension
    Obesity
    Hypoxia and Hypercarbia (Hypercapnia)
    Congestive Heart Failure
    Thyroid and Adrenal Hormones
    Hypotension and Shock
    pt. IV Pharmacology
    Adrenergic Agonists
    Adrenergic Antagonists
    Drugs Affecting the Metabolism and the Inactivation of Catecholamines
    pt. V Tumors of the Sympathoadrenal System
    Pheochromocytoma
    Neuroblastoma, Ganglioneuroblastoma, and Ganglioneuroma.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Kenzo Hirao, editor.
    Summary: This book provides cutting-edge theories and techniques for catheter ablation of all kinds of tachyarrhythmias. Catheter ablation has been a main therapeutic method for tachyarrhythmias for more than thirty years now, and countless operations have been successfully performed. It is crucial for electrophysiologists to diagnose arrhythmia mechanisms correctly and to optimize ablation methods, especially in Japan, one of the world's fastest-aging countries and where many of this book's authors are based. The volume is divided into eight parts. The first three parts present the basic theories and novel insights essential to diagnosing and performing catheter ablations. In turn, the latter five parts highlight practical ablation methods in the context of frequently encountered arrhythmias cases, as well as rare ones such as chanellopathies. Written for electrophysiologists who treat patients with cardiac arrhythmias, the book offers reader s essential tips and tricks for the optimal treatment of arrhythmias.

    Contents:
    Part I - Cardiac Anatomy for Catheter Ablation
    1. Atrial and Atrio-Ventricular Junctional Anatomy: Myocardial orientation and its heterogeneity
    2. Anatomy of Aorta, Pulmonary artery and Ventricles
    Part II -Techniques and Interpretation to Diagnose the Mechanism of Supraventricular Tachycardias
    3. Entrainment pacing: A diagnostic tool for reentrant tachycardia and its application for catheter ablation
    4. Para-Hisian Pacing
    5. Entrainment Pacing for Differential Diagnosis of Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Part III - Special Sites for Ablation
    6. Aortic Sinus Cusps for Catheter Ablation of Supraventricular and Ventricular Arrhythmias
    7. Coronary Sinus for Ablation of Ventricular Tachyarrhythmia and Supraventricular
    8. Vein of Marshall Chemical Ablation of Atrial Tachyarrhythmias
    Part IV - Catheter Ablation of Atrial Tachycardias and Flutter
    9. Cavo-tricuspid Isthmus Dependent Atrial Flutter
    10. Uncommon Atrial Flutter
    11. Adenosine-sensitive Atrial Tachycardia
    12. Focal Atrial Tachycardia
    13. Catheter Ablation of Atrial Tachycardia Following Catheter and Surgical Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation
    Part V - Catheter Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation
    14. Pulmonary vein isolation: Radiofrequency energy
    15. Pulmonary vein isolation: cryoballoon ablation
    16. Radiofrequency HotBalloon Ablation
    17. Catheter Ablation of Posterior LA Isolation: Box Isolation
    18. Isolation of Superior Vena Cava
    19. Catheter Ablation of Non-Pulmonary Vein Foci 20. Stepwise Ablation for Persistent Atrial Fibrillation
    21. Substrate ablation of persistent AF
    22. Autonomic Ganglionated Plexi Ablation in Patients with Atrial Fibrillation
    Part VI - Catheter Ablation of Atrio-Ventricular Nodal Tachycardias
    23. Slow Pathway Ablation for Atrioventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    24. Ablation of Superior Slow Pathway in Atypical Fast-Slow Atrioventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    25. Retrograde Fast Pathway Ablation in Atrio-ventricular Nodal Reentrant Tachycardia
    Part VII - Catheter Ablation of Accessory Pathways
    26. Free Wall Atrio-Ventricular Accessory Pathways
    27. Posteroseptal Atrio-Ventricular Accessory Pathways
    28. Catheter ablation of antero-septal (supero-paraseptal) and mid-septal (true septal) accessory pathways
    29. Atriofascicular Accessory Pathways
    30. Nodofascicular/ Nodoventricular Accessory Pathway
    Part VIII - Catheter Ablation of Ventricular Tachycardias
    31. Outflow Tract Ventricular Tachycardias and Premature Ventricular Contractions - ECG based prediction of Origin Sites
    32. Idiopathic Left Fascicular Ventricular Tachycardia
    33. Bundle Branch Reentrant Ventricular Tachycardia
    34. Papillary Muscle Ventricular Tachycardia
    35. Ventricular Tachycardia in Non-ischemic Cardiomyopathy
    36. Ventricular Tachycardia in Ischemic Heart Disease
    37. Ablation of Brugada Syndrome
    38. Ablation of Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
    39. Epicardial Ablation for Ventricular Tachycardia
    40. Ablation of Electrical Storm.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Shoei K. Stephen Huang MD and John M. Miller MD.
    Summary: "From anatomy and diagnostic criteria through specific mapping and ablation techniques, Catheter Ablation of Cardiac Arrhythmias, 4th Edition, covers all you need to know in this fast-changing field. Ideal for practitioners who need a comprehensive, user-friendly ablation text for the electrophysiology lab or office setting, this authoritative reference offers quick access to practical content, using detailed tables and high-quality images to help you apply what you learn in your practice"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Biophysics and pathophysiology of radiofrequency lesion formation
    Guiding lesion formation during radiofrequency catheter ablation
    Irrigated and cooled-tip radiofrequency catheter ablation
    Catheter cryoablation : biophysics and clinical applications
    Cardiac anatomy for catheter mapping and ablation of arrhythmias
    Fundamentals of intracardiac mapping
    Catheter 3-dimensional mapping systems
    Remote catheter navigation systems
    Intracardiac echocardiography, computed cardiac tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging for guiding mapping and ablation
    Ablation of focal atrial tachycardias
    Ablation of cavotricuspid isthmus-dependent atrial flutters
    Ablation of nonisthmus-dependent flutters and atrial macroreentry
    Ablation of postoperative atrial tachycardia in congenital heart disease
    Pulmonary vein isolation for atrial fibrillation
    Pulmonary vein isolation by cryoballoon catheter
    Ablation of nonpulmonary vein triggers
    Substrate-based ablation for atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of atrial fibrillation drivers : focal impulse and rotor modulation
    Ablation of persistent and long-standing persistent atrial fibrillation
    Epicardial and endocardial hybrid ablation for atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of atrioventricular junctional tachycardias : atrioventricular nodal reentry, variants, and focal junctional tachycardia
    Atrioventricular junction ablation for heart-rate control of atrial fibrillation
    Ablation of free wall accessory pathways
    Ablation of posteroseptal accessory pathways
    Catheter ablation of superoparaseptal (anteroseptal) and midseptal accessory pathways
    Ablation of atriofascicular accessory pathways and variants
    Special problems in ablation of accessory pathways
    Ablation of ventricular outflow tract tachycardias
    Ablation of idiopathic left and right ventricular and fascicular tachycardias
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia in coronary artery disease
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia associated with nonischemic cardiomyopathy
    Ablation of unstable ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation
    Substrate-based ablation for ventricular tachycardia
    Epicardial approach to catheter ablation of ventricular tachycardia
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia with congenital heart disease
    Ablation of genetically triggered ventricular tachycardia/fibrillation--focusing on brugada syndrome
    Ablation of ventricular tachycardia with percutaneous hemodynamic support
    Complications associated with radiofrequency catheter ablation of arrhythmias
    Atrial transseptal catheterization special considerations for ablation in pediatric patients.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Shorvon, Renzo Guerrini, Steven Schachter, Eugen Trinka.
    Summary: Unique to the market and expanded and revised, this definitive text describes the many causes of epilepsy. It is the only single source of information, designed for clinical practice and written by leading figures from the field. This new edition has been fully revised and expanded.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Alex Clarke, Andrew Thompson, Elizabeth Jenkinson, Nichola Rumsey, and Rob Newell.
    Contents:
    Background, clinical problems, common presentation and treatment considerations
    A stepped-care approach to psychosocial intervention
    Models and frameworks: expanding the conceptual approach to managing appearance-related distress
    Clinical assessment
    Social skills and coping strategies
    Cognitive behavioral therapy
    Planning treatment and sessional guides
    The emerging adult: facilitating transition from child to adult service
    Psychological assessment for cosmetic surgery
    Models of service delivery.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    David F. Tolin, Blaise L. Worden, Bethany M. Wootton, Christina M. Gilliam.
    Contents:
    Introductory Information for Clinicians. What is Hoarding Disorder?
    Implementing Group CBT for Hoarding Disorder
    Treatment Manual. Welcome to the Class
    Why Do I Have So Much Stuff?
    Making Decisions and Solving Problems
    Making Decisions and Solving Problems
    Intense Emotions
    Intense Emotions
    Unhelpful Thinking
    Unhelpful Thinking
    Waxing and Waning Motivation
    Waxing and Waning Motivation
    Putting It All Together
    Putting It All Together
    Putting It All Together
    Putting It All Together
    Staying Clutter Free in the Future
    Staying Clutter Free in the Future
    Appendix A: Clock Sign
    Appendix B: "Bad Guy" Reminder Cards for Participants.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    M. Becker [and others].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R856.6 .C46 2015
    1
  • Digital
    editors Edward G. Wing, Fred J. Schiffman.
    Summary: "Known for its concise, easy-to-read writing style and comprehensive coverage, Cecil Essentials of Medicine has been a favorite of students, residents, and instructors through nine outstanding editions. This revised 10th Edition continues the tradition of excellence with a focus on high-yield core knowledge of key importance to anyone entering or established in the field of internal medicine. Fully revised and updated by editors Edward J. Wing and Fred J. Schiffman, along with other leading teachers and experts in the field, Cecil Essentials remains clinically focused and solidly grounded in basic science."--Amazon.com
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by S. Devi Rampertab, Gerard E. Mullin.
    Summary: Celiac Disease is an authoritative text intended to educate healthcare practitioners, gastroenterologists, physicians and nutritionists about the diverse manifestations, complications and management of gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The seventeen-chapter text provides the latest research on pathophysiology, including animal models, immunopathogenesis, genetics and the intestinal microflora. The book also features chapters on diagnosis, monitoring, complications and nutritional management, including therapies on the horizon. The text concludes with appendices that provide educational tools for symptom monitoring and dietary guidance. Written by specialists in their respective fields, "Celiac Disease" is a comprehensive resource that provides the healthcare practitioner an evidence-based practical guide to pathogenesis and therapy of celiac disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition of Celiac Disease and Gluten Sensitivity
    Epidemiology of Celiac Disease
    The Pathophysiology of Celiac Disease
    Immunogenetics of Celiac Disease
    Using Animal Models of Celiac Disease to? Understand the Role of MHC II
    Role of Gut Microbes in Celiac Disease Risk and Pathogenesis
    Presentation of Celiac Disease in Children and Adults
    Diagnosis of Celiac Disease
    Nutrition in Celiac Disease
    Dietary Supplements in Celiac Disease
    Monitoring and Follow-up of Patients with Celiac Disease
    Special Considerations in Children and Young Adults with Celiac Disease
    Novel and Experimental Therapies on the Horizon
    Morbidity and Mortality Associated with Celiac Disease
    Refractory Celiac Disease
    Celiac Disease: Dispelling Misconceptions and Myths
    Summary of Recommendations from the American College of Gastroenterology Celiac Disease Guidelines
    Resources for Celiac Disease Practitioners and Patients
    Taxonomic Relationships of the Major Cereal Grains
    Some Potential Sources of Hidden Gluten
    Key Elements in the Management of Celiac Disease
    Celiac Iceberg
    An Approach to Gluten Challenge for the Diagnosis or Exclusion of Celiac Disease
    An Approach to the Monitoring of Celiac Disease
    An Approach to the Diagnosis of Celiac Disease
    An Approach to the Patient with Non-Responsive Celiac Disease
    Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs): Recommended Dietary Allowance and Adequate Intakes, Vitamins and Elements
    Dietary Reference Intakes (DRIs): Tolerable Upper Intake Levels, Vitamins and Elements.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony W. Ryan.
    Contents:
    Celiac disease : background and historical context / Graham D. Turner, Margaret R. Dunne, and Anthony W. Ryan
    Celiac disease : diagnosis / Greg Byrne and Conleth F. Feighery
    Generating transgenic mouse models for studying celiac disease / Josephine M. Ju, Eric V. Marietta, and Joseph A. Murray
    Study designs for exploring the non-HLA genetics in celiac disease / Åsa Torinsson Naluai
    Twenty-four hour ex vivo culture of celiac duodenal biopsies / Sarah E. J. Cooper, Sharon Wilson, and Conleth F. Feighery
    Isolation and cloning of gluten-specific T cells in celiac disease / Yvonne Kooy-Winkelaar and Frits Koning
    Flow cytometric analysis of human small intestinal lymphoid cells / Margaret R. Dunne
    Adaptation of a cell-based high content screening system for the in-depth analysis of celiac biopsy tissue / Sarah E. J. Cooper ... [et al.]
    HLA genotyping : methods for the identification of the HLA-DQ2,-DQ8 heterodimers implicated in celiac disease (CD) susceptibility / Maria Edvige Fasano, Ennia Dametto, and Sandra D'Alfonso
    Detecting allelic expression imbalance at candidate genes using 5' exonuclease genotyping technology / Jillian M. Gahan ... [et al.]
    Gene expression profiling of celiac biopsies and peripheral blood monocytes using taqman assays / Martina Galatola, Renata Auricchio, and Luigi Greco
    Cloning gene variants and reporter assays / Ben Molloy and Ross McManus
    Epigenetic methodologies for the study of celiac disease / Antoinette S. Perry, Anne-Marie Baird, and Steven G. Gray
    Candidate gene knockdown in celiac disease / Ben Molloy ... [et al.]
    Perl one-liners : bridging the gap between large data sets and analysis tools / Karsten Hokamp
    Bioinformatic analysis of antigenic proteins in celiac disease / Cathal P. O'Brien
    Quality control procedures for high-throughput genetic association studies / Ciara Coleman, Emma M. Quinn, and Ross McManus
    Quality control and analysis of NGS RNA sequencing data / Emma M. Quinn and Ross McManus.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Herbert Wieser, Peter Koehler, Katharina Konitzer.
    Contents:
    Celiac disease : a complex disorder
    Gluten : the precipitating factor
    Treatment of Celiac disease
    Gluten-free products.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Heide Schatten, editor.
    Summary: "This volume covers classic and modern cell and molecular biology of prostate cancer, as well as novel biomarkers, inflammation, centrosome pathologies, microRNAs, cancer initiation and genetics, epigenetics, mitochondrial dysfunctions and apoptosis, cancer stem cells, angiogenesis and progression to metastasis, and treatment strategies including clinical trials related to prostate cancer. Cell & Molecular Biology of Prostate Cancer is one of two companion books comprehensively addressing the biology and clinical aspects of prostate cancer. Prostate Cancer: Molecular & Diagnostic Imaging and Treatment Stategies, the companion volume, discusses both classic and the most recent imaging approaches including analysis of needle biopsies, applications of nanoparticle probes and peptide-based radiopharmaceuticals for detection, early diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer. Taken together, these volumes form one comprehensive and invaluable contribution to the literature"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Brief overview of prostate cancer statistics, grading, diagnosis and treatment strategies / Heide Schatten
    Novel biomarkers for prostate cancer detection and prognosis / Xavier Filella, Laura Foj
    Inflammation and prostate cancer / Ashutosh K. Tewari, Jennifer A. Stockert, Shalini S. Yadav, Kamlesh K. Yadav, Irtaza Khan
    The impact of centrosome pathologies on prostate cancer development and progression / Heide Schatten, Maureen O. Ripple
    MicroRNAs as regulators of prostate cancer metastasis / Divya Bhagirath, Thao Ly Yang, Rajvir Dahiya, Sharanjot Saini
    Epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) and prostate cancer / Valerie Odero-Marah, Ohuod Hawsawi, Veronica Henderson, Janae Sweeney
    The role of multi-parametric MRI and fusion biopsy for the diagnosis of prostate cancer: a systematic review of current literature / Debashis Sarkar
    A geneticist's view of prostate cancer: prostate cancer treatment considerations / Abraham Eisenstark.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Vladimir Berezin, Peter S. Walmod, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Cell Adhesion Molecules Belonging to the Immunoglobulin Superfamily
    Thy-1 Modulates Neurological Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions Through Multiple Molecular Interactions / Lisette Leyton and James S. Hagood
    The IgCAMs CAR, BT-IgSF, and CLMP: Structure, Function, and Diseases / Jadwiga Schreiber, Hanna Langhorst, René Jüttner and Fritz G. Rathjen
    GLIALCAM, A Glial Cell Adhesion Molecule Implicated in Neurological Disease / Alejandro Barrallo-Gimeno and Raúl Estévez
    The Neuroplastins: Multifunctional Neuronal Adhesion Molecules--Involvement in Behaviour and Disease / Philip Beesley, Michaela Kraus and Nathalie Parolaro
    Roles of Nectins and Nectin-Like Molecules in the Nervous System / Masahiro Mori, Yoshiyuki Rikitake, Kenji Mandai and Yoshimi Takai
    ICAM-5: A Neuronal Dendritic Adhesion Molecule Involved in Immune and Neuronal Functions / Carl G. Gahmberg, Lin Ning and Sonja Paetau
    ROUNDABOUT Receptors / Athéna R. Ypsilanti and Alain Chedotal
    New Insights into the Roles of the Contactin Cell Adhesion Molecules in Neural Development / Alma N. Mohebiany, Sheila Harroch and Samuel Bouyain D.Phil.-- The L1 Family of Cell Adhesion Molecules: A Sickening Number of Mutations and Protein Functions / Kakanahalli Nagaraj, Rula Mualla and Michael Hortsch
    Organisation and Control of Neuronal Connectivity and Myelination by Cell Adhesion Molecule Neurofascin / Julia Ebel, Simone Beuter, Jennifer Wuchter, Martin Kriebel and Hansjürgen Volkmer
    Roles for DSCAM and DSCAML1 in Central Nervous System Development and Disease / María Luz Montesinos
    Part II. Cell Adhesion Molecules Not Belonging to the Immunoglobulin Superfamily
    The Adhesion Molecule Anosmin-1 in Neurology: Kallmann Syndrome and Beyond / Fernando de Castro, Pedro F. Esteban, Ana Bribián [and 3 others]
    Protocadherins in Neurological Diseases / Takahiro Hirabayashi and Takeshi Yagi
    Neural Cell Adhesion Molecules Belonging to the Family of Leucine-Rich Repeat Proteins / Malene Winther and Peter S. Walmod
    Erratum to: The L1 Family of Cell Adhesion Molecules: A Sickening Number of Mutations and Protein Functions / Kakanahalli Nagaraj, Rula Mualla and Michael Hortsch.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Christian Behl, Christine Ziegler.
    Contents:
    Aging and cell aging : an introduction
    Cell cycle : the life cycle of a cell
    Theories and mechanisms of aging
    Selected age-related disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Nalini Chandar, Susan M. Viselli.
    Summary: "Up to date, easy to use, and rich with vibrant illustrations, Lippincott® Illustrated Reviews: Cell and Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, provides a highly visual presentation of essential cell and molecular biology with a focus on topics related to human health and disease. This engaging approach incorporates all of the most popular features of the bestselling Lippincott® Illustrated Reviews series, including abundant full-color illustrations, chapter summaries, and review questions that link basic science to real-life clinical situations."--Provided by publisher
  • Digital
    Nalini Chandar, Susan Viselli.
    Contents:
    Stem cells and their differentiation
    Extracellular matrix and cell adhesion
    Biological membranes
    Cytoskeleton
    Organelles
    The eukaryotic genome
    DNA replication
    Transcription
    Translation
    Regulation of gene expression
    Protein trafficking
    Protein degradation
    Basic concepts of transport
    Active transport
    Glucose transport
    Drug transport
    G protein signaling
    Catalytic receptor signaling
    Steroid receptor signaling
    The cell cycle
    Regulation of the cell cycle
    Abnormal cell growth
    Cell death
    Aging and senescence.
  • Digital
    Marco A. Zarbin, Mandeep S. Singh, Ricardo P. Casaroli-Marano, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses why specific diseases are being targeted for cell-based retinal therapy, what evidence exists that justifies optimism for this approach, and what challenges must be managed in order to bring this technology from the laboratory into routine clinical practice. There are a number of unanswered questions (e.g., surgical approach to cell delivery, management of immune response, optimum cell type to transplant) that very likely are not going to be answered until human trials are undertaken, but there is a certain amount of "de-risking" that can be done with preclinical experimentation. This book is essential reading for scientists, clinicians, and advanced students in stem cell research, cell biology, and ophthalmology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Advantages of the Eye as a Target Organ for Cell-Based Therapy in the Central Nervous System; Introduction; Advantages of the Eye as a Target Organ; Anatomy and Physiology; Surgical Access; Immune Privilege; Antigen Load; High-Resolution Noninvasive Imaging Technology; Functional Assessment of the Transplant; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 2: Proof of Principle: Preclinical Data on Retinal Cell Transplantation; Introduction; Photoreceptor Rescue Therapy; RPE Transplantation; Neural and Retinal Progenitor Cell Transplantation Age-Related Macular DegenerationClinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Fluorescein Angiography; Optical Coherence Tomography; Fundus Autofluorescence; Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; ABCA4 (Stargardt) Dystrophy; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Fundus Autofluorescence; Fluorescein Angiography; Optical Coherence Tomography; Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; Best Disease Bone Marrow Cell TransplantationUmbilical Tissue-Derived Cell Transplantation; Photoreceptor Replacement Therapy; Neuroretinal Sheet Transplantation; Photoreceptor Cell Transplantation; Retinal Cellular Materials Transfer; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Clinical and Pathological Features of Selected Human Retinal Degenerative Diseases; Introduction; Generalized Retinal Degenerations; Retinitis Pigmentosa; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Associations and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Perimetry and Electrophysiological Testing Clinical CharacteristicsGenetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Optical Coherence Tomography; Fundus autofluorescence; Fluorescein Angiography; Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Degenerative Retinal Diseases: Cell Sources for Cell-Based Therapy; Retinal Degenerative Diseases; Sources of Stem Cells; Embryonic Stem Cells (ESCs); Fetal Stem Cells; Adult Stem Cells; Neuronal Origin; RPE Stem Cells; Ciliary Epithelium-Derived Progenitor Cells; Müller Progenitor Cells (MCs) Fundus AutofluorescenceFluorescein Angiography; Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT); Differential Diagnosis; Leber Congenital Amaurosis; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Fundus Autofluorescence, Fluorescein Angiography, and OCT; Psychophysical and Electrophysiological Testing; Differential Diagnosis; Choroideremia; Clinical Characteristics; Genetic Association and Pathophysiology; Ophthalmoscopic Features; Imaging and Other Useful Tests; Differential Diagnosis; Central Degenerations
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ricardo P. Casaroli-Marano, Marco A. Zarbin.
    Contents:
    Age-related macular degeneration: clinical findings, histopathology, and imaging techniques / Zarbin, M.A.; Casaroli-Marano, R.P.; Rosenfeld, P.J.
    General pathophysiology in retinal degeneration / Wert, K.J.; Lin, J.H.; Tsang, S.H.
    Juvenile-onset macular degeneration and allied disorders / North, V.; Gelman, R.; Tsang, S.H.
    Diagnosis and complementary examinations / Menghini, M.; Duncan, J.L.
    Stem cells for retinal repair / Stern, J.; Temple, S.
    Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells into retinal pigmented epithelium / Croze, R.H.; Clegg, D.O.
    Neural retinal regeneration with pluripotent stem cells / Ramsden, C.M.; Powner, M.B.; Carr, A.-J.F.; Smart, M.J.K.; da Cruz, L.; Coffey, P.J.
    Stem cells, retinal ganglion cells and glaucoma / Sluch, V.M.; Zack, D.J.
    Stem cells : immunology and immunomodulation / Tena, A.; Sachs, D.H.
    Biochemical restoration of aged human Bruch's membrane : experimental studies to improve retinal pigment epithelium transplant survival and differentiation / Sugino, I.K.; Sun, Q.; Cheewatrakoolpong, N.; Malcuit, C.; Zarbin, M.A.
    Approaches to cell delivery : substrates and scaffolds for cell therapy / Kundu, J.; Michaelson, A.; Baranov, P.; Young, M.J.; Carrier, R.L.
    Microdevice-based cell therapy for age-related macular degeneration / Lu, B.; Tai, Y.-C.; Humayun, M.S.
    Cell and gene therapy / Rao, R.C.; Zacks, D.N.
    Cellular manufacturing for clinical applications / Sheu, J.; Klassen, H.; Bauer, G.
    Regulatory issues in cell-based therapy for clinical purposes / Casaroli-Marano, R.P.; Tabera, J.; Vilarrodona, A.; Trias, E.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Thomas D. Pollard, William C. Earnshaw, Jennifer Lippincott-Schwartz, Graham T. Johnson.
    Summary: The much-anticipated 3rd edition of Cell Biology delivers comprehensive, clearly written, and richly illustrated content to today's students, all in a user-friendly format. Relevant to both research and clinical practice, this rich resource covers key principles of cellular function and uses them to explain how molecular defects lead to cellular dysfunction and cause human disease. Concise text and visually amazing graphics simplify complex information and help readers make the most of their study time.

    Contents:
    Sect. I: Introduction to cell biology
    Sect. II: Chemical and physical background
    Sect. III: Chromatin, chromosomes, and the cell nucleus
    Sect. IV: Central dogma: from gene to protein
    Sect. V: Membrane structure and function
    Sect. VI: Cellular organelles and membrane trafficking
    Sect. VII: Signaling mechanisms
    Sect. VIII: Cellular adhesion and the extracellular matrix
    Sect. IX: Cytoskeleton and cellular motility
    Sect: X: Cell cycle.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas D. Pollard, William C. Earnshaw, Jennifer Lippincott-Schwartz, Graham T. Johnson.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: "Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. With a goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange, this new book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series is launched. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells will be covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the first volume of a continuing series"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Embryonic stem cells in development and regenerative medicine / Ayşegül Doğan
    Adult stem cells and medicine / Sinem Civriz Bozdağ, Meltem Kurt Yüksel, Taner Demirer
    Stem cells in regenerative cardiology / Semih Arbatlı, Galip Servet Aslan, Fatih Kocabaş
    The potency of induced pluripotent stem cells in cartilage regeneration and osteoarthritis treatment / Cormac Murphy, Ali Mobasheri, Zsuzsanna Táncos, Julianna Kobolák, András Dinnyés
    Pericytes: the role of multipotent stem cells in vascular maintenance and regenerative medicine / Toka A. Ahmed, Nagwa El-Badri
    Stem cell therapy: repurposing cell-based regenerative medicine beyond cell replacement / Eleonora Napoli, Trenton Lippert, Cesar V. Borlongan
    Stem cells in Alzheimer's disease: current standing and future challenges / Haitham Salem, Gabriela D. Colpo, Antonio L. Teixeira
    Developments in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Expansion and gene editing technologies / Dogacan Yucel, Fatih Kocabas
    Clinical applications of induced pluripotent stem cells
    Stato Attuale / Chavali Kavyasudha, Dannie Macrin, K.N. ArulJothi, Joel P. Joseph, M.K. Harishankar, Arikketh Devi
    Safety and efficacy of epigenetically converted human fibroblasts into insulin-secreting cells: a preclinical study / Tiziana A.L. Brevini, Georgia Pennarossa, Elena F.M. Manzoni, Fulvio Gandolfi.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This online first book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the second volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor, Kursad Turksen.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions.This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature’s longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the fifth volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Benjamin W. Streeter, Michael E. Davis Therapeutic Cardiac Patches for Repairing the Myocardium Nidheesh Dadheech and AM James Shapiro Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells in the Curative Treatment of Diabetes and Potential Impediments Ahead Selami Demirci, PhD, Alexis Leonard, MD, Juan J. Haro-Mora, PhD, Naoya Uchida, MD, PhD and John F Tisdale, MD CRISPR/Cas9 for Sickle Cell Disease: Applications, Future possibilities, and Challenges David Richards, Joe Swift, Lu Shin Wong, Stephen M. Richardson; Photoresponsive Hydrogels with Photoswitchable Stiffness: Emerging Platforms to Study Temporal Aspects of Mesenchymal Stem Cell Responses to Extracellular Stiffness Regulation Isabel Calejo, Raquel Costa-Almeida, Manuela E. Gomes; Cellular complexity at the interface: Challenges in enthesis tissue engineering BURCU TALUG AND ZEYNEP TOKCAER KESKIN; Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells in Disease Modelling and Regeneration Ayşegül Mendi, Hacer Ulutürk, Mustafa Sancar Ataç, Derviş Yılmaz; Stem cells for the oromaxillofacial area: Could they be a promising source for regeneration in dentistry? Safa AYDIN, Fikrettin ŞAHİN; Stem Cells Derived from Dental Tissues Hüseyin Abdik, Ezgi Avsar Abdik, Ayşen Aslı Hızlı Deniz, Pakize Neslihan Taşlı, Fikrettin Şahin; A Novel Virtue in Stem Cell Research: Exosomes and Their Role in Differentiation Taha Bartu Hayal, Binnur Kıratlı, Hatice Burcu Şişli, Fikrettin Şahin, Ayşegül Doğan; Mesenchymal Stem Cells as Regulators of Carcinogenesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the seventh volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Application of iPSC to modelling of respiratory diseases
    Gene editing in human pluripotent stem cells: recent advances for clinical therapies
    Vascular wall as source of stem cells able to differentiate into endothelial cells
    Physiological and therapeutic roles of neuropeptide Y on biological functions
    Rho signaling-directed YAP/TAZ regulation encourages 3D spheroid colony formation and boosts plasticity of Parthenogenetic Stem Cells
    Transamniotic Stem Cell Therapy
    Regenerative medicine: Injectable cell-based therapeutics and approved products
    Stem Cell Therapy for Hepatocellular Carcinoma: Future Perspectives
    Potential of tribological properties of metalnanomaterials in biomedical applications
    The impact of the low frequency of the electromagnetic field on human.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNatures longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the eight volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNatures longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the ninth volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Data Analysis of Infection Rates Among Exposed Healthcare Workers Could Reveal Effective Prophylactics Against SARS-CoV-2
    Immune Responses to SARS-CoV, MERS-CoV AND SARS-CoV-2
    Normothermic Preservation of Liver
    What does the Future Hold?
    Tissues from Post-Mortem Donors as Alternative Sources of Stem Cells for Regenerative Medicine
    New Pioneers of Optogenetics in Neuroscience
    A Current Overview of Scaffold-Based Bone Regeneration Strategies with Dental Stem Cells
    The Importance of Stem Cell Senescence in Regenerative Medicine
    Hematological Malignancies and Fertility
    Unraveling polymeric nanoparticles cell uptake pathways: two decades working to understand nanoparticles journey to improve gene therapy
    Cellular Dust as a Novel Hope for Regenerative Cancer Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions.

    Contents:
    Apelin Receptor Signaling During Mesoderm Development / Derya Sagraç, Hatice Burcu Sisli, Aysegül Dogan
    Epidermal Stem Cells in Regenerative Medicine / Simona Martinotti, Katia Marconato, Gregorio Bonsignore, Elia Ranzato
    The Cellular and Molecular Patterns Involved in the Neural Differentiation of Adipose-Derived Stem Cells / Aida Selaru, Sorina Dinescu, Marieta Costache
    Biomatrices for Heart Regeneration and Cardiac Tissue Modelling In Vitro / I. Kulvinskiene, R. Aldonyte, R. Miksiunas, A. Mobasheri, Daiva Bironaite
    Dentin-Pulp Tissue Regeneration Approaches in Dentistry: An Overview and Current Trends / Soner Sismanoglu, Pinar Ercal
    Stem Cell Culture Under Simulated Microgravity / Muge Anil-Inevi, Oyku Sarigil, Melike Kizilkaya, Gulistan Mese, H. Cumhur Tekin, Engin Ozcivici
    Smart Polymeric Systems: A Biomedical Viewpoint / Afsaneh Adibfar, Samaneh Hosseini, Mohamadreza Baghaban Eslaminejad
    Acute Lung Injury: Disease Modelling and the Therapeutic Potential of Stem Cells / Jie Lian, Juntang Lin, Norashikin Zakaria, Badrul Hisham Yahaya
    COVID-19 and Mesenchymal Stem Cell Treatment: Mystery or Not / Tunc Akkoc
    PCDH19 Pathogenic Variants in Males: Expanding the Phenotypic Spectrum / Kristy L. Kolc, Rikke S. Møller, Lynette G. Sadleir, Ingrid E. Scheffer, Raman Kumar, Jozef Gecz.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Contents:
    Induced pluripotent stem cell derived human lung organoids to map and treat the SARS-CoV2 infections in vitro
    Embryonic Stem Cells in Clinical Trials: Current Overview of Developments and Challenges
    Functions of Mesenchymal Stem Cells in Cardiac Repair
    Cardiac Progenitor Cells
    Cardiac Immunology: a new era for immune cells in the heart
    Conventional and Alternative Mesenchymal Stem Cell Therapies for the Treatment of Diabetes
    Mesenchymal stem cells: The past present and future
    Extracellular vesicles therapeutics in regenerative medicine
    Exosomes as part of the human adipose-derived stem cells secretome- opening new perspectives for cell-free regenerative applications
    A Museum of Stem Cells Points to Muse Cells as Robust Transplantable Cells for Stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of Springer Natures long-standing and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the twelfth volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of Springer Nature's long-standing and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the thirteenth volume of a continuing series.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Contents:
    Recent Advances in the Generation of [beta]-cells from Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells As a Potential Cure for Diabetes Mellitus
    Differentiated cells derived from hematopoietic stem cells and their applications in translational medicine
    Organoids in Tissue Transplantation
    Aldo keto reductases AKR1B1 and AKR1B10 in cancer: molecular mechanisms and signaling networks
    Bilayer Scaffolds for Interface Tissue Engineering and regenerative medicine: A Systematic Review
    Pluripotent Stem Cell Derived Neurons as In Vitro Models for Studying Autosomal Recessive Parkinson's Disease (ARPD): PLA2G6 and Other Gene Loci
    Stem Cell Applications In Lysosomal Storage Disorders: Progress And Ongoing Challenges
    Mechanisms of Drug Resistance and Use of Nanoparticle Delivery to Overcome Resistance in Breast Cancers
    Telomere length and oxidative stress in patients with St-elevation and Non-St-elevation myocardial infarction
    Eosinophils as major player in Type 2 inflammation: autoimmunity and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kursad Turksen, editor.
    Summary: Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of Springer Nature's long-standing and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the 15th volume of a continuing series.

    Contents:
    Molecular Mechanisms of SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 Pathogenicity on the Central Nervous System: Bridging Experimental Probes to Clinical Evidence and Therapeutic Interventions
    The Probable Protective Effect of Photobiomodulation on the Inflammation of the Airway and Lung in COVID-19 Treatment: A Preclinical and Clinical Meta-Analysis
    Metabolomics Signatures of SARS-CoV-2 Infection
    Autophagic Mediators in Bone Marrow Niche Homeostasis
    Pluripotency Stemness and Cancer: More Questions than Answers
    In Vitro Culturing of Adult Stem Cells: The Importance of Serum and Atmospheric Oxygen
    Mouse Models of Asthma: Characteristics, Limitations and Future Perspectives on Clinical Translation
    From Cells to Organs: The Present and Future of Regenerative Medicine
    Tissue-Restricted Stem Cells as Starting Cell Source for Efficient Generation of Pluripotent Stem Cells: An Overview
    Molecular Mechanisms behind Persistent Presence of Parvovirus B19 in Human Dilated Myocardium.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Klaus Osterrieder, editor.
    Summary: Herpes viruses are widely distributed in nature, causing disease in organisms as diverse as bivalves and primates, including humans. Each virus appears to have established a long-standing relationship with its host, and the viruses have the ability to manipulate and control the metabolism of host cells, as well as innate and adaptive antiviral immune responses. Herpes viruses maintain themselves within hosts in a latent state resulting in virus persistence for years? usually for the life span of the hosts. Herpes viruses comprise a large number of pathogens with diverse cellular targets and biological consequences of infection. What they have in common is their structure and the fact that they establish a dormant (latent) infection in their hosts that usually persists for life. The reviews here will highlight the general principles of herpes virus infection, with equal attention to overall principle and important difference. Also, the cell type- and life-style dependent differences in the establishment and maintenance of virus persistence will be covered.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hidetaka Katabuchi, Takashi Ohba, Takeshi Motohara, editors.
    Summary: This unique compilation focuses on a very curious organ, the ovary. There are still many unknown facts about the origins of ovarian tissue and ovarian cancer, and each chapter describes in detail the latest insights into the ovary from basic to clinical aspects. Expert authors reveal the most recent findings on ovariogenesis and ovarian carcinogenesis by shedding light on stem cell biology for the ovarian surface epithelial cells or primordial germ cells. Readers will greatly increase their understanding of the relevance of the cells that constitute the ovary, which is of vast significance in comprehending the occurrence mechanism of ovarian tissue and ovarian cancer. In this way the book covers a wide range of fields concerned with the ovary. This work benefits not only gynecologists and obstetricians, but also basic researchers in the field of stem cell biology and all clinicians who are involved in the management of fertility preservation or ovarian cancer. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Eishi Noguchi and Mariana C. Gadaleta.
    Contents:
    Cell cycle-regulated transcription : effectively using a genomics toolbox / Sara L. Bristow, Adam R. Leman, and Steven B. Haase
    Cell cycle regulation by checkpoints / Kevin J. Barnum and Matthew J. O'Connell
    Interplacy between the cell cycle and double-strand break response in mammalian cells / Kate Beishline and Jane Azizkhan-Clifford
    Cell cycle regulation by protein degradation / Deanna M. Koepp
    Linking chromosome duplication and segregation via sister chromatid cohesion / Adam R. Leman and Eishi Noguchi
    The greatwall : PP2A axis in cell cycle control / Peng Wang, Marcos Malumbres, and Vincent Archambault
    Cell cycle regulation by the nutrient-sensing mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) pathway / Elisabet Cuyàs ... [and 3 others]
    The senescence arrest program and the cell cycle / Alessandro Bitto ... [and 4 others]
    Oncogenic Ras pushes (and pulls) cell cycle progression through ERK activation / Paul M. Campbell
    Cell cycle regulation during viral infection / Sumedha Bagga and Michael J. Bouchard
    The roles of cohesins in mitosis, meiosis, and human health and disease / Amanda S. Brooker and Karen M. Berkowitz
    Introductory review of computational cell cycle modeling / Andres Kriete, Eishi Noguchi, and Christian Sell
    Cell cycle synchronization and flow cytometry analysis of mammalian cells / Naoko Yoshizawa-Sugata and Hisao Masai
    Analyzing transcription dynamics during the budding yeast cell cycle / Adam R. Leman, Sara L. Bristow, and Steven B. Haase
    Analyzing cell cycle checkpoints in response to ionizing radiation in mammalian cells / Bin Wang
    Analyzing DNA replication checkpoint in budding yeast / Nicole Hustedt and Kenji Shimada
    Analyzing cell cycle-dependent degradation and ubiquitination in budding yeast / Dong-Hwan Kim and Deanna M. Koepp
    Imaging analysis of cell cycle-dependent degradation of Cdt1 in mammalian cells Yasushi Shiomi ... [and 4 others]
    PCNA-dependent ubiquitination of Cdt1 and p21 in mammalian cells / Akiyo Hayashi ... [and 3 others]
    Analyzing Cdc2/Cdk1 activation during stress response in Schizosaccharomyces pombe / Miguel A. Rodríguez-Gabriel
    Analyzing Ras-associated cell proliferation signaling / Matthew C. Stout ... [and 4 others]
    Telomere regulation during the cell cycle in fission yeast / Bettina A. Moser, Ya-Ting Chang, and Toru M. Nakamura
    Detecting senescence : methods and approaches / Elizabeth P. Crowe ... [and 5 others]
    Analyzing RB and E2F during the G1-S transition / Michael J. Thwaites, Matthew J. Cecchini, and Frederick A. Dick
    Analyzing G1-S transcriptional control / Steffi Klier, Sarah Farmer, and Robertus A.M. de Bruin
    Analysis of replication timing using synchronized budding yeast cultures / Jie Peng, M.K. Raghuraman, and Wenyi Feng
    Analysis of ssDNA gaps and DSBs in genetically unstable yeast cultures / Jie Peng, M.K. Raghuraman, and Wenyi Feng
    Chromatin fractionation analysis of licensing factors in mammalian cells / Hideo Nishitani ... [and 4 others]
    Imaging analysis to determine chromatin binding of the licensing factor MCM2-7 in mammalian cells / Masayuki Morino ... [and 3 others]
    Chromatin immunopreciptiation to investigate origin association of replication factors in mammalian cells / Adam R. Leman and Eishi Noguchi
    Live-cell fluorescence imaging for phenotypic analysis of mitosis / Sushama Sivakumar, John R. Daum, and Gary J. Gorbsky
    Analyzing sister chromatid cohesion in mammalian cells / Katherine M. Feeney, Laura McFarlane-Majeed, and Joanna L. Parish
    Affinity purification of protein complexes from Drosophila embryos in cell cycle studies / Zoltan Lipinszki ... [and 8 others]
    Tracking histone variant nucleosomes across the human cell cycle using biophysical, biochemical, and cytological analyses / Marcin P. Walkiewicz ... [and 3 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Amanda S. Coutts, Louise Weston.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by David Caballero, Subhas C. Kundu, Rui Luís Reis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Monica Gotta, Patrick Meraldi, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kirill Alexandrov and Wayne A. Johnston.
    Contents:
    Production of eukaryotic cell-free lysate from Leishmania tarentolae / Wayne A. Johnston and Kirill Alexandrov
    Bioinformatics analysis and optimization of cell-free protein synt / Alexander A. Tokmakov ... [et al.]
    Cell-free expression screen to identify fusion tags for improved protein expression / Andrew Kralicek
    One-pot, microscale cell-free enzyme expression and screening / Aarthi Chandrasekaran and Anup K. Singh
    Cell-free translation of biofuel enzymes / Taichi E. Takasuka ... [et al.]
    Cloning-independent expression and screening of enzymes using cell-free protein synthesis systems / Yong-Chan Kwon, Jae-Kwang Song, and Dong-Myung Kim
    High-level cell-free production of membrane proteins with nanodiscs / Christian Roos ... [et al.]
    Cell-free protein-based enzyme discovery and protein-ligand interaction study / Sabrina Guillemer ... [et al.]
    Human cell extract-derived cell-free systems for virus synthesis / Tominari Kobayashi, Kodai Machida, and Hiroaki Imataka
    Cell-free protein synthesis in microfluidic 96-well plates / Kirsten Jackson, Ruba Khnouf, and Z. Hugh Fan
    Preparation of multiple site-specific mutant proteins for NMR studies by PCR-Directed cell-free protein synthesis / Kiyoshi Ozawa and Ruhu Qi
    Site-specific incorporation of unnatural amino acids into proteins by cell-free protein synthesis / Kiyoshi Ozawa and Choy Theng Loh
    In vitro translation of papillomavirus authentic and codon-modified L1 capsid gene mRNAs in mouse keratinocyte cell-free lysate / Kong-Nan Zhao
    Optimized yeast cell-free lysate system for in vitro translation of human virus mRNA / Xiao Wang, Liang Zhao, and Kong-Nan Zhao
    In vitro translation-based protein kinase substrate identification / Szilvia K. Nagy and Tamás Mészáros
    Preparation of protein arrays using cell-free protein expression / Elizabeth A. Cook and Mingyue He
    Posttranscriptional control of protein synthesis in Drosophila S2 cell-free system / Motoaki Wakiyama and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
    Cell-free membrane protein expression / Tomomi Kimura-Soyema, Mikako Shirouzu, and Shigeyuki Yokoyama
    PURE System for Protein Production / Yoshihiro Shimizu ... [et al.]
    Cell-free protein synthesis system from insect cells / Toru Ezure, Takashi Suzuki, and Eiji Ando
    Cell-free expression platform for production of protein microarrays / Xristo Zárate and David W. Galbraith.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kurt Pfannkuche.
    Summary: This volume details protocols on detection and analysis of fusion events in various cell types in vitro and in vivo. Additional, protocols aim to facilitate the future highly relevant process of engineering cells for specific purposes, such as generation of transgenic embryos and development of hybrid cells, in order to tackle specific tasks in cell biology and medicine. Written for the Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Practical and authoritative, Cell Fusion: Overviews and Methods, Second Edition serves as an ideal reference on cell fusion and laboratory protocols.

    Contents:
    State of the art in cell-cell fusion / Lena Willkomm and Wilhelm Bloch
    Fusion in cancer : an explanatory model for aneuploidy, metastasis formation, and drug resistance / Marieke Mohr, Kurt S. Zaenker, and Thomas Dittmar
    Mouse embryos' fusion for the tetraploid complementation assay / Marina Gertsenstein
    Generation of mouse chimeras with high contribution of tetraploid embryonic stem cells and embryonic stem cell-fibroblast hybrid cells / Natalia M. Matveeva, ElenaA. Kizilova, and Oleg L. Serov
    Microfluidic systems for cell pairing and fusion / Burak Duraand Joel Voldman
    Chromosome tracking in fused cells by single nucleotide polymorphisms / Azra Fatima, Jürgen Hescheler, and Tomo Šarić
    Fusion of mesenchymal stem cells and islet cells for cell therapy / Shoichiro Sumi and Goichi Yanai
    Detection of fusion events in mammalian skeletal muscle / Frank Suhr
    FISH detection of X and Y chromosomes in combination with immunofluorescence to study contribution of transplanted cells to skeletal muscle fibers / Anna Strömberg and Monika Jansson
    Using phosphatidylserine exposure on apoptotic cells to stimulate myoblast fusion / Amelia E. Hochreiter-Hufford, Sanja Arandjelovic, and Kodi S. Ravichandran
    Tracing myoblast fusion in Drosophila embryos by fluorescent actin probes / Shruti Haralalka and Susan M. Abmayr
    Analyzing cell fusion events within the central nervous system using bone marrow chimerism / Kevin Kemp and Kelly Hares
    Cell fusion between dendritic cells and whole tumor cells / Shigeo Koidoand Jianlin Gong
    Membrane nanotube formation in osteoclastogenesis / Toshio Kukita ... [et al.]
    Modified adherence method (MAM) for electrofusion of anchorage-dependent cells / Marko Ušajand Maša Kandušer
    FRET in the analysis of in vitro cell-cell fusion by flow cytometry / Guillermo Gómez-Icazbalceta ... [et al.]
    Dual split protein (DSP) assay to monitor cell-cell membrane fusion / Shuhei Nakane and Zene Matsuda
    Photoconvertible fluorescent protein-based live imaging of mitochondrial fusion / Geoffrey C. Owens and David B. Edelman.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Dan Ohtan Wang, Daniel Packwood, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights cutting-edge studies in the development of cell-inspired biomaterials and synthetic materials that manipulate cell functions and provide the next generation with contemporary tools for treating complex human diseases. It explores the convergence of synthetic materials with cell and molecular biology and surveys how functional materials, when patterned with spatial and temporal precision, can be used effectively to maintain cell proliferation and phenotype in vitro, to trigger specific cell functions, and to redirect cell-fate decisions. Human stem cells are a frequently discussed subject in this book. This is an ideal book for students, cell biologists, researchers interested in interdisciplinary research, and biomedical engineers. This book also: Highlights successfully developed technologies in cell engineering that make possible new therapeutic development for previously untreatable conditions Covers topics including bio-inspired micro patterning, DNA origami technology, synthetic NOS inspired by compartmentalized signaling in cells, and light-induced depolarization of the cell membrane Illustrates in detail the use of stem cells and synthetic scaffolds to model ethically sensitive embryonic tissues and organs.

    Contents:
    1. Generation of hepatocytes for human ES/iPS cells for regenerative medicine
    2. Construction of multi-step catalytic systems in protein assemblies
    3. Machine learning and Monte Carlo methods for surface-assisted molecular self-assembly
    4. DNA nanotechnology to disclose molecular events at the nanoscale and mesoscale levels
    5. Materials designed for biological nitric oxide delivery
    6. Designing bio-mimicking synthetic transcription factors for therapeutic gene modulation
    7. Magnetic nanoparticles and alternating magnetic field for cancer therapy: From cells to clinics
    8. Light-control of cell membrane potential and its environment
    9. Physical concepts towards cell-material integration
    10. Using stem cells and synthetic scaffolds to model ethically sensitive human placental tissue
    11. Nanofiber extracellular matrices in regenerative medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Caterina A. M. La Porta, Stefano Zapperi.
    Summary: Cell migration plays an important role during development and in many physiological and pathological processes, from wound healing to cancer. This edited volume presents a collection of contributions meant to illustrate the state of the art on this topic from an interdisciplinary perspective. Readers will find a detailed discussion of the properties of individual and collective cell migration, including the associated biochemical regulation and important biophysical and biomechanical aspects. The book includes information on the latest experimental techniques employed to study cell migration, from microfluidics to traction force microscopy, as well as the latest theoretical and computational models used to interpret the experimental data. Finally, the role of cell migration in cancer and in development is also reviewed. The contents of this work should appeal to students and researchers in biology and biophysics who want to get up to date on the latest interdisciplinary development in this broad field of research. The chapters are written in a self-contained form and can also be used as individual articles.

    Contents:
    Computational modeling of Collective Cell Migration: Mechanical and biochemical aspects
    Contour models of cellular adhesion
    Force and Collective Epithelial Activities
    Continuum models of collective cell migration
    Statistical features of collective cell migration
    Cell migration in microfluidic devices: Invadosomes formation in confined environments
    Collective Cell Migration in Development
    Nuclear mechanics and cancer cell migration.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ülo Langel.
    Contents:
    Classes of cell-penetrating peptides / Margus Pooga and Ülo Langel
    Penetratin story : an overview / Edmond Dupont, Alain Prochiantz, and Alain Joliot
    Prediction of cell-penetrating peptides / Mattias Hällbrink and Mati Karelson
    Computer-aided virtual screening and designing of cell- penetrating peptides / Ankur Gautam, Kumardeep Chaudhary, Rahul Kumar, and Gajendra Pal Singh Raghava
    Investigating membrane interactions and structures of CPPs / Fatemeh Madani and Astrid Gräslund
    Determining the effects of membrane-interacting peptides on membrane integrity / William C. Wimley
    Study of CPP mechanisms by mass spectrometry / Sandrine Sagan, Chérine Bechara, and Fabienne Burlina
    Methods to study the role of the glycocalyx in the uptake of cell-penetrating peptides / Samuel Schmidt, Rike Wallbrecher, Toin H. van Kuppevelt, and Roland Brock
    Toxicity, immunogenicity, uptake, and kinetics methods for CPPs / Julia Uusna, Kent Langel, and Ülo Langel
    Unraveling the mechanisms of peptide-mediated delivery of nucleic acids using electron microscopy / Helerin Margus, Carmen Juks, and Margus Pooga
    SCARA involvement in the uptake of nanoparticles formed by cell-penetrating peptides / Henrik Helmfors, Staffan Lindberg, and Ülo Langel
    Protein mimicry and the design of bioactive Cell- penetrating peptides / John Howl and Sarah Jones
    Pepducins and other lipidated peptides as mechanistic probes and therapeutics / Ping Zhang, Lidija Covic, and Athan Kuliopulos
    Identification and characterization of homing peptides using in vivo peptide phage display / Maija Hyvönen and Pirjo Laakkonen
    Antimicrobial and antiviral applications of cell- penetrating peptides / Kalle Pärn, Elo Eriste, and Ülo Langel
    Visualizing actin architectures in cells incubated with cell-penetrating peptides / Lin He, Peter D. Watson, and Arwyn T. Jones
    Cell-penetrating peptides as carriers for transepithelial drug delivery in vitro / Stine Rønholt, Mie Kristensen, and Hanne Mørck Nielsen
    Pathway toward tumor cell-selective CPPs? / Isabel D. Alves, Manon Carré, and Solange Lavielle
    PepFects and nickFects for the intracellular delivery of nucleic acids / Piret Arukuusk, Ly Pärnaste, Mattias Hällbrink, and Ülo Langel
    In vitro assays to assess exon skipping in duchenne muscular dystrophy / Prisca Boisguerin, Liz O'Donovan, Michael J. Gait, and Bernard Lebleu
    Applications of ApoB LDLR-binding domain approach for the development of CNS-penetrating peptides for alzheimer's disease / Eliezer Masliah and Brian Spencer
    CPP-based delivery system for in vivo gene delivery / Kaido Kurrikoff, Kadi-Liis Veiman, and Ülo Langel
    Application of CPPs for brain delivery / Artita Srimanee, Jakob Regberg, and Ülo Langel
    Intracellular delivery of nanoparticles with cell penetrating peptides / Giuseppina Salzano and Vladimir P. Torchilin
    Multifunctional oligoaminoamides for the receptor-specific delivery of therapeutic RNA / Judith Weber, Ulrich Lächelt, and Ernst Wagner
    Cell penetrating peptides for chemical biological studies / Ikuhiko Nakase, Toshihide Takeuchi, and Shiroh Futaki
    Experiences with CPP-based self assembling peptide systems for topical delivery of botulinum toxin / Jane Lee, Phil Kennedy, and Jacob M. Waugh
    Applications of CPPs in genome modulation of plants / Alicja Ziemienowicz, Jordan Pepper, and François Eudes
    DNA transfer into animal cells using stearylated CPP based Transfection Reagent / Kristiina Karro, Tiiu Männik, Andres Männik, and Mart Ustav
    Live cell genomics : cell-specific transcriptome capture in live tissues and cells / Thomas J. Bell and James Eberwine
    Live cell genomics : RNA exon-specific RNA-binding protein isolation / Thomas J. Bell and James Eberwine.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Lecuit.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A user's guide for characterizing plasma membrane subdomains in living cells by spot variation fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
    Chapter 2. Investigating symetry breaking in yeast: from seeing to understanding
    Chapter 3. Precise tracking of the dynamics of multiple prteins in endocytic events
    Chapter 4.Quantitative approaches for the study of microtubule aster motion in large eggs
    Chapter 5. Dissection and characterization of microtubule bundles in the mitotic spindle using femtosecond laser ablation
    Chapter 6. Fluorescence eXclusion measurement of volume in live cells
    Chapter 7. Quantitative methods to study epithelial morphogenesis and polarity
    Chapter 8. Probing tissue interaction with laser-based cauterization in the early developing Drosophila embryo
    Chapter 9. Optogenetic inhibition of apical constriction during Drosophila embryonic development
    Chapter 10. Micropipette aspiration: a unique tool for exploring cell and tissue mechanics in vivo --Chapter 11. In-vivo analysis of morphogenesis in plants.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    edited by Thomas G. Pretlow, Theresa P. Pretlow ; contributors, A.M. Cheret ... [et al.].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH585.5.C44 C44
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Henry J. Leese, Daniel R. Brison, editors.
    Summary: The book considers signaling events from the zygote embryo through to the blastocyst with relevant data from embryonic stem (ES) cells, including dialogue with the extracellular environment and with the maternal tract during the implantation process. Application of the knowledge described to improve the success of human and animal assisted conception is considered where appropriate, but the focus is largely on fundamental rather than applied cell/molecular biology, as this is the area that has historically been neglected. While the general features of metabolism during preimplantation development are well established, especially in terms of nutrient requirements, uptake and fate, remarkably little is known about early embryo signaling events, intracellular or intercellular, between individual embryos in vitro or with the female reproductive tract in vivo. This contrasts with the wealth of information on cell signaling in somatic cells and tissues, as a glance at any textbook of biochemistry illustrates. This lack of information is such that our understanding of the molecular cell biology of early embryos -- a prerequisite to defining the mechanisms which regulate development at this critical stage of the life cycle -- is seriously incomplete. This volume is the first to address this issue by describing the current state of knowledge on cell signaling during mammalian early embryo development and highlighting priority areas for research.

    Contents:
    Cell signalling during blastocyst morphogenesis / Judith J. Eckert, Miguel A. Velazquez and Tom P. Fleming
    Amino acids and conceptus development during the peri-implantation period of pregnancy / Fuller W. Bazer, Gregory A. Johnson and G. Wu
    The role of hexosamine biosynthesis and signaling in early development / Marie Pantaleon
    Molecular biology of the stress response in the early embryo and its stem cells / Elizabeth E. Puscheck, Awoniyi O. Awonuga, Yu Yang, Zhongliang Jiang and Daniel A. Rappolee
    Survival signalling in the preimplantation embryo / C. O'Neill, Y. Li and X.L. Jin
    Intracellular Ca2+ signaling and preimplantation development / D. Randall Armant
    Female tract cytokines and developmental programming in embryos / Sarah A. Robertson, Peck-Yin Chin, John E. Schjenken and Jeremy G. Thompson.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Salvatore V. Pizzo.
    Contents:
    1. An historical perspective: cell surface GRP78, a new paradigm in signal transduction biology
    2. The endoplasmic reticulum chaperone GRP78 also functions as a cell surface signaling receptor
    3. Cell surface GRP78: anchoring and translocation mechanisms and therapeutic potential in cancer
    4. Cell surface GRP78: a novel regulator of tissue factor procoagulant activity
    5. Novel cell surface targets for the plasminogen activating system in the brain: implications for human disease
    6. Cell surfact GRP78: a targetable marker of cancer stem-like cells
    7. Escherichia coli subtilase cleaves cell surface GRP78 preventing COOH-terminal domain signaling.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Kiyohiro Houkin, Koji Abe, Satoshi Kuroda, editors.
    Summary: This book presents comprehensive reviews for both translational research and clinical trials on cell therapy for stroke. Cerebral stroke is still a leading cause of death and disability. However, despite intensive research, few treatment options are available. The therapeutic potential of cell transplantation has been studied for various pathological conditions of the central nervous system (CNS) including traumatic brain injury, traumatic spinal cord injury, degenerative disease, demyelinating disease and ischemic stroke, as the injured neural tissue in the CNS has only a limited regenerative capacity. Recently, a growing body of evidence in this field suggests that cell transplantation holds great potential as a form of stroke therapy. The authors, who are experts in the field of neurosurgery, review and discuss optimal cell sources and various issues involved in translational research; further, they outline ongoing clinical trials in Japan.

    Contents:
    Part I. Optimal Cell Sources
    1. Bone Marrow-Derived Mononuclear Cells
    2. Mesenchymal Stem Cells / Bone Marrow Stromal Cells
    3. Neural Stem Cells / Neuronal Progenitor Cells
    4. iPS Cells / iN
    Part II. Translational Research
    5. Cell Culture
    6. Cell Dose, Timing and Route
    7. Scaffold
    8. Cell Tracking
    9. Functional Bio-Imaging
    Part III. Clinical Trials
    10. Review of Previous Clinical Trials and Guideline of Cell Therapy
    11. Bone Marrow-Derived Mononuclear Cells
    12. Mesenchymal Stem Cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Haruo Shintaku, Akira Oka, Makoto Nabetani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a wealth of insights, advances and new perspectives on cell therapy for different types of neonatal ischemic disease, such as Hypoxic-Ischemic Encephalopathy (HIE), Periventricular Leukomalacia (PVL) and neonatal infarction. These diseases pose serious challenges for neonatologists and neurologists, because the severe sequelae lead to decreasing QOL for patients and their families. Accordingly, new treatments for neonatal ischemic diseases are needed all over the world. The book develops new effective therapies combined with hypothermia therapy, an established treatment for HIE. After reviewing past approaches, it presents cutting-edge topics in cell therapy, one of the most promising candidates for treating neonatal ischemic disease. Cell Therapy for Neonatal Ischemic Disease will offer readers a better understanding of the current state of the art in this field from bench to bedside, and inspire researchers and physicians to further explore this evolving therapy.

    Contents:
    1. Clinical trial of autologous cord blood cell therapy for neonatal hypoxic‐ischemic encephalopathy (HIE)
    2. New strategy of clinical studies for premature babies with ischemic brain damage
    3. Pathophysiology and pathology of neonatal hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
    4. Neural stem/progenitor cells for perinatal brain injury
    5. Hematopoietic stem cells for perinatal brain injury
    6. Umbilical cord-derived mesenchymal stromal cells for perinatal brain injury
    7. Other tissues-derived mesenchymal stem cells for perinatal brain injury
    8. CD34+ cell in cord blood and neonates
    9. The History of Hypothermia therapy for perinatal ischemic brain injury
    10. Clinical Procedure of Cell Therapy (Cord blood collection)
    11. Clinical Procedure of Cell Therapy (Separation and infusion)
    12. Cell therapy for adult infarction
    13. Clinical trials on cell therapy for perinatal brain injury: Challenges and opportunities
    14. A new prospective cell therapy for neonatal brain injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Edmund B. Sandborn ; version française par Réal Gagnon, Pierre Jean, Bernard Messier.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    D611 .S21 1970
    1
  • Digital
    Malgorzata Lekka.
    Summary: "Despite substantial evidence showing the feasibility of Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) to identify cells with altered elastic and adhesive properties, the use of this technique as a complementary diagnostic method remains controversial. This book is designed to be a practical textbook that teaches how to assess the mechanical characteristics of living, individual cells by AFM. Following a step-by-step approach, it introduces the methodology of measurements in the case of both determination of elastic properties and quantification of adhesive properties."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Peter Sutovsky, editor.
    Summary: This new volume of our successful book series Advances in Anatomy, Embryology and Cell Biology is focused on mitochondrial inheritance in humans and both vertebrate and invertrebate animals including Drosophila, C. elegans, bivalve molusc Mytilus and livestock mammals. Special consideration is given to cellular mechanisms promoting uniparental inheritance of mitochondria and mitochondrial genes, evolutionary perspectives, and biomedical and epidemiological considerations. Contributed by five distinguished mitochondrial research teams from around the world, this volume will target a wide audience of physiologists, anatomists, cell, and developmental and evolutionary biologists, as well as physicians, veterinarians, livestock specialists and biomedical researchers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Autophagosomal Sperm Organelle Clearance and mtDNA Inheritance in C. elegans
    Chapter 2: Doubly Uniparental Inheritance of mtDNA: an unappreciated defiance of a general rule
    Chapter 3: Exogenous factors may differentially influence the selective costs of mtDNA mutations
    Chapter 4: Dysfunctional Mitochondrial DNA Transmission and Its Implications for Mammalian Reproduction
    Chapter 5: Mitochondria Inspire a Lifestyle.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Laurent Nguyen, Simon Hippenmeyer, editors.
    Summary: Cellular and Molecular Control of Neuronal Migration provides an up-to-date collection of reviews on the molecular and cellular principles of neuronal migration in the mammalian brain. Over the last decades a rich catalogue of signaling molecules controlling neuronal migration has been compiled, and within this book an international panel of experts provides up-to-date discussions of the state of knowledge how these distinct signaling pathways regulate various aspects of neuronal migration. This book introduces the reader to the latest discoveries and concepts of neuronal migration enabled through the application of most sophisticated methods and cutting edge experimental approaches. Cellular and Molecular Control of Neuronal Migration also provides an update on the underlying cellular and molecular basis of neurodevelopmental migration disorders in human patients for all interested neuroscientists and clinicians.

    Contents:
    1. Molecular Pathways Controlling the Sequential Steps of Cortical Neuron Migration / Simon Hippenmeyer
    2. The Dynamics of Neuronal Migration / Qian Wu, Jing Liu, Ai Fang, Rui Li, Ye Bai, Arnold R. Kriegstein, Xiaoqun Wang
    3. The Impact of JNK on Neuronal Migration / Justyna Zdrojewska, Eleanor T. Coffey
    4. Novel Functions of Core Cell Cycle Regulators in Neuronal Migration / Juliette D. Godin, Laurent Nguyen
    5. Microtubules and Neurodevelopmental Disease: The Movers and the Makers / Martin Breuss, David A. Keays
    6. Mark/Par-1 Marking the Polarity of Migrating Neurons / Orly Reiner, Tamar Sapir
    7. The PAR Polarity Complex and Cerebellar Granule Neuron Migration / Joseph S. Ramahi, David J. Solecki
    8. Spinal Motor Neuron Migration and the Significance of Topographic Organization in the Nervous System / Artur Kania
    9. Extracellular Signals Controlling Neuroblast Migration in the Postnatal Brain / Giovanna Lalli.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Abul K. Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman, Shiv Pillai ; illustrations by David L. Baker.
    Contents:
    Properties and overview of immune responses
    Cells and tissues of the immune system
    Leukocyte circulation and migration into tissues
    Innate immunity
    Antibodies and antigens
    Antigen presentation to T lymphocytes an the function of major histocompatibility complex molecules
    Immune receptors and signal transduction
    Lymphocyte development and antigen receptor gene rearrangement
    Activation of T lymphocytes
    Differentiation and functions of CD4+ effector T cells
    Differentiation and functions of CD8+ effector T cells
    B cell activation and antibody production
    Effector mechanisms of humoral immunity
    Specialized immunity at epithelial barriers and in immune privileged tissues
    Immunologic tolerance and autoimmunity
    Immunity to microbes
    Transplantation immunology
    Tumors immunology
    Hypersensitivity disorders
    Allergy
    Primary and acquired immunodeficiencies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Quaiser Saquib, Mohammad Faisal, Abdulaziz A. Al-Khedhairy, Abdulrahman A. Alatar, editors.
    Summary: This edited book is a compilation of findings on the molecular and cellular toxicity of nanoparticles (NPs) in animal cell, human cells, invertebrates. The varied selection of test models will provide better understanding about the horizon of NPs toxicity. Interaction of NPs with cells and its organelles can induce toxicological consequences, including transcriptional and translational alterations, DNA damage, cytotoxicity, oxidative stress, mitochondrial dysfunction and cell death. NPs can get internalized in cells through phagocytosis, macropinocytosis, receptor-mediated endocytosis and passive penetration, which can affect varied cell types. Readers will be benefited with the compilations on basic and molecular facet of NPs toxicity. The chapters will provide a comprehensive information on the state-of-the-art methodologies. The application of toxicogenomic approaches, which is already established in nanotoxicology, has been given special consideration to unravel the toxicodynamics of nanomaterials. Among these approaches, the high-throughput RNA sequencing (RNA-Seq), which is able to build a complete map of transcriptome across different cell types and perturbations upon NPs exposure has been included. The readers are also introduced to the less studied topic on the adsorption of biomolecules (mainly proteins) on the NPs surface, constituting the so-called “biomolecular corona”. The book has been designed for scientists engaged in NPs toxicity research. Nonetheless, it should be of interest to a variety of scientific disciplines including marine biology, environmental pollution, genetics, pharmacology, medicine, drug and food material sciences, consumer products. Also, the compilations will be of interest to the environmental watchdogs, federal regulators, risk assessors and the policy makers.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    John Torday, William Miller, Jr.
    Summary: There has been no mechanistic explanation for evolutionary change consistent with phylogeny in the 150 years since the publication of 'Origins. As a result, progress in the field of evolutionary biology has stagnated, relying on descriptive observations and genetic associations rather testable scientific measures. This book illuminates the need for a larger evolutionary-based platform for biology. Like physics and chemistry, biology needs a central theory in order to frame the questions that arise, the way hypotheses are tested, and how to interpret the data in the context of a continuum. The reduction of biology to its self-referential, self-organized properties provides the opportunity to recognize the continuum from the Singularity/Big Bang to Consciousness based on cell-cell communication for homeostasis.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Darwin, the Modern Synthesis, and a New Biology
    Chapter 3. Cognition and the living condition
    Chapter 4. What is consciousness? An Evolutionary Perspective
    Chapter 5. Networking from the Cell to Quantum Mechanics as Consciousness
    Chapter 6. The Nature of information and its communication
    Chapter 7. The information cycle and biological information management
    Chapter 8. Communication and the accumulation of genetic information
    Chapter 9. Non-genic means of information reception and exchange
    Chapter 10. The primacy of the unicellular state
    Chapter 11. Phenotype, niche construction and natural cellular engineering
    Chapter 12. Holobionts
    Chapter 13. Four Domains: Cognition-based evolution
    Chapter 14. Reconciling physics and biology
    Chapter 15. What does this mean for evolution?
    Chapter 16. Conclusion: Cellular-molecular evolution in the 21st century.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bhanu P. Jena.
    Summary: In this book, the major paradigm-shifting discoveries made in the past century on key cellular nanomachines are described in great detail: their complex yet precise and elegant design and function, as well as the diseases linked to their dysfunction and the therapeutic approaches to overcome them. The major focus of this book is the "porosome" nanomachine, the universal secretory portal in cells. This is an ideal book for students, researchers, and professionals in the fields of nanoscience and nanotechnology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Introduction
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Porosome: Cells Secretory Nanomachine
    Introduction
    Porosome Discovery
    Porosome Structure and Dynamics
    Porosome: Isolation and Composition
    Porosome: Functional Reconstitution in Lipid Membrane and Live Cells
    Establishment of the t-/v-SNARE Rosette or Ring Complex at the Porosome Base
    Vesicle Volume Regulates Porosome-Mediated Fractional Content Release
    Porosome in Health and Disease
    References
    Chapter 2: Ubiquitin-Proteasome Machinery: Cells Garbage Disposal
    Discovery Chapter 6: Nuclear Pore: A Bidirectional Transport Machinery
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Defects in Nuclear Transport and Disease
    References
    Chapter 7: Myosin: Cellular Molecular Motor
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Altered Motor Protein and Disease
    References
    Chapter 8: Assembly of Cellular Nanomachines
    Membrane-Directed Self-Assembly of t-/v-SNARE Ring Complexes
    Biogenesis of Cellular Membranes
    References
    Index Proteasome Structure-Function
    Disease and Treatments Targeting the Proteasome
    References
    Chapter 3: Chaperonin: Protein Folding Machinery in Cells
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Disease Resulting from Alterations in Chaperonin
    References
    Chapter 4: ATP Synthase: Energy Generating Machinery in Cells
    Discovery and Structure-Function
    Disease Resulting from Altered ATP Synthase
    References
    Chapter 5: Ribosome: Cells Protein Synthetic Machinery
    Discovery
    Structure-Function
    Ribosome in Health and Disease
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Adler, Ruben; Farber, Debora B.; Fedoroff, Sergey; Zagoren, Joy C.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Cellular neurobiology to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    W. Glenn McCluggage, John Tidy, John H.F. Smith.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive account of the cellular pathology of glandular lesions and uncommon neoplasms of the cervix and places these in a contemporary clinical context. The book features comprehensive, detailed descriptions and a consistent approach to each tumor or tumor-like condition with clear color illustrations. Cytological/histological correlation is emphasised and diagnostic pitfalls are highlighted. Cellular Pathology of Glandular Lesions and Uncommon Neoplasms of the Cervix is aimed at both trainee and consultant pathologists.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Normal Cervix.- Benign Endocervical Glandular Lesions.- Premalignant Glandular Lesions Of The Cervix.- Malignant Glandular Lesions Of The Cervix.- Other Neoplasms Of The Cervix.- Cytology Of Glandular Lesions
    Cytology Of Other Neoplasms Of The Cervix.- Colposcopy and Management of Glandular Neoplasia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Mordecai P. Blaustein, Joseph P.Y. Kao, Donald R. Matteson.
    Summary: Gain a quick and easy understanding of this complex subject with the 2nd edition of this title by doctors Mordecai P. Blaustein, Joseph PY Kao, and Donald R. Matteson. The expanded and thoroughly updated content in this Mosby Physiology Monograph Series title bridges the gap between basic biochemistry, molecular and cell biology, neuroscience, and organ and systems physiology, providing the rich, clinically oriented coverage you need to master the latest concepts in neuroscience. See how cells function in health and disease with extensive discussion of cell membranes, action potentials, membrane proteins/transporters, osmosis, and more. Reference key abbreviations, symbols, and numerical constants at a glance with new appendices.

    Contents:
    Introduction : homeostasis and cellular physiology
    Diffusion and permeability
    Osmotic pressure and water movement
    Electrical consequences of ionic gradients
    Ion channels
    Passive electrical properties of membranes
    Generation and propagation of the action potential
    Ion channel diversity
    Electrochemical potential energy and transport processes
    Passive solute transport
    Active transport
    Synaptic physiology I
    Synaptic physiology II
    Molecular motors and the mechanism of muscle contraction
    Excitation-contraction coupling in muscle
    Mechanics of muscle contraction.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Mario Milco D'Elios, Cosima Tatiana Baldari, Francesco Annunziato, editors ; foreword by Donatella Lippi.
    Summary: This volume of the series Rare Diseases of the Immune System presents detailed state of the art knowledge on the cellular primary immunodeficiencies; it includes extensive coverage of both basic science discoveries and the latest clinical advances in the field. The book is structured in accordance with the most recent classification of PIDs and also covers updates on the T cell immunological synapse. Readers will find comprehensive, in-depth descriptions of novel cellular PID genes and related clinical applications, mucosal T cells, and the various clinical phenotypes of cellular PIDs. Cellular Primary Immunodeficiencies will be of high value for immunologists, pediatricians, rheumatologists, oncologists, internists, and infectious disease specialists and will also be informative for MD, Master and PhD students.

    Contents:
    1. Primary Immunodeficiencies
    2. Genetics of Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    3. Phenocopies of Primary Immuno Deficiencies
    4. Dysfunctional immune synapses in T cell immunodeficiencies
    5. Mucosal immunity in primary immunodeficiencies
    6. Combined Immuno Deficiencies
    7. Congenital defects of phagocytes
    8. Defects in intrinsic and innate immunity
    9. Diseases of immune dysregulation
    10. IPEX syndrome and IPEX-related disorders
    11. Autoinflammatory disorders
    12. Lung in Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    13. Gut involvement in Cellular Immunodeficencies
    14. Malignancies in Cellular Immunodeficencies
    15. Autoimmunity in Cellular Immunodeficencies
    16. Differential diagnostic in Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    17. Management of Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    18. Vaccines in Cellular Immunodeficiencies
    19. Gene therapy in Cellular Immunodeficiencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Juergen Eckel.
    Summary: The Cellular Secretome and Organ Crosstalk focuses on the release of peptides and proteins from different organs and their specific functions in metabolic regulation and cell- and organ crosstalk. The book is written for experts in the field, however, for each topic, helpful references are included. The book also includes technical sections that summarize the state-of-the-art of secretome and crosstalk analysis. This book fulfills the need for a resource that comprehensively describes the current knowledge of secretome biology in health and disease. Communication between different organs involves lipids and other small molecules and a host of proteins and peptides comprising the secretome of different organs (organokinome). More than 600 adipokines have been identified, and an increasing number of hepatokines and myokines have recently been discovered with mostly unknown physiological impact. Importantly, an aberrant signature of the organokinome may be critically underlying a variety of metabolic diseases and may determine the individual susceptibility to disease development. Summarizes our current knowledge on the secretome of different cells and tissues.

    Contents:
    General introduction
    Adipose tissue: a major secretory organ
    Skeletal muscle: a novel secretory organ
    Adipomyokines: an extended view on the crosstalk scenario
    Secretory malfunction: a key step to metabolic diseases
    Technical annex.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Li-Ru Zhao, John H. Zhang.
    Summary: The first book to focus on cellular therapy for stroke and other CNS injuries. Addresses recent research on all relevant cell types including neural stem cells, bone marrow stem cells, endothelial progenitor cells, and many others that have had protective or regenerative effects in animal models. Cellular therapy for stroke and neural trauma has gained worldwide attention during the last decade and has shown some promising results. The book also provides information on cell isolation and culture skills, transplantation methods, and neurological functional evaluations.

    Contents:
    Basic studies for neural stem cells in the brain
    Basic studies for neural stem cells in the brain
    The role of endogenous neural stem cells in ischemic stroke
    Bone marrow mesenchymal stromal cell-a neurorestorative therapy for stroke
    Cord Blood as a Treatment for Stroke
    The role of endothelial progenitor cells in stroke
    Endothelial progenitor cell therapy in stroke
    Adipose-derived stem cells: isolation and culturing
    Transplantation of adipose-derived stem cells in stroke
    Endogenous Neurogenesis after Traumatic Brain Injury.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Contents:
    Cover
    Title
    Copyright
    Contents
    Preface
    Introduction: Certification Examination and Tips for Preparation
    Pass Guarantee
    Part I: Practice Questions and Answers with Rationales
    Chapter 1: Cardiovascular Emergencies
    1. C) Furosemide 40 mg intravenous push
    2. B) Severe headache
    3. C) Prepare for synchronized cardioversion starting at 50 J
    4. D) Initiate fibrinolytic therapy
    5. B) History of cerebral vascular disease/stroke
    6. A) Epinephrine 1 mg every 4 minutes
    7. D) 190/120 mmHg with elevated creatinine
    8. B) Take manual blood pressures in both arms 9. D) Resynchronize in preparation for the next attempt
    10. B) Check for mechanical capture by observing that each pacing spike-QRS complex grouping produces a palpable femoral pulse
    11. D) Administer furosemide via slow IV push
    12. C) Initiate a crystalloid fluid bolus
    13. C) Peripheral edema decreases
    14. C) Reestablish blood flow through an occluded coronary artery
    15. C) Thrill
    16. D) Minimizing the time to revascularization of the occluded coronary vessels
    17. A) Commotio cordis
    18. B) Needle pericardiocentesis 19. C) The patient reports sharp pain in the chest on inspiration
    20. A) Bring down the blood pressure cautiously
    21. D) Anterolateral myocardial infarction
    22. D) A 59-year-old male with supraventricular tachycardia
    23. A) Pericarditis
    24. C) Quantitative end-tidal carbon dioxide
    25. C) Initiate continuous cardiac monitoring with defibrillation capability
    Chapter 2: Respiratory Emergencies
    1. B) Administer racemic epinephrine
    2. D) Hypoxemia
    3. B) Spontaneous pneumothorax 4. D) Aspiration of water can interfere with surfactant function and cause collapse of the alveoli
    5. B) Assist with advanced airway management
    6. A) Streptococcus pneumoniae
    7. A) Provide supplemental oxygen
    8. C) May have a pulmonary embolus due to hypercoagulability in the postpartum period
    9. C) Provide supplemental oxygen
    10. B) Pulsus paradoxus
    11. B) Decrease FiO
    12. A) Pediatric Glasgow Coma Scale
    13. D) Hyperventilation syndrome
    14. C) Moderate-persistent
    15. A) Transudate
    16. A) Chest radiograph
    17. A) Uncompensated respiratory acidosis 18. A) Wheezing upon auscultation
    19. A) Elevated D-dimer
    20. D) Obtain supplies for provider to perform needle decompression
    Chapter 3: Neurological Emergencies
    1. C) Open the airway and apply oxygen
    2. A) Respiratory
    3. B) Brown-Séquard syndrome
    4. A) Complete a full neurological assessment
    5. D) "I will change the drainage bag with clean gloves."
    6. C) Gag
    7. A) Hyperextension
    8. D) Meningeal irritation
    9. D) Methylprednisolone
    10. A) Hydromorphone
    11. A) Dysphagia protocol
    12. A) Guillain-Barré syndrome
    13. B) Pseudo seizures
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    authors: Laetitia Teixeira, Lia Araújo, Constança Paúl, Oscar Ribeiro.
    Summary: This book focuses on centenarians - people aged 100 and over - one of the fastest growing segments of the population in most developed countries. Drawing on official international and national data, it describes the longevity phenomenon and profiles socio-demographic, health and living conditions of long-lived people in 28 European countries. By comparing and synthesizing current information according to country, the book helps fill the knowledge gap regarding Europes centenarian population. Providing insights to help stakeholders better predict, plan for and respond to the challenges of extreme longevity, it is a valuable resource for students and academics in the field of population aging, gerontology and geriatrics, as well as social scientists and policymakers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1 Introduction
    1.1 The Oldest Old Population in the European Union
    1.2 This Book's Objectives
    2 Methodological Note
    2.1 Measures of Exceptional Human Longevity
    2.2 Database Sources, Concepts/Measures, and Statistical Analyses
    3 Profiling European Centenarians
    3.1 The Increasing Number of (Super) Centenarians
    3.2 The Feminization of Exceptional Longevity
    3.3 The Diversity of Educational Attainment
    3.4 Urbanized Centenarians?
    3.5 A Population of Expected Widows
    3.6 Living Mostly at Home 3.7 The Impact of Cardiovascular Diseases in Mortality
    4 Centenarian Studies Across Europe
    4.1 Ongoing International Collaboration Initiatives
    4.2 Overview of European Studies on Centenarians
    5 Final Remarks
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Calogero Caruso, editor.
    Summary: This state-of-the-art review on longevity focuses on centenarians, studied as a model of positive biology. The extraordinary rise in the elderly population in developed countries underscores the importance of studies on ageing and longevity in order to decrease the medical, economic and social problems associated with the increased number of non-autonomous individuals affected by invalidating pathologies. Centenarians have reached the extreme limits of human life span. Those in relatively good health, who are able to perform their routine daily tasks, are the best examples of extreme longevity, representing selected individuals in which the appearance of major age-related diseases - including cancer and cardiovascular diseases - has been consistently delayed or avoided. The relationship between causality and chance is an open discussion topic in many disciplines. In particular, ageing, the related diseases, and longevity are difficult to define as a consequence of causality, chance or both. Discussing the relevance of these different factors in the attainment of longevity, the book gathers contributions on genetic, epigenetic and phenotypic aspects of centenarians. The "positive biology" approach is applied to clarify the causes of positive phenotypes, as well as to explain the biological mechanisms of health and well-being with the aim of preventing and/or reducing frailty and disability in the elderly. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Per Brodal, MD, PhD, Institute of Basic Medical Sciences, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway.
    Contents:
    Structure of the neuron and organization of nervous tissue
    Glia
    Neuronal excitability
    Synaptic function
    Neurotransmitters and their receptors
    Parts of the nervous system
    The coverings of the brain and the ventricular system
    The blood supply of the CNS
    Prenatal and postnatal development
    The nervous system and aging
    Restitution of function after brain damage
    Sensory of receptors in general
    Peripheral parts of the somatosensory system
    Central parts of the somatosensory system
    Pain
    The visual system
    The auditory system
    The sense of equilibrium
    Olfaction and taste
    Motor systems and movements in general
    The peripheral motor neurons and reflexes
    The motor cortical areas and descending pathways
    The basal ganglia
    The cerebellum
    Control of eye movements
    The reticular formation: premotor networks, consciousness, and sleep
    The cranial nerves
    Visceral efferent neurons: the sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions
    Sensory visceral neurons and sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions
    Sensory visceral neurons and visceral reflexes
    The central autonomic system: the hypothalamus
    The amygdala and other neuronal groups with relation to emotions
    The hippocampal formation: learning and memory
    The cerebral cortex: intrinsic organization and connections
    Functions of the neocortex.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Adrian Cristian.
    Summary: "Offering a well-rounded overview of CNS cancers and best practices for rehabilitation of the cancer patient, Central Nervous System Cancer Rehabilitation provides succinct, easy-to-digest coverage for practicing and trainee physiatrists, as well as physical and occupational therapists. This concise resource by Dr. Adrian Cristian begins with an introduction to CNS cancers and progresses to rehabilitation practice, associated symptom management, and palliative care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cancer rehabilitation care continuum
    Safety considerations in the rehabilitation of persons with cancer of the brain and spinal cord
    Inpatient rehabilitation outcome measures in persons with brain and spinal cord cancer
    Tumors of the brain
    Brain tumor rehabilitation
    Cognitive deficits in brain cancer
    Communication and swallowing impairments in brain cancer
    Spinal cord tumors
    Neurosurgical management of spinal cord tumors
    Inpatient rehabilitation of persons with spinal cord injury due to cancer
    Rehabilitation of the child with brain and spinal cord cancer
    Cancer related fatigue
    Spinal imaging, stability and management of spine pain due to cancer
    Pain in cancer of the central nervous system
    Attending to the quality of life at the end of life. Palliative rehabilitation is person-centered care for patients with advanced cancer.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Gert Holstege, Caroline M. Beers, Hari H. Subramanian.
    Summary: Respiration is one of the most basic motor activities crucial for survival of the individual. It is under total control of the central nervous system, which adjusts respiratory depth and frequency depending on the circumstances the individual finds itself. For this reason this volume not only reviews the basic control systems of respiration, located in the caudal brainstem, but also the higher brain regions, that change depth and frequency of respiration. Scientific knowledge of these systems is crucial for understanding the problems in the many patients suffering from respiratory failure.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    César R. Lacruz, Javier Sáenz de Santamaría, Ricardo H. Bardales.
    Summary: The Essentials in Cytopathology book series fulfills the need for an easy-to-use and authoritative synopsis of site specific topics in cytopathology. These guide books fit into the lab coat pocket and are ideal for portability and quick reference. Each volume is heavily illustrated with a full color art program, while the text follows a user-friendly outline format. Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology covers the full spectrum of benign and malignant conditions of the CNS with emphasis on common disorders. The volume is heavily illustrated and contains useful algorithms that guide the reader through the differential diagnosis of common and uncommon entities encountered in the field of intraoperative neuro-cytopathology. Central Nervous System Intraoperative Cytopathology is a valuable quick reference for pathologists, cytopathologists, and fellows and trainees dealing with this exigent field.

    Contents:
    Introduction to CNS Intraoperative Cytopathology
    Clinical, Radiologic, and Technical Considerations
    Algorithmic Approach to CNS Intraoperative Cytopathology
    Normal Brain and Gliosis
    Astrocytic Tumors
    Oligodendroglial Tumors
    Ependymal Tumors
    Choroid Plexus Tumors
    Neuronal and Glioneural Tumors
    Embryonal Tumors
    Meningeal Tumors
    CNS Germ Cell Tumors
    Tumors of the Hematopoietic System
    Tumors of the Cranial and Spinal Nerves
    Tumors of the Pineal Region
    Tumors of the Sellar Region
    Metastatic Tumors
    Benign Cystic Lesions
    Non-Neoplastic Disorders
    Extradural Mass Lesions Compressing the Spinal Cord.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    César R. Lacruz, Javier Saénz de Santamaría, Ricardo H. Bardales.
    Summary: This book covers the full spectrum of benign and malignant conditions of the central nervous system with an emphasis on common disorders. It contains useful algorithms that guide the reader through the differential diagnosis of common and uncommon entities.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manmeet Ahluwalia, Philippe Metellus, Riccardo Soffietti, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of brain metastases, from the molecular biology aspects to therapeutic management and perspectives. Due to the increasing incidence of these tumors and the urgent need to effectively control brain metastatic diseases in these patients, new therapeutic strategies have emerged in recent years. The volume discusses all these innovative approaches combined with new surgical techniques (fluorescence, functional mapping, integrated navigation), novel radiation therapy techniques (stereotactic radiosurgery) and new systemic treatment approaches such as targeted- and immunotherapy. These combination strategies represent a new therapeutic model in brain metastatic patients in which each medical practitioner (neurosurgeon, neurologist, medical oncologist, radiation oncologist) plays a pivotal role in defining the optimal treatment in a multidisciplinary approach. Written by recognized experts in the field, this book is a valuable tool for neurosurgeons, neuro-oncologists, neuroradiologists, medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, cognitive therapists, basic scientists and students working in the area of brain tumors.

    Contents:
    PREFACE
    I Epidemiology
    II Pathology and Biology
    1 Pathology of brain metastases
    2 Translationnal approaches
    3 Molecular mechanisms driving brain metastases development
    4 Genomics characterization of BM
    5 BM cell partners and tumor microenvironment
    6 Experimental models of Brain Metastases
    III Clinical presentation and symptom management
    7 Clinical presentation
    8 Epilepsy in CNS metastases
    9 Safety, tolerability and use of steroids in CNS metastasis patients
    10 Thrombo-embolic complications in BM patients
    IV Imaging
    11 BM diagnosis and monitoring
    12 Metabolic imaging of BM
    13 Radiation necrosis and progression assessment and definition
    V Surgery
    14 Modern surgical techniques
    15 Quality of surgical resection assessment
    16 Indications and emerging concepts in the era molecular biology
    VI Radiation Therapy
    17 Stereotatic radiosurgery
    18 WBRT
    19 Combined radiation therapy and systemic treatment
    VII Systemic treatment
    20 Lung
    21 Breast.-. 22 Melanoma
    23 Miscellaneous
    VIII Neurocognition and QoL
    IV Leptomeningeal disease
    X Prevention/Prohylaxis strategies
    XI Prognosis and prognostic models
    XII Clinical trials / Endpoints and outcome assessment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rohan Ramakrishna, Rajiv S. Magge, Ali A. Baaj, Jonathan P.S. Knisely, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    WHO Classification of Tumours Editorial Board.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RC280.N43 C45 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Patrick L. Tonnard, Alexis M. Verpaele, Richard H. Bensimon ; illustrations by Cassio Lynm.
    Contents:
    The role of fat grafting in facial rejuvenation / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Microfat grafting / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Augmentation blepharoplasty / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Perioral rejuvenation / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Sharp needle intradermal fat grafting / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Nanofat grafting / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Centrofacial rejuvenation : putting it all together / Patrick Tonnard and Alexis Verpaele
    Midface volume rejuvenation with fillers / Javier Beut, Glenn Jelks, Christopher Surek, and Jerome Lamb
    Filling temples with highly diluted hyaluronic acid fillers / Val Lambros
    Aesthetic contouring of the upper and central third of the face with soft tissue fillers / Woffles T.L. Wu
    Background to facial aging and facial resurfacing / Richard Bensimon
    The technical use of croton oil peels / Richard Bensimon.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    [edited by] Renata Basto and Karen Oegema.
    Summary: This new volume of Methods in Cell Biology looks at methods for analyzing centrosomes and centrioles. Chapters cover such topics as methods to analyze centrosomes, centriole biogenesis and function in multi-ciliated cells, laser manipulation of centrosomes or CLEM, analysis of centrosomes in human cancers and tissues, proximity interaction techniques to study centrosomes, and genome engineering for creating conditional alleles in human cells.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Jonathan Davidson.
    Contents:
    Samuel Hahnemann: Rebarbative Genius
    Women, Reform, and Medical Leadership
    The Homeopathic Scalpel: Contributions to Surgery from the World of Homeopathy
    Homeopaths and the Dawning of Anesthesiology
    Homeopathy and the Mind: From Alienists to Neuroscientists
    Public Health
    The Early Days of Radiation: Homeopathic Shadows
    Heartbeat, Heart Failure, and Homeopathy
    Allergy and Allergic Disorders: Homeopathic Leaders
    Academic Homeopaths Reinvented
    Oncology
    Other Stars in the Sky
    Congress, Parliament, Presidents, and Monarchs
    Bioethics and the Contributions of Otto Guttentag
    Less Is More: Finding the Right Dose
    A Homeopathic Rogues' Gallery
    Concluding Thoughts.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by John Janovy, Jr., Gerald W. Esch.
    Summary: "A celebration of the long shelf life and intellectual breadth of this journal, along with the rich history of parasitology, especially as manifest by American parasitologists and their colleagues from around the world"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Fatma Boukid, editor.
    Summary: Cereal-Based Foodstuffs: The Backbone of the Mediterranean provides an overview of cereal-based products in the Mediterranean region, illustrating the spectrum of products from past to present and their various processing methods. The text explores new and understudied market trends in cereal-based products, such as cereal-pulse blends, pulse pastas, and flat breads. Chapters cover products originating in North Africa, such as bulgur and couscous, which are consumed worldwide but underrepresented in the scientific literature. Contributing authors also offer a legislative perspective on issues of food safety, the European Food Safety Association definition of novel foods, and the position of traditional foods in the Mediterranean food industry. This wide-ranging text thus serves members of both the scientific and industrial community seeking better coverage of global cereal product trends.

    Contents:
    1. Cereals in the Mediterranean: breeding history
    2. The evolution of milling processing
    3. Wheat bread in the Mediterranean area: from past to the future
    4. Italian pasta: conventional and innovative ingredients and processing
    5. From tradition to innovation in cereal-derived foodstuffs
    6. Blending pulses with cereals for healthier foods
    7. Snacking: ingredients, processing and safety
    8. Rice: a versatile food at the heart of the Mediterranean diet
    9. The Bright and Dark Sides of Wheat
    10. Gluten-free breadmaking: facts, issues and future
    11. The holy grail of ancient cereals
    12. Safety of traditional cereals foodstuff.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Robert J. Henry, Agnelo Furtado.
    Contents:
    DNA Extraction from Vegetative Tissue for Next Generation Sequencing?
    DNA Extraction from Rice Endosperm (Including a Protocol for Extraction of DNA from Ancient Seed Samples)
    RNA Extraction from Cereal Vegetative Tissue
    RNA Extraction from Developing or Mature Wheat Seeds
    cDNA Library Preparation
    Preparation of High Molecular Weight gDNA and Bacterial Artificial Chromosome (BAC) Libraries in Plants
    The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
    General Methods
    Mutation and Mutation Screening
    The Quantitative Real-Time Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Analysis of Plant Gene Expression
    Cloning of DNA Fragments: Ligation Reactions in Agarose Gel
    Rapid Cloning of Genes and Promoters for Functional Analyses
    Genome Walking
    Functional Analysis by Protein Biochemistry
    Genomic Southern Blot analysis
    Northern Hybridization: A Proficient Method for Detection of Small RNAs and MicroRNAs
    Protein Blotting-Protocol for Beginners
    Genetic Transformation of Wheat via Particle Bombardment
    Sorghum Genetic Transformation by Particle Bombardment
    Genetic Transformation of Wheat via Agrobacterium-mediated DNA Delivery
    A Protocol for High-throughput Agrobacterium-mediated Barley Transformation
    Agrobacterium-mediated Transformation- Rice Transformation
    Agrobacterium-mediated Transformation of Maize (Zea mays) Immature Embryos
    A Technical Platform for PCR-based SNP Screening in Cereals and Other Crops
    A Method for Discovery of Genome-wide SNP Between Any Two Genotypes from Whole Genome Re-sequencing Data.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Narender Ramnani.
    Summary: Progress in Brain Research is the most acclaimed and accomplished series in neuroscience, firmly established as an extensive documentation of the advances in contemporary brain research. The volumes, some of which are derived from important international symposia, contain authoritative reviews and original articles by invited specialists. The rigorous editing of the volumes assures that they will appeal to all laboratory and clinical brain research workers in the various disciplines: neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, neuropharmacology, neuroendocrinology, neuropathology, basic neurology, biologi
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Manto, Thierry A.G.M. Huisman.
    Summary: "The Cerebellum: Disorders and Treatment, Volume 155 updates readers on the latest and clinically relevant advances in the study of cerebellar diseases in children and adults. It is organized into sections detailing: (1) Disorders (starting from the fetal cerebellum, to adult cerebellum) encountered during daily practice, and (2) Therapy (including insights into innovative drug and rehabilitative approaches). The book's innovative structure discusses cerebellar disorders in children and adults as a continuum, with its companion volume, The Cerebellum: From Embryology to Diagnostic Investigations detailing embryology, anatomy, function and diagnostic investigations and neuroimaging, including conventional sequences, diffusion tensor imaging, functional MRI, and connectivity studies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Disorders. Fetal cerebellar disorders
    Chiari 1 deformity in children: etiopathogenesis and radiological diagnosis
    Cerebellar injury in preterm infants
    Cerebellar involvement in Autism and ADHD
    Recessive ataxias
    Non-progressive congenital ataxias
    Non-syndromic cerebellar ataxias associated with disorders of DNA single-strand break repair
    Metabolic ataxias
    Mitochondrial ataxias
    Spinocerebellar ataxias
    X-linked ataxias
    Spastic ataxias
    Episodic ataxias
    Sporadic adult onset ataxia
    Epigenetic cerebellar diseases
    Essential tremor and the cerebellum
    The cerebellum and dystonia
    Cerebellar mutism syndrome
    Cerebellar tumors
    Cerebellar stroke in adults and children
    Immune-mediated ataxias
    Toxic-induced cerebellar syndrome: from the fetal period to the elderly
    Endocrine disorders and the cerebellum: from neurodevelopmental injury to late-onset ataxia
    Section II. Therapy. Drug treatment
    Neurotransplantation therapy
    Noninvasive stimulation
    The cerebellum from the fetus to the elderly: history, advances and future challenges
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Mario Manto, Thierry A.G.M. Huisman.
    Summary: "The Cerebellum: From Embryology to Diagnostic Investigations, Volume 154 is designed to update the reader on the latest and clinically relevant advances in the study of cerebellar diseases in children and adults. It is organized into sections detailing: (1) Embryology, Anatomy and Function, and (2) Diagnostic investigations: Neuroimaging, and includes content on conventional sequences, diffusion tensor imaging, functional MRI, and connectivity studies. Its companion volume, The Cerebellum: Disorders and Treatment, describes disorders (starting from the fetal cerebellum, to adult cerebellum) encountered during daily practice and therapy (including insights into innovative drug and rehabilitative approaches to treat children and adults with cerebellar disorders)"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction. Historical view
    Section II. Embryology, anatomy and function. Embryology
    Principles of organization of the human cerebellum: macro and microanatomy
    Functional topography of the human cerebellum
    Topography of the cerebellum in relationship to social brain regions and emotions
    Physiology of the cerebellum
    Cerebellar networks and neuropathology of cerebellar developmental disorders
    The neuropathology of the adult cerebellum
    Cerebellar motor syndrome from children to the elderly
    Cognitive aspects: sequencing, behavior and executive functions
    Language and the cerebellum
    Section III. Diagnostic investigations. Ultrasound and CT of the posterior fossa in neonates
    Conventional MRI
    Probing the neuroanatomy of the cerebellum using tractography
    Nuclear medicine of the cerebellum
    Genetics of cerebellar disorders
    Laboratory investigations
    Neurophysiology of gait
    Neuro-ophthalmologic assessment and investigations in children and adults with cerebellar diseases
    Scales for the clinical evaluation of cerebellar disorders.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard Milner.
    Contents:
    Cerebral Angiogenesis During Development: Who is Conducting the Orchestra?
    Cerebral Angiogenesis: A Realistic Therapy for Ischemic Disease?
    Vascular Normalization in Cerebral Angiogenesis: Friend or Foe?
    Pericytes and Adaptive Angioplasticity: The Role of Tumor Necrosis Factor Weak Inducer of Apoptosis (TWEAK)
    Analysis of Angiogenesis in the Developing Mouse Central Nervous System
    Hypoxia-Induced Angiogenesis and Capillary Density Determination
    The Middle Cerebral Artery Occlusion Model of Transient Focal Cerebral Ischemia
    A Mouse Model of Chronic Cerebral Hypoperfusion Characterizing Features of Vascular Cognitive Impairment
    A Mouse Model of Permanent Focal Ischemia: Distal Middle Cerebral Artery Occlusion
    A Method of Inducing Global Cerebral Ischemia
    Induction of Cerebral Arteriogenesis in Mice
    Vessel Painting Technique for Visualizing the Cerebral Vascular Architecture of the Mouse
    Examining Cerebral Angiogenesis in Response to Physical Exercise
    Histological Assessment of Angiogenesis in the Hypoxic Central Nervous System
    Examining Vascular Remodeling in the Hypoxic Central Nervous System
    Analysis of Cerebral Angiogenesis in Human Glioblastomas
    Quantitative Cerebral Blood Flow Measurements Using MRI
    Fluorescent Angiogenesis Models Using Gelfoam? Implanted in Transgenic Mice Expressing Fluorescent Proteins
    Laser Speckle Contrast Imaging to Measure Changes in Cerebral Blood Flow
    Laser Doppler Flowmetry to Measure Changes in Cerebral Blood Flow
    Defining the Role Of HIF and Its Downstream Mediators in Hypoxic-Induced Cerebral Angiogenesis
    Inducible Gene Deletion in Glial Cells to Study Angiogenesis in the Central Nervous System
    Bone Marrow Chimera Experiments to Determine the Contribution of Hematopoietic Stem Cells to Cerebral Angiogenesis
    Novel Methods for Accurate Identification, Isolation, and Genomic Analysis of Symptomatic Micro-Environments in Atherosclerotic Arteries
    Induction of Brain Arteriovenous Malformation in the Adult Mouse
    Stimulation of Cerebral Angiogenesis by Gene Delivery
    Investigating the Role of Perlecan Domain V in Post-Ischemic Cerebral Angiogenesis
    Isolation and Culture of Primary Mouse Brain Endothelial Cells
    Purification of Endothelial Cells from the Rat Brain
    Generation of Primary Cultures of Bovine Brain Endothelial Cells and Setup of Co-Cultures with Rat Astrocytes
    Isolation and Culture of Primary Pericytes from Mouse Brain
    Assays to Examine Endothelial Cell Migration, Tube Formation, and Gene Expression Profiles
    A Neurovascular Blood-Brain Barrier In Vitro Model
    In Vitro Models of the Blood-Brain Barrier.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gianni Boris Bradac.
    Summary: This revised and enlarged edition of Cerebral Angiography, which includes new angiographic studies and illustrative drawings, offers detailed guidance on diagnostic use of the procedure. The first part of the book describes the normal anatomy of the cerebral arteries and veins, with attention to morphological aspect, embryological development, function, and vascular territories. The intraorbital and extracranial vascularization is also considered. The reader will gain a sound knowledge of normal vascular anatomy and its variations that will serve as a basis for the correct interpretation of pathological processes and their clinical significance, as covered in the second part of the book. Among the pathologies considered are vascular abnormalities, including angiomas, fistulas and aneurysms; atherosclerotic and non-atherosclerotic stenosis and occlusion of the cerebral vessels; venous thrombosis; intraorbital and extracranial vascular malformations. Pathogenesis, morphological and dynamic aspects, responsible for clinical symptoms and influencing the therapy are described. While the emphasis throughout is on the diagnostic value of cerebral angiography, many examples of endovascular treatment in different pathological situations are also presented, with discussion of indications, risks and results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Weijian Jiang, Wengui Yu, Yan Qu, Zhongsong Shi, Benyan Luo, John H. Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This volume is focused on subjects related to cerebral ischemia and reperfusion injuries after acute stroke. All chapters are selected from the Sixth Elite Stroke meeting named Pangu Stroke Conference and written by members of world leading laboratories of stroke studies. The contents cover both clinical and bench studies, from basic components of cerebral arterial system to clinical reperfusion injury cases, from reperfusion caused programmed cell death and astrocyte activation to oxidative stress and nitric oxide after reperfusion, from extracellular matrix and inflammation to a role of diabetes after reperfusion, from small artery disorders to collateral circulation and blood pressure control after reperfusion. Wei-Jian Jiang, Chairman of New Era Stroke Care and Research Institute of PLA Rocket Force General Hospital, Beijing, China. Wengui Yu, Professor and Director of Comprehensive Stroke & Cerebrovascular Center, University of California, Irvine Yan Qu, Professor and Director of Neurosurgery at the Second Affiliated Hospital of Air Force Medical University, Xi'an, China. Zhongsong Shi, Professor of Neurosurgery at Sun Yat-sen Memorial Hospital, Sun Yat-sen University, Guangzhou, China. Ben-yan Luo, Professor and Chair of Neurology at the First Affiliated Hospital of Zhejiang University. John H. Zhang, Professor of Anesthesiology and Physiology at Loma Linda University School of Medicine, Loma Linda, CA, USA.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gillian S. Forrester, William D. Hopkins, Kristelle Hudry, Annukka Lindell.
    Summary: "Cerebral Lateralization and Cognition: Evolutionary and Developmental Investigations of Motor Biases, Volume 238, the latest release in the Progress in Brain Research series, discusses interdisciplinary research on the influence of cerebral lateralization on cognition within an evolutionary framework"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Behavioral biases in animals. Insights into the evolution of laterality in insects
    Motor asymmetries in fish, amphibians and reptiles
    A review of performance asymmetries in hand skill in nonhuman primates with a special emphasis on chimpanzees
    Manual bias, behavior, and cognition in common marmosets and other primates
    Mother and offspring lateralized social behavior across mammalian species
    Section 2: Behavioral biases in humans. Speech lateralization and motor control
    Mother and offspring lateralised social interaction across animal species
    Handedness and cognitive ability: using meta-analysis to make sense of the data
    Atypical structural and functional motor networks in autism
    Lateralization of the expression of facial emotion in humans
    Split brain patients: visual biases for faces
    Section 3: Methodological considerations. Manual laterality and cognition through evolution: an archeological perspective
    Cognitive archeology, body cognition, and hand–tool interaction
    Evolution and development of handedness: an Evo–Devo approach
    Section 4: Cerebral lateralization and behavioral biases as a foundation for higher cognitive function. A comparative perspective on lateral biases and social behavior
    Sensorimotor lateralization scaffolds cognitive specialization.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Freeman Miller, Steven Bachrach, Nancy Lennon, Margaret E. O'Neil.
    Springer Nature eReference.
    Summary: This new edition will grow to three volumes and significantly expand existing sections on medical management of children with cerebral palsy, research, education and therapies. The first volume will cover the cause of CP, the underlying pathology in the brain and the secondary pathologies in different tissues, such as muscle and bone. There are a fair number of controversies and new techniques, such as PET scans, that are getter attention to make earlier diagnosis. It is still not clear whether early diagnosis makes a long term difference. Epidemiology will also be discussed. The second volume will focus on general medical concerns related to CP on each of the medical specialties and the musculoskeletal section - which served as the main focus of the previous edition. This volume will be updated with an emphasis on gait disorders, spasticity, seizures and movement disorders. New research and techniques on the hip and spine areas will be added as well. The third and final volume will be an expanded and comprehensive resource on therapies. More detail on the latest outcome research and techniques will be provided along with sections on orthotics and novel treatments and techniques. This reference work will build on gaps within the first edition and continue to be the definitive guide for rehabilitation physicians, orthopedics, neurologists and therapists who treat children with CP .

    Contents:
    The Child, The Parent and the Goal
    Prematurity
    Congenital malformation
    Infections
    Congenital Metabolic
    In utero Stroke
    Problem during delivery
    Post natal encephalopathy
    Over-view of the past 50 Years
    American experience
    European Experience
    Asian experience
    African experience
    Physical pathology
    Current Imaging -PET
    Muscle changes at the cellular level
    Gross Anatomic Muscle changes in CP
    Neuro-motor junction changes
    Bone Alterations in CP
    Over view of when and how to evaluate
    Who should get Imaging
    Indications for metabolic work up
    Indications for full genetic work up
    Prognosis assessment
    role of PE -Pathologic Reflexes
    Classification Terminology
    Over view of Normal Natural history
    The Irritable Child with CP
    Pain in The Non-communicative Patient
    Post-operative Pain Management
    Seizures
    Diagnosis, Natural History
    Seizures
    Medical Management
    Seizures
    Ketogenic Diet
    Indication and Description
    Seizures
    Role of VNS
    Seizures
    Role of Surgical Removal
    Seizure Surgery
    Workup and technique Description
    Pseudo-seizures
    Diagnosis and Treatment
    Hydrocephalus Diagnosis and treatment indications
    Shunting for Hydrocephalus
    Surgical Ventriculostomy for Hydrocephalus
    Attention Deficient associated with CP
    Autism and CP as Comorbidities
    Family Stress Secondary to Disability
    Impact on Siblings
    Depression associated with CP
    Mood disorders (Bipolar and CP)
    Thought disorder and CP
    Overview and natural of feeding issues with growth and development
    Aspiration
    risks, work up, when is it a problem
    Gastrostomy feeding
    when indicated
    Tracheostomy or diversion
    When indicated and how done
    Weight and growth in the child with CP
    Feeding Therapy
    Indications how long
    GE reflux
    Work up and medical Management
    GE Reflux
    Work up and Surgical Management
    Poor Intestinal Motility
    Constipation
    Implications long term and treatment
    Toilet training and bladder control
    Neurogenic Bladder
    Renal stones
    risks, prevention and management
    Undescended Testicles
    Drooling
    diagnosis, measurement and medical management
    Drooling
    management with local injections
    Botulinum
    Drooling
    Surgical treatment options and outcomes
    Hearing Evaluation
    When and How
    Cochlear Implant Indication and role in CP
    Upper Airway Obstruction
    Indication for adenoid and tonsillectomy
    Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Natural History, etiology and outcome
    Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
    Medical management
    Reactive airways
    Chronic aspiration
    Airway obstruction
    Work up and medical management
    Airway obstruction
    Indication and options for surgical management
    Pitutary-hypohoseal dysfunction
    Adrenal insufficency
    Short Stature
    Work up and treatment indications
    Pillow angel treatment
    indication ethics approach
    Glucose intolerance due to intramuscular fat
    Premature or Delayed Sexual Maturation
    Testing Sight
    how when and the outcome
    Strabismus
    Cortical blindness
    Routine hygiene, When and how for child with CP
    Dental Caries
    When to treat, how often to check outcome
    Gum Hypertrophy
    etiology, and management and outcome
    Malignments
    when to treat and expected outcome
    Bruxism
    Management and long term outcome
    Lip biting
    Management and long term outcome
    Neurologic Control of the Muscluosketal System
    Muscle tone
    Spasticity
    Assessment
    Movement disorders
    Description and assessment
    Medical Management of Spasticity
    Medical Management of Movement disorders
    Local treatment
    Botulinum, Phenol, Neurectomy
    Inthrathecal Baclofen Therapy
    Dorsal Rhizotomy
    Deep Brain Stimulation
    Ataxia
    Disorder of Balance, Description and Assessment
    Assessing dynamic Balance
    Normal Gait
    Overview and Natural history of CP Gait
    Use of Diagnostic Gait Analysis to Guide Treatment
    Using Gait Analysis as an Outcome Assessment
    Managing Hemiplegic Gait
    Diplegic Gait
    Torsional Malignments
    Stance phase
    Crouch and Back Kneeing
    Swing Phase
    Toe drag
    Gait with Movement Disorders
    Gait in Ataxia
    Complications of Gait Management and Gait Analysis
    Overview of Natural History and Outcome
    Assessment of the Upper Extremity for Diagnostic Assessment
    Assessment of the Upper Extremity for Outcome Evaluation
    Tone Management
    Botulinum, Neurectomy, Rhizotomy
    Single Event Multi-level Surgery Approach
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Forearm and Wrist
    Thumb
    Fingers
    Overview and Natural History
    Non-operative Management of CP scoliosis
    Surgical Planning
    Medical Evaluation Pre-op
    Role and Response to Spinal Cord Monitoring
    Anesthesia for CP Spinal Fusion
    Surgical Management of Scoliosis (operative Procedure)
    Surgical Management of Kyphosis and Lordosis
    Post-operative Management
    Managing Early Onset Scoliosis in CP
    Managing Complications related to Spinal Fusion
    Cervical Spinal Problems in CP
    Lumbar Spondolethesis
    Ambulatory child CP and Scoliosis
    Scoliosis and Hip dislocation
    Management considerations
    Summary Overview
    Etiology and Natural History
    Screening and Surveillance
    Prophalactic Treatment
    Reconstruction of Common Posterior Lateral Displacement
    Reconstruction of the Atypical- Anterior or Inferior Displacement
    Palliative or Salvage Treatment
    Complications of CP hip Management
    Summary of Knee problems
    Patella-femoral instability
    Apophositis and stress fractures
    Rotatory or torsion Instability
    Fixed knee flexion Contracture
    Hyper-extension knee deformity
    Knee extension Contracture and Stiff Knee Gait
    Tibial Torsion and Bowing
    Over view of the FOOT in CP
    Natural History of Foot posture in Children with CP
    Equinus
    Ankle Varus and Valgus
    Planovalgus
    Varus
    Calcaneovalgus
    Hallux
    Claw toes, Over Lap, and Crossing Toes
    Toe Nail Problems
    Complications of Managing Foot Problems
    Over view and history of therapy for CP
    Early Intervention
    techniques and outcome
    Habilation therapy
    in middle childhood
    role and outcome
    Short High Intensity VS Long-term Low frequency
    Rehabilitation Therapy -(Post op) Frequency and Approach
    Role of Therapy in Teenagers to prevent function loss
    Educational Therapy
    Technique outcome, how not medical therapy
    Therapy Theories
    NDT ECT outcome expectations
    Hydrotherapy
    Strength Training
    Cardiovascular Endurance training
    Hippotherapy
    Robotic training, Suspended Treadmill training
    Over view theories and expectations
    Early intervention expectations and outcome
    UE Habilation techniques
    Outcomes
    Constrained use
    Enforced use Therapy Techniques and expected outcome
    UE splinting VS use encouragement
    Evaluation for Driver Training and adaptations
    Over view of ST and expect outcome
    Feeding Therapy Indications, techniques, outcome
    Speech therapy, When techniques and expected outcome
    Augmentative communication, When and expected outcome how to evaluate
    Training oral control for Drooling
    Techniques and outcome
    Overview of the wide range
    Swimming with Dolphins
    Hyperbaric Oxygen
    Acupuncture
    Pressure suits and vests
    Elastic Space suits
    Votja Technique
    ECT ECT ECT
    Standers
    Which, when how long, who and what is the benefit
    Reclining
    Side Lyers, wedges, beds
    Benefit for who and when
    Gait trainers
    Who when how long
    Benefit
    Walkers
    WHO WHEN how long and what is the benefit
    Crutches, and canes and sticks
    UE
    Self feeders
    WHO W WH outcome
    General Over view of issues to be considered
    Wheel chair VS stroller
    difference and why and when and outcome
    Power Wheel chair
    WHEN WHO outcome
    Early power wheeled toy mobility
    Benefit outcome
    Consideration of the appropriate WHEEL chair for permanent use
    One arm drive chair for who and when
    General Overview when indicated benefits and risks
    Control Foot posture
    Arch supports, UCBL and SMO
    Ankle control
    Knee control options
    Hip control
    UE orthotics.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Christos P. Panteliadis, editor.
    Summary: This third edition systematically reviews recent developments in the diagnosis and evidence-based treatment of cerebral palsy, a consequence of foetal and early infant brain damage resulting in lifelong disabilities with a range of clinical characteristics. The first part discusses the definition, aetiology, classification, imaging and neuropathology, while the second focuses on the management of the individual challenges that children with cerebral palsy face, such as spasticity, dyskinesia, feeding problems and scoliosis. Based on the diverse characteristics of cerebral palsy, children require care from various specialists, including neuro-paediatricians, orthopaedists, psychologists, epidemiologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists. This work was written by an international team of such specialists, providing a comprehensive mix of perspectives and expertise.

    Contents:
    Cerebral palsy: a historical review
    Definition
    Epidemiology
    Neuropathology
    Aetiological factors
    Intrauterine infection
    Magnesium sulphate for prevention
    Early markers
    Clinical characteristics
    Early diagnosis
    Brain Imaging
    Ultrasonography
    Positrons-Emission-Tomography
    Physiotherapy
    Occupational therapy
    Pathophysiology of muscle
    Orthpaedic management
    Early developmental intervention
    Hip luxation
    Scoliosis
    Bone status
    Oral medication
    Management with Botulinum Neurotoxin A
    Intrathecal Baclofen
    Rhizotomy
    Comorbidities.- Epilepsies
    Visual impairment
    Gastrointestinal problems
    Long-term prognosis
    Quality of life
    Psychosocial problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Psiche Giannoni, Liliana Zerbino, editors.
    Summary: This book helps rehabilitators and caregivers understand the multifaceted needs of children with cerebral palsy or other neuromotor impairments in order to plan and implement an effective treatment regimen. Drawing on the authors extensive experience spanning several decades, it addresses the sensitive challenge of rehabilitation, which cannot and must not be confined by the rigid schemes of established schools. In particular, the book provides numerous practical suggestions, intended to guide the reader through correct clinical reasoning, setting goals and subsequent treatment. Furthermore, it includes chapters on evaluating and treating the upper limbs, feeding and communication problems, as well as on the care of soft tissues and the management of the visual difficulties in these children. The book is a valuable resource for physiotherapists, occupational therapists, speech therapists and other caregivers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Child Evaluation Guide and Clinical Reasoning
    Chapter 2) The Child with Bilateral Spastic Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 3) The Child with Unilateral Spastic Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 4) The Child with Dyskinesia
    Chapter 5) Ataxia in Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 6) Sensory-Motor and Perceptual Problems in Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 7) Therapeutic Approaches for the Soft Tissues
    Chapter 8) Guidelines for Upper Limb Rehabilitation
    Chapter 9) Upper Limbs Functional Problems in Different Forms of Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 10) Feeding and Dysphagia in Children with Cerebral Palsy
    Chapter 11) The Child with Cerebral Palsy and Visual Impairment
    Chapter 12) Augmentative and Alternative Communication in Severe Motor Impairment
    Chapter 13) Rehabilitation Technologies for Sensory-Motor-Cognitive Impairments.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yoshio Matsuda, editor.
    Summary: This edited book presents the latest information on epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, therapy, and some current topics covering all aspects of cerebral palsy. It offers a novel interpretation of a group of lifelong movement disorders, which now is an accepted notion that the causes of cerebral palsy are multifactorial rather than birth asphyxia. The book is organized into three parts, and it begins with illustrating the perspective of the disease. Then focuses on the relationship between clinical features of perinatal complications/events and cerebral palsy. The last part offers a hot topic of the prevention and the latest therapy, such as hypothermia, neuroprotection, and stem cell transfer. Since there is no cure for this congenital motor disability of cerebral origin, effective strategies for primary prevention are highly desirable. Effective strategies require an understanding of causal pathways and the Editor wishes to disseminate the experience and knowledge through this comprehensive volume to the readers....

    Contents:
    Part I Perspective
    1 History and Definitions
    2 Epidemiology of the Cerebral Palsy
    3 Current Status of the Japan Obstetric Compensation System for Cerebral Palsy
    4 Clinical Diagnosis of Cerebral Palsy
    5 Imaging Findings of Perinatal Brain Lesions that may Cause Cerebral Palsy
    Part II Relations of perinatal complications/events to CP
    6 Chromosomal Abnormality
    7 Morphological Abnormalities Mainly in the Central Nervous System
    8 Cytomegalovirus Infection, Toxoplasmosis
    9 Herpes Infection
    10 Multiple Pregnancy
    11 Hypertensive Disorders of Pregnancy
    12 Urgent Preterm Labor/Preterm Water Breaking
    13 Fetal Growth Restriction/Small for
    Dates
    14 Cases Probably Considered as Intrauterine Onset
    15 Reduced Fetal Movement
    16 Placental Abruption
    17 Intrauterine Infection/Chorioamnionitis
    18 Fetomaternal hemorrhage
    19 Cases Associate with Umbilical Cord
    20 Intrapartum Hypoxia
    21 Uterotonic Agents
    22 Assisted Vaginal Delivery (Including Kristeller M
    neuver)
    23 Prolonged Labor
    24 Maternal Respiratory and Circulatory Failure
    25 GBS Infection
    26 Birth Asphyxia
    27 Prematurity
    28 Intraventricular Hemorrhage, Periventricular Leu
    omalacia
    29 Neonatal Stroke
    30 Neonatal Hypoglycemia
    31 Bilirubin Encephalopathy
    32 Apparent Life Threatening Event (ALTE)
    Part III Prevention
    33 Neonatal Hypothermia
    34 Recent Findings on the Perinatal Brain Protective Effects of Magnesium
    35 Mechanism and Current Status of Umbilical Cord Blood Stem Cell Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Roberta B. Shepherd.
    Summary: This is a thought-provoking book which introduces a new way of thinking on the development and use of interventions. Relevant to current practice, it advocates early, targeted activity that is focused on increasing muscle activation, training basic actions and minimizing (or preventing) mal-adaptive changes to muscle morphology and function. The authors present recent scientific findings in brain science, movement sciences (developmental biomechanics, motor control mechanisms, motor learning, exercise science) and muscle biology. This knowledge provides the rationale for active intervention, underpinning the need for an early referral to appropriate services. The book features methods for promoting relatively intensive physical activity in young infants without placing a burden on parents which include assistive technologies such as robotics, electronic bilateral limb trainers and baby treadmills. This book begins by specifying the guidelines for training and exercise, outlining the rationale for such intervention. It goes on to cover the fundamentals of neuromotor plasticity and the development and negative effects of limited motor activity on brain organization and corticospinal tract development. Neuromuscular adaptations to impairments and inactivity are discussed along with the General Movement assessment that can provide early diagnosis and prognosis, facilitating very early referral from paediatric specialists to training programs. The book ends with a section featuring various methods of training with the emphasis on preventing/minimizing muscle contracture, stimulating biomechanically critical muscle activity and joint movement.

    Contents:
    The changing face of intervention in infants with cerebral palsy / Roberta Shepherd
    Corticospinal tract development and activity-dependent plasticity / Janet Eyre
    Re-thinking the brain : new insights into early experience and brain development / Mary P. Galea
    Functional effects of neural impairments and subsequent adaptations / Adel Abdullah Alhusaini
    The syndrome of deforming spastic paresis : pathophysiology, assessment and treatment / Nicolas Bayle, Jean-Michel Gracies
    Skeletal muscle changes due to cerebral palsy / Richard L Lieber, Lucas R. Smith
    Early muscle development in children with cerebral palsy : the consequences for further muscle growth, muscle function, and long-term-mobility / Martin Gough, Adam P. Shortland
    Early diagnosis and prognosis in cerebral palsy / Giovanni Cioni, Vittorio Belmonti, Christa Einspieler
    Effects of motor activity on brain and muscle development in cerebral palsy / Diane L. Damiano
    The consequences of independent locomotion for brain and psychological development / David I. Anderson ... [et al.]
    Training lower limb performance in early infancy : support, balance and propulsion / Roberta B. Shepherd
    Treadmill training in early infancy : sensory and motor effects
    Caroline Teulier, Marianne Barbu-Roth, David I. Anderson
    Very early upper limb interventions for infants with asymmetric brain lesions / Roslyn Boyd, Micah Perez, Andrea Guzzetta
    Constraint-induced therapy and bimanual training in children with unilateral cerebral palsy / Andrew M Gordon
    Interactive technologies for diagnosis and treatment in infants with cerebral palsy / Jens Bo Nielsen.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Florian Deisenhammer, Finn Sellebjerg, Charlotte E Teunissen, Hayrettin Tumani, editors.
    Summary: The cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) is an invaluable diagnostic tool in clinical neurology, not only in the evaluation of inflammatory, degenerative, and malignant diseases of the nervous system, but also in the diagnosis of all forms of cerebral and subarachnoidal bleedings. The CSF can be easily obtained by lumbar puncture and a set of basic analyses can be conducted using relatively simple laboratory methods. By combining different CSF parameters, a wide range of diagnostic entities can be identified. However, properly interpreting the test results requires a high level of expertise and cannot be achieved by just reporting on individual analytic values. This book covers essential aspects of cerebrospinal fluid analysis and its use in the diagnosis of common neurological diseases. The first part addresses preclinical aspects such as the history of CSF, as well as the anatomical, physiological, and biological background of this valuable fluid. In addition, CSF collection, its preanalytical and methodological implications, and the increasing number of disease-specific markers in CSF are discussed in detail. Lastly, CSF analyses are put into context with clinical syndromes, demonstrating their diagnostic value in neurological clinical practice. Cerebrospinal Fluid in Clinical Neurology helps readers understand the preanalytical and analytical aspects of CSF diagnostics and offers a valuable reference guide for interpreting CSF results during the clinical work-up for neurological patients.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. History of CSF
    3. Anatomy of CSF-related spaces
    4. Physiology of CSF
    4.1. CSF production
    4.2. CSR resorption
    4.3. Biological function of CSF
    5. CSF collection
    5.1. Techniques
    5.2. Counter-indications and complications
    5.3. Preanalytical aspects
    6. Methods
    6.1. Cell counts and cell staining
    6.2. Glucose and Lactate
    6.3. Proteins
    6.4. Albumin
    6.5. Immunoglobulins
    6.6. Detection of infectious agents
    6.7. Immunohistochemistry
    6.8. Others (biomarkers)
    7. CSF in clinical syndromes
    7.1. Inflammatory disease of the CNS
    7.1.1. Acute (bacterial, viral meningitis)
    7.1.2. Chronic (MS)
    7.2. Inflammatory diseases of the PNS
    7.2.1. Acute (GBS, Neuroborreliosis)
    7.2.2 Chronic (CIDP)
    7.3. Neoplastic and paraneoplastic neurological disorders
    7.4. Dementias and degenerative disorders
    7.5. Cerebral bleedings
    7.6. CSF rhinorrhoea and otorrhoea. 8. Guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    volume editors, Florian Deisenhammer, Charlotte E. Teunissen, and Hayrettin Tumani.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Raj Sindwani, Christopher Roxbury.
    Summary: Offering up-to-date, multidisciplinary coverage of this nuanced and evolving field, Cerebrospinal Fluid Rhinorrhea provides a comprehensive overview of the evaluation and diagnosis, as well as the medical and surgical management options, for all causes of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) rhinorrhea. It covers all aspects of CSF leaks, synthesizing current knowledge on pathophysiology, diagnosis, perioperative care, and operative techniques for this complex group of patients. Leading experts in otolaryngology and neurosurgery, as well as ophthalmology, neurology, and radiology, provide detailed coverage of the distinctions between management of patients with differing etiologies of CSF rhinorrhea, including spontaneous, traumatic/iatrogenic, and tumor-related.

    Contents:
    Evaluation and diagnosis of cerebrospinal fluid rhinorrhea
    Cerebrospinal fluid physiology and anatomy of the cranial base
    Traumatic and iatrogenic cerebrospinal fluid leaks
    Spontaneous cerebrospinal fluid leaks and idiopathic intracranial hypertension
    Endoscopic cerebrospinal fluid leak repair and skull base reconstruction and after tumor surgery
    Cerebrospinal fluid diversion and advances in instrumentation and biomaterials.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Ji Y. Chong, Michael P. Lerario.
    Contents:
    1. Treatment of acute right-sided weakness
    2. Large vessel occlusion
    3. Masquerade
    4. Improving symptoms
    5. Progressive quadriplegia
    6. Malignant edema
    7. To treat or not to treat (blood pressure)
    8. Unidentified bright objects
    9. Detected bruit
    10. Small vessel disease
    11. Obstructed flow
    12. Aphasia and atherosclerosis
    13. A new arrhythmia
    14. Arch disease
    15. Hole in my heart
    16. Investigating the occult
    17. A Horner's syndrome following trauma
    18. Young adult with headache and blurred vision
    19. Cancer and coagulopathy
    20. Fevers in a patient with valve replacement
    21. Seeing jellyfish
    22. Driving is a headache
    23. Puff of smoke
    24. Thunderclap headache
    25. Hypertension and confusion
    26. A protean presentation
    27. Can I go home now?
    28. Cardiac arrest
    29. A sickle pickle
    30. Numbness while on anticoagulation
    31. Hemorrhage in a patient with dementia
    32. An unusual hemorrhage
    33. Recurrent headaches
    34. Progressive gait dysfunction
    35. Worst headache of her life
    36. An incidental finding
    37. Forget about it
    38. Seizures, sadness, and spasticity.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    Summary: Consists of the transactions of the 10th-11th Princeton Conference on Cerebrovascular Diseases, held 1976-1979; 12th-13th, 15th-18th Research (Princeton) Conference on Cerebrovascular Diseases, held 1980-1982, 1986-1992; 14th Research (Princeton- Williamsburg) Conference on Cerebrovascular Diseases, held 1984; <19th> Princeton Stroke Conference, held 1994; <22nd> Princeton Conference on Cerebrovascular Disease, held 2000.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Click on Series link(s) for access options
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386 .C414
    11
  • Digital
    Yoko Kato, Ahmed Ansari, editors.
    Summary: This book will discuss and cover standard treatments and advances in some of the most controversial topics in cerebrovascular surgery traversing the whole arena, including open and interventional surgeries. They will be discussed with case scenarios, bail out strategies and complication handling, followed by advances in the subject. Some of the best academic cereberovascular physician will author these chapters with their vast experience. The book will be of particular benefit to neurosurgeons, neurologists, and radiologists. It will be particularly targeting residents, young and experienced faculty in the subject, and will provide first hand up to the mark information and experiences in cerebrovascular surgery.

    Contents:
    1 Cranial base approaches to aneurysms
    2 Deep and eloquent AVMs
    3 Posterior circulation aneurysms
    4 Cerebral revascularization in aneurysm surgeries
    5 Ischemic stroke revascularization
    6 Hemorrhagic stroke- endoscopic evacuation
    7 Cavernous malformation in brainstem
    8 Giant aneurysm management
    9 Cerebral veins and dural sinus reconstruction
    10 Moya moya-standards and advances
    11 Carotid endarterectomy
    12 Carotid angioplasty and stenting for occlusive diseases
    13 Complex intracranial aneurysms
    14 Pre operative and therapeutic embolizaion for AVMs
    15 Management of AV fistulas
    16 Keyhole approach in cerebral aneurysm surgeries
    17 Recurrent aneurysm after coiling/ clipping management
    18 FDs and stenting in management of aneurysms.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Robin L. Watson, RN, MN, CNS, CCRN, Clinical Informaticist, Los Angeles County Department of Health Services, Health Services Administration, Los Angeles, California, Beth C. Diehl, DNP, NNP-BC, CCRN, LNCC, Neonatal Nurse Practitioner/Transport Nurse, Johns Hopkins Hospital/Maryland Regional Transport Program, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Shari Burns ; with contributors Jacob D. Hantla, F. Scott Imus, Shaun Mendel, Michael MacKinnon, Christol Williams.
    Summary: A new review for the nurse anesthesia certification exam backed by authority of Morgan & Mikhail's Clinical Anesthesiology.

    Contents:
    Basic sciences
    Equipment, instrumentation, and technology
    Basic principles
    Advanced principles.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2015
  • Digital
    Theresa Clifford, Denise O'Brien.
    Contents:
    Certification of perianesthesia nurses : CPAN and CAPA certification programs
    Respiratory, cardiovascular, peripheral vascular and hematologic systems
    Neurologic and gastrointestinal systems
    Renal and integumentary systems
    Genitourologic, reproductive, and musculoskeletal systems
    Endocrine system, fluids, and electrolytes
    Maintenance of normothermia, physiologic comfort, and the therapeutic environment
    Anesthesia and malignant hyperthermia
    Diversity and psychosocial assistance
    Patient and family education
    ASPAN standards, documentation, regulatory guidelines, and patient safety needs.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Ruth A. Wittmann-Price, Maryann Godshall, Linda Wilson, editors
    Summary: "The fourth edition of Certified Nurse Educator (CNE®/CNE®n) Review is designed to help you prepare for the National League for Nursing (NLN) certification exams. Designed for use by both novice and expert nurse educators, this comprehensive study aid with practice Q&A features a systematic approach to exam preparation and incorporates all key competencies and essential knowledge areas. The fourth edition has been updated to closely reflect the latest exam blueprints as well as current practices and an in-depth focus on the nurse educator shortage; competency-based education; technological teaching--learning tools, such as virtual simulation; and multigenerational learners. Case studies, critical-thinking questions, evidence-based teaching practice boxes, and teaching gems are also featured. Each chapter covers everything you need to know to pass the exam and includes end-of-chapter questions to check your knowledge. The review concludes with a full-length practice test to get you ready for exam day. With 300 practice questions, and detailed review content and answer rationales, the study aid empowers you with the tools and materials to study your way and the confidence to pass the first time, guaranteed! Know that you're ready. Know that you'll pass with Springer Publishing Exam Prep. Key Features Includes review for the new Academic Novice Nurse Educator (CNE®n) exam Reflects the latest NLN CNE®/CNE®n exam blueprints Provides a comprehensive yet concise review of essential knowledge for both exams Features case studies and critical-thinking questions to showcase practical applications of nurse educator topics. Provides Evidence-Based Teaching Practice Boxes and "Teaching Gems" from practice experts to reinforce key concepts. Includes end-of-chapter Q&A and a full practice test with detailed rationales Boosts your confidence with a 100% pass guarantee CNE® and CNE®n are registered service marks of the National League for Nursing (NLN). NLN does not sponsor or endorse this resource, nor does it have a proprietary relationship with Springer Publishing"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introducing the cne and the cnen exams and blueprints
    Facilitate learning
    Teaching and learning strategies
    Educational technology
    Online learning
    Skills laboratory learning
    Facilitating learning in the clinical setting
    Learning with simulation
    Facilitating learner development and socialization
    Facilitating learner development through civic engagement experiences
    Using assessment and evaluation strategies
    Curriculum design and evaluation of program outcomes
    Pursuing systematic self-evaluation and improvement
    Functioning as a change agent and leader
    Engaging in the scholarship of teaching
    Functioning effectively within the institutional environment and academic community
    Practice test
    Practice test : answers
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Print
    Summary: Certified Perioperative Nurse (CNOR®) Review is designed to help you prepare for the Competency and Credentialing Institute (CCI) certification exam. This comprehensive study aid is organized according to the latest CNOR® exam content outline. Content is presented in a templated, easy-to-read format, providing a targeted review that promotes knowledge retention. Tips and key points highlight key information to remember on exam day. Each chapter covers everything you need to know to pass the exam and includes end-of-chapter questions to check your knowledge. The review concludes with a full-length practice test to get you ready for exam day. With more than 400 practice questions, detailed review content and answer rationales, and access to ExamPrepConnect, this study aid empowers you with the tools and materials to study your way and the confidence to pass the first time, guaranteed! Know that you're ready. Know that you'll pass with Springer Publishing Exam Prep.--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction: strategies for success
    Perioperative patient assessment and nursing diagnosis
    Individualized plan of care and expected outcome identification
    Management of intraoperative activities: partient care and safety
    Management of intraoperative activities: personnel, services, and materials
    Communication and documentation
    Infection prevention and control of the environment, instruments, and supplies
    Emergency situations and patient and personnel safety
    Professional accountability
    Practice exam
    Practice exam: answers.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Fong Chan, Malachy Bishop, Julie Chronister, Eun-Jeong Lee, Chung-Yi Chiu.
    Summary: "We are pleased to present this third edition of Certified Rehabilitation Counselor Examination Preparation. In the first edition of this guide, we indicated that ". . . the purpose of the book is to provide a concise yet comprehensive preparation guide for the CRCC 's Certified Rehabilitation Counselor (CRC) examination." In the development of this third edition this has remained our purpose and commitment"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Certified Rehabilitation Counselor Examination Information, Study and Test Taking Strategies / Yunzhen Huang and Stuart Rumrill
    Professional Orientation and Ethical practice / Connie Sung, Fong Chan, Jessica Brooks, Jill Bezyak, Emre Umucu, and Xiangli Chen
    Evidence-Based Practice, Counseling Theories, and Techniques / Sandra Fitzgerald and Julie Chronister
    Group Work and Family Dynamics / Eun-Jeong, Jinhee Park, and Kristin Kosyluk
    Crisis and Trauma Counseling and Intervention / Julie Chronister, Yazmin Castruita Rios, and Stuart Rumril
    Psychosocial Aspects of Chronic Illness and Disability / Julie Chronister and Sandra Fitzgerald
    Assessment / Eun-Jeong Lee, Nicole Ditchman and Yen Chun Tseng
    Career Development and Job Placement / Connie Sung, Jessica M. Brooks, Joshua Taylor, Emre Umucu, Beatrice Lee, Cahit Kaya, and Fong Chan
    Demand-Side Employment / Fong Chan, Jill Bezyak, Timothy Tansey, Sharon Hsu, Cahit Kaya, and Xiangli Chen
    Community Resources and Partnerships / Malachy Bishop, Muna Bhattarai, Stuart Rumrill, and Deborah Lee
    Rehabilitation, Disability, and Healthcare Case Management / Malachy Bishop, Stuart Rumrill, Mirang Park, Muna Bhattarai, Kaiqi Zhou, Jay Kim, and Megan Baumunk
    Medical Aspects of Chronic Disease and Disability / Chungyi Chiu, Jessica M. Brooks, and Connie Sung
    Research, Methodology, and Performance Management / Chungyi Chiu and Phillip Rumrill
    Mock Examination.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Digital
    Jaime G. de la Garza-Salazar, Flavia Morales-Vásquez, Abelardo Meneses-Garcia, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a thorough review on cervical cancer, treatment guidelines and emerging therapies available for the disease. It reviews the epidemiology clinical features, diagnosis, and medical management of cervical cancer. Given the increasing need for preventive strategies, treatment optimization with collaborative and integrative work, this book improves the actual and integral knowledge in this neoplasm. Given the high prevalence of this disease in Latin America, this is an important text for clinicians in this region. This book outlines the state of the art in cervical cancer treatments and is an indispensable companion for oncologists, gynecologists, surgeons and medical students.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Cervical cancer epidemiology
    3. Malignant transforming mechanisms of human papillomavirus
    4. Transcriptome studies reveal altered signaling pathways in cervical cancer
    5. Pre-invasive lesions of the cervix
    6. Control and prevention in cervical cancer
    7. Cervical cancer cytology and pathology
    8. Cervical cancer staging
    9. Imaging in cervical cancer
    10. Primary surgical treatment of cervical cancer
    11. Surgical treatment for advanced or recurrent disease in cervical cancer
    12. Radiotherapy in cervical cancer
    13. Systemic treatment of cervical cancer
    14. Immuno-oncology in cervical cancer
    15. Palliative care in cervical cancer patients
    16. Special conditions and follow-up in cervical cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Keppler, Athena W. Lin.
    Contents:
    Evolution and classification of oncogenic human papillomavirus types and variants associated with cervical cancer / Zigui Chen, Luciana Bueno de Freitas, and Robert D. Burk
    Real-time PCR approach based on SPF10 primers and the INNO-LiPA HPV genotyping extra assay for the detection and typing of human papillomavirus / M. Isabel Micalessi, Gaëlle A. Boulet, and Johannes Bogers
    Replication of human papillomavirus in culture / Eric J. Ryndock, Jennifer Biryukov, and Craig Meyers
    HPV binding assay to laminin-332/integrin [alpha]6[beta]4 on human keratinocytes / Sarah A. Brendle and Neil D. Christensen
    Methods to assess the nucleocytoplasmic shuttling of the HPV E1 helicase and its effects on cellular proliferation and induction of a DNA damage response / Michaël Lehoux, Amélie Fradet-Turcotte, and Jacques Archambault
    Genetic methods for studying the role of viral oncogenes in the HPV life cycle / Jason M. Bodily
    Robust HPV-18 production in organotypic cultures of primary human keratinocytes / Hsu-Kun Wang, Thomas R. Broker, and Louise T. Chow
    High-throughput cellular assay to quantify the p53- degradation activity of E6 from different human papillomavirus types / David Gagnon and Jacques Archambault
    Retroviral expression of human cystatin genes in HeLa cells / Crystal M. Diep, Gagandeep Kaur, Daniel Keppler, and Athena W. Lin
    Molecular analysis of human papillomavirus virus-like particle activated langerhans cells in vitro / Andrew W. Woodham, Adam W. Woodham, Adam B. Raff, Diane M. Da Silva, and W. Martin Kast
    Selective silencing of gene target expression by siRNA expression plasmids in human cervical cancer cells / Oscar Peralta-Zaragoza [and eleven others]
    Silencing of E6/E7 expression in cervical cancer stem- like cells / Wenyi Gu, Nigel McMillan, and Chengzhong Yu
    Two-step procedure for evaluating experimentally induced DNA damage : texas red and comet assays / Gina J. Ferris, Lauren B. Shunkwiler, and Charles A. Kunos
    Measurement of deubiquitinating enzyme Activity via a suicidal HA-Ub-VS probe / Colleen Rivard and Martina Bazzaro
    Immunocytochemical analysis of the cervical pap smear / Terry K. Morgan and Michelle Berlin
    Diagnosis of HPV-negative, gastric-type adenocarcinoma of the endocervix / Edyta C. Pirog
    Targeting of the HPV-16 E7 protein by RNA aptamers / Julia Dolores Toscano-Garibay, María Luisa Benítez-Hess, and Luis Marat Alvarez-Salas
    Use of MYBL2 as a novel candidate biomarker of cervical cancer / Cara M. Martin [and others]
    Fixation methods for the preservation of morphology, RNAs, and proteins in paraffin-Embedded human cervical cancer cell xenografts in mice / Yoko Matsuda and Toshiyuki Ishiwata
    Assessment of the HPV DNA methylation status in cervical lesions / Mina Kalantari and Hans-Ulrich Bernard
    MeDIP-on-chip for methylation profiling / Yaw-Wen Hsu, Rui-Lan Huang, and Hung-Cheng Lai
    Use of DBD-FISH for the study of cervical cancer progression / Elva I. Cortés-Gutiérrez [and four others]
    Quantitative and high-throughput assay of human papillomavirus DNA replication / David Gagnon, Amélie Fradet-Turcotte, and Jacques Archambault
    Native human papillomavirus production, quantification, and infectivity analysis / Jennifer Biryukov, Linda Cruz, Eric J. Ryndock, and Craig Meyers
    Functional analysis of HPV-like particle-activated langerhans cells in vitro / Lisa Yan, Andrew W. Woodham, Diane M. Da Silva, and W. Martin Kast
    Assessment of the radiation sensitivity of cervical cancer cell lines / Mayil Vahanan Bose and Thangarajan Rajkumar
    Mouse model of cervicovaginal papillomavirus infection / Nicolas Çuburu, Rebecca J. Cevio, Cynthia D. Thompson, and Patricia M. Day
    Establishment of orthotopic primary cervix cancer xenografts / Naz Chaudary, Karolina Jaluba, Melania Pintilie, and Richard P. Hill
    Generation of K14-E7/[delta]N87[beta] cat double transgenic mice as a model of cervical cancer / Gülay Bulut and Aykut Üren.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kathleen Rice Simpson.
    Summary: "One of the foremost experts on the subject, Kathleen Rice Simpson, PhD, RNC, FAAN, presents the latest research-based clinical practices that promote the safest possible care for women and babies who put their trust in you, including: Requiring elective labor induction to be limited to women with 39 completed weeks of gestation, standardizing oxytocin protocols, prioritizing scheduled inductions on the basis of indication and maternal-fetal condition, ensuring cervical readiness before induction, ensuring uterine tachysystole is addressed appropriately"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition of terms
    Incidence
    Medical indications
    Nonmedical indications (elective)
    Preparation for cervical ripening, induction, or augmentation
    Cervical ripening
    Induction and augmentation of labor
    Summary
    References
    Appendices. Protocol for induction/augmentation of labor with oxytocin
    Quality measures related to cervical ripening and induction and augmentation of labor.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Pier Paolo Maria Menchetti, editor.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of cervical spine
    Biomechanical evaluation of cervical spine Imaging
    Anesthesiology procedures involved on cervical spine
    Pain management of cervical spine disease
    Percutaneous procedures in cervical disc herniation treatment
    Endoscopy in cervical spine surgery
    Percutaneous posterior facet augmentation in cervical foraminal stenosis
    Anterior cervical decompression and fusion
    Anterior approach and autologous interbody fusion
    Role of cages in anterior cervical surgery
    Cervical prosthetic discs
    Role of materials in cervical spine fusion
    Biomechanical engineering in choice of different stiffness material
    C1-C2 posterior approach
    Screwing of the dens epistropheus
    Transarticular posterior screw fixation
    Posterior open door approach
    Vertebral compression fracture on cervical spine
    Corpectomy in cervical bone metastasis
    Trigeminal neuralgia surgery
    Robotics in cervical spine surgery
    Postoperative physical therapy rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Pier Paolo Maria Menchetti, editor.
    Summary: This heavily revised second edition covers minimally invasive and open surgical techniques for treating a variety of common and rare of cervical pathologies. Extensively revised chapters detail how to successfully perform a variety of the latest procedures for conditions including cervical spine fractures, cervical tumours and cranio cervical anomalies. Guidance on the appropriate techniques for decompression and fusion with cages and autologous bone graft are also described. Cervical Spine: Minimally Invasive and Open Surgery satisfies the need for a multi-disciplinary text covering open and minimally invasive techniques available for treating ailments of the cervical spine. Practicing and trainee orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, radiologists, anesthesiologists and pain management specialists will all find the content of this work to be of a great help to them when seeking guidance on the latest advances in the field.

    Contents:
    Anatomy
    Biomechanics
    Imaging
    Pathophysiology
    Anaesthesia and perioperative care
    Tribology
    Advanced technology: surgery robotic assisted, 4D navigation
    Chronic Cervical Pain management using Radio Frequency
    Endoscopy on cervical spine
    Percutaneous treatment of contained disc herniation
    Anterior cervical approaches: Decompression and fusion with cages
    Decompression and fusion with autologous bone graft
    Posterior cervical approaches
    Arthroplasty
    Cranio Cervical anomalies (Arnold-Chiari anomaly, Syringomyelia, Basilar invagination, Atlanto-axial dislocations)
    Axial and subaxial Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Cervical spine fractures
    Cervical spine tumors intramedullary, extramedullary
    Postoperative rehabilitation. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Christopher P. Ames, K. Daniel Riew, Justin S. Smith, Kuniyoshi Abumi.
    Contents:
    Adult cervical spinal deformity and comparative impact on health / Juanita Garces, Davis Taylor, Bhargav Desai, Christopher I Shaffrey, Christopher P. Ames, Shay Bess, and Justin S. Smith
    Global sagittal alignment / Tejbir Pannu, Frank Schwab, and Virginie Lafage
    Cervical spine alignment / Lee A. Tan, K. Daniel Riew, Vincent C. Traynelis, and Christopher P. Ames
    Radiographic measurement / Nicholas Stekas and Themistocles S. Protopsaltis
    Cervical disability assessment / Nicholas Stekas and Themistocles Protopsaltis
    Cervical malalignment and disability scores / Sravisht Iyer, Han Jo Kim, and K. Daniel Riew
    Physical examination of cervical deformity / Amanda N. Sacino, Corinna C. Zygourakis, and Christopher P. Ames
    Cervical osteotomy types / Marcus D. Mazur, Christopher I Shaffrey, K. Daniel Riew, Christopher P. Ames, and Justin S. Smith
    Technique of low-grade osteotomies for semi-rigid deformities / Philippe Bancel
    Uncovertebral joint osteotomy (anterior riew osteotomy) for correction of rigid cervical spine deformity / Lee A. Tan, Christopher P. Ames, K. Daniel Riew
    Cervical pedicle subtraction osteotomy for correction of sagittal deformities / Winward Choy, Darryl Lau, Cecilia L. Dalle Ore, Heiko Koller, Sang Hun Lee, and Christopher P. Ames
    Cervical opening wedge osteotomy / Lee A. Tan and Christopher P. Ames
    Cervical pedicle screw fixation / Sang Hun Lee, Corinna Zygourakis, and Christopher P. Ames
    Upper thoracic osteotomy for cervical deformity / Sang Hun Lee, Khaled M. Kebaish, and Paul D. Sponseller
    Osteotomy in the thoracolumbar spine for cervical deformity / Sang Hun Lee, Ki-Tack Kim, Yong Chan Kim, Cheung Kue Kim, Hyung Suk Juh, and Khaled M. Kebaish
    Congenital cervical deformity and hemivertebra / Joshua M. Pahys and Amer F. Samdani
    Risk stratification and frailty in complex cervical surgery / Emily Miller and Christopher Shaffrey
    Surgical and neurological complications / Brandon B. Carlson, Han Jo Kim, and Justin S. Smith
    Medical complications / F. Andrew Rowan, Ananth Eleswarapu, and Eric Klineberg
    Relationship of cervical spondylotic myelopathy to cervical deformity / Peter Passias
    C1-2 joint osteotomy and reduction of vertical deformity / Jae Taek Hong
    Cervical deformity classification / Jeffrey Mullin, Davis Taylor, Justin S. Smith, Christopher I Shaffrey, and Christopher P. Ames
    Distal junctional kyphosis and fusion level selection / Tina Raman, Nicholas Stekas and Themistocles Protopsaltis
    Fusion level selection in cervical deformity / Anand H Segar, Deeptee Jain, Peter G. Passias and Themistocles Protopsaltis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Heiko Koller, Yohan Robinson, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date textbook of modern cervical spine surgery describes the standard and advanced techniques recommended by the Cervical Spine Research Society - European Section (CSRS-E) with a view to enabling both young and experienced surgeons to further develop their skills and improve their surgical outcomes. Success in cervical spine surgery depends on the surgeon's awareness of the main challenges posed by distinct cervical spine diseases, theoretical understanding of treatment concepts, and knowledge of technical options and the related potential for complications. It is the surgeon who has to merge theory and practice to achieve the desired outcome, in each case appraising the details of surgical anatomy and weighing the challenges and complications associated with a surgical technique against the skills that he or she possesses. This excellently illustrated book, written by key opinion makers from the CSRS-E with affiliated surgeons as co-authors, presents the full range of approaches and techniques and clearly identifies indications, precautions, and pitfalls. It will be a superb technical reference for all cervical spine surgeons, whether orthopaedic surgeons or neurosurgeons.

    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy. Surgical Approaches. Surgical Techniques: Positioning for Anterior and Posterior Procedures
    Upper Cervical
    Subaxial Cervical Spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert F. Heary.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Jaime Marcelo Altcheh, Hector Freilij, editors.
    Summary: Chagas disease is a potentially life threatening condition that was historically mainly endemic to Latin America. Over the last decade, however, the disease has spread to and is increasingly prevalent in other continents such as North America and Europe, with an estimated 7 million people infected worldwide. It is primarily transmitted by insect vectors that carry the parasite Trypanosoma cruzi, the disease agent. In areas where there is vector control and in non-endemic countries, it is mainly transmitted via congenital infection. Cardiac and gastrointestinal complications are common in untreated individuals. This book offers a comprehensive overview of Chagas disease, including its vectorial and congenital transmission, and molecular diagnosis, which is essential for screening, and developing and providing timely, effective anti-trypanosomal treatment. Written by experts working with infected patients on a daily basis, it discusses the pathogenesis of congenital, cardiac, gastrointestinal and oral Chagas disease, as well as its treatment and the pharmacological aspects of drug development in this area. The chapter, 'Chagas Disease Treatment Efficacy Biomarkers: Myths and Realities is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface I; Preface II; Contents; Part I: Overview; Chagas Disease: Past, Present, and Future; 1 Transmission Ways; 1.1 Vectorial; 1.2 Transplacental; 1.3 Oral Chagas Disease; 1.4 Transfusion; 2 Immune Status of the Patient; 3 Phases of the Disease; 4 Diagnosis and Progression Markers; 5 Cure in Chagas Disease; 6 Anti-parasitic Drugs; 7 Other Drugs?; 8 Endemic Rural Area; 9 Patient Care; 10 New Research; References; Part II: The Agent; Trypanosoma cruzi Journey from the Insect Vector to the Host Cell; 1 The Etiological Agent; 1.1 Parasitic Stages; 1.2 Parasite Body 1.3 Taxonomic Classification1.4 Intraspecific Variation; 1.5 T. cruzi Surface Molecules; 2 Intermediate Host; 2.1 Taxonomic Classification; 2.2 Main Species of Vectors and Geographic Distribution; 2.3 Biological Cycle of the Insect Vector; 3 Trypanosoma cruzi Life Cycle; 3.1 Domestic Cycle; 3.2 Sylvatic Life Cycle; 4 Non-vectorial Pathways of T. cruzi Infection; 4.1 Blood Transfusions; 4.2 Congenital or Connatal Route; 4.3 Organ or Tissue Transplantation; 4.4 Oral Route; 4.5 Laboratory Accidents; 5 The Parasite in the Insect Vector; 5.1 Metacyclogenesis 3.2.1 Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes and Elimination of the Intracellular Forms of T. cruzi3.2.2 Helper T Cells and Specific Immune Response Modulation; 3.3 Human Immune Response After Anti-parasitic Treatment; References; Part III: Epidemiology; Epidemiology of Chagas Disease; 1 Introduction; 2 The Vectors; 3 The Parasite; 4 Possible Routes of Dissemination of Domestic Vector Species; 4.1 Triatoma infestans; 4.2 Panstrongylus megistus; 4.3 Rhodnius prolixus; 4.4 Triatoma brasiliensis; 4.5 Triatoma dimidiata; 5 Transmission and Infection; 6 Mother-to-Child Transmission 5.2 Selectivity Among the Parasitic Populations and the Vectors6 The Mammalian Host; 6.1 Any Cell Can Be Host of T. cruzi; 6.2 Navigating Across the Extracellular Matrix; 6.3 Attaching to the Host Cell Surface; 6.3.1 Role of Gp82 and Gp90 in Oral Infection; 6.3.2 Role of Gp85/TS in Adhesion and Survival into Mammalian Host Cells; 7 One Parasite with Multiple Mechanisms to Enter the Host Cell; 7.1 Lysosomal-Dependent Exocytic Pathway; 7.2 Endocytic Pathway; 7.3 The Autophagic Mode of Entry; 7.4 Phosphatidylinositol 3-Kinase Signaling and the Parasitophorous Vacuole 8 How to Survive Inside a Professional Phagocytic Cell?9 The Parasitophorous Vacuole (PV); 9.1 PV Always Ends Up as a Lysosomal Compartment; 9.2 Degradation of the PV and Cytosolic Settlement; 10 Parasite Differentiation; 11 Extracellular Amastigote Entry to the Host Cells; 12 Concluding Remarks; References; A Panoramic View of the Immune Response to Trypanosoma cruzi Infection; 1 Introduction; 2 Innate Immunity; 2.1 Complement System; 2.2 Macrophages and Neutrophils; 2.3 Dendritic Cells; 2.4 Natural Killer Lymphocytes; 3 Adaptive Immunity; 3.1 B Lymphocytes; 3.2 T Lymphocytes
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors: María-Jesús Pinazo Delgado, Joaquim Gascón.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John Geigert.
    Summary: This book since first published in 2004 has been a major resource providing insights and practical guidance for the CMC teams to develop an acceptable cost-effective, risk-based CMC regulatory compliance strategy for biopharmaceuticals (recombinant proteins, monoclonal antibodies, genetically engineered viruses and genetically engineered human cells) from early clinical stage development through market approval. The third edition of this book provides added coverage for the biosimilars, antibody drug conjugates (ADCs), bispecific antibodies, genetically engineered viruses, and genetically engineered cells. This third edition of the book also addresses the heightened pressure on CMC regulatory compliance timelines due to the introduction of expedited clinical pathways moving the clinical development closer to a seamless phase process (e.g., FDA Breakthrough Therapy designation, CBER Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation, EMA Priority Medicines (PRIME) designation). The Challenge of CMC Regulatory Compliance for Biopharmaceuticals is essential, practical information for all pharmaceutical development scientists, Manufacturing and Quality Unit staff, Regulatory Affairs personnel, and senior management involved in the manufacture of biopharmaceuticals.

    Contents:
    Complexity of Biologics CMC Regulation
    Biopharmaceutics are Not Chemical Drugs
    An Effective CMC Strategy is Possible
    Challenge of Adventitious Agent Control
    Biopharmaceutical Source Materials
    Manufacturing of Biopharmaceutical APIs
    Manufacturing of the Drug Product
    Complex Process-Related Impurity Profiles
    Product Characterization is a Journey
    Priceless Potency (Therapeutic Activity)
    Quality Attributes of a Biopharmaceutical
    Designing the Stability Program
    The Art of Setting Specifications
    Demonstrating Product Comparability After Process Changes
    Invaluable CMC-Focused Meetings with Regulatory Authorities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mora Claramita, Ardi Findyartini, Dujeepa D. Samarasekera, Hiroshi Nishigori, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses health professions educational challenges specific to non-Western cultures, implementing a shifting paradigm for educating future health professionals towards patient-centered care. While health professions education has received increasing attention in the last three decades, promoting student-centered learning principles pioneered by leaders in the medical community has, for the most part, remain rooted in the Western context. Building from Hofstedes analysis of the phenomena of cultural dimensions, which underpin the way people build and maintain their relationships with others and influence social, economic, and political well-being across nations, this book demarcates the different cultural dimensions between East and West, applied to medical education. The respective hierarchical and collectivist cultural dimensions are unpacked in several studies stemming from non-western countries, with the capacity to positively influence healthcare education and services. The book provides new insights for researchers and health professional educators to understand how cultural context influences the input, processes, and output of health professionals education....

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Student-centered Learning
    Chapter 2. Facilitating Learning
    Chapter 3. Learning Resources
    Chapter 4. Workplace-based Learning
    Chapter 5. Curriculum Development
    Chapter 6. Student-Assessment
    Chapter 7. Professionalism Education
    Chapter 8. Quality Assurance
    Chapter 9. Leadership
    Chapter 10. Personal and Professional Development
    Chapter 11. Interprofessional Education
    Chapter 12. Student and Faculty Well-being
    Chapter 13. Way Forward.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Wan Soo Kim, Kyeong Hwan Kim.
    Summary: This book presents the principles and pearls for successful surgical management of challenging situations encountered during cataract surgery. A wide range of settings are considered, including cataract surgery in patients with uveitis, traumatic cataract, dislocation of an intraocular lens, intumescent cataract, brunescent cataract, combined cataract and corneal disease, combined cataract and glaucoma, pediatric cataract, and refractive cataract surgery. In addition, preoperative factors conducive to a favorable surgical result are identified and appropriate management of postoperative complications, described. As longevity increases, cataract is becoming an even greater public health issue worldwide. The use of cataract surgery, already one of the most frequently performed surgeries, is consequently increasing still further ℓ́ℓ a trend reinforced by developments in instrumentation and technology and improvements in access to surgery. However, comorbidities and challenges during surgery are very common. Challenges in Cataract Surgery will be a valuable reference for all residents, fellows, and practicing ophthalmologists who wish to improve their surgical techniques and outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Harry J. Visser.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases, this concise, practical casebook provides clinicians and surgeons with current reconstructive techniques for complicated manifestations of foot and ankle injuries as a result of trauma, neuromuscular disease and deformity. Presenting unique cases in forefoot, midfoot, rearfoot, and ankle surgery, it is sensibly divided into six sections: forefoot maladies, the varus foot and ankle, the valgus foot and ankle, Charcot neuropathy, tendinopathies, and ankle joint revision. Each section demonstrates the surgical techniques chosen in each case, supported by generous, detailed surgical and radiographic slides and diagrams. A consistent chapter format, outlining the case presentation, diagnosis, management, and pearls and pitfalls, ensures its utility and accessibility. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Challenges in Foot and Ankle Reconstruction Surgery: A Case-based Approach is an excellent resource for foot and ankle surgeons, podiatrists and all clinical staff treating these common yet challenging conditions.

    Contents:
    Part I. Forefoot Maladies
    Revision of Lapidus, antibiotic spacer 2nd MTPJ
    Revision of Lapidus, interposition biofoam wedge, CC arthodiastatic via TN fusion
    Revision of Lapidus with interpositional fresh femoral head allograft and akin, gastroc recession
    Revision of trauma after Austin bunionectomy, locking plates x2 applied
    Revision of bunionectomy with 1st MT head resection, interpositional fresh femoral head allograft/bone marrow aspirate, locking bridge plate
    Removal of Laporta implant, allomatrix in canals, interposition 1st MTPJ
    Congenital brachymetapody
    Part II. Varus Foot and Ankle
    Cuboid reconstructed with fibula, reattachment
    STJ arthrodesis, arthrodesis of 5th MT shaft to 4th MT base
    Talectomy via transfibular approach, locking plate
    TA tendon tranfer to lateral cuneiform
    AVN of talus secondary to Charcot. Talectomy via transfibular approach, interposition of allograft in reamed tibial and calcaneal sites, application of internal bone stimulator
    Talar AVN. Transfibular approach, resection of tibia and calcaneus, back filling with bone chips. Rigid construct to allow for back filling of gap
    Intrinsic talar tilt in varus. Evans, PB tenodesis, lateral ankle stabilization, deltoid peel, tibialis posterior intratendinous lengthening
    Part III. Valgus Foot and Ankle
    Mueller-Weiss disease reconstruction
    Revision of flatfoot recon. Removal of subtalar screws, revision of STJ arthrodesis. Repeat gastroc recession, derotation osteotomy of TN malunion, removal non-union allograft medial cuneiform arthrodesis of 1st TMT
    Revision of failed triple arthrodesis. Re-alignment of ankle by resection of medial malleolus, femoral head allograft, lateral stabilization plate
    Severe fibular-calcaneal impingement secondary to valgus rearfoot position. Performed talectomy, tibiocalcaneal arthrodesis with IM nail, arthrodesis of 1st MTPJ and hammertoe repair
    Semi-rigid flatfoot in 15 yo M. Treated with sub-capital talar head wedge, Z-plasty tendo achilles lengthening, Koutsigiannis osteotomy
    PT tear. Baumann gastroc recession, double calcaneal osteotomy, Koutsigiannis calc osteotomy, PB to PL transmer inframalleolar, Evans, spring ligament repair, FDL transfer
    Subtalar arthrosis with valgus deformity. Repaired by revision of STJ via Achilles tendon split tendon approach to expose posterior facet. Joint backfilled with BMA and DBM and cancellous chips with 2 parallel fully threaded screws
    Part IV. Charcot Neuropathy
    Biplane transpedal wedge, gastroc recession, posterior calcaneal osteotomy
    Beaming screws to medial and lateral columns, locking plate medially
    Schon type II/III treated with triple arthrodesis with beams, medial column naviculectomy with grafting using beaming technique, protected with Ex-fix
    Bimalleolar fracture. ORIF 5 weeks post injury. Multiple tetrasystesmotic screw fixation, percutaneous screw fixation of medial malleolus
    Ankle fx with IM nail, no joint preparation
    Part V. Tendinopathies
    Hunter rod peroneal reconstruction
    Dwyer osteotomy, excision of peroneal tendons, insertion of peroneal tendon allograft
    Lateral calcaneal osteotomy, FDL transfer to PB stump
    D.P
    Infection secondary to graft jacket. Treated by open Z-plasty and FHL tendon transfer
    Revision of Achilles tendon repair. Treated by resection of Achilles and transfer FHL an FDL
    Repair of insertion of TA tendon
    Part VI. Ankle Joint Revisions
    Tibial calcaneal arthrodesis with IM nail
    Removal of ankle implant, ankle arthrodesis with interpositional bone graft
    Revision of INBONE TAR. 50% talar surface replaced with iliac crest bone graft strut.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Heidi W. Brown, Makeba Williams, Sarina Schrager, editors.
    Summary: The number of Americans 65 years of age or older is projected to more than double to over 98 million by 2060, making them 24% of the overall population. Women constitute more than 50% of this group. Most clinicians who provide primary care for older women receive minimal training about their unique health issues and needs during residency however, and few resources exist to guide them regarding these issues in practice. This book provides user-friendly, evidence-based guidance to manage common challenges in healthcare for women during menopause and beyond, filling a huge and growing unmet need for primary care clinicians. Edited by a multidisciplinary team with content expert authors from family medicine, oncology, urogynecology, obstetrics and gynecology, psychology, and more, this text provides clinically relevant information about important conditions impacting the health of older women, including suggested guidelines for management and helpful resources for patient counselling and care. The first half of the book covers general topics such as menopause, bone health, depression and grief, cancer survivorship, and obesity. The second half focuses on issues below the belt that are difficult to talk about, such as incontinence, vulvar pathology, and sexual health after menopause. While there is copious literature about the menopausal transition, few resources for clinicians exist about caring for women beyond the 6th decade. Challenges in Older Women's Health: A primer for clinicians provides focused, evidence-based information about high-yield topics for a too often neglected group of patients.

    Contents:
    Menopause Management
    Breast Cancer Screening in Older Women
    Bone Health in Older Women
    Depression and Grief
    Caring for Caregivers
    Cancer Survivorship in Women 65 years and Older
    Obesity and aging
    Insomnia and Sleep Disorders in Older Women
    Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Vulvar Pathology in Older Women
    Bladder and Bowel Continence in Older Women
    Sexual health and function in menopause and beyond.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Katherine E. Twombley, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the unique challenges inherent in pediatric kidney transplantation. The text reviews the problems faced during each stage of the kidney transplantation process, including the occurrence of infections during the pre-transplant stage, surgical challenges during the actual transplantation, and medication issues during the post-transplant stage. The book also features high-yield case presentations of typical pediatric transplant scenarios, from the pre-transplant management of a child with CAKUT to the evaluation and treatment of antibody mediated rejection in children. Written by experts in the field, Challenges in Pediatric Kidney Transplantation: A Practical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and trainees who manage or are interested in this challenging group of patients.

    Contents:
    Immunologic Challenges
    Immunologic Challenges Pre-Transplant
    Challenges in Post-Transplant Immunologic Monitoring
    Rejection Challenges- Diagnosis and Management
    Infectious Challenges
    Pre-transplant Donor and Recipient Infectious Challenges
    Post-Transplant Recipient Infectious Challenges
    Disease Challenges
    Urological Considerations for Pediatric Renal Transplantation: CAKUT Challenges
    Rheumatologic Challenges
    Recurrent Disease Challenges in Pediatric Kidney Transplantation
    Nephrotic Syndrome Challenges: An Old Recurring Problem
    Challenges of Maintaining Adequate Health and Well-being, Growth, Nutrition, and Development in Pediatric Transplant Recipients
    Medication Challenges
    Challenges Surrounding Induction Protocols in Children
    Post-Transplant Medication Challenges
    Surgical Challenges
    Challenges in Surgical Approach and Complications in Pediatric Renal Transplant
    Multiorgan Transplantation Challenges
    Ethical Challenges
    Ethical Challenges in Pediatric Kidney Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nicholas W. Warne, Hanns-Christian Mahler, editors.
    Summary: In this volume, the authors discuss the many significant challenges currently faced in biotechnology dosage form development, providing guidance, shared experience and thoughtful reflection on how best to address these potential concerns. As the field of therapeutic recombinant therapeutic proteins enters its fourth decade and the market for biopharmaceuticals becomes increasingly competitive, companies are increasingly dedicating resources to develop innovative biopharmaceuticals to address unmet medical needs. Often, the pharmaceutical development scientist is encountering challenging pharmaceutical properties of a given protein or by the demands placed on the product by stability, manufacturing and preclinical or clinical expectations, as well as the evolving regulatory expectations and landscape. Further, there have been new findings that require close assessment, as for example those related to excipient quality, processing, viscosity and device compatibility and administration, solubility and opalescence and container-closure selection. The literature varies widely in its discussion of these critical elements and consensus does not exist. This topic is receiving a great deal of attention within the biotechnology industry as well as with academic researchers and regulatory agencies globally. Therefore, this book is of interest for business leaders, researchers, formulation and process development scientists, analytical scientists, QA and QC officers, regulatory staff, manufacturing leaders and regulators active in the pharmaceutical and biotech industry, and expert reviewers in regulatory agencies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations; Formulation Development of Biologics; 1 Introduction into Formulation Development of Biologics; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Formulation Development Strategies and Approaches; 1.2.1 Protein Formulation: Beyond Stabilization; 1.2.2 Components of a Protein Formulation; 1.2.2.1 Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient and Drug Substance; 1.2.2.2 Excipients; 1.2.2.3 Primary Packaging Material; 1.2.3 Preformulation; 1.2.4 Formulation Development; 1.2.4.1 Formulation Development Strategies; 1.2.4.2 Early Stage Formulation Development. 1.2.4.3 Late-Stage Formulation Development1.2.4.4 Formulation Development After Commercialization; 1.3 Challenges During Formulation Development; 1.3.1 Amount and Quality of DS; 1.3.2 Selection of Analytical Methods and Stress Conditions; 1.3.2.1 Analytical Methods; 1.3.2.2 Stability Testing and Forced-Degradation Studies; 1.3.3 Manufacturability and Formulability; 1.3.4 Data Handling and Analysis; 1.4 Conclusions; References; Further Reading; Challenges with Excipients; 2 Polysorbate Degradation and Quality; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Chemical Structure, Synthesis and Composition. 2.2.1 Structure Heterogeneity in PS20 and PS802.3 Use in Biotherapeutics; 2.4 Interaction of Nonionic Surfactants with Proteins; 2.5 Interactions of Protein-Surfactant Mixtures at Interfaces; 2.6 Pharmacopoeia Requirements and Commercially Available Grades of Polysorbate; 2.7 Stability and Degradation in Formulations; 2.8 Mechanistic Pathways of Polysorbate Degradation; 2.9 Hydrolysis; References; 3 Sucrose and Trehalose in Therapeutic Protein Formulations; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Physical Properties; 3.2.1 Introduction; 3.2.2 Solution-State Properties; 3.2.3 Solid-State Properties. 3.2.4 Chemical Properties3.3 Use in Formulations and Stabilization Mechanisms; 3.3.1 Liquid State; 3.3.2 Frozen State; 3.3.3 Lyophilized State; 3.4 Regulatory and Safety Aspects; 3.4.1 Regulatory Aspects; 3.4.2 Safety Aspects; 3.5 Summary and Recommendations; References; High Concentration Proteins; 4 Introduction to High-Concentration Proteins; Abstract; 4.1 Overview of Recombinant Therapeutic Proteins; 4.1.1 Antibody Therapeutics; 4.1.2 Concentration Ranges of Marketed Biotherapeutics; 4.2 Need for High-Concentration Protein Products; 4.2.1 Routes of Administration. 4.2.2 High Dose Requirement4.2.3 Long-Term Drug Administration; 4.2.4 Manufacturing Cost; 4.3 Overall Challenges in Developing High-Concentration Products; 4.3.1 Theoretical Considerations; 4.3.2 Physical Properties and Influencing Factors of High-Concentration Proteins; 4.3.2.1 Solution Viscosity; 4.3.2.2 Protein Conformation; 4.3.2.3 Aggregation Tendency; 4.3.2.4 Factors Influencing Protein-Protein Interactions; 4.3.3 Major Challenges; 4.3.3.1 Formulation Development; 4.3.3.2 Process Development; 4.3.3.3 Drug Administration; 4.4 Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Cemal Cingi, Nuray Bayar Muluk, Glenis K Scadding, Ranko Mladina, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Is the nasal cycle real? How important is it?
    Are there additional nasal sinuses? Do they matter?
    What is nasal hyperreactivity?
    What is vasomotor rhinitis?
    Cobweb rhinitis - Arachnoidal rhinitis
    What is honeymoon rhinitis?
    Recurrent Epistaxis from Kiesselbach's Area Syndrome (REKAS)
    Local allergic rhinitis, a new allergic rhinitis phenotype
    Recent Combination Therapy Options for Allergic Rhinitis
    Does allergy cause chronic rhinosinusitis with nasal polyps?
    Is allergen- specific immunotherapy (AIT) helpful in treating CRSwNP?
    Does aspirin desensitisation work in N-ERD?
    Complementary and alternative medicine in allergic rhinitis
    Sneezing and nasal discharge as a barrier in communication during adolescence
    How should rhinitis be managed during pregnancy?
    Paediatric Rhinitis and Rhinosinusitis
    Have technical advances improved CRS outcomes?
    What is the significance of rhinitis in otitis media with effusion?
    Is there any analogy between the defect of the eardrum in chronic otitis media and defect of the fontanel (Two Holes Syndrome) in chronic maxillary sinusitis?
    Approaches to repairing skull base defects for the prevention of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leakage
    IMAGING OF CEREBROSPINAL FLUID RHINORRHEA
    Who really needs a rhinoplasty?
    Which approach should be applied in rhinoplasty
    open or endonasal?
    Selfies and the rising demand for rhinoplasty
    Assessment of Angulation Deformities of Lower Lateral Cartilages and Their Restoration
    Preservation Rhinoplasty
    Suture Lift of the Nasal Tip
    Fillers as a new tool for improving nasal appearance
    What is the ideal packing and ointment after nasal surgery?
    The best time to operate on nasal polyps
    Surgical treatment for inferior turbinate hypertrophy
    THE ROLE OF ALLERGIC RHINITIS FOR PROFESSIONAL VOICE USERS
    Ideal Anaesthesia in Nasal Surgery
    Are antifungals effective in rhinosinusitis?
    How does nasal polyp formation relate to immunomodulatory effects?
    The importance of IgE and the uses of anti- IgE
    When should we use biologics in rhinology?
    Recent advances in olfactory dysfunction treatment and rehabilitation
    Does nasal disease cause headaches?
    Upper And Lower Airways Interaction: Is The United Airway Disease Concept A Reflection Of Reality? How Important Is It?
    Does rhinitis pharmacotherapy improve control of comorbid asthma?
    Chronic cough: pathology, causes and the role of rhinitis/rhinosinusitis
    Occupational rhinitis
    UPPER AIRWAY COUGH SYNDROME
    Does immunodeficiency matter in ENT?
    Is an ideal nasal drop able to reduce all symptoms of Allergic Rhinitis?
    The Threat from Emerging Virus Infections: Today and Tomorrow
    Computational Fluid Dynamics: Analysis of a Real Nasal Airway
    Some forensic aspects of the nasal septal deformities.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Christian Surber, Uli Osterwalder.
    Summary: "In the early 20th century, tanned skin was associated with good health. However, people began to protect themselves against potential overexposure to avoid sunburns. Around 1945, the first sunscreen products became available. In the years to follow, a vast number of different sunscreen filters and frameworks regulating filter substances and preparations, and methods characterizing sunscreen products were developed. The perception regarding the tasks of sunscreen products changed several times - initially it was promoted as a lifestyle product, then as a skin cancer preventive means, and more recently also for anti-aging. Different purposes and the widespread use of these products have led to myriad studies and a wealth of information. In this volume, the editors present a current collection of information analyzing and discussing issues related to sunscreen products and their use. These include challenges regarding the ideal sunscreen product including filter selection and formulation issues, measurement methods, performance characterization, safety, and regulatory issues. Further papers address topics related to the use of sunscreen products in everyday life, in vulnerable cohorts and outdoor workers. Controversial topics such as environmental effects of sunscreen products and the risks and benefits of UV radiation in the context of skin cancer, vitamin D and cardiovascular and metabolic health are also covered"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    by: Varon, Joseph, Marik, Paul, Iglesias, Jose, Souza, Christopher <de>.
  • Digital
    Bianca Buijck, Gerard Ribbers editors.
    Summary: This volume provides integral knowledge of all aspects of stroke care and rehabilitation after stroke, and is therefore highly relevant for nurses who work in rehabilitation centers. It outlines the several phases after stroke, for example the type of care patients may receive in the chronically phase at home. Nurses will obtain knowledge about treatment, importance of observation and caring with a special focus on communication problems, swallowing problems, activities of daily living, urinary and defecation problems, shoulder and hand issues. Thanks to photographs, nurses will learn to transfer patients in the adequate positions. Several chapters provide nurses with examples of effective and efficient collaboration with multidisciplinary professionals, informal caregivers and patients themselves. There is also an emphasis on behavior and cognitive functioning. And lastly, in the final chapters authors highlight the organization of rehabilitation and integrated care issues. Nurses play a very important role in rehabilitation, education, counseling, prevention, and caring for patients with cerebrovascular accident (CVA). In caring for stroke patients, nurses need specific competences and abilities that go beyond the general neurologic knowledge and experience. Nurses need to collaborate in an efficient and effective manner with multidisciplinary team members in their organization and across organizations. This book discusses medical aspects and specific symptoms of a stroke, as well as the limitations that patients experience, and which interventions are indicated for recovery. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Stroke - medical aspects
    Chapter 2. Acute phase
    Chapter 3. Recovery after a stroke
    Chapter 4. Therapeutic climate
    Chapter 5. Multidisciplinary collaboration
    Chapter 6. Skills
    Chapter 7. Swallowing disorders
    Chapter 8. Communication disorders
    Chapter 9. Activities in daily life (ADL)
    Chapter 10. Urinary incontinence after stroke
    Chapter 11. Problems with the shoulder and hand due to hemiplegia
    Chapter 12. Cognition, emotion, and behavior
    Chapter 13. Neuropsychiatric symptoms after a stroke
    Chapter 14. Care in the chronic phase
    care at home
    Chapter 15. Integrated care pathways after stroke
    Chapter 16. An example: course developed in the Rotterdam Stroke Service (The Netherlands).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sachinder Singh Hans.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Lessons Learned from 100 Challenging Arterial Reconstructions
    Contents
    List of Invited Discussants
    Part I: Open Repair of Intact Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    1: Symptomatic Proximal Anastomotic Pseudoaneurysm of Suprarenal Aorta
    History
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Charles W. Acher, MD
    References
    2: Repair of Juxtarenal Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm with Aortorenal Bypass
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Timothy J. Nypaver, MD
    References 3: Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with Celiac Artery Occlusion and a Large Inferior Mesenteric Artery
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Mitchell Ross Weaver, MD
    References
    4: Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with a Pelvic Kidney
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    Invited Commentary from Mitchell Ross Weaver, MD
    References
    5: Open Repair of Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm in a Patient with Double Inferior Vena Cava
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion Invited Commentary from Graham W. Long, MD
    References
    6: Mycotic Aneurysm of the Abdominal Aorta
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    7: Open Abdominal Aortic and Iliac Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with Cirrhosis of the Liver
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    8: Major Venous Injury During Repair of Abdominal Aortic and Iliac Aneurysm
    History and Procedure
    Discussion
    Reference
    9: Secondary Aortoduodenal Fistula Following Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair
    History and Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion Invited Commentary from Dipankar Mukherjee, MD
    References
    14: Inflammatory Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Presenting with Testicular Pain
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    15: Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair in a Patient with Factor VII Deficiency
    Physical Examination
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    Part II: Open Repair of Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    16: Open Repair of Ruptured Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Complicated by Pancreatitis and Duodenal Obstruction
    History
    Procedure
    Discussion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mohammad Ali El-Darouti, Faiza Mohamed Al-Ali.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers a range of challenging cases in dermatology. It provides easy to follow guidance on how to successfully diagnose and treat a range of unusual diseases with a range of figures with informative legends and clinical data focused exercises to enable the reader to gain confidence and a deep understanding of why the diagnostic and treatment procedures taken in each case were chosen. Cases covered include follicular disorders, melanocytic diseases, vascular tumors, cutaneous lymphomas, and bullous diseases. This second volume of Challenging Cases in Dermatology systematically describes a range of unusual and rare clinical cases in dermatology. It is therefore a valuable resource for all trainee and practising dermatologists looking to further develop their knowledge and understanding of how to successfully diagnose and treat rare and challenging diseases.

    Contents:
    Genodermatosis
    Infections of the skin
    Bullous Diseases
    Connective Tissue Diseases
    Melanocytic Disorders
    Metabolic Disorders
    Follicular Disorders
    Sweat Gland Diseases
    Vasculitis and related disorders
    Vascular tumors, disorders & malformation
    Neutrophilic Disorders
    Cutaneous Lymphomas & lymphocytic infiltrate
    Systemic Diseases and the skin
    Soft tissue tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Juergen Freyschmidt ; translator, Terry C. Telger.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015
  • Digital
    Joel I. Shenker, Nakul Katyal, Junaid Siddiqui, Raghav Govindarajan, editors.
    Summary: This concise book is about using clinical stories to learn how to practice neurology. Each chapter represents a neurological case from different sub-specialty of neurology; authors illustrate how clinical neurology storytelling remains heavily tied to a detailed understanding of neuroanatomy, then consideration of a differential diagnosis for neuroanatomic localization before determining an etiologic a differential diagnosis. The neuroanatomic localization can be focal (one spot or region), multifocal (two or more physically discrete separate regions), or diffuse (widely dispersed across a broad but selected part of neuroanatomy). These stories capture the hypothesis testing point of view by offering different diagnostic possibilities based on presenting history alone, and then the storyteller revises those possibilities after testing them further with physical exam findings and later with test data. At each point, the exercise is to understand what the possibilities are based only on the information available at that point of the hypothesis testing and data collection processes. This interesting read for the upcoming residents and medical student educates on presenting complex neurological case in an explicit way.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Neuro-Oncology
    Chapter 1. Case 1: Elusive
    Chapter 2. Case 2 : Summer Butterflies
    Section 2: Spinal Cord
    Chapter 3. Case 1: Come and Gone
    Section 3: Headache
    Chapter 4. Case 1: Every day is a Sunday
    Chapter 5. Case 2: Mi Cabeza
    Section 4: Neuromuscular
    Chapter 6. Case 1: Make Me Smile
    Section 5: Neurovascular
    Chapter 7. Case 1: Eye of the Tiger
    Section 6: Neuro-immunology
    Chapter 8. Case 1: The Last Ride
    Section 7: Cognitive Neurology
    Chapter 9. Case 1 : He Loves Me, He Loves Me Not
    Chapter 10. Case 2: The Minister, his Ferrari and his new wife
    Section 8: Neuro-ophthalmology
    Chapter 11. Case 1: Doc I see aliens!
    Chapter 12. Case 2: Still Cant See (NMSOD).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Asthik Biswas, Farha Furruqh, Manda Raz, Michael Ditchfield.
    Summary: The book covers challenging clinical radiological cases spanning the central nervous system, respiratory and cardiovascular systems, gastrointestinal system, genitourinary system, musculoskeletal system, as well as multi-organ cases in paediatric patients. Each case includes pathognomonic images followed by a quiz to test the reader and a discussion of the case with a focus on key diagnostic features to help the reader recognise the case in working and examination environments. It combines the expertise of radiology consultants and trainees in order to provide pertinent information conducive to better clinical practice and focused specialty exam preparation in paediatric radiology.

    Contents:
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Skeletal Dysplasia
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Thorax part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Thorax part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Gastrointestinal System Part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Gastrointestinal System Part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Genito Urinary System Part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Genito Urinary System Part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Musculoskeletal System
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Head and Neck
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Central Nervous System Part I
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Central Nervous System Part II
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Central Nervous System Part III
    Interesting and challenging cases in Paediatric Radiology Miscellaneous. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    W. Robert Morrow, editor
    Summary: Written in a case-based format, this valuable resource helps primary care physicians in diagnosing and treating children with common and uncommon cardiac conditions. Cases are grouped by treating location: office, nursery, emergency department, and pediatric intensive care unit

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Part 1. Pediatric Cardiology in the Office
    Chapter 1. Refractory Supraventricular Tachycardia and Hypotension
    Chapter 2. Cyanosis Without a Murmur
    Chapter 3. Enlarged Cardiac Silhouette on Chest Radiography
    Chapter 4. Unexplained Tachycardia
    Chapter 5. A Child With Stomach Pain
    Chapter 6. Family History of Sudden Death
    Chapter 6. Family History of Sudden Death
    Chapter 8. Cyanosis in a 4-Year-Old Boy
    Chapter 9. Fainting in an Adolescent at School
    Chapter 10. A New Murmur and Rash
    Chapter 11. Chest Pain With Exercise Chapter 12. An Athlete With a Murmur
    Chapter 13. Syncope During a Basketball Game
    Chapter 14. Sports Participation in a Child After Heart Surgery
    Chapter 15. An Abnormal Electrocardiogram in an Athlete
    Part 2. Pediatric Cardiology in the Nursery
    Chapter 16. Cyanosis in a Newborn
    Chapter 17. A Loud Murmur in a Neonate Without Symptoms
    Chapter 18. Cardiogenic Shock in a 2-Day-Old
    Chapter 19. Tachycardia With Fetal Hydrops
    Chapter 20. Small Heart With "White Out" on a Chest Radiograph
    Chapter 21. Tachypnea and Poor Pulses Part 3. Pediatric Cardiology in the Emergency Department
    Chapter 22. Cardiac Arrest in an Adolescent
    Chapter 23. Syncope in an Adolescent Athlete
    Chapter 24. Recurrent Seizure and a Family History of Sudden Death
    Chapter 25. Increasing Shortness of Breath With Exercise
    Chapter 26. Cardiac Failure and Abnormal Electrocardiogram in an Infant
    Chapter 27. Syncope and Exercise Intolerance in an Adolescent Girl
    Chapter 28. Fainting and Bradycardia
    Chapter 29. A Toddler With Failure to Thrive, Hypotonia, and a Heart Murmur Part 4. Pediatric Cardiology in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Chapter 30. Hemiplegia in a 17-Year-Old Athlete
    Chapter 31. Recurrent Stridor in a 9-Year-Old
    Chapter 32. Wide QRS Tachycardia and Heart Failure
    Chapter 33. Acute Onset of Hemiplegia With Murmur
    Chapter 34. Failure to Thrive in a 6-Week-Old
    Untitled
    Index
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Daniel A. Rauch, Snezana Nena Osorio ; associate editors, Jennie G. Ono and Jennifer Oshimura.
    Summary: Challenging Cases in Pediatric Hospital Medicine is a collection of interesting pediatric hospital medicine cases that address clinical conundrums or issues and are to be used as teaching cases of clinical reasoning.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Asthma Care Challenges in Adolescents
    Chapter 2: Prolonged Fever and Rash
    Chapter 3: Thinking Beyond Bronchiolitis
    Chapter 4: Apnea in Infancy
    Chapter 5: Cough and Chest Pain
    Chapter 6: Pelvic Pain
    Chapter 7: Chronic Leg Pain
    Chapter 8: Right Upper Quadrant Pain in an Adolescent
    Chapter 9: Palliative Care in Hospital Medicine
    Chapter 10: Nutrition and Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Chapter 11: Managing Eating Disorders in the Hospital
    Chapter 12: Altered Mental Status
    Chapter 13: Persistent Neonatal Jaundice
    Chapter 14: Fever and Refusal to Walk
    Chapter 15: Failure to Thrive Beyond Infancy
    Chapter 16: Breastfeeding Difficulties
    Chapter 17: Intentional Ingestion
    Chapter 18: Convulsive-like Movements
    Chapter 19: Hypotonia and Poor Feeding
    Chapter 20: Unintentional Lead Poisoning
    Chapter 21: Prolonged Fever and Joint Pain
    Chapter 22: Newborn With In Utero Polysubstance Exposure
    Chapter 23: Developmental Regression and Transaminitis
    Chapter 24: Food Allergy in Infancy
    Chapter 25: Attention-Seeking Behavior of Parents
    Chapter 26: Severe Headaches
    Chapter 27: Hand Swelling After an Animal Bite
    Chapter 28: Care of Medically Complex Patients
    Chapter 29: Fever of Unknown Origin in a Child Who Has Immigrated
    Chapter 30: Extreme Inflammatory Response
    Chapter 31: Chronic Congestion and Wheezing
    Chapter 32: A Newborn With Black Stools
    Chapter 33: Diabetic Ketoacidosis
    Chapter 34: Ventriculoperitoneal Shunt Complications
    Chapter 35: Recurrent Stridor
    Chapter 36: Sickle Cell Disease and Cognitive Biases
    Chapter 37: Incomplete Maternal History Confounding the Diagnosis
    Chapter 38: Recurrent Pancreatitis
    Chapter 39: "Direct" Hyperbilirubinemia in a Newborn
    Chapter 40: Clavicular Mass and Fever
    Chapter 41: Abdominal Pain After a Resolved Splenic Pseudocyst
    Chapter 42: Agitation in an Adolescent
    Chapter 43: Newborn Screening and Failure to Thrive
    Chapter 44: Unusual Bruising in an Active Child
    Chapter 45: Infant With Fever
    Chapter 46: Staphylococcal Skin Abscess
    Chapter 47: Neonatal Hypoglycemia
    Chapter 48: Urinary Tract Infection
    Chapter 49: Kawasaki Shock Syndrome
    Chapter 50: Cardiac Arrest.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Krishna Chinthapalli, Dr Nadia Magdalinou, Professor Nicholas Wood.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    supervisory editor, Dr. Nicholas Hart ; co-editors, Dr. Lucy Schomberg, Dr. Elizabeth Sage.
    Summary: A case-based guide with expert commentary this case based title deals with contemporary clinical scenarios in respiratory medicine. Each chapter is based around a real-life case, and interspersed with the most up-to-date evidence, management strategies, guidelines and controversies in management.
    Digital Access Oxford [2017]
  • Digital
    Mitchell K. Freedman, Jeffrey A. Gehret, George W. Young, Leonard B. Kamen.
    Contents:
    Challenging Neuropathic Pain Syndromes, 1e 1. Piriformis Syndrome 2. Pain Syndromes Associated with Traumatic Brain Injury 3. Pain Syndromes Associated with Cerebrovascular Accidents 4. Pain Syndromes Associated with Spinal Cord Injury 5. Post Mastectomy Pain Syndrome 6. Lyme Related Pain Syndrome 7. Post-Thoracotomy Pain Syndrome 8. CRPS Introduction 9. CRPS Diagnostic Criteria 10. CRPS Medications 11. Chronic Pain and Centralization 12. CRPS
    Rehabilitation Treatment 13. CRPS
    Interventional Treatment 14. Phantom Limb Pain 15. Multiple Sclerosis associated pain syndromes 16. Chronic Pain and Centralization 17. Diabetic Neuropathic Pain Syndromes 18. HIV
    Related Pain Syndromes 19. Acute Herpes Zoster and Post-Herpetic Neuralgia 20. Oncological Pain Syndromes/Cancer Pain Syndromes/Malignancy and Paraneoplastic Pain Syndromes 21. Thoracic Outlet Syndrome 22. Parsonage-Turner Syndrome 23. Introduction 24. Pathophysiology of Pain 25. Screening, Measurement and Outcome Tools Utilized in the Management of Neuropathic 26. Pain Syndromes 27. HIV
    Related Pain Syndromes 28. Pathophysiology of Pain 29. Trigeminal Neuralgia and Facial Pain Syndromes 30. Pain Syndromes Associated with Cerebrovascular Accidents 31. CRPS Diagnostic Testing
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Zahid Hussain Khan, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on controversial issues in neuroanesthesia and neurocritical care that in general have been subjected to insufficient professional scrutiny. The book is in three parts, the first of which is devoted to topics relating to traumatic brain and spinal cord injury, such as brain tissue oxygenation, the role of biomarkers, and diagnosis of brain death. Aspects of airway and pain management are then addressed, covering, for example, airway management in an emergency setting, airway evaluation in the edentulous patient, and pain management in neurosurgery and after craniotomy. The final part of the book considers a wide range of other challenging subjects in the field of neuroanesthesia and neurocritical care. Throughout, much information is provided on the latest, state of the art management. The authors are acknowledged experts in the issues they discuss, and the book will be of interest for graduate and undergraduate students, residents, neuroanesthetists, neurointensivists, emergency medicine residents and specialists, fellows in neurocritical care and all those directly involved in the perioperative care of patients with head and neck pathology.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Traumatic And Spinal Cord Injury
    Intracranial Compliance, Traumatic Brain Injury and Management
    Advanced Monitoring in Neurocritical Care: Brain tissue Oxygen Pressure
    Predictors of Outcome in Traumatic Brain Injury
    Understanding the Process of Brain Death Declaration Through Real-Life Scenarios
    Paroxysmal sympathetic Hyperactivity Following Acute Acquired Brain Injury
    Spinal Cord Injury
    Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    Part 2 Airway And Pain Management
    Airway Management in Neurosurgical Procedures (Along with Ventilation Management)
    A New Airway Assessment for Edentulous Patients and Its Potential Role in Neurocritical Care
    Airway Management in Neurocritical Care
    Postoperative Pain Management After Craniotomy
    Part 3 Neuroanesthesia And Neurocritical Care
    Anesthesia For Awake Craniotomy
    TIVA In Neurosurgery
    Anesthetic Challenges In Pediatric Cranio-Facial Surgeries
    Acromegaly: Do They Pose airway Problems?
    Airway and Fluid Management of Patients in a Prone Position
    Anesthesia Considerations For Posterior Fossa Surgery
    Anesthesia For Pituitary Surgery
    Venous Air Embolism in Neurosurgical Patients
    Blood Glucose Concentration in Neuro-Patients
    Anesthesia for Deep Brain Stimulation
    Intra-operative Magnetic Resonance Imaging (iMRI)
    Sedation In Neurocritical Care Units (NICU)
    Transcranial Doppler and Transcranial Color-Coded Duplex Sonography
    The Conundrum of Postoperative Hematoma in Intracranial surgery
    Neuroprotection in Neuroanesthesia And Neurocritical Care
    Sepsis And Septic Shock.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nancy D. Chiaravalloti, Yael Goverover, editors.
    Summary: This informative text details the many changes in everyday life as the result of injury, illness, or aging affecting the brain. Experts across brain-related fields trace mechanisms of conditions such as Parkinson's disease, TBI, and dementia as they impact regions of the brain, and resulting cognitive, emotional, sensory, and motor impairments as they contribute to deficits in personal and social functioning. In addition to symptoms and behaviors associated with insults to the brain (and the extent to which the brain can adapt or self-repair), chapters provide cogent examples of how societal and cultural expectations can shape the context and experience of disability. The book's focus on everyday activities brings new clarity to diverse links between symptoms and diagnosis, brain and behavior. Included in the coverage: ·The aging brain and changes in daily function. ·Stroke: impact on life and daily function. ·Traumatic brain injury (TBI) and the impact on daily life. ·Everyday life with cancer. ·Real-world impact of HIV-associated neurocognitive impairment. ·Disability and public policy in America. ·Living after brain changes, from the patient's perspective. Rich in empirical data and human insight, Changes in the Brain gives neuropsychologists, clinical psychologists, clinical social workers, and rehabilitation nurses a robust new understanding of the daily lives of patients, both in theory and in the real world.

    Contents:
    Measurement: the quantification of changes in daily life
    Normal aging
    Alzheimer's disease
    Parkinson's disease
    Traumatic brain injury (possibly two chapters: mild and severe)
    Multiple sclerosis
    Stroke
    Cancer
    Epilepsy
    Public policy: Impact on individuals with brain injury and illness
    Where do we go from here?
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Meredith Welch-Devine, Anne Sourdril, Brian J. Burke, editors.
    Summary: This book explores how individuals and communities perceive and understand climate change using their observations of change in the world around them. Because processes of climatic change operate at spatial and temporal scales that differ from those of everyday practice, the phenomenon can be difficult to understand. However, flora and fauna, which are important natural and cultural resources for human communities, do respond to the pressures of environmental change. Humans, in turn, observe and adapt to those responses, even when they may not understand their causes. Much of the discussion about human experiences of our changing climate centers on disasters and extreme events, but we argue that a focus on the everyday, on the microexperiences of change, has the advantage of revealing how people see, feel, and make sense of climate change in their own lives. The chapters of this book are drawn from Asia, Europe, Africa, and South and North America. They use ethnographic inquiry to understand local knowledge and perceptions of climate change and the social and ecological changes inextricably intertwined with it. Together, they illustrate the complex process of coming to know climate change, show some of the many ways that climate change and our responses to it inflict violence, and point to promising avenues for moving toward just and authentic collaborative responses.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Understanding Microexperiences of Climate Change: How Climate Ethnography Informs Collaboration, Adaptation, and Effective Responses
    1.1 Key Insights for Climate Ethnography
    1.2 This Volume
    References
    Chapter 2: Fishers' Perceptions of Environmental and Climate Change in Puerto Rico: Implications for Adaptation and Sustainability
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Climate Change and Fisheries
    2.1.2 Puerto Rico Fisheries
    2.2 Methods of Data Collection
    2.3 Measurements and Analyses
    2.3.1 Fishers' Characteristics
    2.3.1.1 Job Satisfaction 2.3.1.2 Environmental Ethic
    2.3.2 Perceptions on Status of Fishery Resources
    2.3.3 Perceptions of Climate Change and Other Anthropogenic Impacts
    2.3.4 Factors Influencing Perceptions of Climate Change
    2.3.5 Fishers' Adaptations to Change
    2.4 Discussion
    2.4.1 Perceptions of Change and Adaptations
    2.4.2 Factors Influencing Fishers' Perceptions
    2.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: "We Used to go Asking for the Rains": Local Interpretations of Environmental Changes and Implications for Natural Resource Management in Hwange District, Zimbabwe
    3.1 Introduction 3.2 Studying Perceptions of Environmental Changes in a Context of Rapid Transformations
    3.2.1 Land Distribution and Conservation in Hwange: Strong Constraints for Subsistence
    3.2.2 Community-Based Natural Resource Management
    3.2.3 Local Knowledge and Perceptions of Environmental Changes
    3.3 Climate Change: Local Knowledge and Related Practices of Natural Resource Management
    3.3.1 Climate Knowledge and the Unpredictability of the Rain
    3.3.2 Forecasting the Rain: The Main Role of Birds and Trees
    3.3.3 Protecting Sacred Trees by Perpetuating Rainmaking Ceremonies 3.4 What Do These Representations Say About Inequalities in Environmental Management?
    3.4.1 Mobilizing Management Policies as Proximal Causes
    3.4.2 "We used to go asking for the rain"
    3.4.3 People's Marginalization from Their Rights Over the Land and the Natural Resources
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Indigenous Knowledge and Dynamics Among Himalayan Peoples, Vegetation, and Climate Change
    4.1 Himalayan Climate Change
    4.2 Himalayan Research Sites, Peoples, and Methods
    4.3 Vegetation Responses to Climate Change
    4.4 Human Responses to Climate Change 4.5 Vegetation Responses Affect People
    4.6 Human Responses Affect Vegetation and Climate Change
    4.7 A Dynamic Whole
    4.8 Conclusion
    Bibliography
    Chapter 5: Observing "Weeds" to Understand Local Perceptions of Environmental Change in a Temperate Rural Area of Southwestern France
    5.1 Introduction: "More and More Weeds": How to Get Rid of Weeds in the Cemetery?
    5.2 Study Area and Methods: Ethnography of Rain, Weeds, and Rural Exodus in a House-Centered Society in Rural Southwestern France
    5.3 Results and Discussion - When Weed Management Becomes an Issue in a Community Facing Climate and Social Changes: How to Deal with a Growing Problem with Fewer People?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Martin McKee, Sherry Merkur, Nigel Edwards, Ellen Nolte.
    Summary: "Hospitals today face a huge number of challenges, including new patterns of disease, rapidly evolving medical technologies, ageing populations and continuing budget constraints. This book is written by clinicians for clinicians and hospital managers, and those who design and operate hospitals. It sets out why hospitals need to change as the patients they treat and the technology to treat them changes. In a series of chapters by leading authorities in their field, it challenges existing models, reviews best practice from many countries and presents clear policy recommendations for policymakers and hospital administrators. It covers the main patient groups and conditions as well as those departments that make modern effective care possible, in imaging and laboratory medicine. Each chapter looks at patient pathways, aspects of workforce, required levels of specialisation and technology, and the opportunities and challenges for optimising the delivery of services in the hospital of the future"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The changing nature of care provided in the hospital
    The challenges of adapting hospital care for children
    Patients with stroke
    Meeting the needs of frail older patients
    Oncological hospital care
    COPD as an exemplar of a chronic health condition
    Emergency medicine
    Advances in perioperative medicine
    Advances in imaging
    Advances in laboratory medicine
    Conclusions
    Challenges for hospitals of the future.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Gerald F. Kominski, editor.
    Contents:
    Changing the U.S. health care system: the patient protection and affordable care act
    Improving access to care in America
    Ethnic disparities in health status
    Racial and ethnic disparities in health care
    Multilevel social determinants of health
    Public policies to extend health care coverage
    Private health insurance
    Measuring health care costs and trends
    Containing health care costs
    Promoting pharmaceutical access while controlling prices and expenditures
    Measuring health-related quality of life and other outcomes
    Evaluating the quality of care
    Public release of information on quality
    Health care information systems
    Performance measurement of nursing care
    Long-term services and supports for the elderly population
    Hiv and aids in the twenty-first century
    Health reform for children and families
    Homeless persons
    Changing the US health care delivery system
    Medicare reform
    Public health and clinical care
    Strengthening the safety net
    Ethical issues in public health and health services.
    Digital Access R2Library 2014
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: Chaperokine is a term that describes the unique function of extracellular heat shock protein (eHsp) as both chaperone and cytokine. The cellular consequence of binding and signaling of eHsp is the stimulation of a potent and long lasting immune response. eHsp induces a plethora of immune responses including the release of bioactive mediators such as cytokines, chemokines, nitric oxide, apotogenic mediators, stimulation of the innate and adaptive immune response, migration and maturation of dendritic cells (DC) and the enhancement of natural killer cell-mediated cellular cytotoxicity. This edited book provides the most comprehensive review of contemporary knowledge of the chaperokine activity of heat shock proteins (HSP) in biology and medicine. Using an integrative approach to understanding the chaperokine activity of HSP, the contributors provide an overview of novel mechanisms, signal transduction pathways and a concise understanding of how the principles of the chaperokine activity of HSP has been harnessed for therapeutic gain. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present cutting-edge research activities and importantly, the future direction of chaperokine research. The book is a must read for researchers, postdoctoral fellows and graduate students in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Psychology, Human Physiology, Zoology, Botany, Biotechnology, Molecular Medicine, Infectious Disease, Pathology and Pharmaceutical Sciences, as well as for researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors Biography; Part I: Immunological and Inflammatory Responses;
    Chapter 1: The Chaperokine Activity of Heat Shock Proteins; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Chaperokine-Induced Signal Transduction Pathways; 1.1.2 Biological Significance of Circulating Serum HAPA1A: Role in Host Physiology; 1.1.3 Application of Extracellular HSPA1A: HSPA12A-Based Immunotherapies; 1.1.4 Active Release Mechanism: Inflammation, Exercise, Psychological Stress, Brain and Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF); 1.1.5 Chaperokine-Mediated Inflammatory Responses; 1.1.6 Chaperokine Activity and Aging 3.3 Role of sHSP60 in Several Chronic Inflammatory Diseases; 3.3.1 Atherosclerosis; 3.3.2 Diabetes and Obesity; 3.3.3 Arthritis-Related Diseases; 3.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Heat Shock Protein 60: A Mediator of Atherosclerosis and Its Potential Therapeutic Role; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Heat Shock Proteins; 4.3 Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60); 4.4 Initiation of Immune Responses: The Chaperokine Activity of HSP60; 4.5 Early Atherosclerosis; 4.6 The "Autoimmune Concept of Atherosclerosis"; 4.7 HSP60 in Human Atherosclerosis; 4.8 HSP60-Induced Experimental Atherosclerosis 4.9 HSP60 Tolerization in Atherosclerosis; 4.10 HSP60 Tolerization in Other Autoimmune Diseases; 4.11 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Autoimmune Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Rheumatoid Arthritis; 5.3 Systemic Lupus Erythematosus; 5.4 Idiopathic Inflammatory Myopathies; 5.5 Systemic Sclerosis; 5.6 Other Rheumatic Diseases; 5.7 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 6: Upregulation of Cytoprotective Chaperones Mediate Better Tolerance to High Altitude; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 High Altitude, Hypobaric Hypoxia and Oxidtive Stress.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Nick Watson.
    Summary: Chapman and Nakielny's Guide to Radiological Procedures has become the classic, concise guide to the common procedures in imaging with which a radiology trainee will be expected to be familiar. Now fully revised and updated in line with current practice, it will also prove invaluable to the wider clinical team that now delivers modern imaging services, including radiographers and radiology nurses, as well as a handy refresher for radiologists at all levels. The highly accessible format has been retained, with every technique described under a set of standard headings, making it ideal for both quick reference and exam preparation. The important topic of 'consent' is reflected in an additional new chapter and the latest key guidelines are referenced throughout. New to this edition is complementary access to the complete, fully searchable eBook, making it even more practical to use than ever before, anytime, anywhere! Synoptic style makes for easy everyday quick reference as well as exam preparationSelectivity of techniques covered focuses candidates' attention on what questions to expect.Use of standard headings makes information highly accessible.

    Contents:
    Intravascular contrast media
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Liver, biliary tract, and pancreas
    Urinary tract
    Reproductive system
    Respiratory system
    Heart
    Arterial system
    Venous system
    Lymph glands, lymphatics, and tumours
    Bones and joints
    Brain
    Spine
    Lacrimal system and salivary glands
    Thyroid and parathyroids
    Breast
    Sedation and monitoring
    Medical emergencies
    Patient consent.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Richard G. Delisle.
    Summary: This book offers a thorough reanalysis of Charles Darwin's Origin of Species, which for many people represents the work that alone gave rise to evolutionism. Of course, scholars today know better than that. Yet, few resist the temptation of turning to the Origin in order to support it or reject it in light of their own work. Apparently, Darwin fills the mythical role of a founding figure that must either be invoked or repudiated. The book is an invitation to move beyond what is currently expected of Darwin's magnum opus. Once the rhetorical varnish of Darwin's discourses is removed, one discovers a work of remarkably indecisive conclusions. The book comprises two main theses: (1) The Origin of Species never remotely achieved the theoretical unity to which it is often credited. Rather, Darwin was overwhelmed by a host of phenomena that could not fit into his narrow conceptual framework. (2) In the Origin of Species, Darwin failed at completing the full conversion to evolutionism. Carrying many ill-designed intellectual tools of the 17th and 18th centuries, Darwin merely promoted a special brand of evolutionism, one that prevented him from taking the decisive steps toward an open and modern evolutionism. It makes an interesting read for biologists, historians and philosophers alike.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements Introduction: Darwin in the Large Intellectual Context Recalibrating Darwin's imageSketch of an intellectual frameworkThe multiple faces of Darwin: John C. Greene, Michael Ruse, and Robert J. Richards A static worldview: The main theses of this book Part I: Historical Shallowness Chapter 1: Evolution in a Fully Constituted Word The completeness of the worldNeontology versus paleontology: the double epistemological standard Recycling today's variations A closed, permanent and segmented tree of life Archetypes, ancestors, or shadows?Conclusion of part IPart II: To Travel in Geographical Space is to Travel in Geological Time Chapter 2: Imposing Order Upon Complexity: Divergence Forward in Time (Origin, chap. 1-5, 8) The Origin of Species: The argumentative structure of a book The tradition of natural theology From the economy of nature (Linnaeus) to the principle of divergence (Darwin) Divergence forward in timeHow to segregrate entities bound in reproductive networks? Natural selection: a force blurring affiliative signs? Graduated lower entities or intertwined strains?The exhaustion of the evolutionary dynamics over time Conclusion Chapter 3: The Wild Power of Natural Selection: Vertical Evolution, Analogies, and Imaginary Scenarios (Origin, chap. 6-7) pLooking for transitions: Darwin's explicit method Case studies: Squirrels, ants, and flying creatures Case study: The rise of complex eyes The homology-analogy spectrum The unity of type (descent) versus the conditions of existence (natural selection) Conclusion Chapter 4: An Attempt at Taming Natural Selection With Convergence Backward in Time, Part I (Origin, chap. 11-12) The structure of Darwin's theory: Levels of explanation A research program on biogeography Case study: Alpine plants in the Northern Hemisphere Case study: The Galapagos Islands Case study: A worldwide dispersal from around the North Pole The weak contingency thesis versus the strong contingency thesis ConclusionChapter 5: An Attempt at Taming Natural Selection With Convergence Backward in Time, Part II (Origin, chap. 13) Blurred phylogenetic connections: Facing analogies and deleted affiliation The limitations of systematics The limitations of morphology, embryology, and comparative anatomy Conclusion of part II Part III: Evolutionary DynamicsChapter 6: Cyclicity, Evolutionary Equilibrium, and Biological Progress Darwin and biological progressThwarting biological progressMotion in a closed system: Recycling mechanical devices Rotating shafts: Fixed taxonomic categories and cycling taxonomic categories Opening and closing devices
    Increasing population versus decreasing population
    A world fully stocked versus a world not fully stocked
    Atomism versus connectedness Conclusion of part IIIPart IV: A Question of Methods Chapter 7: Methodologies for a World Already Revealed Behind a science of real cause (vera causa) From ontology to methodology and back The touchstone of Darwin's methodology: uniformitarianism Conclusion of part IVConclusion: A restored unity in the Origin of Species? References.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Louis-Cyril Celestin.
    Summary: Genius and dilettantism often go hand in hand. Nowhere is this truer than in the life of Charles-Edouard Brown-Sequard, the bilingual physician and neurologist who succeeded Claude Bernard as the Chair of Experimental Medicine at the College de France in Paris after having practiced in Paris, London and in the USA, especially in Harvard. For most men, making one discovery of global importance would have sufficed to satisfy their curiosity and self-image. Not so Brown-Sequard. His explanation of the neurological disparity following the hemi-section of the spinal cord was a unique achievement that added his name to the syndrome and made him immortal. Yet, the demons of his mind tormented him in his endless search for medical truths and drove him to explore other phenomena, seeking to explain and remedy them. This unique biography shows for the first time the conflict between his professional and personal life, and should appeal to all students of medical history and psychology.

    Contents:
    Physiology in the Nineteenth Century
    The Birthplace
    The Forebears
    The Formative Years: 1817-1837
    The Medical Student: 1838-1846
    The Lone Experimenter: 1846-1851
    The Visitor to America: 1852-1853
    The Cholera Physician: 1854
    The Richmond Professor: 1854-1855
    The Paris Practitioner: 1856-1857
    The Itinerant Lecturer: 1856-1859
    The London Consultant Neurologist: 1860-1864
    The Harvard Professor: 1864-1867
    The Paris Course Lecturer: 1869-1872
    The New York Practitioner: 1872-1874
    The Indigent Physician: 1874-1877
    The College de France Professor: 1878-1894
    The Father of Hormonal Therapy: 1889-1893
    The Last Years: 1892-1894.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    B.M. Wroblewski, Paul D. Siney, Patricia A. Fleming.
    Summary: In light of more clinical experience, this book reviews the principles and concepts underlying Professor Sir John Charnley's original work Low Friction Arthroplasty of the Hip: Theory and Practice. Consistency of design, materials, principles of surgical techniques and regular follow-up of a large number of patients has offered truly long-term results to be presented in this book. Charnley Low-Frictional Torque Arthroplasty of the Hip: Practice and Results involves studies spanning from 1962 - 2015 to successfully indicate the avenues for further development and new ideas in clinical practice. With over 40 years of research included, this book is not a sudden diversion into a speculative area of hip replacement surgery. It is a carefully documented work of the evolution of the Charnley low-frictional torque arthroplasty to assist surgeons who practice this technique in their daily clinical work.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    C.E. Scott-Conner (ed.) ; illustrations by Caspar Henselmann.
    Summary: The Fourth Edition of Chassins Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas is designed to expand this comprehensive and unique general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. This unique text continues to provide an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. It continues to comprehensively cover all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. As always, Chassins explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The Fourth Edition has been expanded and updated by adding both new procedures and new features. A significant new feature, Documentation Basics has been added to each chapter, providing a bulleted list of key features that need to be listed in the operative note to accurately describe extent of procedure and enhance accuracy of coding. General surgery continues to evolve. Procedures are added and many operations are done through new minimal access approaches. However, as a surgeon may be called upon to perform an operation that has become rare, Chassins unique legacy material has been retained for reference. In addition, 17 new chapters have been added, including 4 new chapters on colorectal surgery. Over 1100 elegant illustrations and new radiographs accompany detailed textual explanations. More than ever, Chassins Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas, Fourth Edition is an indispensable reference for all surgical residents and practicing surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Principles
    1. Concepts and Strategies of Surgery
    2. Mechanical Basics of Operative Technique
    3. Incision, Exposure, Closure
    4. Dissecting and Suturing
    5. Surgical Stapling: Principles and Precautions
    6. Control of Bleeding
    7. Management of the Contaminated Operation
    8. Damage Control Laparotomy
    9. Mechanical Basics of Laparoscopic Surgery
    10. Rational Use of Drains
    11. Illustrated Glossary of Surgical Instruments
    12. The Operative Note
    Part II. Esophagus
    13. Concepts in Esophageal Surgery
    14. Esophagectomy: Right Thoracotomy and Laparotomy
    15. Esophagogastrectomy: Left Thoracoabdominal Approach
    16. Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    17. Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
    18. Operations to Replace or Bypass the Esophagus: Colon or Jejunum Interposition
    19. Transabdominal Nissen Fundoplication
    20. Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
    21. Posterior Gastropexy (Hill Repair): Surgical Legacy Technique
    22. Transthoracic Gastroplasty (Collis) and Nissen Fundoplication: Surgical Legacy Technique
    23. Bile Diverting Operations for Management of Esophageal Disease
    24. Cricopharyngeal Myotomy and Operation for Pharyngoesophageal (Zenker's) Diverticulum
    25. Esophagomyotomy for Achalasia and Diffuse Esophageal Spasm: Surgical Legacy Technique
    26. Laparoscopic Esophagomyotomy
    27. Operations for Esophageal Perforation and Anastomotic Leaks
    Part III. Stomach and Duodenum
    28. Concepts in Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum
    29. Truncal Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    30. Proximal Gastric Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    31. Pyloroplasty (Heineke-Mikulicz and Finney), Operation for Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer: Surgical Legacy Techniques
    32. Gastrojejunostomy
    33. Partial Gastrectomy Without Lymphadenectomy
    34. Perforated Peptic Ulcer
    35. Laparoscopic Plication of Perferated Ulcer
    36. Gastrostomy
    37. Distal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection
    38. Total Gastrectomy
    39. Exposure of the Third and Fourth Portions of the Duodenum
    40. Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding
    41. Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Part IV. Samll Intestine and Appendix
    42. Concepts in Surgery of the Small Intestine and Appendix
    43. Small Bowel Resection and Anastomosis
    44. Enterolysis for Intestinal Obstruction
    45. Baker Tube Stitchless Plication: Surgical Legacy Technique
    46. Appendectomy
    47. Laparoscopic Appendectomy
    Part V. Large Intestine
    48. Concepts in Surgery of the Large Intestine
    49. Right Colectomy for Cancer
    50. Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy
    51. Left Colectomy for Cancer
    52. Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy and Low Anterior Resection
    53. Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer
    54. Abdominoperineal Resection for Rectal Cancer
    55. Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection and Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy
    56. Subtotal Colectomy with Ileoproctostomy or Ileostomy
    57. Restorative Proctocolectomy with Mucosal Proctectomy and Ileal Reservoir
    58. Abdominoperineal Proctectomy for Benign Disease
    59. End-Ileostomy
    60. Loop Ileostomy
    61 Cecostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    62. Transverse Colostomy
    63. Closure of Temporary Loop Colostomy or Ileostomy
    64. Laparoscopic Stoma Construction and Closure
    65. Surgery for Colonic Diverticulitis and Other Benign Conditions of the Left Colon (Hartmanns Procedure)
    66. Ripstein Operation for Rectal Prolapse: Surgical Legacy Procedure
    Part VI. Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    67. Concepts in Surgery of the Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    68. Rubber Band Ligation of Internal Hemorrhoids
    69. Hemorrhoidectomy
    70. Procedure for Prolapse and Hemorrhoids
    71. Anorectal Fistula and Pelvirectal Abscess, Seton Placement
    72. Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy for Chronic Anal Fissure
    73. Anoplasty for Anal Stenosis
    74. Perineal Operations for Rectal Prolapse
    75. Operations for Pilonidal Disease
    Part VII. Hepatobiliary Tract
    76. Concepts in Hepatobiliary Surgery
    77. Cholecystectomy
    78. Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    79. Cholecystostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    80. Common Bile Duct Exploration: Surgical Legacy Technique
    81. Secondary Choledocholithotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    82. Sphincteroplasty: Surgical Legacy Technique
    83. Choledochoduodenostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    84. Roux-en-Y Biliary-Enteric Bypass
    85. Transduodenal Diverticulectomy
    86. Operations for Lesions of Hepatic Duct Bifurcation
    87. Hepatic Resection
    Part VIII. Pancreas
    88. Concepts in Surgery of the Pancreas
    89. Partial Pancreatoduodenectomy
    90. Total Pancreatoduodenectomy
    91. Distal Pancreatectomy
    92. Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy
    93. Operations for Pancreatic Pseudocyst
    94. Pancreaticojejunostomy (Puestow) for Chronic Pancreatitis
    Part IX. Spleen
    95. Concepts in Splenic Surgery
    96. Splenectomy for Disease
    97. Operations for Splenic Trauma
    98. Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Part X. Hernia Repairs, Operations for Necrotizing Fasciitis, Drainage of Suphrenic Abscess
    99. Concepts in Hernia Repair, Surgery for Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Drainage of Subphrenic Abscess
    100. Shouldice Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    101. Coopers Ligament (McVay) Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    102. Mesh Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    103. Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP) and Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP) Repairs
    104. Operations for Recurrent Inguinal Hernia
    105. Femoral Hernia Repair
    106. Operations for Large Ventral Hernia
    107. Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    108. Operations for Infected Abdominal Wound Dehiscence, Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Intra-abdominal Abscesses
    Part XI. Breast and Melanoma
    109. Concepts in Breast and Melanoma Surgery
    110. Excision of Benign Palpable Breast Mass
    111. Excision of Ducts, Operations for Breast Abscess
    112. Lumpectomy for Breast Cancer
    113. Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy and Axillary Staging for Breast Cancer
    114. Modified Radical Mastectomy, Simple (Total) Mastectomy
    115. Radical Mastectomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    116. Wide Local Excision and Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Melanoma
    117. Axillary Lymphadenectomy for Melanoma
    118. Inguinal and Pelvic Lymphadenectomy
    Part XII. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal
    119. Concepts in Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal Surgery
    120. Thyroidectomy
    121. Parathyroidectomy
    122. Adrenalectomy
    123. Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    124. Parotidectomy
    125. Cricothyroidotomy
    126. Tracheostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Chassin, Jameson L.; Kaiser, Andreas M.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sarpel, Umut; Scott-Conner, Carol E. H.; Sugg, Sonia L.
    Summary: This fifth edition of Chassin's Operative Strategy in General Surgery is a major revision that strives to remain faithful to the purpose and tone of Dr. Chassins original text. This unique textbook provides an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. The text explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The fifth edition preserves the unique qualities of its previous edition while providing a comprehensive update. This updated volume also features a vast amount of richly detailed artwork and operative photographs, which help depict operative techniques step-by-step. No other text so successfully combines operative technique with the concept of strategy that is, key governing principles that dictate safe surgery and avoidance of complications. There are books of technique, there are books about complications, and there are books about the rationale involved in the treatment of various kinds of surgical pathology. Chassins combines all three. Chassins Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas Fifth Edition comprehensively covers all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. This edition expands this comprehensive general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. The revision expands upon procedures not covered in the previous edition and incorporates new techniques into many other chapters.

    Contents:
    Part I. General Principles
    Concepts and Strategies of Surgery
    Mechanical Basics of Operative Technique
    Incision, Exposure, Closure
    Dissecting and Suturing
    Surgical Stapling: Principles and Precautions
    Control of Bleeding
    Management of the Contaminated Operation
    Damage Control Laparotomy
    Mechanical Basics of Laparoscopic Surgery
    Rational Use of Drains
    Illustrated Glossary of Surgical Instruments
    Surgical Documentation, Informed Consent, and Operative Note
    Part II. Esophagus
    Concepts in Esophageal Surgery
    Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy
    Transhiatal Esophagectomy
    Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy for Achalasia
    Endoscopic Stent for Management of Esophageal Leaks
    Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Laparoscopic Magnetic Augmentation of the Lower Esophageal Sphincter
    Laparoscopic Paraesophageal Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Collis Gastroplasty
    Endoscopic Anti-Reflux Procedures
    Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy for Achalasia
    Part III: Stomach and Duodenum
    Concepts in Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum
    Truncal Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Proximal Gastric Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Pyloroplasty (Heineke-Mikulicz and Finney), Operation for Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Gastrojejunostomy
    Partial Gastrectomy Without Lymphadenectomy
    Perforated Duodenal Ulcer
    Laparoscopic Plication of Perforated Duodenal Ulcer
    Enteral Access
    Distal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection
    Total Gastrectomy
    Management of GI Stromal Tumor of the Stomach
    Exposure of the Third and Fourth Portions of the Duodenum
    Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Laparoscopic Reoperative Bariatric Surgery
    Endoscopic Intragastric Balloon
    Part IV. Small Intestine and Appendix
    Concepts in Surgery of the Small Intestine and Appendix
    Small Bowel Resection and Anastomosis
    Enterolysis for Intestinal Obstruction
    Baker Tube Stitchless Plication: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Appendectomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Management of Appendicostomy for Malone Antegrade Continence Enema (MACE)
    Management of Enterocutaneous and Enteroatmospheric Fistulas
    Stricturoplasty in Crohn Disease
    Placement of Feeding Tube Jejunostomy
    Creation of Ileostomy (Loop, End)
    Closure of Loop Ileostomy
    Management of Problems Related to an Existing Continent Ileostomy
    Part V. Large Intestine
    Concepts in Surgery of the Large Intestine
    Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS) in Colorectal Surgery
    Endoscopic Techniques for Colorectal Lesions
    Right and Extended Right Hemicolectomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Sigmoid Resection and Left Hemicolectomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Discontinuous Colon Resection (Hartmann Procedure)
    Total Mesorectal Excision/Low Anterior Resection (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Abdominoperineal Resection (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Multivisceral Resections (Pelvic Exenteration)
    (Sub-)Total colectomy with Ileostomy or Ileo-Rectal Anastomosis (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Proctocolectomy with ileal pouch anal anastomosis (IPAA) or end ileostomy (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Cecostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Creation of Transverse Colostomy (Loop, Prasad-type)
    Laparoscopic versus Open Creation of Sigmoid Colostomy (Loop, Prasad-type, End)
    Closure of Temporary Loop Colostomy or Ileostomy
    Hartmann Reversal (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Surgeries for Large Bowel Obstruction
    Surgery for Colonic Fistula to Bladder, Vagina, or Skin
    Abdominal Repair of Rectal Prolapse and Pelvic Organ Descent (Open, Laparoscopic)
    Part VI. Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    Concepts in Surgery of the Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region
    Office Procedures for Internal Hemorrhoids (Sclerotherapy, Infrared Coagulation, and Rubber Band Ligation)
    Excisional Hemorrhoidectomy (Ferguson, Milligan-Morgan, Whitehead)
    Stapled Hemorrhoidectomy/-opexy
    Doppler-Guided Hemorrhoidal Artery Ligation
    Surgical Management of Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
    Rectovaginal Fistula Repair
    Rectourinary Fistula Repair
    Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy with/without Fissurectomy for Chronic Anal Fissure
    Anoplasty for Anal Stenosis
    Perineal Operations for Rectal Prolapse
    Operations for Pilonidal Disease
    Overlapping Sphincteroplasty
    Sacral Nerve Stimulation for Fecal and Urinary Incontinence
    Transanal Local Excision of Rectal Lesions (TEMS, TAMIS, TAE)
    Part VII. Hepatobiliary Tract
    Concepts in Hepatobiliary Surgery
    Open Cholecystectomy
    Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Open and Laparoscopic Common Bile Duct Exploration
    Sphincteroplasty
    Choledochoduodenostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique
    Transduodenal Diverticulectomy
    Hepatic Resection
    Part VIII. Pancreas
    Concepts in Surgery of the Pancreas
    Partial Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Total Pancreatoduodenectomy
    Distal (Left) Pancreatectomy
    Operations for Pancreatic Pseudocyst
    Pancreaticojejunostomy for Chronic Pancreatitis
    Part IX. Spleen
    Concepts in Splenic Surgery
    Open Splenectomy for Disease
    Operations for Splenic Trauma
    Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Part X. Hernia Repairs, Operations for Necrotizing Faciitis, Drainage of Subphrenic Absess
    Concepts in Hernia Repair, Surgery for Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Drainage of Subphrenic Abscess
    Shouldice Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    Coopers Ligament (McVay) Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    Mesh Repair of Inguinal Hernia
    Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair: Transabdominal Preperitoneal (TAPP) and Totally Extraperitoneal (TEP) Repairs
    Operations for Recurrent Inguinal Hernia
    Femoral Hernia Repair
    Operations for Large Ventral Hernia
    Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    Operations for Infected Abdominal Wound Dehiscence, Necrotizing Fasciitis, and Intra-abdominal Abscesses
    Part XI: Breast and Melanoma
    Concepts in Breast Surgery
    Excision of Benign Palpable Breast Mass
    Excision of Ducts, Operations for Breast Abscess
    Lumpectomy for Breast Cancer
    Mastectomy: Simple (Total), Modified, and Classical Radical
    Skin and Nipple Sparing Mastectomy
    Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy and Axillary Staging for Breast Cancer
    Concepts in Melanoma Surgery
    Wide Local Excision and Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy for Melanoma
    Axillary Lymphadenectomy for Melanoma
    Superficial and Deep Groin (Femoro-inguinal and Pelvic) Dissection
    Part XII. Thyroid, Parathyroid, and Adrenal, Parotidectomy, and Tracheal Procedures
    Concepts in Thyroid, Parathyroid and Adrenal Surgery
    Thyroidectomy
    Neck Dissection for Thyroid Cancer
    Parathyroidectomy
    Minimally Invasive Parathyroidectomy
    Open Adrenalectomy
    Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy
    Parotidectomy
    Cricothyroidotomy
    Tracheostomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Marco Gobbetti, Erasmo Neviani, Patrick Fox ; with contribution by Gian Maria Varanini.
    Summary: This book contains a detailed description of the historical aspects of cheese manufacture, historical information on the most traditional and popular Italian cheese varieties. An overview of cheese production is included, covering the main general aspects. An overall classification of Italian cheeses follows, which categorizes all the cheese varieties that have a tradition and/or an economic importance. Based on a large literature review, the core of the book includes descriptions of cheese- making traits which are unique to Italian cheeses. In particular, the chemical composition of milk, the use whey or milk natural starters, some technology options (e.g., curd cooking), the microbiota composition and metabolism during curd ripening, especially for cheese made from raw milk, and the main relevant biochemical events, which occur during the very long-time ripening, are described. The last part of the book provides a detailed description of the biotechnology for the manufacture of the most traditional and popular Italian cheeses.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The orgins of cheesemaking
    Chapter 2: The history and culture of Italian cheeses in the middle age
    Chapter 3: Cheese: an overview
    Chapter 4: Classification of cheese
    Chapter 5: The distinguishing features of Italian cheese manufacture
    Chapter 6: The most traditional and popular Italian cheeses.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    [edited by] C. Bradley Moore.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QD63.L3 M66
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Roderic G. Eckenhoff, Ivan J. Dmochowski.
    Contents:
    Part A: Chapter One: Physical Accuracy Leads to Biological Relevance: Best Practices For Simulating Ligand-Gated Ion Channels Interacting with General Anesthetics / Sruthi Murlidaran, Grace Brannigan
    Chapter Two: Computational Approaches to Studying Voltage-Gated Ion Channel Modulation by General Anesthetics / Eleonora Gianti, Vincenzo Carnevale
    Chapter Three: Molecular Mechanics Parameterization of Anesthetic Molecules / Thomas T. Joseph, Jérôme Hénin
    Chapter Four: Insights Into Receptor-Based Anesthetic Pharmacophores and Anesthetic-Protein Interactions / Victoria S. Fahrenbach, Edward J. Bertaccini
    Chapter Five: Understanding Anesthetic Mechanisms: Analysis of the Complex Kinetics of Ligand-Gated Ion Channels / Robert S. Cantor
    Chapter Six: General Genetic Strategies / Louise M. Steele, Philip G. Morgan
    Chapter Seven: Approaches to Anesthetic Mechanisms: The C. elegans Model / Louise M. Steele, Margaret M. Sedensky
    Chapter Eight: Using Drosophila to Understand General Anesthesia: From Synapses to Behavior / Shanker Karunanithi, Michael Troup, Bruno van Swinderen
    Chapter Nine: High-Throughput Screening to Identify Anesthetic Ligands Using Xenopus laevis Tadpoles / Kellie A. Woll, Roderic G. Eckenhoff
    Chapter Ten: Zebrafish: A Pharmacogenetic Model for Anesthesia / Victoria Bedell, Elena Buglo, Daniel Marcato, Christian Pylatiuk, Ralf Mikut, Johannes Stegmaier, Will Scudder, Maxwell Wray, Stephan Zuchner, Uwe Strahle, Ravindra Peravali, and Julia E. Dallman
    Chapter Eleven: The Mouse as a Model Organism for Assessing Anesthetic Sensitivity / Andrzej Z. Wasilczuk, Kaitlyn L. Maier, Max B. Kelz
    Chapter Twelve: Identification of General Anesthetic Target Protein-Binding Sites by Photoaffinity Labeling and Mass Spectrometry / Kellie A. Woll, William P. Dailey, Roderic G. Eckenhoff
    Chapter Thirteen: Xenon-Protein Interactions: Characterization by X-Ray Crystallography and Hyper-CEST NMR / Benjamin W. Roose, Serge D. Zemerov, Ivan J. Dmochowski
    Chapter Fourteen: Methods for Defining the Neuroprotective Properties of Xenon / Richie Robel, Peter Caroccio, Mervyn Maze
    Chapter Fifteen: Xenon Anesthesia and CT: Noninvasive Measures of Brain Anesthetic Concentration / Andrew McKinstry-Wu, Charles W. Carspecken, Alex Proekt, Max B. Kelz
    Chapter Sixteen: Native System and Cultured Cell Electrophysiology for Investigating Anesthetic Mechanisms / Paul Hoerbelt, Boris D. Heifets
    Chapter Seventeen: Electrophysiological Analysis of Voltage-Gated Ion Channel Modulation by General Anesthetics / Elaine Yang, Lianteng Zhi, Qiansheng Liang, Manuel Covarrubias
    Chapter Eighteen: Combining Mutations and Electrophysiology to Map Anesthetic Sites on Ligand-Gated Ion Channels / Stuart A. Forman
    Chapter Nineteen: HCN and K2P Channels in Anesthetic Mechanisms Research / Paul M. Riegelhaupt, Gareth R. Tibbs, Peter A. Goldstein. Part B: Chapter One: Structural Analysis of Anesthetics in Complex with Soluble Proteins / Patrick J. Loll
    Chapter Two: X-Ray Crystallographic Studies for Revealing Binding Sites of General Anesthetics in Pentameric Ligand-Gated Ion Channels / Qiang Chen, Yan Xu, Pei Tang
    Chapter Three: Solution NMR Studies of Anesthetic Interactions with Ion Channels / Vasyl Bondarenko, Marta Wells, Yan Xu, Pei Tang
    Chapter Four: Time-Resolved Neutron Interferometry and the Mechanism of Electromechanical Coupling in Voltage-Gated Ion Channels / J. Kent Blasie
    Chapter Five: Fluorescent Anesthetics / Daniel J. Emerson, Ivan J. Dmochowski
    Chapter Six: Investigation of Anesthetic-Protein Interactions by a Thermodynamic Approach / Hasan Babazada, Renyu Liu
    Chapter Seven: Electron Spin Resonance (EPR) in Drosophila and General Anesthesia / Luca Turin, Efthimios M.C. Skoulakis
    Chapter Eight: Giant Plasma Membrane Vesicles: An Experimental Tool for Probing the Effects of Drugs and Other Conditions on Membrane Domain Stability / Zoe Gerstle, Rohan Desai, Sarah L. Veatch
    Chapter Nine: Anesthetic Drug Discovery and Development: A Case Study of Novel Etomidate Analogs / Megan McGrath, Douglas E. Raines
    Chapter Ten: Optoanesthesia: Use of Anesthetic Photolabels In Vivo / Andrew R. McKinstry-Wu, Max B. Kelz
    Chapter Eleven: Optogenetics and Chemogenetics / Ksenia Vlasov, Christa J. Van Dort, Ken Solt
    Chapter Twelve: Genetic Reporters of Neuronal Activity: c-Fos and G-CaMP6 / Andrew E. Hudson
    Chapter Thirteen: Genomics and Proteomic Techniques / Jonathan Z. Pan
    Chapter Fourteen: Neurochemistry of Anesthetic States / Ralph Lydic, Helen A. Baghdoyan, Amanda L. May
    Chapter Fifteen: Brief Introduction to Electroencephalography / Alex Proekt
    Chapter Sixteen: Using Positron Emission Tomography in Revealing the Mystery of General Anesthesia: Study Design Challenges and Opportunities / Harry Scheinin, Emilee C. Alkire, Annalotta Scheinin, Michael T. Alkire, Oskari Kantonen, and Jaakko Långsjö
    Chapter Seventeen: Brain Imaging Using Hyperpolarized 129Xe Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Simrun Chahal, Braedan R.J. Prete, Alanna Wade, Francis T. Hane, and Mitchell S. Albert.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Maria Claudia Almeida Issa, Bhertha Tamura, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Arun K. Shukla.
    Contents:
    Part A: Targeted m6A reader proteins to study the epitranscriptome / Simone Rauch and Bryan C. Dickinson
    Synthetic gene expression circuits regulating sexual reproduction / Nobuo Fukuda and Shinya Honda
    Nucleotide resolution sequencing of N4-acetylcytidine in RNA / Justin M. Thomas, Keri M. Bryson and Jordan L. Meier
    A guide for drug inducible genome editing with HIT systems / Chen Zhao, Shixian Wei and Yu Wang
    A guide for drug inducible transcriptional activation with HIT systems / Chen Zhao, Shixian Wei and Yu Wang
    Direct cloning and heterologous expression of natural product biosynthetic gene clusters by transformation-associated recombination / Jia Jia Zhang, Kazuya Yamanaka, Xiaoyu Tang and Bradley S. Moore
    Salt-sensitive intein for large-scale polypeptide production / Yi-Zong Lee and Shih-Che Sue
    Methods for the recombinant expression of active tyrosine kinase domains: Guidelines and pitfalls / M. Escarlet Díaz Galicia, Abdullah Aldehaiman, SeungBeom Hong, Stefan T. Arold and Raik Grünberg
    Design, cloning and characterization of transcription factor-based inducible gene expression systems / Erik K.R. Hanko, Nigel P. Minton and Naglis Malys
    Design, construction, and validation of optogenetic proteins / Colin P. O'Banion, Anwesha Goswami and David S. Lawrence
    Overcoming component limitations in synthetic biology through transposon-mediated protein engineering / Joshua T. Atkinson, Bingyan Wu, Laura Segatori and Jonathan J. Silberg
    Chemical biology of glycoproteins: From chemical synthesis to biological impact / Yaohao Li, Amy H. Tran, Samuel J. Danishefsky and Zhongping Tan
    In bulla functional channel expression systems that mimic bacterial synthetic membranes / Masayuki Iwamoto and Shigetoshi Oiki
    A mass spectrometry-based isotope-coded mass tag method to map thiol accessibility in biological systems / John E. Gadbery and Nicole S. Sampson
    Quick-soaking of crystals reveals unprecedented insights into the catalytic mechanism of glycosyltransferases / David Albesa-Jové, Javier O. Cifuente, Beatriz Trastoy and Marcelo E. Guerin
    Cysteine-ethylation of tissue-extracted membrane proteins as a tool to detect conformational states by solid-state NMR spectroscopy / Daniel K. Weber, Taysir Bader, Erik K. Larsen, Songlin Wang, Tata Gopinath, Mark Distefano and Gianluigi Veglia
    Improved sensitivity and resolution of in-cell NMR spectra / David S. Burz, Leonard Breindel and Alexander Shekhtman
    High-throughput methods in aptamer discovery and analysis / Kyle H. Cole and Andrej Lupták
    Drop-in-well chamber for droplet interface bilayer with built-in electrodes / Kazuhiro Urakubo, Masayuki Iwamoto and Shigetoshi Oiki. Part B: Input-dependent post-translational control of the reporter output enhances dynamic resolution of mammalian signaling systems / Brianna E.K. Jayanthi, Wenting Zhao and Laura Segatori
    Design and synthesis of fluorescent activity probes for protein phosphatases / Garrett R. Casey, Jon R. Beck and Cliff I. Stains
    Utilizing split-NanoLuc luciferase fragments as luminescent probes for protein solubility in living cells / Travis J. Nelson, Jia Zhao and Cliff I. Stains
    Engineering of a sulfotyrosine-recognizing small protein scaffold for the study of protein tyrosine O-sulfation / Justin Lawrie, Wei Niu and Jiantao Guo
    Synthesis and screening of bead-displayed combinatorial libraries / Todd M. Doran, Paige Dickson, John Maina Ndungu, Peng Ge, Irena Suponitsky-Kroyter, Hongchan An and Thomas Kodadek
    Visualizing the brain's astrocytes / Alyssa N. Preston, Danielle A. Cervasio and Scott T. Laughlin
    Modular activatable bioorthogonal reagents / Pratik Kumar and Scott T. Laughlin
    Engineering PEG-fatty acid stapled, long-acting peptide agonists for G protein-coupled receptors / Sam Lear, Zaid Amso and Weijun Shen
    Quantifying drug-target engagement in live cells using sulfonyl fluoride chemical probes / Lyn H. Jones, Hua Xu and Olugbeminiyi O. Fadeyi
    Selection and optimization of enzyme reporters for chemical cytometry / Angela Proctor, Qunzhao Wang, David S. Lawrence and Nancy L. Allbritton
    Synthetic cell-like membrane interfaces for probing dynamic protein-lipid interactions / Spencer T. Glantz, Erin E. Berlew and Brian Y. Chow
    Rational engineering acyltransferase domain of modular polyketide synthase for expanding substrate specificity / Wan Zhang, Linjun Zhou, Chunyu Li, Zixin Deng and Xudong Qu
    Identifying potentially O-GlcNAcylated proteins using metabolic labeling, bioorthogonal enrichment, and Western blotting / Narek Darabedian and Matthew R. Pratt
    Optogenetic perturbation of the biochemical pathways that control cell behavior / Lauren L. Haar, David S. Lawrence and Robert M. Hughes
    pH-shift stress on antibodies / Hiroshi Imamura and Shinya Honda / Small molecule target identification using photo-affinity chromatography / Seung-Yong Seo and Timothy W. Corson
    Computational structural enzymology methodologies for the study and engineering of fatty acid synthases, polyketide synthases and nonribosomal peptide synthetases / Andrew J. Schaub, Gabriel O. Moreno, Shiji Zhao, Hau V. Truong, Ray Luo and Shiou-Chuan Sheryl Tsai
    On-cell coordination chemistry: Chemogenetic activation of membrane-bound glutamate receptors in living cells / Ryou Kubota, Shigeki Kiyonaka and Itaru Hamachi
    Bioorthogonal oncometabolite ligation / Chloe A. Briney, Susana Najera and Jordan L. Meier.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Jonathan E. Hempel, Charles H. Williams, Charles C. Hong.
    Contents:
    Identification of Therapeutic Small Molecule Leads in Cultured Cells Using Multiplexed Pathway Reporter Read-outs
    Applying the Logic of Genetic Interaction to Discover Small Molecules That Functionally Interact with Human Disease Alleles
    Construction and Application of a Photo-cross-linked Chemical Array
    High Content Screening for Modulators of Cardiac Differentiation in Human Pluripotent Stem Cells
    Small Molecule High-Throughput Screening Utilizing Xenopus Egg Extract
    Fission Yeast-based High-throughput Screens for PKA Pathway Inhibitors and Activators
    A Method for High-throughput Analysis of Chronological Aging in Schizosaccharomyces pombe
    Protocols for the Routine Screening of Drug Sensitivity in the Human Parasite Trichomonas vaginalis
    Chemical Genetic Screens Using Arabidopsis thaliana Seedlings Grown on Solid Medium
    Small Molecule Screening Using Drosophila Models of Human Neurological Disorders
    High-throughput Small Molecule Screening in Caenorhabditis elegans
    Whole-organism Screening for Modulators of Fasting Metabolism Using Transgenic Zebrafish
    High Content Screening for Modulators of Cardiovascular or Global Developmental Pathways in Zebrafish
    Extraction Methods of Natural Products from Traditional Chinese Medicines
    Bioassay-guided Identification of Bioactive Molecules from Traditional Chinese Medicines
    NMR Screening in Fragment-Based Drug Design: A Practical Guide
    Practical Strategies for Small Molecule Probe Development in Chemical Biology
    Principal Component Analysis as a Tool for Library Design: A Case Study Investigating Natural Products, Brand-name Drugs, Natural Product-like Libraries, and Drug-like Libraries
    Small Molecule Library Screening by Docking with PyRx
    Fluorous Photoaffinity Labeling to Probe Protein-Small Molecule Interactions
    Identification of the Targets of Biologically Active Small Molecules Using Quantitative Proteomics
    Drug Affinity Responsive Target Stability (DARTS) for Small Molecule Target Identification
    Chemical Genomic Profiling via Barcode Sequencing to Predict Compound Mode of Action
    Image-Based Prediction of Drug Target in Yeast.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    by R.H.A. Plimmer.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Analysis
    pt. 2. Synthesis.
    Digital Access Google Books 1917-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F551 .P72 1917
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Michael T. McMahon, Assaf A. Gilad, Jeff W.M. Bulte, Peter C.M. van Zijl.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Shuo Wang, editor.
    Summary: This book summarizes the types, contents, analytical methods, formation mechanisms and control strategies for hazardous substances produced during the thermal processing of foods. In each chapter, hazardous substances such as dicarbonyl compounds, acrylamide, furan, heterocyclic amines, trans-fatty acids, and advanced glycation end products (AGEs) are covered and discussed in terms of analytical methods, formation mechanisms and mitigation strategies. The content chiefly focuses on how these hazardous substances are formed during thermal processing and what can be done to mitigate or eliminate them in food products (e.g. those prepared at higher temperatures by baking, frying or roasting). The major objective of this book is to provide a timely and informative guide for researchers and graduate students in the fields of food chemistry, food ingredients, food analysis, food safety, food processing, chemical toxicology, disease prevention and health promotion.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Brief Introduction of Food Processing Methods and Chemical Hazards Formed during Thermal Processing; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Thermal Processing Methods; 1.2.1 Dry-Heating Methods; 1.2.1.1 Broiling; 1.2.1.2 Grilling; 1.2.1.3 Roasting and Baking; 1.2.1.4 Sautéing; 1.2.1.5 Deep-Fat Frying; 1.2.1.6 Pan-Frying; 1.2.2 Moist-Heating Methods; 1.2.2.1 Poaching; 1.2.2.2 Simmering; 1.2.2.3 Boiling; 1.2.2.4 Steaming; 1.2.2.5 Pasteurization and Sterilization; 1.2.2.6 Braising and Stewing; 1.2.3 Application of Thermal Processing; 1.2.3.1 Meat Products; 1.2.3.2 Fish Products 3.3.1.3 MSPD Methods3.3.1.4 Derivatization Methods; 3.3.1.5 QuEChERS Methods; 3.3.2 Instrument Analysis; 3.3.2.1 HPLC Technology; 3.3.2.2 GC Technology; 3.3.2.3 Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) Technology; 3.3.3 Rapid Detection Technologies; 3.3.3.1 Elisa Methods; 3.3.3.2 Sensor Methods; 3.3.3.3 Nondestructive Methods; 3.4 Inhibition Methods of AA Formation in Foods; 3.4.1 Reducing the AA Formation Precursors in Food Systems; 3.4.2 Optimizing the Processing Technologies; 3.4.2.1 Controlling the Processing Temperature and Time; 3.4.2.2 Adjusting the pH Values
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Karger v. 82-, 2003-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    13

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.